
Glass 
Book 



COPYRIGHT DEPOSIT 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION 
TO FRENCH 



©iforD ifrencb Series 

By AMERICAN SCHOLARS 
General Editor: RAYMOND WEEKS, Ph.D. 

PROFESSOR OF ROMANCE LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES, COLUMBL*. UNIVERSITY 

A PRACTICAL 

INTRODUCTION TO 

FRENCH 



BY 

LUTHER HERBERT ALEXANDER, Ph.D 

DEPARTMENT OF ROiLANCE LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 
COLUMBLA. UNIVERSITY 



NEW YORK 

OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS 

AMERICAN BRANCH: 35 West 32nd Street 

LONDON, TORONTO, MELBOURNE & BOMBAY 

HUMPHREY MILFORD 

1916 

All rights reserved 



^ 



"» ^3(0 



Copyright, 1916 

by Oxford University Press 

american branch 



JUL 19 1916 
©CI.A433872 



PREFACE 

This introductory book to French is intended for the first 
and second years in High Schools and for the first year in 
Colleges. It is meant above all to be a practical book. The 
author does not call it a grammar, for he believes that a 
grammar should be comprehensive and used as a book of 
reference. 

The teacher of French of to-day aims at putting his stu- 
dents into vital touch with the living language in good 
French texts as soon as possible. With these he enlarges 
the pupils' vocabulary and on them he bases his exercises 
in dictation, reproduction and composition. Consequently, 
the introductory book should present the essentials of French 
pronunciation and grammar as briefly as is consistent with 
clearness and accuracy. 

The distinctive features of the book are: 

(i) The nomenclature used is the one suggested in the 
Report of the Joint Committee on Grammatical Nomen- 
clature, published by Chicago University in 1914. The 
changes are not numerous, when applied to an introductory 
book; the new terms used are natural and easily remembered. 
An outline of the nomenclature precedes the First Part. 

(2) The essential facts of trench pronunciation have 
been considered as worthy as any topic of the grammar 
proper to a graded treatment in the body of the book. The 
illustrative exercises provide a solid foundation for much 
oral work at home and in the class. 

For those who wish to use them, the phonetic symbols and 
the transcription of the French of the first seven lessons 



VI PREFACE 

will be found in the Appendix. All the words of the French- 
English vocabulary at the end of the book are also presented 
phonetically. For a complete treatment of the subject, 
reference is made to the excellent work on French Pronun- 
ciation by Professor Geddes, published in the Oxford Press 
Series. 

(3) Within the forty-two lessons of the two parts of the 

book, THE FUNDAMENTAL FACTS OF FRENCH GRAMMAR ARE 

taken up twice. In the Second Part (18 lessons), the com- 
moner irregular verbs are studied and reproductive exer- 
cises are given on three representative French stories, in 
addition to a review of the grammatical facts contained in 
the First Part (24 lessons). In this review each grammat- 
ical topic is presented as a unit. 

It will be immediately apparent that the author is not 
afraid of repetition in spite of the small compass of the book. 
New speech facts should be impressed from various stand- 
points to give them time to sink into the mind and to put 
them into the right relation to other facts. For example, 
the partitive noun is first discussed in contradistinction to 
the general noun and the specific noun, in order to give 
defmiteness and a certain degree of completeness to the 
student's thought; later on, the exceptional uses are 
discussed but always with reference to the original state- 
ment. 

Since the book differs therefore in certain respects from 
those in common use, several things ought perhaps to be 
said concerning its use: 

(i) The pupils will memorize all the model sentences in the 
earlier lessons; as regards the later ones, a selection might 
be made by the teacher if he deems it absolutely necessary. 
Good students will not need any restrictions, however; 
since it is a question of a spoken language, it is scarcely pos- 
sible to memorize too much. 



PREFACE Vll 

(ii) After the third lesson has been finished, some easy 
translation lessons accompanied by practice in oral reading 
should alternate with the grammar. 

(iii) The book encourages a large amount of oral work. 
To do this successfully at home means that the student must 
be made independent in his pronunciation as soon as possible. 
Consequently, it is the examples of the pronunciation that 
are at first to claim attention, not the rules. The rules are there 
to help the student in his practice when alone. The ques- 
tions on the rules will usually be left for a later review. 

It is the author's habit to require all the exercises of a 
lesson to be done orally before anything is written. The 
exercises are then written out at home — in conjunction 
with the oral work on the following lesson or with a lesson 
in translation and oral reading. In this way, all exercises 
are done twice and the lessons when written on the board 
at the second lesson are almost always perfect or nearly so. 
Ten minutes then suffice to write the sentences of a lesson 
and to correct them. 

It may be necessary with some classes to take a number 
of oral reading lessons to fix the principles of pronunciation 
contained in the first five chapters before proceeding any 
further with the grammatical topics. 

(iv) The essential thing is to insist on thorough work at 
home. There, and only there, can the time be found for 
that repetition necessary to convert speech facts into speech 
habits. The pupils must be shown that they are to do this 
home work by always saying the French sentences aloud. 
Trust them to do this and show them that you trust them 
by rarely reciting in class primarily to test the preparation. 
Rather recite to discover whether your students can apply 
what they have learned. The oral lessons of the book are 
merely an indication to the live teacher of what he might 
ask. Add to such exercises, if that is seen to be necessary 



Vlll PREFACE 

for a clear understanding of the essential constructions; but 
stop as soon as that is done. The first thing to establish is 
the grammar; vocabulary, idioms, conversational practice 
can all be done better with living texts. There the imagina- 
tion stimulates the memory. 

In the near future, the entrance examination to college 
will perhaps include an Aural and Oral Examination; no 
more time will be needed in the preparation of our students 
for such a test if some of the hours spent in class on drill on 
grammatical formulae are given to dictation and viva voce 
work on real literature. A book, then, which aims at pre- 
senting the fundamental facts of French pronunciation and 
grammar, with a selected vocabulary and adequate exer- 
cises, is worthy of very careful consideration, for the prob- 
lem as to how a spoken language should be presented under 
the conditions prevailing in our High Schools and Colleges 
is by no means solved as yet. 

My colleagues have given me most generously of their 
help: Mile Doby, Mr. Fortier, Mr. Imbert, Professor Loi- 
seaux and Professor Todd. To Professor Weeks, who not 
only read the book in proof but also saw it through the press, 
I owe an especial debt of gratitude. 



CONTENTS 



PART I 

PAGE 

Nomenclature xvii 



LESSON I 

i. Letters; sounds. — 2. Iandy; u; c, q, qu; r. — 3. Final con- 
sonants; ou. — 4. Mute e; close e; open e; accents. — 5. 
G; j; ch; s; x; double consonants. — 6. Open a; close a. 
— 7. Open 0; close o 1-4 



LESSON II 

8. Linking. — 9. Stress. — 10. Division of syllables. — 11. Gen- 
der. — 12. Number; definite article. — 13. II, elle .... 5-8 



LESSON III 

14. Close eu; open eu. — 15. Vowel combinations. — 16. Close 

e; summary. — 17. M; n 9-11 

LESSON IV 

18. L; h. — 19. Elision; cedilla; diaeresis. — 20. Semi-vowels. 

— 21. Present indicative of etre, to be; tu, vous. — 22. 
Question-order. — 23. Son, sa, ses; idioms 13-15 

LESSON V 

24. Some consonant sounds and combinations. — 25. Linking: 
summary. — 26. Cardinal numerals: 5-10. — 27. Agree- 
ment of adjectives. — 28. Present indicative of avoir, to have. 

— 29. Present perfect indicative; repetition of certain adhe- 
rent adjectives 18-21 



CONTENTS 



LESSON VI 



30. Conjugation. — 31. Future indicative. — 32. Negation. — 
33. Omission of ne. — 34. Negatives with compound tenses. 

— 35. A + the definite article 25-28 

LESSON VII 

36. Principal parts of regular verbs. — 37. Forms of the present 
indicative: regular verbs. — 38. Forms of the imperative. — 
39. Some general notions of French verbs. — 40. Uses of 
the present indicative and the imperative. — 41. De + the 
definite article; de + a noun (= genitive) 30-35 

LESSON VIII 

42. Some general notions of word-order. — 43. Adjectives regu- 
larly preceding the noun. — 44. Participles used as adjec- 
tives. — 45. Repetition of a and de; il y a; void, voila. 

— 46. Nouns: specific, general, partitive. — 47. Partitive 

vs. general noun 37-40 

LESSON IX 

48. Present indicative of dire and faire; qui, que. — 49. II y a; 
idioms. — 50. Forms of adjectives. — 51. Plural of nouns 
and masculine adjectives. — 52. Adjectives with two masc. 
sing, forms; quel; tout 43~45 

LESSON X 

53. Future of avoir and etre; avoir raison, etc. — 54. Partitive 
nouns: summary. — 55. Rules for the feminine singular of 
adjectives. — 56. Possessive adjectives; mari, femme, etc. — 
57. Demonstrative adjectives; est-ce que. — 58. Meaning 
of certain adjectives before or after the noun 48-52 

LESSON XI 

59. Present perfect indicative of dire, faire, avoir, etre. — 60. 
Time of day. — 61. Intransitive verbs conjugated with 
etre. — 62. Nouns and adverbs of quantity. — 63. French 
present for an English present perfect 54 - S8 



CONTENTS XI 

PAGE 

LESSON XII 

64. Present indicative of savoir and connaitre; n'est-ce pas. — 
65. Conjunctive personal pronouns. — 66. Disjunctive per- 
sonal pronouns. — 67. Agreement of past participle of 
transitive verbs; que de, combien de 62-66 

LESSON XIII 

68. Past descriptive; lorsque, quand. — 69. Numerals: 20-69. 
— 70. Expressions concerning the weather. — 71. The pro- 
noun en. — 72. Some tenses of y avoir; y and en. — 73. 
Simple past tenses of the indicative: summary 69-73 

LESSON XIV 

74. Some irregular verb tenses. — 75. Expressions of the weather, 
continued. — 76. The past future tense. — 77. Several 
objective conjunctive pronouns with the same verb. — 78. 
Conjunctive pronouns with y and en 76-79 

LESSON XV 

79. Past perfect indicative and past future perfect. — 80. Tenses 
used in conditional clauses. — 81. Comparison of adjectives; 
one, ones; in after superlatives. — 82. Numerals: 70-100. — 
83. Imperative of avoir and etre 81-85 

LESSON XVI 

84. Future perfect tense; future tense in temporal clauses. — 85. 
Temporal and conditional clauses. — 86. Formation of 
adverbs. — 87. Comparison of adverbs. — 88. Negatives; 
si, oui. — 89. More 87-91 

LESSON XVII 

90. Verbs like mener, to lead. — 91. Reflexive verbs: simple 
tenses. — 92. Reflexive verbs: compound tenses. — 93. 
Idiomatic expressions of the possessive idea 93-98 



Xll CONTENTS 



LESSON XVIII 



94. Reciprocal verbs. — 95. Verbs in -ger and -cer. — 96. 
Proper names; use of the articles. — 97. Numerals: ioi,etc. 

— 98. Possessive pronouns 101-107 

LESSON XIX 

99. Verbs like ceder; de + name of a country. — 100. Ordinal 
numerals; fractions. — 101. Dates. — 102. Passive forms; 
non-passive forms 107-113 

LESSON XX 

103. Substitutes for the passive. — 104. Verbs like appeler and 
jeter. — 105. Past absolute and second past perfect. — 106. 
Expressions of time, measure, weight. — 107. Uses of the 
infinitive 1 14-120 

LESSON XXI 

108. Verbs in -yer. — 109. Ceci; Cela. — no. Celui, celle, 
ceux, celles. — in. The pronoun ce. — 112. Names of 
professions; venir de 120-128 

LESSON XXII 

113. Some irregular verb tenses. — 114. Qui: relative pronoun. 

— 115. Que: relative pronoun. — 116. Lequel: relative 
pronoun. — 117. Dont. — 118. Relative pronoun sub- 
stitutes 128-134 

LESSON XXIII 

119. Some more irregular verb-forms. — 120. Quel: inter- 
rogative adjective. — 121. Qui: interrogative pronoun. — 
122. Que: interrogative pronoun. — 123. Lequel: inter- 
rogative pronoun. — 124. Quoi. — 125. Interrogative cir- 
cumlocutions 134-141 

LESSON XXIV 

126. Forms of the subjunctive. — 127. General notions about 
the subjunctive. — 128. Subjunctive in que clauses. — 129. 
Subjunctive in relative clauses. — 130. Subjunctive in 
adverbial clauses. — 131. Subjunctive in principal clauses. 141-148 



CONTENTS Xlll 

PART II 

PAGE 

LESSON I 
132. Formation of tenses. — 133. Aller; croire; vouloir . . .149-153 

LESSON II 
134. Position of adjectives: summary. — 135. Pouvoir; dormir 153-157 

LESSON III 

136. Interrogation. — 137. Inversion. — 138. Adverbs: sum- 

ary. — 139. Dire; ouvrir 157-161 

LESSON IV 

140. The definite article: summary. — 141. The indefinite 

article: summary. — 142. Voir; faire 162-165 

LESSON V 

143. Gender of nouns. — 144. The partitive article: summary. 

— 145. Venir; naitre 165-171 

LESSON VI 

146. Something; nothing; anything. — 147. Some one; no one; 

anyone. — -148. Few; a few. — 149. Connaitre; mettre .171-176 

LESSON VII 

150. Conjunctive and disjunctive pronouns: summary. — 151. 
Expletive le, la, les; expletive ne. — 152. Accusative con- 
junctives other than le, la, les. — 153. Personal pronouns 
with verbs of motion. — 154. Courir; savoir 176-180 

LESSON VIII 

155. What: summary. — 156. Which: summary. — 157. That: 

relative pronoun. — 158. Resoudre; cuire 180-185 



XIV CONTENTS 

PAGE 

LESSON IX 

159. Who: summary. — 160. Whom: summary. — 161. Whose: 

summary. — 162. Falloir; envoyer 185-189 

LESSON X 

163. Reflexive verbs: summary. — 164. Reflexive verbs in 

French and in English. — 165. Rire; craindre 189-194 

LESSON XI 

166. Past participles: summary. — 167. Verbal forms in -ing. 

— 168. Devoir; asseoir 194-199 

LESSON XII 

169. Possessive adjectives: summary. — 170. Possessive pro- 
nouns: summary. — 171. Lire; ecrire 199-204 

LESSON XIII 

172. Demonstrative adjectives: summary. — 173. Demonstra- 
tive pronouns: summary. — 174. Prendre; battre . . .205-209 

LESSON XIV 
175. The infinitive : summary. — 176. Plaire; pleuvoir . . .209-214 

LESSON XV 

177. Simple past tenses: summary. — 178. Some other tense 

uses: summary. — 179. Recevoir; cueillir 214-219 

LESSON XVI 

180. Passive forms: summary. — 181. The subjunctive in rela- 
tive clauses. — 182. Assaillir; vaincre; fuir; valoir . .219-223 

LESSON XVII 

183. Negation. — 184. The subjunctive after certain conjunc- 
tions compounded with que. — 185. Mourir; mouvoir; 
suivre; moudre 224-227 



CONTENTS XV 

PAGE 

LESSON XVIII 

186. Can, could; may, might. — 187. Shall, should; will, would. 
— 188. Uses of devoir and falloir. — 189. Vivre; vetir; 
croitre; suffire 227-233 



APPENDIX 

190. Table of French sounds (Geddes). — 191. The French 
alphabet (Geddes). — 192. Phonetic transcription: Lessons 
I-VII. — 193. Cardinal and ordinal numerals. — 194. 
Seasons, months, days. — 195. Linking verbs: avoir and 
etre. — 196. Model regular verbs: donner, finir, rompre. — 
197. Verbs like mener, to lead. — 198-259. Conjugation of 
irregular verbs. — 260-271. Conjugation of defective verbs. 
— 272. Reference list of irregular and defective verbs. — 

273. Commoner verbs that govern a direct infinitive. — 

274. Commoner verbs that govern an infinitive with a. — 

275. Commoner verbs that govern an infinitive with de .235-279 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 



XV11 



NOMENCLATURE * 

A. THE MATERIAL OF SPEECH 

The Parts of Speech 
Noun Adverb 

Pronoun Preposition 

Adjective Conjunction 

Verb Interjection 

Noun 

Common, proper 

Abstract 

Collective 

Masculine, feminine 

Singular, plural 

No distinction of case 

Pronoun 

Personal 

Conjunctive, disjunctive 
Possessive 
Demonstrative 
Interrogative 
Relative 
Indefinite 

Reflexive Each of these shares the char- 
Reciprocal I acter of one or more of the 
Intensive following: Personal, demon- 

Identifying J strative, indefinite. 

Most pronominal words may have either a 
substantive or an adjective use. In their 
substantive use they are to be called pronouns. 

1 See Report of the Joint Committee on Grammatical Nomencla- 
ture: University of Chicago Press, Chicago, Illinois, U.S.A., 1914. 



Kind: 

Gender: 

Number: 

Case-forms: 

Kind: 



XV111 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 



In their adjective use they are to be called 
pronominal adjectives. 



dative 



Person: 


First, second, third 


Gender: 


Masculine, feminine (neuter?) 


Number: 


Singular, plural 


Case-forms: 


Nominative, accusative, genitive, 




Adjective 


Kind: 


Descriptive 




Common, proper 




Limiting 




Article 




Definite, indefinite, (partitive) 




Pronominal 




Possessive 




Demonstrative 




Interrogative 




Relative 




Indefinite 




Intensive 




Identifying 




Numeral 




Cardinal, ordinal 


Degree: 


Positive 




Comparative 




Superlative 




Relative, absolute 


Gender: 


Masculine, feminine 


Number: 


Singular, plural 


Case-forms: 


No distinction of case 




Verb 


Kind: 


Transitive 




Intransitive 




Linking, complete 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 



XIX 



Person: 

Number: 

Voice: 

Mood: 

Non-modal 
forms: 



Conjugation: Regular, irregular 

Reflexive, (reciprocal) 
Interrogative 

With personal subject: First, second, third 
Impersonal 
Singular, plural 
Active, passive 
Indicative, imperative, subjunctive 

The modal forms are always predicative. 

f Infinitive (modal in so-called 

Substantive < Historical Infinitive) 
1 Gerund 
Adjectival: Participle 

Words which originated as gerunds or par- 
ticiples are to be classed as nouns or adjectives, 
not as forms of the verb, when the verbal force 
no longer predominates. 
Modal forms 

Present (indicative, subjunctive) 

Past descriptive (indicative) 

Past absolute (indicative) 

Past (subjunctive) 

Future (indicative) 

Past future (indicative) 

Present perfect (indicative, subjunctive) 

Past perfect (indicative, subjunctive) 

Second past perfect (indicative) 

Future perfect (indicative) 

Past future perfect (indicative) 
Non-modal forms: 

Present, past (infinitive, participle) 

The compound participle of the type ayant 
ete ecrit is to be called the phrasal past par- 
ticiple 



Tense: 



XX A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 

Adverb 

Kind: Interrogative 



Relative j (see P ' I9 of circular) 

Degree: Positive 

Comparative 
Superlative 
Relative, absolute 

Preposition 

Simple, compound 

A preposition with a substantive is to be 
called a prepositional phrase. 

Conjunction 

Simple, compound 
Co-ordinating, subordinating 
Correlative 

Common Term 
Substantive: for noun, pronoun, infinitive 
(usually), gerund. 

B. THE USE OF THE MATERIAL OF SPEECH 

The Sentence 

Kind: Affirmative, negative 

Declarative, interrogative 

Exclamatory, non-exclamatory 

Simple, compound, complex 
Subject: Simple, compound 

Complete subject, subject substantive 
Predicate: Simple, compound 

Complete predicate, predicate verb 
Clause: Declarative, interrogative, assumptive 

Principal, subordinate 

Two or more principal or two or more sub- 
ordinate clauses may be co-ordinate. 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 

Functions of Subordinate Clauses 



xxi 



Substantive 



Adjectival 



Subject 

Predicate nominative or accusa- 
tive 
Object 
Appositive 
With a preposition 

J Descriptive 
\ Determinative 



Adverbial 
Conditional Conditional clause with conclusional clause 
complex: (condition + conclusion) 

Phrase: Substantive 

. ,. . . I Descriptive 
Adjectival \ _ 

[ Determinative 

Adverbial 



Change of Force in the Parts of Speech 

A word commonly classed as one part of speech is some- 
times used with the force of another. 

When any part of speech other than a noun or pronoun 
has a case-construction in the sentence, it is to be called a 
substantive. 

Certain words commonly classed as pronouns or adverbs 
may be used with purely introductory force, and are then 
to be called expletives. 

Relation of Adjective and Participle to Substantive 

Adherent, appositive, predicative 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION 
TO FRENCH 

PART I 

LESSON I 

(Figures that occur in the text refer to the sections) 

1. Letters; Sounds. 

The letters used in French are the same as in English. 
Their French names are given in the Appendix (191). 
The sounds must be learned from a teacher. 

The English equivalents given later are understood to be approxi- 
mate; the arrangement and choice of material was dictated solely 
by the needs of the pupils. 

For English-speaking students, the initial difficulties of 
French pronunciation lie largely in the sounds of the vowels ; 
the exercises that follow are especially designed therefore to 
give, with careful practice, control of the vowel sounds. 

But care must also be taken with the sounds of the con- 
sonants, though certain of these seem at first sight to be 
similar to English. In general, it may be said that the 
French consonants are not sounded with as much explosive 
effect as the approximate English ones. 

The phonetic transcription of the examples and vocabularies of 
Lessons I to VII is given in the Appendix (192). The pronunciation 
of the French words in the French-English vocabulary at the end 
of the book is also indicated r" onetically. 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION 
TO FRENCH 

PART I 

LESSON I 

(Figures that occur in the text refer to the sections) 

1. Letters; Sounds. 

The letters used in French are the same as in English. 
Their French names are given in the Appendix (191). 

The sounds must be learned from a teacher. 

The English equivalents given later are understood to be approxi- 
mate; the arrangement and choice of material was dictated solely 
by the needs of the pupils. 

For English-speaking students, the initial difficulties of 
French pronunciation lie largely in the sounds of the vowels; 
the exercises that follow are especially designed therefore to 
give, with careful practice, control of the vowel sounds. 

But care must also be taken with the sounds of the con- 
sonants, though certain of these seem at first sight to be 
similar to English. In general, it may be said that the 
French consonants are not sounded with as much explosive 
effect as the approximate English ones. 

The phonetic transcription of the examples and vocabularies of 
Lessons I to VII is given in the Appendix (192). The pronunciation 
of the French words in the French-English vocabulary at the end 
of the book is also indicated r 1 onetically. 



2 A -PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 

2. IandY; U; C, Q, Qu; R. 

When i and y are the only vowels in a syllable, they are 
sounded as i in Eng. police. 

U is unlike any English sound; it may be made by trying 
to pronounce the i of police with the lips closely rounded 
as in whistling. 

C sounds as an Eng. k before a, o, u or another consonant 
(except h), it sounds as 5 in Eng. see before e, i, y; q is sounded 
as k, and in qu the u is silent; r is trilled. 

Pronounce — ni, n'y, nu, fi, ci, ri, bu, du, pu; si, su, t'y, tu, 
pli, plu, cri, cru, bru, qui. 

3. Final Consonants ; Ou. 

Final consonants are usually silent, except c, f, 1, r (the 
English word careful will help to remember these). C final 
sounds as k; f and 1 are pronounced much as in English. 

Final q occurs only in coq; it is there sounded as a k. 

Ou sounds as 00 in Eng. boot. 

Pronounce — fis, fut, nid, nus, dis, dut; vit, vus, vous, 
cou, coup, coups; mur, cour, cours, court; mil, vif, vifs, 
bouc, boucs, fil. 

4. Mute e ; Close e ; Open e ; Accents. 

(1) So-called mute e is in general the e without an 
accent mark that ends a syllable. Its sound is like the e 
in Eng. proclitic the (e.g. the man), only the lips are more 
rounded. (A better name would be obscure e). 

This sound is usually heard in monosyllables. 

Elsewhere in spoken French it is generally silenced com- 
pletely (except where a harsh or difficult sound would re- 
sult); it is then known as the silent e. It is always silent 
when it follows a vowel. 

Pronounce — le, te, que, mie, mue, moue ; rie, rue, rues, 
roues, ce, ne. 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 3 

(2) Close e is frequently written e. This mark over the 
vowel is called the acute accent. 

The sound of close e is like the a in Eng. fate, pronounced 
not long and with no vanish. 

Pronounce — de, ne, nee, pre, pres. 

(3) Open e is frequently written e (grave accent) and e 
(circumflex accent). Its sound is like that of e in Eng. met. 

Pronounce — leve, leves, tete, tres, pret, prets. 
Open e also occurs commonly in a syllable ending with 
a pronounced consonant or with -et. 

Pronounce — bee, bel, mer, mers, nef , met, mets. 

The terms close and open are said of the mouth, which is to be 
opened wider in pronouncing the open vowels. 

An acute accent is found only over an e. 

A grave accent may stand over an e, a or u. 

A circumflex accent may occur over any vowel and that 
vowel is then usually long. 

These orthographic marks form an essential part of a word 
and must be written; they do not indicate stress. 

Pronounce 

Ris, mus, mut, fou, mou, mouds, bout, roux, toux, loups; 
nul, tour, fis, dues, cris, crut. 

Me, de, nie, nies, nue, nues, noues, nous; boue, bue, vie, 
vue, vues, vous, lie, nuque. 

Cle, cles, ble, des, nes, nees. 

Mele, prete, zele, crepes, peles, treves, levre, levres, 
mere, pere. 

Sel, celle, selle, tel, telles; fret, sec, bref, breve, frere, 
ver, vers, bees, jet. 

5. G; J; Ch; S; X; Double Consonants. 

G has the sound of g in Eng. get when it stands before 
a, o, u or another consonant; it sounds as 2 in azure before 



4 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 

e, i and y. In gu the u is silent and the g has the hard sound 
as in get. 

J always has the sound of z in azure. 

Ch usually sounds as sh in shun. 

S between vowels has the sound of s in Eng. rose, other- 
wise it is pronounced as s in sit. Ss always has this latter 
sound. 

X usually sounds as ks; it is rarely gz. 

Doubled consonants are usually sounded as one. 

Pronounce — gout, goutte, gue, gite, je, chef, lise, lisse, 
luxe; guide, gele, joue, cher, chere, ruse, Russe, fixe. 

6. Open a; Close a. 

(i) Open a is nearly like the a in Eng. pat. This is the 
commoner sound of a. 

Pronounce — a, a, la, la, lac, patte; gage, lave, barbe. 

(2) Close a is sounded about as a in Eng. palm. A has 
this sound 

(a) when written a; 

(b) before a silent final s (except in -as verb endings); 

(c) before a final pronounced s or z; 
id) before -ss and -tion. 

Pronounce — ane, ame ; pas, cas, gaz ; classe, grasse. 

7. Open o; Close o. 

(1) Open o is pronounced something like the in Eng. 
nor ; it is a more frequent sound for o than the close. 

Pronounce — robe, bord, coq, tort, folle, orgue, votre. 

(2) Close o is sounded like the in Eng. note, without the 
vanish. This sound is heard for o 

(a) when written 6; 

(b) when final or before silent final consonants; 

(c) when before the sound of z. 

Au and eau almost always have the sound of close o. 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 5 

Pronounce — cote, role, votre; mot, sot, gros; chose, 
prose; au, eau, saut, seau. 

QUESTIONS 

I. What final consonants are usually pronounced in 
French? 2. Compare the sounds of French i and u. 3. Name 
and distinguish the three sounds of e. 4. What three accents 
are there in French? With what vowels are they used respec- 
tively? 5. Distinguish the hard and soft sounds of c and g. 
6. What about the u after q and g? 7. Distinguish the two 
sounds of a and o. 8. Describe the sounds of r, j, ch, s, x. 
What about doubled consonants? 

EXERCISE 

II, ils, elle, elles, tot, sort, chute, ci-git, rat, vases, choc, 
dos, verte, doux, douze, fete, gui, sexe, gouge, jour, messe, 
mette, pique, mal, malle, grace, golfe, rose, brosse, trou, 
jure, jupe, cire, sire, beau, beaux, cher, chere, sable, leste, 
tas, cesse, dime, lache, lourd, prise, forte, quatre, chou, 
notre, notre, belle, base, chatte, loge, passe, aux, cede, 
rares, flammes, note, chic, bal, las, lasse, grosse, flot, porte, 
cedes, tasses, trone, meme, vexe, col, noce, pate, valse, 
comme, pese, fugue, zebre. 

LESSON II 

(Memorize the model French sentences in the sections) 

8. Linking. 

Pronounce il a, he has, as two syllables and evenly, sound- 
ing the 1 with the a as the second syllable. Link the final 
consonant with the following word also in 
il_est (st silent, e open) he is 

elleji, elle^est she has, she is 

a-t-il? a-t-elle? has he? has she? 

est-il? est-elle? is he? is she? 



6 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 

This linking of the final consonant of a word, whether 
silent or sounded, with the vowel beginning the next is usu- 
ally done in French when the words are closely connected in 
sense. For a few lessons this linking will often be marked 
as above. 

The t in a-t-il is the so-called euphonic t. 

9. Stress. 
Pronounce 

Ou est le chat? ( = Where is the cat ?) 

evenly and with a slight stress, if any, on the last syllable 
(chat) ; similarly with 

La mere a mis la soupe sur ( = The mother has put the 
Isl table soup on the table) 

With a word like table, ending in e silent, the stress 
falls on the preceding syllable. 

Beginners must observe carefully this evenness of pro- 
nunciation throughout a phrase or word-group. 

Apply this principle also to the individual syllables of 
words, as in the next section. 

10. Division of Syllables. 

Syllables in French begin with consonant sounds and 
end with vowel sounds as much as possible. 

Pronounce — Panama Pa na ma, fini fi ni, cafe ca f e, 
roti ro ti, prepare pre pa re, generosite ge ne ro si te, 
repas re pas, animal a ni mal, obeir o be ir. 

(a) When an 1 or an r follows a consonant, both conso- 
nants go with the following vowel: apres a pres, offrir 
of frir, tableau ta bleau. 

(b) Where there is a group of consonants, the first goes 
with the preceding syllable while the second and third go 
with the following one: servi ser vi, partir par tir, respire 
res pi re, martyr mar tyr, cercle cer cle. 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 7 

Pronounce the following (a) by syllables, (b) as words: 

[e] = e mute. (e) = e silent 

Avec, rideau, pate, sam(e)di, lectur(e), positif, syllab(e), 
g[e]nou, egalite, numero, paqu(e)bot, gigot, lugubr(e), 
diplom(e), propos, espec(e), zero, achet(e), nectar, base, 
menag(e), platr(e), mat(e)las, charg(e)ra, d[e]ssous, d[e]s- 
sus, presqu(e), caus(e)ri(e), p[e]tit(e), eternite, elev(e), 
ministr(e), cirqu(e), ch[e]vaux, octobr(e), orgu(e), couvert, 
epous(e), joujou, journal, multitud(e), util(e), azur, figur(e), 
r[e]v(e)nu, popularity, morceau, poet(e). 

11. Gender. 

Le pere a servi le roti The father has served the roast 

La mere a servi la soupe The mother has served the soup 

French nouns have but two genders, masculine and 
feminine. 

Names of males are masculine; names of females, femi- 
nine; nouns that are neuter in English are therefore either 
masculine or feminine in French. 

The student should, whenever possible, learn these nouns 
with the proper form of the definite article, le masculine 
singular, la feminine singular. 

French is one of the modern forms of Latin. Latin had also a 
neuter gender; most Latin neuter nouns became masculine in French 
while the masculine and feminine nouns retained their Latin gender. 

12. Number; Definite Article. 

La bonne prepare les repas The maid prepares the meals 
Elleji prepare les legumes She has prepared the vegetables 
Elle a verse l'eau She has poured the water 

There are two numbers in French, singular and plural. 
The plural of nouns is usually formed, as in English, by 
adding an s to the singular: pere, peres. 



8 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 

(a) If the singular ends in s, the plural is the same: repas, 
repas. 

(b) If the singular ends in -au, the plural adds an x : eau, 
eaux. 

Le and la before a noun beginning with a vowel sound 
undergo elision and become V ; the plural form for all three is 
les: le chat, les chats; la table, les tables; l'eau, leseaux. 
Link s and x with the sound of z. 

13. II, Elle. 

Ou est le plat? Where is the dish ? 

Il_est sur la table // is on the table 

Qui a verse Peau? Who has poured the water? 

Elle^est la pour Charles It is there for Charles 

II corresponds to he or it, standing for a masculine sin- 
gular noun, subject of a verb; elle corresponds to she or 
it, standing for a feminine singular noun, subject of a verb. 

VOCABULARY 

a, est, has, is le, la, 1', les, the 

il, elle, he, she, it ou, ou, or, where 

sur, sous, pour, on, under, for ici, la, here, there 

qui? who? aussi, also, too 

le pere, the father la mere, the mother 

la bonne, the maid la soupe, the soup 

Marie, Mary Charles, Charles 

l'eau (f.), the water le cafe, the coffee 

le roti, the roast le legume, the vegetable 

le repas, the meal, repast a table, at [the'] table 

Past Participles 

prepare, prepared verse, poured 

servi, served mis, put, placed 

bu, drunk 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 9 

In le fils, the son, the 1 is silent and the s is sounded; in et, and, 
the e is close; in le lait, the milk, the ai has its usual sound, — that of 
an open e. 

EXERCISE 

1. Mary has prepared the meal. 2. Who is Mary? 
3. Mary is the maid. 4. Where is Charles? 5. Who is 
Charles? 6. Charles is the son. 7. He is at [the] table. 
8. The father is there. 9. The mother is there too. 10. 
Mary has poured the water. 11. Where is the soup? 12. 
It is here on the table. 13. Who has served the roast and 
the vegetables? The father or the mother. 14. Who has 
drunk the coffee? The father and the mother. 15. Charles 
has drunk the water. 16. Who has put the milk under the 
table? 17. It is there for the cat. 

QUESTIONS 

1. What is meant by linking? by the euphonic t? How 
is s linked? 2. What has been said about stress? 3. Give 
the general principle of syllable division. State the two 
special rules given. 4. Tell about the genders in French. 
What has been in general the development from Latin? 
5. Give three rules for the formation of the plural of nouns 
in French. 6. How is it rendered? 



LESSON III 
14. Close eu; Open eu. 

(1) The close sound of eu (sometimes written oeu) re- 
sembles somewhat the sound of u in Eng. hurt; it is heard 

(a) for eu; 

(b) for eu final and before silent final consonants; 

(c) for eu before s ( = 2) or t. 



IO A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 

Pronounce — jeune; feu, ceux, noeud; Meuse, meute, 
berceuse, neutre. 

(2) The open sound of eu (ceu) may be obtained by pro- 
longing somewhat the sound of the "mute e." An English 
analogue is that of u in cup. 

This open sound is heard for eu (ceu) before all pronounced 
consonants, except s (= z) and t. 

Pronounce — neuf , neuve, boeuf, jeune, beurre, aveugle. 

15. Vowel Combinations. 

Ou (also ou, ou) = Eng. 00, as in food (3). 

Au and eau = close o (7). But before an r, they are 
usually sounded as open o : Laure, aurore ; also in Paul. 

Eu (ceu), close and open (14). 

Ai (also ai, aie) is generally sounded as open e ; when it 
ends a verb form, it is a close e : chair, traine, baie ; je 
parlai (= / spoke), j'ai (= / have). 

Ei is always pronounced as open e : neige, seigle, reine. 

Ay and ey are sounded as open e and the y is pronounced 
(= Eng. y in year) with the following syllable: je payai 
(= / paid), il grasseyait. 

These combinations are spoken of as digraphs and tri- 
graphs. 

16. Close e: Summary. 

This sound is heard 

(a) for e (4); 

(b) for ai final in verb-forms (15); 

(c) for e before any silent final consonant except t (4): 
fermez, clef (f silent; also written cle). 

Words in -er of more than one syllable usually have the 
r silent: leger, boucher, parler (= to speak), dormer (= to 



The conjunction et (= and) has the sound of close e and 
the t is never linked: vous et elle (= you and she). 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH II 

Pronounce 
Peu, peur, trouver (= to find), seize, degotit, bleu, 
bleuatre, fleurs, fleuve, j'aimai (= I loved), chez, chaise, 
nouveau, leur, largeur, oeuvre, begayait, treize, rougeaud, 
je verrai (= I shall see), jeu, jeudi, pouce, tousse, traineau, 
mai, nez, veux, voeux, vaux, Seine, asseyais, coeur, choeur 
(ch = k), soeur, feutre, donnait, jamais, baleine, meubles, 
paix, vrai, j'essayai (= / tried), grasseya, laboureur, gueuse, 
assez, aigreur, pecheur, coute, serviteur, parlez, effet, peuple. 

17. M; N. 

(i) Nasal vowels. 

There are four nasal vowels in French; the nasality is 
indicated in the spelling by an m or an n after the vowel. 
No ng sound is heard in these nasal vowels. 

(a) Close a nasal. 

The spellings are an, am, en, em: en, an, enfant, tant, 
temps, chant, champ. 

(b) Open e nasal. 

The spellings are in, im, ain, aim, ein, eim, yn, ym, en final: 
fin, faim, feint, lynx, examen (x = gz). 

(c) Open o nasal. 

The spellings are on, om: non, nom, noms, prompt. 

(d) Open eu nasal. 

The spellings are un, urn, eun: un, a jeun, parfum. 

(2) When the consonants n and m begin syllables or are 
doubled, they are pronounced as in English. 

Thus, the n in the indefinite article, masculine, un (= a, 
an, one) is a sign of nasality; while in the feminine form 
une (u ne), it is sounded as an Eng. n. 

Pronounce — cousin, -cousine; bon (= good), bonne; 
chacun, chacune; innocent, innocente; immense. 

(3) Final m is not linked; final an, en, in, on, un are linked 
with an n sound: on en a assez. 



12 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 

Om is not nasal when followed by an n: omnibus (s 
sounded). 

In -ent, when it is the ending of the 3rd. pers. plur, of a 
verb form, the -nt is silent: ils parlent (= they are speaking). 

Pronounce — lent, lin, Pon, l'un; dent, daim, don, d'un; 
quand, Quint, qu'on, qu'un; enjmjnstant ; ils finissaient 
(= they were finishing)', calomnie. 

QUESTIONS 

1. When is eu sounded close, and when open? 2. Ex- 
plain how ai, ei, ay, ey are sounded. 3. Give as many spell- 
ings as you can for close e. 4. What four vowel sounds are 
sometimes nasalized? 5. When are m and n signs of nasality 
and when not? 6. When is the group nt of final -ent silent? 

EXERCISE 

Sans, sang, s'en, sent, cent, pain, pains, pin, peins, peint, 
rond, romps, rompt, plomb, camp, plan, dans, dent, d'un, 
brun. 

Grand, grande, rond, ronde, chanter, lundi, ils donnent 
(= they give), rompre, annee, empire, emprunter, coquin, 
coquine, peinture, vin, vain, vingt (= 20), vaine, veine, 
inattentif, trente (= 30), quarante et un (=41), rampe, 
ils rompent (= they break), plaindre, comble, omnipotent, 
convaincu, quelqu'un, quelqu'une, essaim, amateur, conge, 
flambeau, europeenne, ils parlaient (= they were speaking), 
membre, americain, americaine, oncle, tante, onze, prenom, 
commun, commune, ennemi, promptitude, inutile, restaurant. 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 13 

18. L; H. LESS0N IV 

(1) L final is usually pronounced (3): tel, seul, cil. 
Final -il, following a vowel, and -ill in the body of a word 

or before a final e mute, have the sound of y in Eng. you: 
travail, deuil; travailler (= to work), bouteille. This is 
called the liquid 1. 

In mille, ville, village, tranquille and a very few other 
words, the 11 has the usual sound of 1. 

(2) H. We distinguish (a) h silent, and (b) "h aspirate," 
though the latter is usually not heard in modern French. 

When it is pronounced in lofty diction, it is like the h in 
English. 

Neither elision nor linking occurs before an aspirate h. 
Words beginning with an "h aspirate " are indicated in the 
vocabularies by an inverted apostrophe (thus, 'heros). 

Silent h: l'homme (= the man), leshommes. 

Aspirate h: le heros (= the hero), les heros. 

19. Elision; Cedilla; Diaeresis. 

(1) Certain monosyllables elide the final vowel and re- 
place it with an apostrophe before a word beginning with a 
vowel or a silent h: these are — ce, de, je, le, la, me, ne, 
que, se, te. Si (= if, whether) elides the i only before the 
pronouns, il, ils: c'est_elle (= it is she), s'il_a l'encre (= if 
he has the ink). 

No elision takes place before the words — onze (= eleven), 
onzieme (= eleventh), huit (= eight), huitieme (= eighth), and 
oui ( = yes) : le onzieme homme. 

(2) When c before an a, 0, or u has the sound of 5 in Eng. 
sit, a cedilla (c) is placed below it: garcon, avanca, recu. 

(3) As in English reenter, cooperate, the second of two 
vowels in French receives a diaeresis, when this vowel be- 
gins another syllable: Noel, heroine, naif. 



14 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 

20. Semi-vowels. 

Three of the French vowel sounds — those of i, ou, u — 
when preceding other vowels are lightly sounded, giving a 
somewhat consonantal effect. 

(a) I (y) with a following vowel = y in Eng. you (cf. 18): 
Niagara, fiance, pioche, mien, mienne, pied, les yeux 
(= the eyes), ciel, cieux, bien. 

Ti + a vowel = (usually) sy : martial, essentiel, patience, 
position, differentiation (see 6). But in question, it is ty. 

(b) Ou with a following vowel = Eng. w: douane, oui, 
loue, louait, joueur, jouons, Rouen. 

Oi (oi) is usually pronounced like wa in Eng. waft: moi, 
mois, loisir, angoisse. 

(c) U with a following vowel has no English equivalent. 
The u must be lightly and quickly sounded with the next 
vowel. 

Pronounce first lu and then lui; then, similarly with pu 
puis, rue ruelle, nu nuage nuee, tu tuer tueur tuant tuons. 

Pronounce 

Garcons, trois, royal, lui, Louis, Louise, cheval, sceur, 
sueur, tuyau, vil, ville, vieille, vieillard, l'heure, malheur, 
'hair, huissier, commenca, crayon, fouet, intelligence, fa- 
mine, aieul, ils recurent (= they received), fauteuil, fruit, 
ceil, les yeux, les 'hetres, cuisine. 



we are 
you are 



21. Present Indicative of etre, to be; tu, vous 




Declarati 


ve Affirmative 


je suis 


I am 


nous sommes 


tu es 
iljst 


J thou art 
{ you are 
he (it) is 


vousetes 
ils sont 


elle est 


she (it) is 


elles sont 



they (m.) are 
they (f.) are 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 1 5 





Interrogative Affirmative 




suis-je? 


am I? sommes-nous? 


are we? 


es-tu? 
est-il? 


[ art thou? Ax ^ 
\ _ etes-vous? 
[ are you ? 

is he (it)? sont-ils? 


are you? 
are they (m.)? 


est-elle? 


is she (it)? sont-elles? 


are they (f.)? 



Vous is the usual pronoun in French for you, whether 
referring to one or more persons; but tu stands for you (to 
one person) under circumstances of affection or familiarity. 
It is also said to an animal, or to a person to express con- 
tempt. The plural of tu is vous. 
Ou etes-vous? Where are you? 

Je suis dans le jar din I am in the garden 

Je suisavec Jean / am with John 

Continue the last two sentences throughout the singular and 
plural. 

22. Question-order. 

Louise, est-elle a l'ecole? Is Louise at school? 

Non, elle est dans la maison No, she is in the house 

Ou sont les fils? Where are the sons? 

lis sont la-bas sous l'arbre They are under the tree yonder 

In asking a question, the subject, if it is a noun, is regu- 
larly mentioned first and repeated after the verb by a 
pronoun. 

When there is a question-word, such as qui, ou, the order 
is often as in English. 

23. Son, sa, ses; Idioms. 

II a mis son crayon dans sa He. has put his pencil in his 

poche pocket 

II a pris son crayon dans la He has taken his pencil out 

poche de son gilet of his waistcoat pocket 



i6 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 



Elle a mis ses livres sur la 

table 
Elle a pris ses livres sur la 

table 
II a mis son chapeau 
Elle a ote son chapeau 
Elle a ote la nappe 



She has put her books on the 

table 
She has taken her books of 

the table 
He has put on his hat 
She has taken of her hat 
She has taken of the table- 
cloth 



In the study of idioms we must be guided solely by 
examples. 

Elle a pris ses livres sur la table means as if we said in 
English: u She has taken her books. Which books? The ones 
that were on the table." Dans does not mean out of, nor 
sur, of. 

Son = his or her with masc. sing, nouns; sa = his or her 
with fern. sing, nouns; ses is the plur. form for both. 

A possessive adjective in French agrees with the noun it 
limits, not with the noun denoting the possessor. 



VOCABULARY 



un, une, a, an, one 

dans, in, into 

oui, non, yes, no 

la maison, the house 

le mouchoir, the handkerchief 

le crayon, the pencil 

le maitre, the teacher, master 

la jeune fille, the girl 

la cuisine, the kitchen 

le chapeau, the hat 

le sofa, the sofa 

un eleve, une eleve, a pupil 

une ecole, a school 

a l'ecole, at (to) school 



son, sa, ses, his, her 

avec, a, with, at or to 

la-bas, yonder 

le jardin, the garden 

la poche, the pocket 

le livre, the book 

la fille, the daughter (girl) 

la fillette, the girl, little girl 

la nappe, the tablecloth 

la fleur, the flower 

un arbre, a tree 

un enfant, une enfant, a child 

une eglise, a church 

a l'eglise, at (to) church 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 1 7 

Past Participles 
pris, taken {into the hand, etc.) ote, taken away {of) ( = removed) 

mene, taken { = led) porte, taken { = carried) 

1. un 2. deux 3. trois 4. quatre 

ORAL DRILL 

1. A pencil, the pencil, his pencil, her pencil; the pencils, 
his pencils, her pencils; a child (ra.), the child, the children, 
his children, her children. 2. A flower, the flower, his 
flower, her flower; the flowers, his flowers, her flowers; a 
pupil (/.), the pupil, the pupils, his pupils, her pupils. 3. One 
book, two books, three books, four books; one school, two 
schools, three schools, four schools. 

EXERCISE 

1. Where are you, John? 2. I am here in the garden. 

3. Charles has taken a handkerchief out of his pocket. 

4. He has put two pencils into his pocket. 5. Who has his 
books? 6. They are with his hat on the sofa. 7. Has the 
daughter taken the flowers off the table? No. 8. The maid 
has taken the flowers into the garden. 9. Where is Mary? 
Is she in the house? 10. Yes, she is in the kitchen. She 
has taken off her hat. 11. Are the pupils yonder under the 
trees? 12. No, they are in the school with the teacher. 13. 
The mother has taken her three children to school. 

REVIEW QUESTIONS 

1. What is meant by the liquid 1? Give examples. 2. 
Distinguish silent and aspirate h. 3. What words undergo 
elision? When? 4. When is a cedilla used? diaeresis? 

5. What are the three semi- vowels? How are they sounded? 

6. When is vous used for you and when is tu? 7. What is 
the rule for question-order when the subject is a noun? 
8. What does a possessive adjective in French agree with? 



1 8 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 



SUPPLEMENTARY EXERCISE 

i. We are here on the sofa. 2. Her son has three pencils 
in his pocket. 3. Has the mother taken her handkerchief? 
4. Where are her flowers? 5. They are on the table yonder. 
6. The maid has taken off the tablecloth. 7. The teacher 
has a house with a garden. 8. Four pupils are in the school. 
9. The father has taken his two sons to church. 10. Has 
John taken the flowers off the table? 11. Are the girls with 
the father or with the mother? 12. Louise has taken the 
milk and the coffee into the kitchen. 



LESSON V 
24. Some Consonant Sounds and Combinations. 

(1) B often sounds as p before s and t: absurde, obtenir. 

(2) C sounds as g in second (= second) and its derivatives: seconde, 
secondaire. 

Final c is silent after nasals: blanc, franc, tronc. 
Ch is sounded as k in orchestre, chceur, echo and some other 
words. 

(3) F is silent in ceufs, bceufs, clef, chef-d'oeuvre. 

Ph is sounded as /: paragraphe, phonetique. 

(4) Gn is pronounced like ni in Eng. union: gagner, campagne. 

(5) K and W occur only in foreign words. 

K = Eng. k: kilogramme, kodak, shako. 

W usually sounds as Eng. v, but sometimes the Eng. w sound 

prevails. 
As v: wagon, Wittenberg. 
As w: tramway, railway. 

(6) Qu = kw before a: aquarelle, square. 

(7) Sc = sk before a, o, u and other consonants; before e, i and y 
it is sounded as an s: scandale, sceau, scintiller, scolaire, scrupule. 

(8) P is silent in bapteme, Baptiste, compter, sculpture, sculpteur 
and a few other words. 

(9) Ct = kt in correct, direct, exact (x = gz). 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 1 9 

St is heard as such in est, ouest, nord-est, nord-ouest; also in 
Christ (ch = k), but not in Jesus-Christ where the st is silent. 
In th the h of course is silent: theatre, Elizabeth. 



Pronounce 

Seconder, science, elephant, aboya, absoudre, scrutin, seigneur, 
kiosque, fer-blanc, signal, sculpture, wagon, quadrille, nord-ouest, 
amphitheatre; j'etudie (= / study), tu etudies, il etudie; nous etu- 
dions, vous etudiez, ils etudient; j'etudiais (= / ivas studying), tu 
etudiais, il etudiait; nous etudiions, vous etudiiez, ils etudiaient. 

25. Linking: Summary. 

The general rule is that, with words that are closely con- 
nected in sense, a final consonant, whether normally silent 
or sounded, is carried over and pronounced with the next 
word, if this word begins with a vowel or h silent (8). 

The student must be prepared for many exceptional cases, 
but the practical points are as follows: 

(1) The consonants c, f, 1, q, r, that are sounded as final 
(3), are naturally carried over as such: avec_energie, ceufji 
la coque, coq-a-1'ane, pour elle. 

(2) D, (f), g, s, x, usually silent as final, are linked as follows: 

(a) d = t: quandjdlez-vous au theatre? (= When do you 
go to the theatre ?) ; 

(b) f = v: only in neuf heures (= nine hours, nine o'clock); 

(c) g = k: sang impur (in literary style) ; 

(d) s, x = z: lesecoles, auxecoles. S is linked more fre- 
quently than any other consonant. 

(3) Other silent final consonants, when linked, have the 
sound they usually have when not final: trop aimable, 
petitji petit, chez elles. 

Final n (17): bon a rien. 



20 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO TRENCH 

26. Cardinal Numerals: 5-10. 

The final consonants of these numerals are heard, except 
before words (usually nouns and adjectives) beginning with 
a consonant or an aspirate h. 







Pronounce 




(alone or when 
last) 


(before a vowel or h silent) 


(before a cons, or h 
aspirate) 


5- 
6. 

7- 
8. 

9- 

IO. 


cinq 

six (x = s) 

sept (p silent) 

huit (h asp.) 

neuf 

dix (x = s) 


cinq eleves (hommes) 
six eleves (hommes) 
sept eleves (hommes) 
huit eleves (hommes) 
neuf eleves (hommes) 
dix eleves (hommes) 


cinq maitres (heros) 
six maitres (heros) 
sept maitres (heros) 
huit maitres (heros) 
neuf maitres (heros) 
dix maitres (heros) 



27. Agreement of Adjectives. 

le petit garcon, les petits gar- the little boy, the little boys 

cons 
la petite fille, les petites filles the little girl (daughter), the 

little girls (daughters) 
le joli arbre, les jolisarbres the pretty tree, the pretty trees 

la jolie femme, les jolies fern- the pretty woman, the pretty 

mes women 

un grandhomme, une grande a great man, a great lady 

dame 

Femme rhymes with dame. 

Adjectives agree with their nouns in gender and number. 
The feminine singular is regularly formed by adding a silent 
e to the masculine; the plural of both genders adds an s 
to the singular form. 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 21 

28. Present Indicative of avoir, to have. 
Declarative Affirmative 



j'ai 


/ have 


nousjivons 


we have 


tu as 


I thou hast 
[you have 


vousjivez 


you have 


ttj 


. he (it) has 


ilsont 


they (m.) have 


elle a 


she (it) has 


elles_ont 


they (f.) have 



Interrogative Affirmative 



ai-je? 


have I? 


avons-nous? have we? 


as-tu? 


J hast thou ? 
[ have you ? 


avez-vous? have you? 






a-t-il? 


has he (it)? 


ont-ils? have they (m.) ? 


a-t-elle? 


has she (it)? 


ont-elles? have they ({.)? 


J'ai deux chiens 


I have two dogs 


J'ai un chat aussi 


I have a cat too (as well) 



Continue these two sentences throughout the singular and 
plural. 

29. Present Perfect Indicative; Repetition of Certain 
Adherent Adjectives. 

Declarative Affirmative 

j'ai vu / have seen, I saw, I did see nous avons vu we have seen, etc. 

f thou hast seen, thou etc. r 

tu as vu < 7 vous avez vu you have seen, etc. 

I you have seen, you etc. 

il a vu he has seen, he etc. iis ont vu they have seen, etc. 

elle a vu she has seen, she etc. elles ont vu they have seen, etc. 

Interrogative Affirmative 

ai-je vu? have I seen? did I see? avons-nous vu? have we seen? did we 
etc. etc. etc. see? etc. 



22 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 

Continue throughout singular and plural: j'ai apporte, / 
have brought, etc.; ai-je apporte? have I brought? etc. 

Conjugate this tense similarly with the past participles 
that we have met thus far: j'ai pris, tu as pris, etc.; j'ai 
mene, tu as mene, etc. 

This tense, as we have seen, corresponds to the present 
perfect in English. 

But it is to be specially noted that the present perfect is 
used in conversational French for the Eng. past tense as 
well: J'ai vu, / saw, I did see; j'ai mis, / put or / did put, 
I placed or i" did place, etc. 

In this use, the present perfect tense in French presents 
an act in the past as considered by itself alone, that is, without 
reference to the time of another act. 

This is really the function of the past absolute tense, as we shall 
see later (73); the present perfect has replaced the past absolute in 
conversation. 

Qui a mis le couvert? Who set the table ? 

J'ai mis le couvert / set the table 

J'ai ote le couvert aussi / cleared the table as well 

Continue the last two sentences throughout singular and 
plural. 

Deux et six font huit Two and six are ( = make) 



Nous sommes huit ici There are eight of us here 

Le chien et le chat sont sous The dog and the cat are under 

le sofa the sofa 

Sa mere et sa soeur ont pre- His mother and sister pre- 

pare le diner pared the dinner 

Adherent (limiting) adjectives, such as the definite arti- 
cle, the indefinite article and the possessive adjectives, are 
regularly repeated in French with each noun they refer to. 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 



23 



VOCABULARY 



de, of, from, out of 

petit, little, small 

joli, pretty 

Monsieur (M.), Mr., sir 

Henri, Henry 

Guillaume, William 

la dame, the lady 

le frere, the brother 

le diner, the dinner 

le couvert, the " cover " 

la tasse, the cup 

le couteau, the knife 

la cuillere, the spoon 

la chaise, the chair 

le morceau, the piece, lump 

le chien, the dog 

le verre, the glass 

ils font, they make 



apportez 

5. cinq 6. 



et ainsi de suite, et cetera 

grand, large, great 

chaque, each 

Madame (Mme), Mrs., madam 

Henriette, Henrietta 

un homme, a man 

la femme, the woman, wife 

la soeur, the sister 

la famille, the family 

la viande, the meat 

la soucoupe, the saucer 

la fourchette, the fork 

une assiette, a plate 

le the, the tea 

le sucre, the sugar 

la rue, the street 

le gant, the glove 

apporte (past, part.), brought (in 



or out) 



six 7. sept 



mettez 
8. huit 



put, place, set 
neuf 10. dix 



ORAL DRILL 

1. The large knife, the large fork; the large knives, the 
large forks. 2. The little cup, the little glass; the little 
cups, the little glasses. 3. One pretty woman, two pretty 
women; three cups of tea, six lumps of sugar. 4. Seven 
"covers" for seven men; nine teachers from nine schools. 

5. Two and two make four, two and three make five, etc. 

6. J'ai vu Guillaume dans la rue, tu as vu Guillaume dans 
la rue, etc. 

EXERCISE 

1. We served the repast under two large trees. 2. Did 
you prepare the dinner? No, sir. 3. Mary prepared the 



24 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 

dinner for the family. 4. I served the soup, meat and vege- 
tables. 5. Henrietta brought the plates from the kitchen. 
6. Where are the knives and forks? 7. Bring the cups, sau- 
cers and spoons. 8. There are seven of us; bring seven 
chairs. 9. Who took the chairs into the garden? William. 
10. Is the tea on the table? Yes, the mother has poured 
the tea. n. She put two lumps of sugar into each cup. 
12. Who are you? We are the children of Mr. and Mrs. 
Suchard. 13. Where is Henry? He has taken his brother 
and sister to school. 14. Did Louise take her spoon? Yes, 
it is in her saucer. 

REVIEW QUESTIONS 

1. What is the general rule for linking? How are d, f, 
g, n, s, x linked? 2. In how many ways are cinq, sept, huit 
pronounced? six, neuf, dix? 3. How do adjectives form 
the feminine singular? the plural? 4. What are the two 
uses of the present perfect tense in French? 5. What 
about the repetition of adherent adjectives? 

SUPPLEMENTARY EXERCISE 

1. There are nine of them; set nine "covers": nine 
plates, nine knives, etc. 2. The man has three sons and 
four daughters. 3. William and Henrietta are two of his 
children. 4. Henrietta is a pretty little girl. 5. His wife 
is a great lady. 6. Where are the dogs? They are in the 
street, sir. 7. Madame Leblanc set the table. 8. The 
father poured his tea out of the cup into the saucer. 9. Is 
the tablecloth on the table? No ma'am; Louise has cleared 
the table. 10. We took the spoons off the table. 11. They 
brought the glasses of milk for the boys and girls. 12. Did 
you bring two cups of coffee? Yes, sir. 13. Henry took off 
his hat and gloves. 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 



25 



LESSON VI 
30. Conjugation. 

Verbs in French are either regular or irregular. 

They are classified according to the ending of the infinitive. 





Model Regular Verbs 




Verbs in -er : 


donn-er 


to give 


Verbs in -ir: 


fin-ir 


to finish 


Verbs in -re : 


romp-re 


to break 



That part of the infinitive that precedes the ending is 
called the stem (root, radical) of the verb. 
Pronounce, learn and indicate the stem of: 



marcher 

parler 

aimer 



to walk 

to speak 
to love, like 



fournir 

punir 

choisir 



to furnish 
to punish 
to choose 



interrompre 

corrompre 

entendre 



to interrupt 
to corrupt 
to hear 



Verbs in -dre, such as entendre, are really irregular, 
many of them, however, only slightly so (40). 



31. Future Indicative. 

The future tense of a French verb is regularly formed by 
adding to the whole infinitive the present indicative of the 
verb avoir, to have, dropping the av- of the first and second 
plural. Verbs in -re drop the e first, however. 



26 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 



Declarative Affirmative 
je donner-ai / shall give nous donner-ons we shall give 



, | thou wilt give 

tudonner-as \ .„ . vous donner-ez you will give 

[ you will give 

ildonner-a he will give ils donner-ont they will give 

elledonner-a she will give elles donner-ont they will give 

Compare in English, when looking to the future, " What have you 
to do this afternoon? " — "I have to visit an old friend who is sick." 



Interrogative Affirmative 

donnerai-je? shall I give ? donnerons-nous? shall we give ? 
donneras-tu? wilt thou give ? donnerez-vous? will you give ? 
donnera-t-il? will he give? donneront-ils? will they give? 
donnera-t-elle? will she give ? donneront-elles? will they give ? 

The euphonic t in donnera-t-il is found before il, elle and on, when- 
ever in any tense the verb-form of the third person singular ends in a 
vowel. 

Conjugate similarly 
je finirai I shall finish 

etc. etc. 

finirai- je? shall I finish? 

etc. etc. 

Conjugate the future of the verbs in 30 



je romprai 


I shall break 


etc. 


etc. 


romprai-je? 


shall I break 


etc. 


etc. 



32. Negation. 

Je ne marcherai pas 

Declarative Negative 
je ne marcherai pas 
tu ne marcheras pas 
il ne marchera pas 
elle ne marchera pas 



/ shall not walk (not a step) 

Interrogative Negative 
ne marcherai- je pas? 
ne marcheras-tu pas? 
ne marchera-t-il pas? 
ne marchera-t-elle pas? 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 



2 7 



nous ne marcherons pas 
vous ne marcherez pas 
ils ne marcheront pas 
elles ne marcheront pas 

Je ne parlerai pas 
Je ne fournirai rien 

Je n'interromprai personne 



ne marcherons-nous pas? 
ne marcherez-vous pas? 
ne marcheront-ils pas? 
ne marcheront-elles pas? 

I shall not speak 

I shall furnish nothing {not a 

thing) 
I shall interrupt no one {not 

a person) 



Continue each of these sentences throughout the tense. 

Originally, ne was sufficient to express not. Then, with 
verbs of walking and the like, pas, a pace, step, was added to 
intensify the idea. This habit was afterwards extended to 
most verbs. English would have a similar habit if it used 
a bit {= a bite) with practically all verbs. 



33. Omission of ne. 
II a marche trois milles 
Mais non, pas trois mais cinq 
Que choisiront-ils? Rien 

Qui a parle? Guillaume 



He has walked three miles 
Oh no, not three but five 
What will they choose ? Noth- 
ing 
Who spoke? William 
Qui avez-vous vu? Personne Whom did you see? No one 

When there is no verb-form expressed, ne is not used 
with the negative. 

Verbs in -er form their past participles by changing -er 
into -e. 

34. Negatives with Compound Tenses. 

Declarative Negative Interrogative Negative 

je n'ai pas fini n'ai-je pas fini? 

tu n'as pas fini n'as-tu pas fini? 



28 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 



il n'a pas fini 
elle n'a pas fini 

nous n'avons pas fini 
vous n'avez pas fini 
ils n'ont pas fini 
elles n'ont pas fini 

Qu'avez-vous fourni? 

Je n'ai rien fourni 

Qui a-t-il interrompu? 

II n'a interrompu personne 

Je n'ai rien choisi pour Louise 

Je n'ai parle a personne 



n'a-t-il pas fini? 
n'a-t-elle pas fini? 

n'avons-nous pas fini? 
n'avez-vous pas fini? 
n'ont-ils pas fini? 
n'ont-elles pas fini? 

What did you furnish ? 

I furnished nothing 

Whom did he interrupt? 

He interrupted nobody 

I have chosen nothing for 

Louise 
I spoke to nobody 



Note that the negatives pas, rien precede the past par- 
ticiple while personne follows. 

Regular verbs in -ir and -re form their past participles by 
changing -ir into -i and -re into -u. 

Pronounce the past participles of all the verbs in jo. 



35. A + the Definite Article. 

a la ville, aux villes 

a l'homme, aux hommes 

au garcon, aux garcons 



to the city, to the cities 
to the man, to the men 
to the boy, to the boys 



Thus, the preposition a, when followed by the forms le 
and les of the definite article, contracts with them into au 
and aux respectively. 

VOCABULARY 



mais, but (conj.) 
qui? who? whom? 
ne . . . rien, nothing 
bon, bons 
bonne, bonnes 



que? what? 

ne. . . pas, not 

ne. . . personne, no one, nobody 

mauvais, mauvais 



mauvaise, mauvaises 



bad 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 29 

le pas, the pace, step le mille, the mile 

la ville, the city, town le village, the village 

le bruit, the noise le silence, the silence 

le gout, the taste l'argent (m.), the money 

la lecon, the lesson la fois, the time (in counting) 

le mari, the husband le marche, the bargain, market 

porter, to take, carry apporter, to bring (by carrying) 

Deux fois un font deux Twice one is two 



ORAL DRILL 

1. Three times one are three, three times two are six, 
three times three are nine. 2. To the good husband, to the 
good wife; to the good husbands, to the good wives. 3. I 
shall hear, thou wilt hear, etc.; I shall not hear, thou wilt 
not hear, etc. 4. What did she bring? What did you bring? 
She brought nothing. We brought nothing. 5. Whom did 
he punish? Whom did they punish? He punished no one. 
They punished no one. 

EXERCISE 

1. The father gave the money to the son. 2. What will 
he give to his daughter? 3. A good son will love his father 
and mother. 4. Who broke the bargain? No one. 5. I 
heard nothing; I saw no one. 6. What did you choose for 
Mr. Melin? Nothing. 7. Each woman will furnish two 
plates, two cups and two saucers, etc. 8. We shall walk 
with the ladies to the town. 9. Did the boys interrupt the 
lesson? 10. Who is the teacher? Will he speak to the 
pupils? 11. Whom will he punish? He will punish no one. 
12. They will not speak; they will interrupt nobody. 13. 
Will the dog hear the noise? 14. Two or three bad books 
will corrupt his taste. 15. You will not hear the noises of 
the street. 



30 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 

REVIEW QUESTIONS 

i. Show how the past participles of regular verbs are 
obtained. 2. Explain the formation of the future tense. 
3. How did pas come to be used as a negative? Give cor- 
responding negative intensifiers in English. 4. Where are 
pas, rien, personne placed when used with compound tenses? 

5. When is the ne that accompanies a negative omitted? 

6. How does a contract with the following definite article? 

SUPPLEMENTARY EXERCISE 

1. We shall punish the bad dog. 2. Have Louise and 
Henriette finished the lessons? 3. A good pupil will not in- 
terrupt his teacher. 4. William did not bring the chairs 
into the house. 5. Did you take the pretty flowers to the 
kitchen? No, ma'am. 6. What will you furnish? I shall 
furnish nothing. 7. What did she furnish for the repast? 
The tea and sugar, sir. 8. We heard nothing and we spoke 
to nobody. 9. They will walk the four miles to the village. 
10. Mary will carry the cups of coffee to the ladies in the 
garden, n. He took the money out of his pocket. 12. 
What will you bring for Henry? We shall bring six or seven 
books. 13. Whom did we see? 14. The man spoke but 
you heard no one. 



LESSON VII 
36. Principal Parts of Regular Verbs. 

In English we generally say that a verb has three prin- 
cipal parts: give, gave, given. In French we need to know 
five parts before we can form the other tenses. These five 
forms are: 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 



31 



Present Infinitive 


donner 


to give 


Present Participle 


dormant 


giving 


Past Participle 


(passive) 


donne 


given 


Present Indica, 


live (1st sing.) 


je donne 


I give 


Past Absolute 


(1st sing.) 


je donnai 


I gave 


finir 


to finish 


rompre 


to break 


finissant 


finishing 


rompant 


breaking 


fini 


finished 


rompu 


broken 


je finis 


I finish 


je romps 


I break 


je finis 


I finished 


je rompis 


I broke 



Pronounce the principal parts of each of the verbs in the last 
lesson. 

37. Forms of the Present Indicative : Regular Verbs. 

The singular ends either in -e, -es, -e or in -s, -s, -t. 

The plural may be obtained from the form of the present 
participle by changing the ending -ant into -ons, -ez, -ent. 

Declarative Affirmative 
je donne nous donnons 

tu donne s vous donnez 

il donne ils donnent 

elle donne elles donnent 

Declarative Negative 
je ne donne pas nous ne donnons pas 

tu ne donnes pas vous ne donnez pas 

il ne donne pas ils ne donnent pas 

elle ne donne pas elles ne donnent pas 

Each of these forms stands for all the corresponding forms 
of the English present: je donne, / give, am giving, do give; 
je ne donne pas, / am not giving, I do not give. 

The forms with elle, elles will be omitted in subsequent paradigms. 



32 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 

Declarative Affirmative 

je finis nous finissons je romps nous rompons 

tu finis vous finissez tu romps vous rompez 

il finit ils finissent il rompt ils rompent 

Similarly : il finit, he finishes, he is finishing, he does finish ; 
ils rompent, they break, they are breaking, they do break. 

Construct the declarative negative forms of finir and rompre. 
Give the meanings. 

Give, orally, the French for — 

she finishes, she does not finish he is giving, he is not giving 
she does break, she is not break- you break, you give, you do not 
ing finish 

they do break, they do not give, they are finishing 

Interrogative Affirmative 
(donne-je?) donnons-nous? 

donnes-tu? donnez-vous? 

donne-t-il? donnent-ils? 

Interrogative Negative 

(ne donne-je pas?) ne donnons-nous pas? 

ne donnes-tu pas? ne donnez-vous pas? 

ne donne-t-il pas? ne donnent-ils pas? 

In donne-je? the e is sounded, exceptionally, as an open e. 

Interrogative Affirmative 

(finis-je?) finissons-nous? (romps-je?) rompons-nous? 

finis-tu? finissez-vous? romps-tu? rompez-vous? 

finiHl? finissent-ils? rompt-il? rompentols? 

Instead of the verb-forms in parentheses, one would rather 
say, for the sake of euphony: Est-ce que je donne? Est-ce 
que je ne donne pas? Est-ce que je finis? Est-ce que je 
romps? 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 33 

Construct the interrogative negative forms 0/ finir and rompre. 
Give the French for — 

are you not breaking ? does she is she not finishing ? do you not 

? 



do they not finish? are we is he breaking? do they not 
breaking ? five ? 



38. Forms of the Imperative. 

The usual forms are obtained from the 2nd singular, 1st 
plural and 2nd plural of the present indicative by dropping 
the subject pronouns. 

If the 2nd singular, present indicative, ends in -es, the 
s is dropped. For an exception to this, see 132. 

donne give {thou, you) ne donne pas do not give 
donnons let us give ne donnons pas let us not give 

donnez give {you) ne donnez pas do not gi 



finis ne finis pas romps ne romps pas 

finissons ne fmissons pas rompons neromponspas 

finissez ne finissez pas rompez nerompezpas 

39. Some General Notions of French Verbs. 

For purposes of translation in particular, certain general notions of 
verbs should now be acquired. 

In the Appendix will be found the paradigms of 

(a) the linking verbs: avoir, etre (195); 

(b) the model regular verbs: dormer, finir, rompre (196); 

(c) the typical irregular and defective verbs (198-271). 

A reference list of the irregular and defective verbs is also given 
(272). 

(1) Note first the irregular future and imperative of avoir and etre. 

(2) Compare next the past future of dormer, finir, rompre, avoir, 
etre with the past descriptive. They differ in the stem, not the endings. 

As to the meanings of these tenses, je donnerais, je finirais, etc., 
mean / should give, I should finish, etc., while je donnais, etc., means 
/ was giving, I used to give, etc, 



34 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 

(3) The past absolute tense, used in historical style, is especially 
important. Three sets of endings appear: one for verbs in -er, one for 
verbs in -ir and -re, and a third for avoir, etre and some other irregular 
verbs. 

(4) As regards compound tenses, these are regularly formed in 
English with the linking verb, to have; in French, avoir is most fre- 
quently used, to be sure, but etre is used with certain verbs, namely, 
all reflexives and those intransitives that express going and coming 
and the like: J'ai vu, / have seen; je suis arrive, / have arrived; je 
me suis amuse, / have amused myself. 

40. Uses of the Present Indicative and the Imperative. 

Parlez-vous francais? Do you speak French ? 

Non, monsieur, je parle an- No, sir, I speak English 

glais 

Mais j'etudie le francais But I am studying French 

maintenant now 

Aimez-vous le francais? Oui, Do you like French? Yes, 

monsieur sir 

Pourqixoi le maitre parle-t-il Why is the teacher speaking to 

a l'eleve? the pupil? 

Parce qu'il interrompt quel- Because he interrupts the les- 

quefois la lecon son sometimes 

Choisissez. Ne parlez a per- Choose. Do not speak to any 

Sonne one 

Elle entend la voix She hears the voice 

Note that the names of languages are not written with 
capital letters. With these names the definite article is 
usually used with all verbs except parler; but even that ex- 
ception is not always observed. 

Many verbs in -dre (30) such as entendre and perdre 
(to lose), have the one irregularity of dropping the t in the 
3rd person sing, of the present indicative; otherwise, they 
are like rompre. 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 



35 



41. De + the Definite Article ; 

de la sceur, des sceurs 

de Poncle, des oncles 

la fenetre de la maison 

les sous de Jean 

le livre du garcon 

une lecon d'anglais (en anglais) 

une maison de bois (en bois) 

Comptez de un (jusqu')a seize 



de + a Noun ( = genitive). 

of the sister, of the sisters 
of the uncle, of the uncles 
the window of the house 
John's pennies (= cents) 
the boy's book 
an English lesson 
a wooden house 

Count from one to sixteen 



Thus, the preposition de, when followed by the forms le 
and les of the definite article, contracts with them into 
du and des respectively. 

Elision does not take place before a word used as un above. 

The genitive case of a noun is expressed in French by the 
preposition de. 



VOCABULARY 



en, in 

pourquoi? why? 

francais, French 

plusieurs, several 

demain, to-morrow 

un oncle, an uncle 

la fenetre, the window 

la chambre, the room 

l'argent (m.), the money, silver 

la bague, the (finger) ring 

le bois, the wood 

une grammaire, a grammar 

l'arithmetique (f.), (the) arithmetic 

la voix, the voice 

travailler, to work 

f ermer, to close 

pleurer, to weep, cry 

batir, to build 



jusqu'a, up to, as far as 

parce que, because 

anglais, English 

hier, maintenant, yesterday, now 

aujourd'hui, to-day 

la tante, the aunt 

la porte, the door 

la gare, the (railway) station 

For (m.), the gold 

la dentelle, the lace 

la pierre, the stone 

Phistoire (f.), the story, history 

la montre, the watch 

arriver, to arrive 

etudier, to study 

preter, to lend 

compter, to count 

perdre, to lose 



36 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 

Ouvrir, to open, is irregular; its present indicative and imperative 
are conjugated as if the infinitive ended in -er: j'ouvre, tu 
ouvres, il ouvre, nous ouvrons, vous ouvrez, ils ouvrent. 

11. onze 12. douze 13. treize 

14. quatorze 15. quinze 16. seize 

ORAL DRILL 

1. Four times one are four, four times two are eight, etc. 
2. A French lesson, the wooden table, two silver spoons, the 
teacher's hat, the pupil's pencils, the lady's lace gloves, her 
husband's money, the sisters' gold watches, the noise of the 
city, the silence of the village, his wife's good taste, each 
man's steps, Henrietta's pretty flowers. 3. We are counting, 
you do not count; are they opening? does she not lend? 
4. What are you furnishing? We are furnishing nothing; 
she does not choose; are they not choosing? 5. Whom does 
he hear? What do we hear? They hear no one. 

EXERCISE 

1. He lends nothing, he gives; we choose and he fur- 
nishes. 2. Don't you hear? They are speaking. Do not 
interrupt. 3. Do not close the window. Open the window 
and close the door. 4. Why are you crying? Because I 
lost a gold ring to-day. 5. The dog hears his master's voice. 
6. Henry is closing his book; he has finished his French 
lesson. 7. What are you studying now? I am studying the 
history lesson. 8. The boy's uncle will arrive to-morrow. 

9. His aunt arrives to-day. She will walk from the station. 

10. Do you speak French or English? We speak English. 

11. But we like French. We are studying French now. 

12. He is choosing a hat for his little brother. 13. They 
are building two stone houses in the city. 14. Count in 
French several times from five to sixteen. 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 37 

REVIEW QUESTIONS 

1. What are the five principal parts, respectively, of 
fermer, choisir, interrompre, arriver? 2. Identify gram- 
matically and translate: je fournis, parle, je marchai, 
finissant, j'ai corrompu, pleurer, je corromps, donne, 
choisissons. 3. How is the plural of the present indicative 
obtained? the imperative? 4. What verbs drop the t of the 
3rd pers. sing, of the pres. indicative? 5. What are the 
contractions of de with the definite article? 

SUPPLEMENTARY EXERCISE 

1. Do not give the money to the bad boy. 2. He loses 
his brother's books and he will lose the money too. 3. We 
are opening the doors and windows of each room. 4. Choose 
to-day a silver ring for her little sister. 5. Take the flowers 
to William's mother now. She is working in the garden. 
6. Let us not interrupt the teacher. He is giving a lesson 
in arithmetic. 7. Why is the father punishing his son? 
Because he does not study his lessons. 8. Let us break the 
silence. Let us speak in French to the woman. 9. Are 
the girls crying? Yes, they have lost two pretty lace hand- 
kerchiefs. 10. Work. Finish the grammar lesson and 
bring the book here. 11. What is he building yonder? He 
is building a wooden house. 12. We hear the man's steps 
in the street. I hear nothing. 



LESSON VIII 

42. Some General Notions of Word-order. 

(1) Adjectives. When an adjective is used in its common every-day 
signification, it usually follows the noun it limits: la langue francaise, 
the French language; une pomme douce, a sweet apple. In figurative 
use, adjectives precede their nouns: line douce pensee, a sweet thought. 



3* 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 



(2) Objective personal pronouns. The unemphatic accusative and 
dative forms precede the verbs they depend upon, except in the im- 
perative affirmative: il me punit, he punishes me; punissez-le, punish 
Mm; ne lui parlez pas,. do not speak to him (to her). 

(3) Adverbs. They generally follow the verb rather closely instead 
of preceding it or standing at some distance from it, as they frequently 
do in English: Je le vois souvent, I often see him; lis interrompent 
quelquefois la lecon, They interrupt the lesson sometimes. 

43. Adjectives regularly Preceding the Noun. 



bon 


good 


meilleur 


better 


mauvais 


bad 


pire 


worse 


long 
court 


long 
short 


jeune 
vieux 


young 
old 


joli 

beau 

vilain 


pretty 
hands 
ugly 


grand 
ome \ gros 
J petit 


great 

big 

small 



But some of them stand after the noun in certain senses: 
des traits jeunes, young features. 

44. Participles Used as Adjectives. 



La chanson est charmante 
Regardez les fruits muris- 

sants 
lis parlent de la fenetre cas- 

see 
Les longues lecons sont finies 
Le couvert est mis 



The song is charming 
Look at the ripening fruit 

They are speaking of {about) 

the broken window 
The long lessons are finished 
The table is set 



Participles, when used as adjectives, agree in gender and 
number as such. They invariably follow the noun. 

Sentences like the last two are sometimes thought of as passive. 
A passive expression always describes an action, whereas these state- 
ments refer to the condition or state of the objects after the action is 
over (102). 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 39 

In this book these participles, used as non-passives, are treated as 
adjectives. 

45. Repetition of a and de ; il y a, voici, voila. 

II raconte une tres jolie his- He is telling the boy and girl 

toire au garcon et a la jeune a very pretty story 

fille 

Elle a parle des bois, des She spoke of the woods, the 

fleurs et de la campagne flowers and the country 

Ne joue pas dans la rue, Don't play on the street, John! 

Jean! 

Pourquoi pleures-tu, Marie? Why are you crying, Mary? 

Parce qu'il yaun gros chien Because there is a big dog here 

ici 

Voila Henri! II chassera le There's Henry I He will drive 

chien away the dog 

Void une meilleure plume Here's a better pen 

The prepositions a and de are repeated with each noun 
they refer to. 

II y a, the 3rd sing. pres. indicative of the impersonal verb 
y avoir, corresponds to the English there is, there are, in mak- 
ing a statement of fact. 

Voila (voi -f la, see there) means also there is, there are, in 
pointing out some object (or fact). Voici (voi + ici, see 
here) stands similarly for here is, here are. 

46. Nouns: Specific, General, Partitive. 

As to the scope of their meaning, nouns are used in three 
main ways: 

(1) The Specific Noun. A noun may be used to denote 
some specific object or objects. 

In this usage the French is usually the same as the English. 

II y a deux plumes avec le There are two pens with the 
papier dans le tiroir paper in the drawer 



4-0 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 

(2) The General Noun. A noun may be used to denote 
the objects in general for which it stands. 

Here the English often uses the with a singular noun, while the 
French uses the definite article in both singular and plural. 

Le chien est Fami de l'homme The dog is the friend cf man 
Les chiens sont fideles Dogs are faithful 

(3) The Partitive Noun. A noun may be used to denote 
only a part of the objects for which it stands. 

Here the English sometimes uses some or any; the French uses the 
words corresponding to of the, whenever justified by the sense. Of 
means here a certain quantity of, some of. 

II a du papier He has {some) paper 

Elle a des amis ici She has friends here 

47. Partitive vs. General Noun. 

It is very important to learn to distinguish the partitive 
and the general uses of a noun. Compare and explain the 
uses of the nouns in the following sentences: 

L'air est necessaire pour la Air is necessary for life 

vie 

Avez-vous des tasses et des Have you cups and saucers for 

soucoupes pour le cafe? the cofee ? 

Aimez-vous le sucre? Do you like sugar? 

Voulez-vous du sucre? Do you want {any) sugar? 

Prenez de la viande Take some meat 

II y a de l'eau dans le verre There is {some) water in the 

glass 

Voici une pomme ; voila des Here's an apple; there are 

poires some pears 

La paresse est un vice Idleness is a vice 

Le courage et la prudence Courage and prudence are 

sont des vertus virtues 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 



41 



Abstract nouns are regularly used with the general article. 

Adjectives such as necessaire, fidele, jeune, that end in 
a silent e in the masculine singular, remain the same in the 
feminine singular. The plural of both genders is therefore 
the same. 

The partitive article des is often the logical plural of un, 
une, as may be seen by the use of une pomme, des poires, 
un vice, des vertus above. 

VOCABULARY 



tres, very 



f handsome 



' I beautiful, fine 

fidele, faithful 
long, longue, long 

la langue, the language 

la pomme, the apple 

un ami, a friend 

la plume, the pen 

le fruit, the fruit 

la vertu, the virtue 

le franc, the franc 

void, here is, here are 

chasser, to chase, drive away 

chanter, to sing 

jouer, to play 

prenez, imper. of prendre, to take 



souvent, often 

charmant, -e, charming 

necessaire, necessary 

ouvert (past part, of ouvrir), open, 

opened 

la chanson, the song 

la poire, the pear 

une ombre, a shade, shadow 

le papier, the paper 

le tiroir, the drawer 

la musique, the music 

il y a, there is, there are 

voila, there is, there are 

murir, to ripen 

raconter, to tell, relate 

vendre, to sell 

. - ( Do you want? 

voulez-vous? < TT7 . 7 ; 

I Will you have? 



ORAL DRILL 

1. Give all the forms, singular and plural, of — petit, 
francais, jeune, choisi, aime. 2. Explain whether the nouns 
in the following sentences are specific, general or partitive in 
use: Dogs are animals. — Books on English literature will 
be found in the next room. — Steam makes the steamer go. 3. 
Translate: A pen, some pens; a friend, some friends; any 
noise, any money, any broken plates; the closed door, an 



42 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 

open window; some charming music, some ripening fruit 
{plur.). 4. His faithful friends, her beautiful lace, Henry's 
best books, his lost ring, fifteen francs. 

EXERCISE 

1. Here's John's big dog; a good dog is a faithful friend. 
2. The fruit {plur.) is ripening on the trees. 3. She is 
telling a story to Mary and Louise; it is not finished. 4. We 
love music and flowers. 5. They sell silver watches. 6. Si- 
lence often is a virtue. 7. Bring chairs. The roast and vege- 
tables are served. 8. Will you have some meat? It is very 
good. 9. The French language is beautiful. 10. Is the 
man's money lost? Here are ten francs, n. There is some 
coffee in her cup. 12. Do not drive away the dog, Henry. 
13. Mary is a charming girl. 14. We are studying English 
grammar. 15. Trees are necessary in a garden for shade. 
16. Take some fruit {sing.). There are pears and apples. 

REVIEW QUESTIONS 

1. What have you learned about the position of adverbs 
and objective pronouns with verbs? adjectives with nouns? 
2. Give an example in English of a passive expression. 
What must it always describe? 3. Distinguish the uses of 
il y a, voila, voici. 4. In what three main ways may nouns 
be used? Compare French and English uses. 5. How are 
some and any usually expressed in French? 6. What is the 
logical plural of un? 

SUPPLEMENTARY EXERCISE 

1. The pupil has not a better pen. 2. Tell the pretty 
story, John! 3. Do you want coffee or tea? 4. Her young 
children play on the street. 5. Why are you not working? 
I do not like arithmetic. 6. We shall study French. We 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 43 

like languages. 7. Put water and glasses on the table. Is 
it set? 8. Is water necessary for man? 9. The lady is 
singing an English song. 10. His lessons are often very 
short, n. There is some paper yonder in the drawer. 
12. Mary, count in French from three to thirteen. 13. I 
saw some gloves and some lace, but I did not take any- 
thing. 14. Let us build houses there for the French families. 
15. What do you sell? We sell fruit and vegetables. 



LESSON DC 

48. Present Indicative of dire and faire ; qui, que. 

je dis (/ say, am saying or do say) nous disons 

tu dis vous dites 

il dit ils disent 

je fais (/ make or / do, am making nous faisons 

or doing, etc.) 

tu fais vous faites 

il fait ils font 



Qui est l'homme qui fait le Who is the man who is 

travail? the work ? 

Que dites-vous? What do you say? 

Je dis que mon ami arrivera / say that my friend will 

bientot arrive soon 

N'oubliez pas ce que nous Do not forget what we are say- 

disons ing 

Que faites-vous? What are you doing? 

Je regarde ce que vous faites / am looking at what you are 



Vendent-ils ce qu'ils font? Do they sell what they make? 



44 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 

Who, interrogative or relative pronoun, is qui. Qui 
takes on without change of form the gender, number and 
person of the antecedent. 

What, object of a verb and beginning a question (i.e., 
direct interrogative), is que. The indirect form is ce que 
( = that which). The conjunction that is also que. 

49. II y a ; Idioms. 

II y a there is, there are II n'y a pas there is (are) not 

Y a-t-il? is there ? are there ? N'y a-t-il pas? is (are) there not ? 

Idioms 
Qu'y a-t-il? What's the matter? 

II n'y a rien Nothing is the matter 

Y a-t-il quelque chose? Is there anything the matter? 
Je pense que oui / think so 

II dit que non He says not 

Note idiomatic use of que in the last two sentences. 

50. Forms of Adjectives. 

The regular type is 

Masc. Sing. Masc. Plur. Fern. Sing. Fern. Plur. 

grand grands grande grandes 

casse casses cassee cassees 

If the masc. sing, ends in a silent e, the type is 

jeune jeunes jeune jeunes 

If the fern. sing, is irregular, the type is 

bon bons bonne bonnes 

The fern. sing, always ends in e and the fern. plur. in es. 
Irregular masc. plur. forms come in the next sections, and 
other irregular fern. sing, forms are given later. 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 45 

51. Plural of Nouns and Masculine Adjectives. 

(i) The general rule is to add s. 

(2) Nouns in s, x, z and adjectives in s, x remain un- 
changed: le pas, les pas; la voix, les voix; le nez, les 
nez; gros, gros; vieux, vieux. 

(3) Nouns and adjectives in au add x: eau, eaux; beau, 
beaux. ' 

(4) Nouns (not adjectives) in eu add x: cheveu (hair), 
cheveux; but bleu (blue), bleus. 

(5) Seven nouns in ou have x: bijoux (jewels), cailloux 
(pebbles), choux (cabbages), genoux (knees), hiboux (owls), 
joujoux (toys), poux (lice); other nouns and adjectives in 
ou take s. 

(6) Most nouns and adjectives in al change al into aux: 
animal, animaux; egal (equal), egaux. 

(7) Note, however, travail, travaux; ciel, cieux; ceil 
(eye), yeux. 

52. Adjectives with two Masc. Sing. Forms; quel; tout. 

Five French adjectives have two masc. sing, forms: the 
form that ends in a vowel sound comes before a consonant 
or h aspirate and the one that ends in a consonant sound 
before a vowel or silent h. 

Masc. Sing. Masc. Plur. Fern. Sing. Fern Plur. 
fine beau — bel beaux belle belles 

new nouveau — nouvel nouveaux nouvelle nouvelles 
old vieux — vieil vieux vieille vieilles 

foolish fou — fol fous folle folles 

soft mou — mol mous molle molles 

Quel bel arbre! Quels beaux What a handsome tree! What 

arbres! handsome trees! 

Tout arbre n'est pas beau Every tree is not beautiful 

Tout le monde ; tous les jours Everybody; every day 



4 6 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 



Tous les hommes ne sont pas All men are not equal 

egaux 

Apprenez toutes les phrases Learn all the sentences of the 

de la lecon lesson 

II a un nouvel habit aujour- He has on a new coat to-day 

d'hui 

Quel est le pluriel du mot What is the plural of the word 

del? "del"? 



Quel (quels, quelle, quelles) is an interrogative adjective 
meaning what, which. Note the omission of the French for 
a, an after quel in exclamations. 

Tout (every, all) has the irregular masc. plur. tous: tout, 
tous, toute, toutes. 

VOCABULARY 



bleu, bleue, blue 

fort, forte, strong 

un adjectif, an adjective 

le pluriel, the plural 

le masculin, the masculine 

le mot, the word 

la regie, the rule 

un cheval, a horse 

l'ceil, the eye 

quelque chose (m.), something 

oublier, to forget 



noir, noire, black 
heureux, heureuse, happy 
un substantif, a noun 
le singulier, the singidar 
le f eminin, the feminine 
la phrase, the sentence 
le feu, the fire 
un cheveu, a hair 
le bijou, the jewel 
regarder, to look at 
reciter, to say, recite 



ORAL DRILL 

i. Je dis toute la phrase, tu dis toute la phrase, etc. 2. 
Je fais quelque chose, tu fais quelque chose, etc. 3. We 
think 'so, you think not. 4. The masculine singular, the 
feminine singular; the masculine plural, the feminine plural. 
5. What an old tree, what old trees; what an old stone 
church, what old stone churches. 6. One eye open, the two 
eyes closed; all eyes are closed. 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 47 

EXERCISE 

i. You say what he says. 2. Let us look at what she is 
doing. 3. All the words of the sentence are new. 4. Her 
eyes are blue. 5. He says that nothing is the matter. 6. 
Put some wood on the fire. 7. What are the rules for the 
plural of nouns and adjectives? 8. What are they doing? 
They are reciting some rules. 9. Does he sell meat? She 
says so. 10. Do not forget the old lady. 11. What did she 
sing? Nothing. 12. His wife will like the jewels. 13. Her 
old uncle walks several miles every day. 14. Every mother 
loves her children. 15. We shall close all the doors and 
windows. 

REVIEW QUESTIONS 

1. What have you learned about qui, que, ce que, quel? 

2. What is meant by a direct and an indirect interrogative? 

3. Give the negative and interrogative forms of il y a with 
their meanings. 4. What rules fcr the plural of masculine 
adjectives are the same as for the plural of nouns? 5. Men- 
tion the five French adjectives that have two forms for the 
masc. sing, and spell these forms. 

SUPPLEMENTARY EXERCISE 

1. You do what we do. 2. We forget what you say. 3. 
What is the plural of the adjective fou? 4. His hair (plur.) 
is black. 5. What's the matter? Is there a fire? 6. Take 
the knives off the table. 7. What is the rule for the femi- 
nine of adjectives? 8. I am making some chairs. 9. Is 
John speaking? I think not. 10. All good children are 
happy. 11. Who has lost any money? No one. 12. Which 
horses are young and strong? 13. Every house is not a 
good house. 14. The apples you like so much (= tant) 
will ripen soon. 



4 8 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 



LESSON X 
53. Future of avoir and etre ; avoir raison, etc. 



j'aurai 


nous aurons 


je serai 


nous serons 


tu auras 


vous aurez 


tu seras 


vous serez 


il aura 


ils auront 


il sera 


ils seront 


aurai-je? 


aurons-nous? 


serai-je? 


serons-nous? 


auras-tu? 


aurez-vous? 


seras-tu? 


serez-vous? 


aura-t-il? 


auront-ils? 


sera-t-il? 


seront-ils? 



Avoir, and not etre, is used in French in certain expres- 
sions: j'ai raison, / am right; il aura honte, he will be 
ashamed. 



avoir raison to be right 

avoir chaud to be warm 

avoir faim to be hungry 

avoir sommeil to be sleepy 



avoir tort to be wrong 

avoir froid to be cold 

avoir soif to be thirsty 

avoir honte (de) to be ashamed (of) 



avoir peur (de) to be afraid (of) avoir besoin de to need, have need of 
The original nouns in these expressions are now invariable words, 



as we see from the following: 
J'ai une faim de loup 

J'ai tres faim (grand faim) 
Sentiront-ils le froid? 
Auront-ils bien froid? 



I am ravenously hungry (lit. I have 

a wolf's hunger) 
I am very hungry 
Will they feel the cold? 
Will they be very cold? 



54. Partitive Nouns : Summary. 

As we have seen (46), the forms for "of the" (du, de la, 
de 1', des) are used with a partitive noun. 

Sometimes the definite article is not used, leaving, as the 
partitive sign, but de (d') with the noun, no matter what 
its gender and number. This happens 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 49 

(1) After negations: 

Je n'ai pas de plumes / have no pens {not any pens) 

II n'a pas d'encre He has no ink 

(2) Before an adjective preceding a noun: 

Elle fait de bon fromage She makes good cheese 

lis vendent de meilleur beurre They sell better butter 

II donne de tres courtes lecons He gives very short lessons 

But, as the adjective follows the noun, we have 

Nous batissons des maisons We are building magnificent houses. 

magnifiques 

If, for any reason, the preposition de {of, from, about, etc.) 
needs to be used, the partitive sign is dropped altogether: 
elle aura besoin d'argent, she will need some money (lit. 
she will have need of [some] money). 

55. Rules for the Feminine Singular of Adjectives. 

(1) The general rule is to add a silent e to the masc. 
singular: chaud, chaude; demi, demie {half). 

(2) If the masc. sing, ends in a silent e, the fern. sing, is 
the same: faible, faible {weak). 

(3) The final consonants of some adjectives undergo 
certain changes before adding the silent e : 

{a) Those in f change f into v : actif , active {active) ; 

{b) Those in x change x into s : precieux, precieuse {pre- 
cious) ; 

{c) Those in -el, -eil, -en, -on double the final consonant: 
bel belle, vieil vieille, ancien ancienne, bon bonne. 

(4) Other irregular feminines are: 

blanc blanche white bref breve brief, short 

bas basse low cher chere dear, expensive 

doux douce sweet, mild complet complete complete 

faux fausse false dernier derniere last 






5° 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 



gentil gentille nice, pretty 
frais fraiche fresh 
gros grosse big, fat 
public publique public 



net nette clean, clear 

muet muette mute, silent 

sec seche dry 

premier premiere first 



Some feminines illustrate an important principle of French pro- 
nunciation which we shall meet with again in certain verbs. 
First, remember 

(a) That in such a syllable as que, ending in an unaccented e, the 
e is mute or silent (4, 1); and 

(b) that in a syllable, such as quel, ending in a consonant pro- 
nounced, the e is open (4, 3). 

Now, if the feminine of complet (com plet) were complete (com 
pie te) we should have two consecutive syllables each with a mute 
or silent e. In such a case, it is customary in French to give to the 
first of the two mute or silent e's the open sound and the spelling can 
show this in several ways. 

Thus, in quel, net the open sound is shown by doubling the final 
consonants (quel le, net te), while in bref, cher, complet, etc., it is 
shown by a grave accent (bre ve, die re, com pie te). 

56. Possessive Adjectives; mari, femme, etc. 





Masc. Sing. 


Fern. Sing. 


M. 


and F. Plural 


my 


mon 


ma (mon) 




mes 


thy, your 


ton 


ta (ton) 




tes 


his, her (its) 


son 


sa (son) 




ses 


our 


notre 


notre 




nos 


your 


votre 


votre 




vos 


their 


leur 


leur 




leurs 



Ma, ta, sa — the regular forms of the fern. sing. — are 
replaced by mon, ton, son if the next word begins with a 
vowel or silent h. 



Ecoutez le bruit que font 

mes freres 
lis cherchent leurs habits 



Listen to the noise my brothers 

are making 
They are looking for their coats 

(clothes) 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 5 1 

Mon note et mon hotesse My host and hostess are pru- 

sont prudents dent 

Son amie est bien gentille His {her) lady friend is very 

nice 

The relative pronouns which, that, as objects of a verb, are 
expressed by que (48). 

In a relative clause, the subject, if not a personal pro- 
noun, frequently follows the verb. 

An adjective — such as prudents above — that limits 
more than one noun of different gender, is in the masc. 
plural. 

Some nouns, like amie, have a form in e for the feminine: 
cousin, cousine ; voisin, voisine ; marquis, marquise. 

Other nouns have feminine forms more or less distinct 
from the masculine: mari, femme; epoux, epouse; comte, 
comtesse; baron, bar onne (134). 

57. Demonstrative Adjectives; est-ce que. 

Masc. Sing. F. Sing. M. and F. Plur. 



ce before a cons, or h asp. 
cet before a vowel or h mute 



cette ces 



Ecrivez ce mot au pluriel Write this word in the plural 

Prononcez cet adjectif au Pronounce the feminine singu- 

feminin singulier lar of that adjective 

Ses parents seront avec ces Her relatives {parents) ill be 

gens-la with those people yonder 

Cet homme-ci et cette fern- This man and that woman 
. me-la 
9 

When it is necessary to distinguish this from that or when 
emphasis is required, add -ci (= ici) and -la respectively 
to the substantives. 



52 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO TRENCH 

Avez-vous du fromage, monsieur? ] 

Est-ce que vous avez du fromage, > Have you any cheese, sir? 
monsieur? J 

Que voulez-vous, madame? 1 TTT1 , . , .„ 

^ , , What do you want (will 

Qu'est-ce que vous voulez, ma- f L . \ 

, ? you have), madam? 

Est-ce que? prefixed to a statement, turns it into a ques- 
tion. It immediately follows a question-word (such as que 
above) if there is one. 

Do not confuse 

(a) the pron. ce in est-ce que? with the masc. sing. adj. ce; 

(b) voulez-vous? ( = will you have?), expressing a request, with 
aurez-vous? expressing futurity. 

58. Meaning of Certain Adjectives before or after the 
Noun. 

Certain adjectives have different meanings (or differing 
meanings of the same word) according as they precede or 
follow the noun (134, C): 

mon cher ami une robe chere 

my dear friend an expensive dress 

votre derniere lecon votre lecon derniere 

your last lesson your last lesson 

(last of a series) (last = previous) 

votre prochaine lecon votre lecon prochaine 

your next lesson your next lesson 

(next of a series) (next = following) 

etc. etc. 
VOCABULARY 

bien, well, very tres bien, very well 

le pain, the bread le beurre, the butter 

la chose, the thing le poisson, the fish 

les parents, the relatives, parents la dictee, the dictation 

le nom, the name le metal, the metal 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 53 

le fromage, the cheese la robe, the dress 

le neveu, the nephew la niece, the niece 

le tableau noir, the blackboard un exercice, an exercise 

Pierre, Peter autre (precedes noun), other 

presque, almost, nearly precieux, -se, precious 

magnifique, magnificent affectueux, -se, affectionate 

prononcer, to pronounce expliquer, to explain 

chercher, to seek, look for attendre, to await, wait for 

ecouter, to listen to ecrivez, imper. of ecrire, to write 

Learn the French names of the letters of the alphabet (191). 

Note that Mademoiselle (Mile) and Madame (Mme) are used 
only as nouns of address; while Monsieur (M.) = Mr., sir, and un 
monsieur = a gentleman. Plurals: mesdemoiselles, mesdames, 
messieurs. 

ORAL DRILL 

1. My father and mother, your uncle and aunt; their 
sons and daughters, our nephews and nieces. 2. Some good 
bread and some fresh butter. 3. Any better ink and some 
white paper. 4. Some shorter sentences and longer exer- 
cises. 5. J'aurai tort, tu auras tort, etc. 6. Je serai la 
avec mon ami, tu seras la avec ton ami, etc. 7. Are you 
right? No, I am wrong. Is she hungry? Yes, she is very 
hungry. 

EXERCISE 

1. Her other dress will be white. 2. Will that noun 
have an s or an x in the plural? 3. These gentlemen are 
looking for their hats. 4. Our parents will be here next 
week. 5. That poor child is sleepy. 6. We shall listen to 
that magnificent song. 7. Mr. H. will not build any houses. 
8. Write this dictation on the blackboard. 9. Peter, here 
is some good cheese on your (thy) plate. 10. We need some 
fresh water. 11. Will you have tea or coffee, Madam? 
12. We shall be hungry and thirsty. 13. The names of 
metals are masculine in French. 



54 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 

REVIEW QUESTIONS 

i. Show that a word like chaud with avoir is invariable. 
2. When is de alone the sign used with a partitive noun? 
When is there no sign at all? 3. What final consonants of 
adjectives change before adding the silent e for the feminine? 
4. Why has the feminine of cher a grave accent? 5. What 
gender and number does an adjective assume that refers 
to more than one noun of different gender? 6. When are 
-ci and -la used? 7. What are the plurals of Madame, 
Mademoiselle and Monsieur? 8. Give the French names 
of the letters of the alphabet. 

SUPPLEMENTARY EXERCISE 

1. These old ladies will be afraid of the horses. 2. There 
is some better fruit in the kitchen. 3. Will you have meat 
or fish, Miss N.? 4. Mrs. T. is her affectionate friend (adj. 
before noun). 5. The teacher will explain the lesson to his 
pupils. 6. We shall have our last lesson this week. 7. Those 
young ladies yonder are waiting for their parents. 8. Will 
this adjective be in the masculine or feminine? 9. The 
apples will be big and sweet. 10. She will not look for my 
lost things. 11. Pronounce well all the words in this exer- 
cise. 12. He will need some bread and butter. 13. What 
are the precious stones which have a feminine name (le nom 
au feminin)? Almost all. 



LESSON XI 

59. Present Perfect Indicative of dire, faire, avoir, etre. 

j'ai dit (I have said, I said, I did say) nous avons dit 
tu as dit vous avez dit 

il a dit ils ont dit 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 



55 



similarly 



j'ai eu, 1 etc. 

( I have had 

s I had 

I I did have 



j'ai ete, etc. 

/ have been 
I was 



J'ai fait, etc. 

f / have done {made) 

I I did (made) 

{ I did do (did make) 

As we have already seen (29), the Present Perfect Indic- 
ative is used both as a compound tense ( = / have said) and 
as a simple one ( = / said, I did say) . 

Note that / had and 7" was, when not used as linking verbs, 
do not generally express an act in the past as considered by 
itself alone; they are therefore not usually expressed by the 
present perfect. So this lesson will confine itself to the 
compound uses of avoir and etre ; the other uses will be taken 
up later (73). 



Avez-vous dine? 

Non, je n'ai pas encore de- 

jeune 
Qu'avez-vous fait, mes 

enfants? 
Qu'est-ce que vous avez 

fait, mes enfants? 
Nous avons fait ce que vous 

avez dit 
Jean n'a rien dit 
A-t-il tou jours ete riche? 

60. Time of Day. 

Quelle heure est-il? 

II est une heure, deux heu- 

res, trois heures, etc. 
II est midi, minuit 



Have you had your dinner? 
No, I haven 7 1 had my lunch 

yet 

What have you done, chil- 
dren ? 
or 

What did you do, children? 
We did (have done) what you 

said 
John said nothing 
Has he always been rich? 



What time is it? 

It is one o'clock, two o'clock, 

three o'clock, etc. 
It is twelve o'clock (noon, 
midnight) 



1 Pronounce eu as u wherever it occurs in the conjugation of avoir. 



56 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 



Nous serons de retour a qua- 
tre heures et demie 

II est neuf heures moins un 
quart a ma montre 

La lecon commence a huit 
heures dix (minutes) du 
matin 

Vous avez dormi douze heu- 
res 



We shall be back at half-past 
four 

It is a quarter to nine by my 
watch 

The lesson begins at ten min- 
utes past eight in the morn- 
ing 

You have slept twelve hours 



Une demi-heure means half an hour; une heure et demie 
is either an hour and a half or half-past one. Demi, preceding 
its noun, is invariable; following the noun, it is always sin- 
gular but agrees in gender. 

Douze heures does not mean twelve o'clock. 



61. Intransitive Verbs Conjugated with etre. 

Certain intransitive verbs form their compound tenses 
not with avoir but with etre. They usually express going 
or coming, or a change of state. 

Some are irregular verbs and the past participles are 
therefore given. 



aller (alle) 
monter (monte) 
descendre (descendu) 
entrer (entre) 
rentrer (rentre) 
sortir (sorti) 
partir (parti) 
retourner (retourne) 
arriver (arrive) 
venir (venu) 
revenir (revenu) 



to go 

to go or come up 

to go or come down 

to go or come in 

to go or come home 

to go or come out 

to go away, start 

to go back 

to arrive 

to come 

to come back 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 



57 



devenir (devenu) 
tomber (tombe) 
rester (reste) 
naitre (ne) 
mourir (mort) 

The past participles 
with the subject. 

Model of the 
je suis venu (venue) 

tu es venu (venue) 

il est venu 
elle est venue 



to become 

to fall 

to remain 

to be born, spring up 

to die 

of these verbs agree like adjectives 



Present Perfect Indicative 

nous sommes venus (ve- 
nues) 
vous etes venu (venue) 

(venus) (venues) 
ils sont venus 
elles sont venues 



Je suis alle a l'ecole 

Elle est allee a l'eglise 

Nous sommes montes 

Vous etes descendu la rue 
en courant 

Ils sont morts de faim 

Sont-elles sorties de la mai- 
son? 

Non, elles sont restees a la 
maison 

Ou est-il? II est sorti 

Nous sommes nes a New- 
York 



I went to school 

She went to church 

We went upstairs 

You went down the street at a 

run 
They died of hunger 
Did they leave the house? 

No, they stayed at home 

Where is he? He is out 
We were born in New York 



Continue the first sentence throughout the tense. 

In such expressions as il est sorti and il est mort, when they mean 
he is out, he is dead, the sorti and mort must be looked upon as predi- 
cate adjectives only and not as real participles. 



58 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 

62. Nouns and Adverbs of Quantity. 

Apportez une livre de beurre Bring a pound of butter 
Achetez une douzaine d'o- Buy a dozen oranges 

ranges 
N'achetez pas tant de choses Do not buy so many things 
Avez-vous eu trop de marme- Have you had too much mar- 

lade? malade ? 

Combien de miel voulez- How much honey do you 

vous? want ? 

When the nouns accompanying the words of quantity 
(beurre, oranges, etc.) are limited in English by the definite 
article, this article is used also in French. 

Combien de convives y aura- How many guests will there 

t-il? be? 

Combien des convives sont How many of the guests have 

deja arrives? arrived already? 

Je vous ai donne beaucoup / gave you much money 

d'argent 

Nous avons deja depense We have already spent a good 

beaucoup de l'argent que deal of the money you gave 

vous nous avez donne us 

When bien is used for many, the article is always found 
with the de: 

Nous avons ete a Londres We have been to (in) London 
bien des fois (or, beaucoup many times 
de fois) 

63. French Present for an English Present Perfect. 
Combien de temps avez-vous How long did you live in 

demeure a Boston? Boston? 

Nous y avons demeure cinq We lived there five years 
ans 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO TRENCH 



59 



Depuis quand demeurez 
vous ici? 

Nous demeurons ici depuis 
deux ans 

or 

II y a deux ans que nous 
demeurons ici 

M. Blanc est-il dans son ca- 
binet? 

Oui, maintenant il y est 

II est revenu il y a dix mi 
nutes 



How long have you been liv- 
ing here? 

We have been living here for 
{the last) two years 

Is Mr. Blanc in his study? 

Yes, he's there now 

He came back ten minutes ago 



In the first two sentences the action of living in Boston is 
thought of as over at the time of speaking; in the next two 
it is not yet finished. 

When a past action comes up to and into the present, you 
must use the present tense in French (as in Latin) and not 
the present perfect as in English. How long, in such a case, 
is depuis quand and not the usual combien de temps. 

Y, although in origin an adverb (Latin ibi), has the posi- 
tion before the verb of an objective personal pronoun (42). 
La, more emphatic than y, is a real adverb. 

II y a, in expressions of time, may correspond to the 
Eng. ago. 

VOCABULARY 



avant, before (of time) 
beaucoup, much, many 
autant, as much, as many 
combien, how much, how many 
ne . . . pas encore, not yet 

le temps, {the) time 
le midi, (the) noon 
la minute, the minute 
un an, une annee, a year 



devant, before (of place) 

trop, too much, too many 

tant, so much, so many 

toujours, always, still 

longtemps, (adv.), a long time 

(while) 
une heure, an hour 
la nuit, the night 
le minuit, the midnight 
un jour, une journee, a day 



60 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 

le matin, la matinee, the morning le soir, la soiree, the evening 

Papres-midi (m. or f.), the afternoon la neige, the snow 

une livre, a pound une douzaine, a dozen 

la guerre, the war le dejeuner, the lunch 

le verbe, the verb etre de retour, to be back 

transitif, -ve, transitive intransitif, -ve, intransitive 

regulier, -iere, regular irregulier, -iere, irregular 



neiger, to snow commencer, to 

depenser, to spend {money) passer, to spend (time) 

il neige, it is snowing il pleut, it is raining 

jamais = ever (with a verb without ne) ; = never (elsewhere) 

17. dix-sept (x = s) 19. dix-neuf (x = z) 

18. dix-huit (x = 2) 20. vingt 

The masc. nouns an, jour, etc., are used in speaking of these periods 
as units of time; the fern, nouns have specialized uses, with adjectives 
and ordinal numerals: 1'annee derniere, toute la matinee. These 
distinctions are not always observed, however. 

ORAL DRILL 

1. Half a pound, half a dozen, a dozen and a half, an hour 
and a half, half-past one. 2. She has come in, she has gone 
upstairs; they have gone downstairs, they have gone away. 

3. He is out; he is not at home; he will come home soon. 

4. A transitive verb, an intransitive verb; the regular verbs, 
the irregular verbs. 5. How much snow, how much of the 
snow; too much snow, too much of the snow. 6. Before 
lunch, before their magnificent house, before all these intran- 
sitive verbs. 7. A quarter past six; seventeen minutes 
to eight; twenty minutes past eleven. 

EXERCISE 

1. Have you ever been to Paris? 2. No, I have never 
been there. 3. Have they ever had any French lessons? 
4. What time is it by your watch? 5. I shall be back at 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 6 1 

ten minutes past eleven. 6. They came home before mid- 
night. 7. His father and mother are dead. 8. Does he 
spend much money? 9. Is the snow still falling? 10. How 
long has it been falling? 11. How much snow has fallen? 
12. Where did you spend the evening (soiree)? 13. We 
arrived two weeks ago. 14. Did you stay at home all day? 
15. The verb arriver is an intransitive verb. 16. The 
night has come; we shall stay here. 

REVIEW QUESTIONS 

1. When does the French use a present tense for an 
English present perfect? 2. What does douze heures mean? 
3. Give four meanings for il est sorti. 4. What are the two 
ways of rendering how long? distinction? 5. Distinguish 
the use of y and la. 

SUPPLEMENTARY EXERCISE 

1. What did they say to John? (two ways). 2. She has 
done what we said. 3. You haven't had your dinner yet. 4. 
Our lessons began at two o'clock in the afternoon. 5. How 
often (How many times) did she come back? 6. That tree 
has been in front of our house for a long while. 7. He was 
born before the war. 8. We shall lose a great deal of time. 
9. How long did it snow yesterday? All day. 10. How 
long has it been snowing? n. It has been snowing since 
(the) morning (matin). 12. They went down the street 
two hours ago. 13. We went away at half-past four. 14. 
This boy will bring a pound of fresh cheese. 15. Stay at 
home; it is raining hard (fort). 



62 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 



LESSON XII 

64. Present Indicative of savoir and connaitre; n'est-ce 
pas. 

je sais (7 know: facts, things learned) nous savons 

tu sais vous savez 

il sait ils savent 



je connais {I know: persons, 

recognized) 
tu connais 
il connait 



nous connaissons 

vous connaissez 
ils connaissent 



II sait sa lecon d'allemand 
Combien d'argent a-t-il? Je 

ne sais pas 
Connaissez-vous toute la 

famille? 
Non, je ne connais que les 

deux petits-fils 
Vous aimez les langues vi- 

vantes, n'est-ce pas? 
Oui, nous savons deja le 

francais et l'italien 
Vous etudierez aussi l'es- 

pagnol, n'est-ce pas? 



He knows his German lesson 

How much money has he? 
I donH know 

Do you know the whole fam- 
ily? 

No, I know only the two 
grandsons 

You like living languages, do 
you not? 

Yes, we know French and 
Italian already 

You will study Spanish too, 
will you not? 



Ne . . . que (= only) cannot be used except when the 
verb is expressed: II ne connait que moi ici, I am the only 
one here he knows. 

When the name of a language is used without the fern, 
noun langue, such a name is always treated as mascu- 
line (40). 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 



63 



N'est-ce pas? used after a statement, is elliptical for 
n'est-ce pas vrai? = Is it {that) not true? Hence, it has 
different renderings in English according to the verb tense 
it accompanies. 



65. Conjunctive Personal Pronouns. 

The reflexive and reciprocal pronouns are not given as yet. 





Nominative 




Accusative 


Sing. 1 . 


je 


/ 


1. 


me 


me 


2. 


tu 


thou, you 


2. 


te 


thee, you 




il 


he, it (m.) 




[la 


him, it (m.) 


3- ' 


elle 


she, it (f.) 


3- 


her, it (f.) 


Plur. 1 . 


nous 


we 


1. 


nous 


us 


2. 


vous 


you 


2. 


vous 


you 


3- < 


ils 


they (m.) 




flea 


them (m.) 




elles • 


they (f.) 

Dative 


3- 


{les 


them (f.) 


Sing. 


1. me 






to {for) 


me 




2. te 






to (for) 


thee, you 




, j lui 






to {for) him 




3 * [lui 






to {for) 


her 


Plur. 


1. nous 






to {for) 


us 




2. vous 






to {for) 


you 




jleur 






to {for) 


them (m.) 




3 ' [leur 






to {for) them {{.) 



y = to {for) it or them, said of things 

The object forms regularly precede the verb (in a com- 
pound tense, the linking verb), except in the imperative 
affirmative (42). 



6 4 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 



Two facts then stand out as concerns these conjunctives 
{"yoked with " the verb): 

(i) They cannot be used without the verb; 

(2) They cannot be given the stress of emphasis. 

This lesson will concern itself with only one of these 
objective pronouns with a verb at one time. 

Le maitre vous parle; Pen- The teacher is s 

tendez-vous? 
Oui, je Pentends et j'ecoute 

ce qu'il dit 
Qu'est-ce qu'il me dit? 
Recitez-lui votre lecon 
Voici des fautes dans votre 

exercice; corrigez-les 
Ne les corrigez pas sans les 

etudier 
Merci, monsieur, je les cor- 

rigerai tout de suite 
Pretez-moi un crayon, s'il 

vous plait 
Voila votre ancienne maison; 

qui l'habite a present? 
Je lui ai dit son fait (t pro- 
nounced) 



to 

you; do you hear him? 
Yes, I hear him and I am 

listening to what he says 
What is he saying to me? 
Recite your lesson to him 
Here are some mistakes in 

your exercise; correct them 
Don't correct them without 

studying them 
Thank you, sir, I will cor- 
rect them at once 
Lend me a pencil, if you 

please (lit. if it please you) 
There's your old (former) 

house; who lives in it now ? 
I told him what I thought of 

him (lit. his fact) 



With prepositions (except en = in, by, etc.) the verbal 
forms in -ing are rendered by the infinitive in French: ne 
m'empechez pas de le voir, do not hinder me from seeing 
him (it). 

The forms moi and toi are used for me and te when these 
latter would be the last pronouns after the verb : parlez-moi, 
speak to me, but ne me parlez pas, do not speak to me. These 
uses of moi and toi are exceptional; the ordinary uses come 
in the next section. 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH- 65 



66. Disjunctive 


Personal Pronouns. 




Nom. — 


-Ace. 


DAT. 


Sing. 1. moi 
2. toi 
flui 
3 ' jelle 


/, me 

thou, thee; you, you 
he, him 
she, her 


The same forms 
with the prep- 
osition a 


Plur. 1 . nous 


we, us 




2. VOUS 

feux 
6 ' jelles 


you, you 
they, them (m.) 
they, them (f.) 





The disjunctive pronouns are found: 

(1) When the verb is omitted: Qui a fait cela? Moi, Who 
did that? I {did); 

(2) As objects of prepositions expressed in French: Re- 
citez pour lui votre lecon, Recite for him your lesson; 

(3) Whenever emphasis is required: II Pa fait, lui, He 
did it; 

(4) As predicate nominatives: Qui est-ce? C'est moi, 
Who is it? It is I; 

(5) In composite subjects (or objects) : Lui et moi (nous) 
y sommes alles, He and I went {there). 

Disjunctive pronouns have generally the same position 
in the sentence as the corresponding pronouns in English. 

C'est (and not il est, elle est) is usually used for he is, 
she is, it is when the predicate nominative is a pronoun, 
or a noun limited by some article or adjective. In Qui 
est-ce? C'est mon pere {Who is he? He's my father) the 
stress of the thought is all on the predicate nominatives 
qui and pere. 

The plural of c'est is ce sont. With disjunctive pronouns, 
use ce sont with eux and elles only. 



66 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 

C'est nous qui leur avons It is (was) we who spoke to 

parle them 

Ce sont eux qui sont arrives It is (was) they who arrived 

tout a Pheure just now 

67. Agreement of Past Participle of Transitive Verbs; 
que de, combien de. 

Past Participles in French are largely thought of as ad- 
jectives (cf. 43 and 6i). 

When the linking verb in a compound tense is avoir, the 
past participle agrees in gender and number with the direct 
object (accusative) of the verb, provided that object pre- 
cedes the verb. If the direct object follows, the participle 
retains its neutral form, the masculine singular. 

Nous sommes ici depuis huit We have been here for the past 

jours week 

Que de belles choses nous How many (What a lot of) 

avons vues! beautiful things we have 

seen! 

II a gagne deux prix He has won two prizes 

Quelle belle fleur! L'avez- What a beautiful flower! Did 

vous achetee? you buy it? 

Donnez-moi les verres que Give me the glasses that you 

vous avez remplis d'eau filled with water 

Combien de paquets leur How many parcels did you 

avez-vous envoyes? send them? 

You will note that direct objects are likely to come before 
the verb (i) in questions; (2) in exclamations; (3) when 
conjunctive pronouns are used; (4) in relative clauses be- 
ginning with que. 

Que de (= how many) is used in exclamations; combien 
de in questions. 

Explain the agreement or non-agreement of the past parti- 
ciples in these sentences. 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 



6 7 



VOCABULARY 



avec, with ( = in company with) 

derriere, behind 

le cousin, the {male) cousin 

le petit-fils, the grandson 

le beau-frere, the brother-in-law 

la bibliotheque, the library 

le cahier, the note-book 

un participe passe, a past participle 

italien, Italian 

demeurer (dans, a, en), to live, 

dwell {in) 
raconter, to relate, tell 
enseigner, to teach 
frapper, to strike, knock 
remplir, to fill 
chez moi, at {to) my house 

Quel age a-t-il? 
II a dix-huit ans 
II a une vingtaine d'annees 



chez, with, at {to) the house of 
assis, assise, seated, sitting 
la cousine, the {female) cousin 
la petite-fille, the granddaughter 
la belle-soeur, the sister-in-law 
le volume, the volume 
une affaire, an affair, a matter 
un participe present, a present 

participle 
espagnol, Spanish 
habiter, to live {dwell) in 

rencontrer, to meet 
nommer, to name 
admirer, to admire 
empecher, to hinder, prevent 
chez le capitaine, at {to) the cap- 
tain's 

How old is he? 

He is eighteen {years old) 

He is about twenty 



ORAL DRILL 

1. Continue c'est moi throughout the singular and plural. 
2. We know him, we know only her; we know the rule, we 
know that piece of music. 3. She admires them, does she 
not? She will admire them, will she not? She has admired 
them, has she not? 4. Bring for me, do not bring for him; 
wait for him, do not wait for them. 5. Sell to them, do not 
sell to him; listen to us, do not listen to her. 6. What a 
lot of cups! Fill them with tea; do not fill them with coffee. 
7. How old is your sister-in-law? She is twenty. 

EXERCISE 

1. They know those gentlemen, do they not? 2. What 
languages have you studied? 3. I have studied only Eng- 



68 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 

lish. 4. Who knocked at the door? It was (= is) my 
granddaughter. 5. It was I who went out behind you. 
6. They have counted for him from one to twenty. 7. 
Bring me your note-book with the dictation. 8. Do not 
bring me any other books. 9. Henry and I have come back 
to school. 10. What a magnificent house! Don't you admire 
it? 11. How many glasses she has filled! 12. What street 
does he live in? I do not know. 13. We have been living 
in this city for many years (bien des annees). 14. I met 
them at your house, did I not? 15. Where is her brother- 
in-law? He is sitting in front of her. 16. She went in with- 
out listening to them. 

REVIEW QUESTIONS 

1. In what different uses so far have we met que? 2. 
What are the fundamental distinctions between the con- 
junctive and the disjunctive personal pronouns? What 
are their respective positions in the sentence? 3. When is 
it is rendered by c'est? 4. What three rules have we now 
had as regards the agreement of the past participles? (44, 
61, 67). Do you see any logical foundation for these rules? 
5. How comes it that direct objects precede the verb oftener 
in French than in English? 

SUPPLEMENTARY EXERCISE 

1. Recite to me what you know of your lesson. 2. Do 
not tell him the rules about the past participles. 3. He and 
his cousin have come back home. 4. Do you know the young 
ladies who are sitting in front of you? 5. I prevented them 
from seeing you. 6. Does she know Italian? 7. Name the 
languages that you have taught. 8. I have been teaching 
French for the past ten years. 9. Which pupil recited well? 
It was my cousin (/.). 10. It was you that was born in 
that city, was it not? 11. We know that his grandson is 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 



6 9 



about fifteen years old. 12. Who are they? They are her 
dear friends. 13. What a large library ! How many vol- 
umes are there here? 14. With whom do you live? With 
my aunt. 15. I have spoken to them about the matter. 
16. You will relate to us the whole story, will you not? 



LESSON XIII 
68. Past Descriptive; lorsque, quand. 

The past descriptive tense is formed from the present 
participle by changing ant into -ais, -ais, -ait, -ions, -iez, 
-aient. 

Avoir and savoir (sachant, savais) are irregular. 



s. Infinitive 


Pres. Participle 


Past Descriptive 


dormer 


dormant 


donnais 


finir 


finissant 


nnissais 


rompre 


rompant 


rompais 


avoir 


ayant 


avais 


etre 


etant 


etais 


je nnissais (/ 


was finishing, 
I used to finish) 


nous finissions 


tu nnissais 




vous finissiez 


il finissait 




ils finissaient 



Conjugate other verbs similarly. 



Je travaillais pendant qu'il 
jouait 

Quand mes amis allaient 
aux concerts, je restais 
chez moi 



I worked (was working, etc.), 
while he played (was play- 
ing, etc.) 

Whenever my friends went to 
concerts, I would stay at 
home 



70 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO TRENCH 

J'y vais tres volontiers main- / am very fond of going there 

tenant now (lit. / go there very 

willingly . . . ) 

Je n'y allais jamais / never used to go (there) 

Elle jouait du piano lorsque She was playing (on) the 

je suis entire piano when I went in 

Nous jouions une piece a We were playing a four-hand 

quatre mains piece 

Would sometimes means used to and is then a sign of the 
past descriptive tense. 

Lorsque is not used to mean whenever or to begin a question. 

Pres. Indie, of aller, to go: je vais, tu vas, il va, nous al- 
lons, vous allez, ils vont. The past descriptive is regular: 
j'allais, etc. 

69. Numerals: 20-69. 

See Appendix, 193. 
Note 

(a) the t of vingt in 21 through 29 is pronounced; 

(b) the x in soixante sounds as ss. 

Idioms with toucher (to touch, etc.) 

Cela me touche de pres That concerns me closely 

Elle touche de l'orgue un peu She plays the organ a little 

Nous toucherons la somme We shall receive the sum of 

de cinquante-cinq dollars fifty-five dollars 

II touche a la quarantaine He is about forty (years old) 

70. Expressions Concerning the Weather. 

With reference to the weather or temperature, the verb 
faire may be used impersonally, where the English uses 
to be. 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 



71 



Le temps means {the) time, the weather or the tense. 



Quel temps fait-il? 
II fait beau (temps) 1 
Le temps est beau J 
II fait un temps superbe 
Le temps est superbe 
Ne fait-il pas tres chaud 
dans ce salon? 

II fait tou jours froid dans 
notre salle de classe 

Copiez tous les temps du 
verbe 'aller' 

£crivez-les dans votre cahier 

71. The Pronoun en. 



What kind of weather is it ? 
The weather is fine 

The weather is splendid 

Is it not very warm in this 
drawing-room ? 

It is always cold in our class- 
room 

Copy all the tenses of the verb 
aller 

Write them in your note-book 



We have seen (46, 47, 54) the usual renderings of some 
and any as adjectives, that is, with a noun expressed. 

The corresponding pronoun form is en, which, though in 
origin an adverb (Lat. inde), has the position of a conjunc- 
tive pronoun. 



Voila des ceuf s ; achetez-en 

Nous en avons a. la maison 
Vous avez de Pargent, n'est- 

ce pas? 
Oui, mais je n'en depen- 

serai pas 
Je ne vais pas en depenser 



There are some eggs; buy 

some 
We have some at the house 
You have some money, have 

you not? 
Yes, but I shall not spend 

any 
I am not going to spend any 



En also stands for of it, of them and for some (any) of it, 
some (any) of them. It is used with the verb in French 
whenever the sense permits. 



72 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 



Combien de freres avez- 
vous? 

J' en ai trois 

Et combien de soeurs? 

Je n'en ai qu'une 

Avez-vous assez de papier? 

Merci, mademoiselle, j'en 
ai assez 

Mon comarade a des bon- 
bons, mais moi, je n'en 
ai pas 



How many brothers have you ? 

I have three (of them) 
And how many sisters? 
I have but one 
Have you enough paper? 
Thank you, Miss (X.), / have 

enough 
My comrade has some candy, 

but I haven't 



72. Some Tenses of y avoir; y and en. 

il y a there is (are) il y avait there was (were) 

il y a eu there has (have) been il y aura there will be 



Y en a-t-il? 

Is (Are) there any? 
N'y en a-t-il pas? 

Isn't (Aren't) there any? 

Y avait-il de la craie dans la 
boite? 

II n'y en avait pas 
Combien y a-t-il de centimes 

dans un franc? 
II y en a cent 
Depuis quand etiez-vous la 

lorsque je suis rentre? 
Nous y etions depuis qua- 

rante-cinq minutes (trois 

quarts d'heure) 



Oui, il y en a 

Yes, there is (are) some 
Non, il n'y en a pas 

No, there isn't (aren't) any 

Was there any chalk in the 

box? 
There wasn't any 
How many centimes are there 

in a franc? 
There are one hundred 
How long had you been there 

when I came home? 
We had been there for forty-five 

minutes (three quarters of 

an hour) 



If y and en come together before a verb, y always pre- 
cedes en. 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 73 

When a past action comes up to and into a given point of 
time in the past, you must use the past descriptive in French 
and not the past perfect as in English (63). 

73. Simple Past Tenses of the Indicative : Summary. 

There are three: present perfect, past absolute, past descriptive. 
i" spoke may be in French either j'ai parle, je parlai, je parlais. 

Practically the only difference between the present perfect (j'ai 
parle) and the past absolute (je parlai) is one of style, — the latter 
being used in formal French (history or narrative) and the former in 
conversational style. 

The real question then at first for the student is to learn to discrimi- 
nate between the present perfect (j'ai parle) and the past descriptive 
(je parlais). Later, when he needs to use a more formal style, he will 
replace the present perfect by the past absolute. 

The present perfect, used as a simple tense, presents an act con- 
sidered as a whole, by itself alone: Je ltd ai parle ce matin, / spoke to 
him this morning; II est venu hier, lie came yesterday. 

The past descriptive is used in three main ways: 

(1) To present an act as in process, that is, as happening at the 
same time as another act: II allait a la gare quand je l'ai rencontre, 
He was going to the station, when I met him; 

(2) To present an act as habitual or repeated: Je lui parlais quand 
je le rencontrais, / used to speak to him whenever I met him; 

(3) To present a state: Ou etiez-vous? — J'etais a la fenetre. 
J'avais un livre a. la main. Where were you? — / was at the window. I 
had a book in my hand (59). 

Apres ma promenade, j'avais After my walk {ride, drive), I was 

grand faim very hungry 

Je suis descendu a la salle a. / went down to the dining-room 

manger 

La j'ai eu (j'ai fait) un bon diner There I had ( = ate) a good dinner 

Tout a coup, un etranger est entre All ai once, a stranger entered 

II lisait une lettre qu'il tenait a. la He was reading a letter that he held 

main in his hand 

Explain the uses of the present perfect and the past descriptive tenses 
in these sentences. 



74 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 



VOCABULARY 

dans, in, into (enclosed in) a, to, at; in 

comment, how (in questions) comme (que), how (in exclama- 
tions) 

assez (adv.), enough, sufficient vite, quickly, fast 

alors, then, at that time un oiseau, a bird 

le concert, the concert la main, the hand 

un dollar, a dollar un franc, a franc 

le piano, the piano le violon, the violin 

la canne, the cane toucher, to touch 

assister (a), to be present (at) copier, to copy 

Comme (Qu')il est grand! How tall he is! 

Qu'il fait froid! How cold it is! 

ORAL DRILL 

i. Give the French for 21, 33, 46, 58, 69. 2. Translate: 
Qu'est-ce qu'il avait? — II n'avait rien. — Qu'est-ce qu'il 
y avait? — II n'y avait rien. 3. J'y vais, tu y vas, etc.; 
j'allais au concert, tu allais au concert, etc. 4. J'etu- 
diais tard, tu etudiais tard, etc. 5. He is playing, he is 
choosing; he was playing, he was choosing; we used to play, 
we used to choose. 6. They are about 60 years old. 

EXERCISE 

1. She used to sing many songs for us. 2. The fruit 
(plur.) was ripening fast. 3. What did you have in your 
(the) hand? 4. We never used to go to concerts. 5. She 
has been playing (on) the violin for the last half hour. 6. 
How old will he be then? 7. How beautiful those flowers 
are! Let us buy some. 8. How many birds do you hear? v 
I hear only two. 9. Was there no water in your glass? 
No, there wasn't any. 10. We were cold and hungry. 11. 
How long had you been waiting? 12. She copied them 
yesterday. 13. We always studied until ten o'clock. 14. 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 75 

She was sitting there when we came in. 15. Did she have 
a good breakfast? 16. Why are they going to-day? Be- 
cause it is fine weather. 

REVIEW QUESTIONS 

1. How may the forms of the past descriptive be derived? 
2. Distinguish the uses of quand and lorsque. 3. What 
verbs have we met corresponding at times to the English 
to be? 4. What are the three meanings of le temps? 5. 
What meanings may we give to the pronominal adverbs 
en and y? When they come together with a verb, what is 
their relative position? 

SUPPLEMENTARY EXERCISE 

1. We were copying the sentences into our note-books. 
2. Will there be a concert this evening? 3. How many 
apples are there? Take three. 4. How do you know that 
he was looking for any? 5. He had thirty-one dollars in his 
pocket at that time. 6. How many francs he received! 
7. Are you going to wait for her? 8. Where were they when 
you went upstairs? 9. They used to sell hats, gloves, 
canes, etc. 10. Why did you close the window? It isn't 
cold here. 11. How very white the snow was! 12. You 
were always working when we arrived. 13. What verb 
tenses did you study? 14. He often interrupted us. 15. 
We had been listening to the music for a long while. 16. 
You were wrong; they were right. 



7 6 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 



LESSON XIV 
74. Some Irregular Verb Tenses. 
Pres. Infin. Pres. Part. Past Descriptive 



Future 



aller 


allant 


j'allais 


j'irai 


dire 


disant 


je disais 


je dirai 


faire 


faisant 


je faisais 


je ferai 


savoir 


sachant 


je savais 


je saurai 


connaitre 


connaissant 


je connaissais 


je connaitrai 


Conjugate 


these tenses throughout. 




Je savais ou vous alliez 


/ knew where 


you were going 


Nous faisions toujours ce 


We always did what you said 


que vous 


disiez 






Vous le connaissiez, n'est-ce 


You used to 


know him, did 



pas j 



you not? 



75. Expressions of the Weather, Continued. 

II fait un temps couvert, It is cloudy, we shall have rain 

nous aurons de la pluie 
II pleuvra 

Hier il f aisait si clair 
Le vent est au nord 
II f era froid 
II va neiger 
II a fait doux toute la se- 

maine 



77 will rain 

Yesterday it was so bright 

The wind is in the north 

It will be cold 

It is going to snow 

It has been mild all week 



Faire, used impersonally of the weather and temperature, 
is generally followed by (a) an adjective, or (b) a partitive 
noun. 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 



77 



Examples 
il fait frais (cool) if fait du vent (windy) 

il fait doux (mild) il fait du brouillard (foggy) 

il fait mauvais (unpleasant) il fait de la boue (muddy) 
il fait glissant (slippery) il fait de la poussiere (dusty) 

76. The Past Future Tense. 

Formed, when regular, by adding -ais, -ais, -ait, -ions, 
-iez, -aient to the Infinitive. Verbs in -re drop the e first. 

The first person singular of the tense may always be obtained 
by adding an s to the first pers. sing, of the future. The end- 
ings are always the same as those of the past descriptive. 

dormer, je donnerais finir, je nnirais rompre, je romprais 
etre, je serais avoir, j'aurais savoir, je saurais 

aller, j'irais dire, je dirais faire, je ferais 

connaitre, je connaitrais 



Conjugate these tenses throughout. 



Y serez-vous de bonne 

heure? 
Oui, j'irai en voiture 
Louis a dit qu'il irait a pied 
Que f era-t-il s'il pleut? 

Oh, cela ne ltd f era rien 

II aura le parapluie 
Mais je n'en aurais pas, moi 
Vous connaitrez le chemin 
J'etais sur que vous connai- 

triez le chemin 
Saura-t-il sa lecon? 
II a repondu qu'il la saurait 

bien sur 



Will you be there early? 

Yes, I shall go in a carriage 
Louis said he would go on foot 
What will he do if it rains ? 

Oh, that won't matter to him 

Oh, that won't make any dif- 
{ ference to him 
He will have the umbrella 
But I shouldn't have any 
You will know the road 
I was sure you would know 

the road 
Will he know his lesson? 
He answered that he would 

know it for sure 



78 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 






The past future is used 

(a) as the logical past of a quoted future (cf . the last sen- 
tence above, where the direct discourse would be je la saurai 
bien sur) ; 

(b) in the conclusion to certain " if " clauses. 

In this lesson the " if " clause will be understood. The 
" should " or u would" will be a sufficient sign of the tense. 

77. Several Objective Conjunctive Pronouns with the 
Same Verb (65). 

(1) After the verb (with the imperative affirmative only): 
The accusative precedes the dative; me and te become 

moi and toi when last. Use hyphens. 

Louise, prete-la-lui Louise , lend it to him 

Enseignez-les-nous Teach them to us 

Vendez-les-moi Sell them to me 

Expliquons-le-leur Let us explain it to them 

(2) Before the verb (except with imperative affirmative): 

(a) The accusative precedes the dative when the pro- 
nouns are all of the third person. 

Louise la lui pretera Louise will lend it to him 

Nous le leur expliquerions We should explain it to them 

(b) If there are pronouns of the first or second person, 
these will precede those of the third person. 

II nous les enseignerait He would teach them to us 

Voulez-vous me les vendre? Will you sell them to me? 

The third person pronoun stands next the verb, — either 
before or after it. 

The rarer cases, where the accusative would be a pro- 
noun other than le, la, les, will be studied later (152). 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 79 

78. Conjunctive Pronouns with y and en. 

En is always last; y precedes en but follows all others. 
Apportez-les-moi Bring them to me 

Ne me les apportez pas Do not bring them to me 

Donnez-m'en Give me some 

Ne m'en donnez pas Don't give me any 

Portez-en la Take some there 

N'y en a-t-il pas eu? Hasn't there been any? 

Je leur en donnerai / shall give them some 

Nous lui en fournirions We should furnish him with 

some (lit. some to him) 
Quelles robes leur avez-vous What dresses did you show 

montrees? them ? 

Je ne leur en ai pas montre I didn't show them any 

In this last sentence, the past participle montre does not 
agree with en, although en stands for robes. En is in origin 
an adverb (71). 

VOCABULARY 

volontiers, willingly tout de suite, at once 

la question, the question Louis, Louis, Lewis 

le nord, the north le sud, the south 

Test (m.), the east l'ouest (m.), the west 

sur, sure clair, clear, bright 

rendre, to return, give back montrer, to show 

le tableau, the picture remplir (de), to fill {with) 

In sud the d is sounded and in est, ouest we pronounce the st. 

The object of repondre, to answer, is usually dative : II repond a 
son maitre; il lui repond. 

Demander, to ask, ask for, governs the accusative of the thing 
asked for and the dative of the person asked: J'ai demande une 
bague a mon pere ; je la lui ai demandee. 

ORAL DRILL 

1. Give the imperative mood of finir, dire, faire. 2. It 
will snow; it will be cold. 3. Answer her at once; don't 



80 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 

answer them yet. 4. He will ask us for it; he said he would 
not ask them for it. 5. Ask them for some; don't ask him 
for any. 6. We did not ask her for the gloves. Did you 
ask her for them? 

EXERCISE 

1. They will do it; they said they would do it. 2. He 
will know her; he was sure he would know her. 3. It was 
very slippery and she fell. 4. It will be bright to-morrow; 
we shall go (there). 5. Give it back to me at once. 6. We 
shall do what you said. 7. He is asking you for them; give 
them to him. 8. No, I should not punish him. 9. Don't 
forget them; copy them now. 10. We often knew what you 
were saying. 11. It is windy but that makes no difference 
tome. 12. Here are the pictures; I have shown them to her. 
13. They did not furnish us with any. 14. Do you know 
any stories? Tell us some, please. 15. What would you 
do? I should stay at home. 16. Answer my question, 
Louis! Were you behind him or in front of him? 

REVIEW QUESTIONS 
1. What verbs have you met that are irregular in the 
future? 2. How can the past future always be obtained from 
the future? 3. What is the relative order of the conjunctive 
pronouns after the verb? before the verb? 4. What are 
the relative positions of y and en to each other? to the con- 
junctive pronouns? 5. What are the names of the points 
of the compass (les points cardinaux)? 

SUPPLEMENTARY EXERCISE 

1. It will not be cloudy this afternoon. 2. Where are 
the horses? Have you sold them to him? 3. She will be 
there; she answered that she would be there. 4. Fill it 
for me with water. 5. They always knew where we were 
going. 6. What would they say? They would punish me, 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 8 1 

I am sure (of it). 7. Do you know that lady? Tell me her 
name. 8. You will have some; I knew that you would 
have some. 9. The weather was mild and we went out. 
10. Louise asked him for it; he gave it to her. n. It 
was muddy but that didn't matter to us. 12. We did not 
lend you any. 13. I should answer that I hadn't any. 
14. Look at them; don't touch them. 15. Yes, I should 
listen to him very willingly. 16. She will tell me what you 
were doing. 

LESSON XV 
79. Past Perfect Indicative and Past Future Perfect. 

Formed respectively with the past descriptive and past 
future of avoir or etre and a past participle. 

In the compound tenses, all transitive verbs and most 
intransitives take the linking verb avoir; the intransitives 
in 61 (and a few others) take etre. 

Past Perfect Indicative 
j'avais donne, j'avais fini / had given, I had finished 

j'etais alle, j'etais venu / had gone, I had come 

j'avais eu, j'avais ete I had had, I had been 

Past Future Perfect 
j'aurais vendu / should have sold 

je serais parti / should have gone away 

Conjugate these tenses throughout, remembering that past 
participles with etre agree with the subject. 

Par ou les voleurs etaient- Which way had the thieves 

ils entres? come in? 

lis etaient entres par la fe- They had come in through the 

netre window 

La bonne l'avait laissee ou- The maid had left it open 

verte 



82 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 



Qu'est-ce que vous auriez 
fait, si vous y aviez ete ? 

J'aurais sonne pour le con- 
cierge (portier) 

J'aurais eu grand peur, moi 

Depuis quand demeuriez- 
vous dans cet apparte- 
ment? 

J'y demeurais depuis deux 
ans 



What would you have done, 

if you had been there? 
I should have rung for the 

janitor 
I should have been very much 

frightened 
How long had you been 

in that apartment? 



I had 
years 



there for two 



80. Tenses Used in Conditional Clauses. 

In such a sentence as / should go if he invited me, we call 
/ should go the conclusion clause and if he invited me the 
conditional clause. 

The tenses used in French are in the main the same ones 
as in English; the usual types are: 



(i) J'irai si vous m'invitez 

(2) J'irais si vous m'in- 

vitiez 

(3) Je serais alle si vous 

m'aviez invite 



/ shall go if you invite me 
I should go if you invited' me 

I should have gone if you had 
invited me 



The point that deserves special note is that, of the three 
simple past tenses (73), the only one that is usually found in 
the conditional clause is the past descriptive (as in sentence 
2 above). 

These types may be inverted as in English: 
Si vous m'invitez, j'irai, If you invite me, I shall go. 

Si vous ne travaillez pas, If you do not work, you will 

vous ne reussirez pas not succeed 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 



83 



S'ils etaient restes, je serais 

reste aussi 
Le chien vous mordrait, si 

vous le frappiez 
J'aurais rempli son verre de 

vin, si elle m'en avait de- 

mande 
Congediez la classe, si vous 

etes fatigue 



// they had stayed, I should 

have stayed too 
The dog would bite you, if 

you struck him 
I should have filled her glass 

with wine, if she had asked 

me for any 
Dismiss the class if you are 

tired 



81. Comparison of Adjectives; one, ones; in after Super- 
latives. 

(1) The comparative degree of an adjective in French is 
regularly formed like that of the longer adjectives in Eng- 
lish; than or as after the adjective is que. 



Plus beau que, aussi beau 

que 
Pas si beau que, moins beau 

que 
Guillaume est plus grand 

que moi 
Elle est aussi intelligente 

que lui 
Voici un vin plus fin 
Montrez-moi de plus belles 

fleurs 
II faisait un temps plus clair 
Connaissez-vous une meil- 

leure domestique? 
Je cherche un livre moins 

cher 
Cette lumiere n'est pas si 

brillante 



More beautiful than, as beau- 
tiful as 

Not so beautiful as, less beau- 
tiful than 

William is taller than I 

She is as clever as he 

Here's {This is) a choicer wine 
Show me more beautiful flow- 
ers 
The weather was brighter 
Do you know a better servant ? 

I am looking for a less expen- 
sive book 
This light is not so bright 



84 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 

Bon has an irregular comparative meilleur ; mauvais, 
besides the regular plus mauvais, has an irregular form pire. 

(2) The superlative of an adjective is expressed in French 
by the use of le, la, les or a possessive adjective (mon, ma, 
mes, etc.) before the comparative form; la (ma) plus longue 
lecon stands therefore for either the (my) longer lesson or 
the (my) longest lesson. 

Son second discours etait His second speech was the 

le meilleur better (one) 

M. Pothier habite la rue la Mr. Pothier lives in the nar- 

plus etroite du village rowest street in the village 

Quelle lecon avez-vous pre- What lesson have you pre- 

paree? pared ? 

C'est la plus courte lecon; // is the shortest lesson; we 

nous l'avons deja etudiee have studied it already 

Mes gants les plus chers My dearest gloves were not 

n'etaient pas mes meil- my best (ones) 

leurs 

Si j'avais plus de bonbons If I had more candy than 

que toi, je fen donnerais you, I should give you some 

One and ones, following an adjective, are not expressed in 
French. 

In after superlatives is usually expressed by de: the 
tallest in the class, le plus grand de la classe. 

82. Numerals: 70-100. 

Learn these from the Appendix, 193. 

Quel age donneriez-vous a How old do you take my 

U mon grand-pere? grandfather to be ? 

Je dirais qu'il a quatre-vingts J should say that he is eighty 

ans years old 

II en a plus de quatre-vingt- He is past eighty-three 

trois. 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 



Combien de soldats y a-t-il 
dans cette compagnie? 

II y en a moins de soixante- 
quinze 



Hon' many soldiers are there 

in that company? 
There are fewer than seventy- 

five 



Than is expressed by de in plus de (and moins de) when 
these would mean a greater (or smaller) number than. 

83. Imperative of avoir and etre. 

These are irregular, — being obtained, not from the 
present indicative, but from the present subjunctive. 



have {thou) aie 

let us have ayons 

have {you) ayez 

N'aie pas honte, Claire 
Mais, tache d'avoir moins 

de fautes la prochaine fois 
Soyez toujours exacts, mes 

enfants 
Ayons patience 



be {thou) sois 

let us be soyons 

be {you) soyez 

Don't be ashamed, Claire 
But try to have fewer mistakes 

next time 
Always be punctual, children 



un peu, a little 

etroit, -e, narrow 

franc, -che, frank 

riche, — , rich 

f eroce, — , fierce 

la campagne, the country (rural 

districts) 
la nation, the nation 
le pardessus, the overcoat 
un officier, an officer 
une avenue, an avenue 
pousser, to push 
reussir, to succeed 
esperer, to hope (for) 
porter, to carry, take, wear 



Let us have patience 

VOCABULARY 

au moins, at the least 



frise, -e, curly 
pretentieux, -se, pretentious 
puissant, -e, powerful 
la lumiere, the light 
le pays, the country 

une armee, an army 
le vent, the wind 
la peinture, the painting 
une chaussee, a highway 
cacher, to hide 
obeir, to obey 
gronder, to scold 

prendre (irreg.), to take ( = to ap- 
propriate) 



86 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 

Old, meaning advanced in years, is vieux; meaning former, it is 
ancien (before its noun). Age is used for old in comparing ages: 
He is older than I, II est plus age que moi. Age also means aged. 
The noun for age is age (m.). 

He obeys his mother; he obeys her: II obeit a sa mere; il lui obeit. 

ORAL DRILL 

i. Give the French for 72, 79, 81, 88, 96, 100. 2. The 
sweetest music, some better lights, two fiercer dogs, his 
fiercest dogs. 3. A short street and two long ones; the 
bravest one in the army. 4. He has more than I; he has 
more than ninety dollars. 5. Be strong, Henry; let us not 
be weak. 6. Make less noise, children; let us have silence. 
7. Obey your parents; obey them; never answer them 
roughly (rudement). 

EXERCISE 

1. The book would fall if we pushed it a little. 2. This 
avenue is one of the most beautiful in the world. 3. If you 
are thirsty, take some cold water. 4. How many pages did 
you study for to-day? 5. We studied more than fifteen. 
6. We are hoping that it will be warmer soon. 7. I shall 
scold you if you do so (it). 8. How old do you take her to 
be? 9. I should say that she is seventy-five years old, at 
the least. 10. They will lend it to him if he needs it. 11. 
We should build a less pretentious house. 12. What nation 
has the most powerful army? 13. If the wind were in the 
west, the weather would be fine. 14. The weather would 
not have been unpleasant, if the wind had been in the west. 
15. Every year we spend more than two months in (a) the 
country. 

REVIEW QUESTIONS 

1. Conjugate the past perfect indicative of perdre and the 
past future perfect of entrer. 2. How do you know what 
tense to use in the conclusion clause? in the conditional 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 87 

clause? 3. How do you form the comparative degree of an 
adjective in English? in French? 4. Mention two irregular 
comparative forms of French adjectives. 5. How does the 
French express the superlative of an adjective? 

SUPPLEMENTARY EXERCISE 

I. You would succeed if you worked hard. 2. They 
lived in a narrower street. 3. He is the richest man in the 
country. 4. If he does not obey, punish him. 5. Which 
officer did you admire, — the taller one or the shorter? 6. 
It was the taller one that I admired. 7. Be frank! Have 
you ever seen a better painting? 8. Answer him, if you 
know (it). 9. If they hide it, I shall not look for it. 10. 
My tallest brother is not the oldest, n. They had gone 
out through (par) an open window. 12. If the wind had 
been in the east, we should have had rain. 13. His hair 
was not so curly. 14. He would not have been cold, if he 
had worn an overcoat. 15. That is our finest highway. 



LESSON XVI 

84. Future Perfect Tense; Future Tense in Temporal 
Clauses. 

Formed with the future of avoir and etre and a past par- 
ticiple. 

J'aurai eu, j'aurai ete I shall have had, I shall have 

been 
J'aurai trouve, je serai alle / shall have found, I shall 

have gone 
II aura rempli, il sera venu He will have filled, he will 

have come 
Conjugate. 



88 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 

A quelle heure serez-vous de When will you be back? 

retour? 

Nous serons rentres vers We shall have come back by 

cinq heures five o'clock 

Nous aurons fait le tour de We shall have gone the rounds 

la ville of the city 

Des que vous serez arrive, As soon as you have arrived, 

faites-le-moi savoir let me know 

lis me feront savoir quand They will let me know when 

ils arriveront (seront ar- they arrive {have arrived) 

rives) 

Where the present or present perfect is used in English 
in clauses that look to the future, the French regularly has 
the future or future perfect respectively. This happens 
with such temporal conjunctions as quand, lorsque, des 
que, pendant que {while), tant que (as long as). 

85. Temporal and Conditional Clauses. 

We have just seen that in temporal clauses, if there is the 
idea of futurity, the French uses the future tenses. 

Nous chantons quand elle We sing when she plays 

joue 
Nous chanterons quand elle We shall sing when she plays 

jouera 

This idea of futurity is often present in conditional clauses 
as well. But here the student must guard against using 
any tenses except the three used in 80. 

Nous chanterons si elle joue We shall sing if she plays 
Si elle jouait, nous chante- If she would play, we should 
rions sing 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 89 

Si elles tombaient, je me le // they were to jail, I should 
reprocherais reproach myself {for it) 

However, if si means whether, we should use in French the 
same tense as in English. 

Savez-vous s'il va mieux? Do you know whether he is 

getting better? 

Personne ne sait s'il guerira No one knows if he will get 

better 

Nous ne savions pas s'il We did not know if he would 
guerirait recover 

86. Formation of Adverbs. 

Adverbs are usually formed in French by adding -ment 
to the feminine singular form of the adjective. 

activement actively completement completely 

nouvellement recently 

If the masculine singular of the adjective ends in a vowel, 
the -ment is added to that form. 

poliment politely resolument resolutely 

vraiment truly 

Certain adjectives are used as adverbs without change of 
form: 

Cela me coutera cher That will cost me dear 

II ne chante pas juste He does not sing in tune 

II chante faux He sings out of tune 

Parlez haut Speak out loud 

87. Comparison of Adverbs. 

(1) The comparative of adverbs is formed in the same 
way as that of adjectives. 

plus souvent oftener moins publiquement less publicly 



go 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 



mieux 


better 


pis 


worse 


moins 


less 


plus 


more 



Irregular Forms 
bien well 

mal badly 

peu little 

beaucoup much 

(2) The relative superlative of an adverb is formed by 
prefixing trie invariable le to the comparative; the absolute 
superlative is the same as in English. 

Elle raccommode le plus pro- She mends the most neatly 

prement 
Vous ecrivez le mieux 
II est entre tres doucement 

dans la piece 



You write the best 
He entered the room very 
softly 



88. Negatives (32, 33, 34); si, oui. 

II ne fume point 

II ne fume pas du tout 

Elle ne chante guere 



He doesn't smoke at all 



Vous n'y perdrez rien 
Je ne vous interromprai plus 
Qu'est-ce qu'ils faisaient? 
Rien du tout 



Vous ne Pavez pas encore 

remercie 
Si, monsieur, mais personne 

ne m'a entendu 
Je n'ai sonne qu'une fois 
II ne vous a jamais trompe 
Rien n'est tombe 



J She sings but little 
\ She scarcely ever sings 
You will lose nothing by it 
I shall interrupt you no more 
What were they doing ? Noth- 
ing at all {nothing what- 
ever) 
You haven't thanked him yet 



sir, but no 



Yes (I have), 
one heard me 
I rang only once 
He has never deceived you 
Nothing fell 

Si, and not oui, is used for yes in correcting a negative 
statement or in answering a negative question: N'as-tu 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 9 1 

pas rendu le livre? Mais si, (je l'ai rendu), Have you not 
returned the book? Yes, I have {returned it). 

89. More. 

Note the differing uses of " more " in the two sentences: 
He has more money than I and Has he any more money? 

In the first sentence, the idea of comparison is foremost; 
in the second, that of addition (i.e. any additional money). 

(a) More, expressing comparison: 

Avez-vous plus d'argent que Have you more money than 

lui? he? 

Non, je n'ai pas plus d'argent No, I have not more money 

que lui than he 

Pen ai decidement moins I have decidedly less 

(b) More, expressing addition: 

{Have you any more bread? 
Avez-vous encore du pain? \ Have you any bread left? 

[Have you still some bread? 

{ Yes, I have some more 
Oui, fen ai encore Yes, I have some left 

{ Yes, I still have some 
But I have no more butter 
But I have no butter left 
II ne m'en reste plus / haven't any left 

Plus de cacao, merci No more cocoa, thank you 

Encore du the, s'il vous plait Some more tea, if you please 

VOCABULARY 

des que ) tant que, as long as 

..*. r as soon a s • ., ,, ., , 

aussitot que ) puis, ensuite, then, afterwards 

facilement, easily soigneusement, carefully 

lentement, slowly distinctement, distinctly 



Mais je n'ai plus de beurre 



92 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 

le vaisseau, the ship, vessel le port, the harbor 

la boite, the box la craie, the chalk 

un etudiant, a student une orange, an orange 
le marchand, the merchant, shop- la paille, the straw 

keeper 

la bonte, the kindness la reponse, the answer 

vivre, to live, exist rougir, to blush 

Learn the present indicative of the irregular verbs ecrire, to write 
(226), and lire, to read (229). 

ORAL DRILL 

1. Give the French for well, badly, little, much and their 
corresponding comparatives. 2. Je lis volontiers, tu lis 
volontiers, etc.; je n'ecris guere, tu n'ecris guere, etc. 
3. Form the adverbs corresponding to: chaud, fou, joli, 
faux, autre, heureux, premier, sec. 4. He has some more 
— He has no more — He has more than I — He has no 
more than I. 5. Had they any left? — They hadn't any 
left. 

EXERCISE 

1. Have they ever spoken to you about it? No, never. 
2. Has the shopkeeper any more oranges? 3. No, he has 
none left. 4. Will he have some more to-morrow? 5. You 
didn't hear my answer. Oh yes, I did. 6. I shall listen to 
you when you speak to me. 7. We shall listen to them, if 
they speak to us. 8. You would hear them distinctly, if 
you listened to them. 9. If I had been listening ( = had 
listened), I should have heard it. 10. When we listened, 
we always heard what he said. 11. You go too fast; write 
more slowly. 12. I shall never forget your kindness as 
long as I live. 13. The best student does not always write 
the best. 14. He will not answer their questions any more. 
15. What is the matter with him? Nothing at all. 16. 
Read the sentences aloud in French and then write them. 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO TRENCH 93 

REVIEW QUESTIONS 

1. Under what condition is the future or future perfect 
used in French where the present or present perfect is used 
in English? 2. Does this hold good with regard to "if" 
clauses? 3. How do you know what tense to use in a 
" whether " clause? 4. Mention three ways in which French 
adverbs may be obtained from adjectives. 5. How are the 
comparative and the superlative of a French adjective 
formed? 6. What negative have we met that cannot be 
used if there is no verb expressed? 

SUPPLEMENTARY EXERCISE 

1. I forget words more easily than he. 2. What's the 
matter with her? Nothing; she scarcely ever blushes; 
that's all. 3. As soon as the ship enters the harbor, I shall 
let you know. 4. We shall not sell any more straw hats. 
5. Do your work more carefully. 6. I never used to lose 
any books. 7. How often did you go up? I went up but 
once. 8. Will you need more money than I? 9. I shall 
not look for it when you lose it. 10. We shall not look for 
it, if you lose it. n. If you should lose them, we should 
not look for them. 12. They always looked for it when we 
lost it. 13. If you had not lost them, I should not have 
found them. 14. There is no more chalk in the box. 15. 
Nobody asked me if I should know him. 16. Those pupils 
do not read aloud often enough. 



LESSON XVII 
90. Verbs like mener, to lead. 

These verbs illustrate the principle explained in 55. 

Mener (me ner) is a regular verb, but wherever the 
vowels of two successive syllables would be mute or silent 



94 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 



e's, the first of the two has a grave accent (e). Five tenses 
are affected: 

(i) Present Indicative 



je mene 


tu menes 


il mene 


nous menons 


vous menez 

(2) Present Subjunctive 


ils menent 


je mene 


tu menes 


il mene 


nous menions 


vous meniez 

(3) Imperative 


ils menent 




mene 


(qu'il mene) 




menons 


menez 


(qu'ils menent) 



The forms in parenthesis are borrowed from the pres. subjunctive, 
used with the conjunction que : qu'il mene, let him lead. 



je menerai 
nous menerons 



(4) Future 

tu meneras 
vous menerez 



il menera 
ils meneront 



je menerais 
nous menerions 



(5) Past Future 

tu menerais 
vous meneriez 



il menerait 
ils meneraient 



Some verbs like mener are: 

promener, to take out walking {driving) 

Je promene V enfant I take the child out for a walk 

(drive) 



acheter, to buy 
Pacheterai des bananes / shall buy some bananas 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 95 

lever, to raise 

Je levais la tete de temps a / lifted my head from time to 
autre time 

Continue these three sentences throughout singular and plural. 
Other verbs like mener will be found in the Appendix, 
197. 

91. Reflexive Verbs: Simple Tenses. 

Examples : 
se cacher to hide one's self 

s'amuser to amuse one's self (have a 

good time) 
s'habiller to dress (one's self) 

s'acheter to buy for one's self 

se lever to rise, get up 

se promener (a pied) to take a walk 

se promener en voiture (a to take a drive (ride) 

cheval) 
se hater to hasten, hurry up 

se sauver ' (to save one's self) to escape, 

run away 
se divertir to enjoy one's self, entertain 

one's self 
se perdre to lose one's way (in a crowd, 

wood, etc.) 
se figurer to imagine (to one's self) 

Note 

(1) that the French often uses a reflexive verb where no 
pronoun with self is used in English; and 

(2) that the reflexive pronoun may be either accusative 
or dative. 

Point out the dative reflexives in the list above. 



9 6 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 



je me promene 
tu te promenes 
il se promene 



Types of Simple Tenses 

/ take a walk, etc. 

nous nous promenons 
vous vous promenez 
ils se prominent 



Was I hastening, etc.? 

me hatais-je? nous nations-nous? 

te hatais-tu? vous hatiez-vous? 

se hatait-il? se hataient-ils? 

I shall dress {myself), etc. 

je m'habillerai nous nous habillerons 

tu t'habilleras vous vous habillerez 

il s'habillera ils s'habilleront 

I should not buy (for myself) etc. 

je ne n^acheterais pas nous ne nous acheterions 

pas 
tu ne tfacheterais pas vous ne vous acheteriez pas 

il ne s'acheterait pas ils ne s'acheteraient pas 

Enjoy thyself (yourself), etc. 

divertissons-nous 

divertis-toi divertissez-vous 

(qu'il se divertisse) (qu'ils se divertissent) 



DonH run away, etc. 

ne nous sauvons pas 

ne te sauve pas ne vous sauvez pas 

(qu'il ne se sauve pas) (qu'ils ne se sauvent pas) 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 



97 



The reflexive conjunctive pronouns are used in obedience 
to the rules for the conjunctive personal pronouns (65, 
77, 78). 



A quelle heure se leve-t-il 

le matin? 
Nous allons au theatre pour 

nous divertir 
Vous vous amuserez bien, 

fen suis sur 
Nous nous batissions une 

maison 
Regardez-vous done dans la 

glace 
lis vont se promener cette 

apres-midi 



When ( = at what hour) does 

he get up in the morning? 
We go to the theatre to be 

entertained 
You will have a good time, I 

am sure 
We were building {ourselves) 

a house 
Just look at yourself in the 

glass 
They are going for a walk 

this afternoon 



The disjunctive forms are seen from the following: 
I am speaking to myself, etc. 
je me parle a moi-meme nous nous parlons a nous-memes 
tu te paries a toi-meme vous vous parlez a vous-meme(s) 
il se parle a lui-meme ils se parlent a eux-memes 
elle se parle a elle-meme elles se parlent a elles-memes 

These disjunctives are frequently found in apposition 
with either a subject or an object, not reflexive: Je les ai 
achetes moi-meme, / bought them myself. 



92. Reflexive Verbs: Compound Tenses. 

The past participle of a reflexive verb, like that of a 
transitive verb, agrees with the direct object (accusative) 
preceding; but the linking verb is etre and not avoir. 

This accusative will usually be the reflexive conjunctive, 
but it may also be some noun or a relative pronoun as seen 
in 67. 



98 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 

/ have escaped, I escaped, I did escape, etc. 
je me suis sauve(e) nous nous sommes sauves(es) 

tu t'es sauve(e) vous vous etes sauve(e)(s)(es) 

il s'est sauve ils se sont sauves 

elle s'est sauvee elles se sont sauvees 

Have I lost my way ? etc. 
me suis-je perdu? nous sommes-nous perdus? 

t'es-tu perdu? vous etes-vous perdus? 

s'est-il perdu? se sont-ils perdus? 

m'etais-je cache? had I hidden myself? 

je me serai habille / shall have dressed 

je me serais diverti / should have enjoyed myself 

Conjugate these last examples throughout. 
How careful the student must be to analyze his sen- 
tences will be clear from a study of the following: 

Que de peine il s'est donnee! What pains he took I 
Voila les livres que je me Those are the books I bought 
suis achetes {myself) 

The past participle of a reflexive verb never agrees with 
the subject. 

Explain the agreement of these past participles. 

93. Note how the Possessive Idea is Expressed in the 

Following Sentences: 

J'ai leve la main I raised my hand 

Je me suis lave les mains / washed my hands 

Pai mis mon habit / put on my coat 

Je lui ai dechire l'habit / tore his {her) coat 

Je me suis dechire l'habit / tore my {own) coat 

Elle etait tombee et s'etait She had fallen and broken her 

casse le bras arm 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 99 

The definite article alone, or the definite article with a 
conjunctive pronoun, is used, if clearness permits, especially 
when the noun refers to a part of the body (or the dress). 
This noun is usually in the accusative. 

VOCABULARY 

en retard, late (behind time) tard, late (at a late hour) 

a l'instant, this very minute a quelle heure? at what o'clock ? 

prudent, -e, prudent courageux, -se, courageous 

par, through, by la foule, the crowd 

un habit, a coat le bras, the arm 

le pied, the foot la tete, the head 

le soleil, the sun le nuage, the cloud 

la glace, the mirror ; ice le pare, the park 

la tulipe, the tulip le theatre, the theatre 

la salle a manger, the dining-room le salon, the drawing-room 

laver, to wash blesser, to hurt, wound 

dechirer, to tear s'epanouir, to open (of flowers) 

Venez nous voir Come and see us 

Learn the present indicative of the irregular verb venir (211). 

ORAL DRILL 

1. Je viens les voir, tu viens les voir, etc. 2. Je me 
leve, tu te leves, etc.; je me cacherai, tu te cacheras, etc. 
3. Je me suis diverti, tu t'es diverti, etc.; je me suis figure, 
tu t'es figure, etc. 4. We amused her, we amused ourselves; 
she would have amused them, she would have amused her- 
self. 5. He came; he looked; he ran away. 6. She rose 
from her chair; she went in; she listened. 

EXERCISE 

1. The sun hides itself behind the clouds. 2. We got up 
late that morning. 3. Let us hurry or we shall be late. 4. 
Raise your head; do not be afraid. 5. They take a walk 
in the park every day. 6. I have hurt my foot. 7. We 



IOO A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 

were enjoying ourselves at the theatre. 8. I did not find 
them; they had escaped. 9. We were speaking to our- 
selves. 10. Did you have a good time, (my) children? 11. 
I shall get up and dress this very minute. 12. You are 
tearing your coat, my son. 13. The stone hit me on the 
head. 14. Just imagine! They escaped through a small 
window. 15. Wash your hands and come down to the 
dining-room. 

REVIEW QUESTIONS 

1. What forms of the verb acheter take a grave accent 
over the silent e of the stem? 2. Would you group reflex- 
ive verbs with transitive verbs in regard to any grammat- 
ical rule in French? Why? 3. Compare them as concerns 
the use of linking verbs. 4. What are the disjunctive forms 
of the reflexive pronouns? When are they used? 

SUPPLEMENTARY EXERCISE 

1. We had gone out; we were taking a walk. 2. Do 
not hurt his arm. 3. When will you get up to-morrow? 
4. We shall rise at half-past seven. 5. She was looking 
at herself in the mirror. 6. They showed themselves pru- 
dent and courageous. 7. Come and see the tulips; they are 
opening. 8. She has lost her way in the crowd. 9. You 
are not right. Don't raise your hand. 10. If I were rich, 
I should build myself a fine house. 11. He had hurt my 
hand. 12. Take off your hat and overcoat and go into the 
drawing-room. 13. She found it herself. 14. Just look 
at your hands; go and wash them at once. 15. We fell 
and hurt ourselves. 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH IOI 

LESSON XVIII 

94. Reciprocal Verbs. 

The reflexive conjunctives of the plural (nous, vous, 
se) are also used in the reciprocal sense of each other, one 
another. 

If necessary for clearness or emphasis, one of the expres- 
sions l'un Pautre, Tune Pautre ( = each other), les uns les 
autres, les unes les autres ( = one another) is added. 

Les maisons se touchent The houses touch each other 

Tune Pautre 

Nous nous sommes parle We spoke to one another 

les uns aux autres 

Ces messieurs se serrent la Those gentlemen are shaking 

main hands 

Qu'est-ce qu'ils se disent? What are they saying to each 

other ? 

Bonjour, comment vous por- Good day, how are you ? 

tez-vous? 

Je me porte tres bien, merci / am very well, thank you 

Et comment se porte mon- And how is your father? 

sieur votre pere? 

Comment vous portez-vous? is formal; the commoner 
salutation is Comment allez-vous? — Answer: Je vais bien 
(mal). 

Monsieur, Madame, Mademoiselle and their plurals are 
used, as in the last sentence, to convey a polite interest. 

95. Verbs in -ger and -cer. 

Such verbs as manger and placer are regular and therefore 
the soft sounds of the g and c must be preserved throughout 
all tenses. Wherever the next vowel would be an a or an 



102 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 



o, g becomes, ge and c changes to c. The tenses affected 
would be: 

(i) Pres. Indie, and Imperative, — in ist plur. only: 
mangeons, placons. 

(2) Past Descriptive, — except in ist or 2nd plur.: man- 
geais, placais, etc.; but mangions, placions; mangiez, 
placiez. 

(3) Past Absolute, — except in 3rd plur.: mangeai, 
plafai, etc. 

(4) Past Subjunctive, throughout: mangeasse, placasse, 
etc. 



96. Proper Names; Use of the Articles. 

Le Mississippi est un grand 

fleuve des Etats-Unis 
II sort du lac Itasca 



II arrose Saint-Paul, Saint- 
Louis, et entre autres vil- 
les, la Nouvelle-Orleans 

II se jette dans le golfe du 
Mexique 

L'Espagne est separee de la 
France par les Pyrenees, 
de PAfrique par le detroit 
de Gibraltar 

Elle est baignee par PAt- 
lantique et la Mediter- 
ranee 

Mes amis se trouvent actuel- 
lement fc Angleterre; ils 
vont apr ; *$n Allemagne 

Nous habitons a New- York, 
ville sur VHudson 



The Mississippi is a great 

river of the United States 
II flows (issues) from Lake 

Itasca 
It waters St. Paul, St. Louis 

and, among other cities, 

New Orleans 
It empties into the Gulf of 

Mexico 
Spain is separated from 

France by the Pyrenees, 

(and) from Africa by the 

Strait of Gibraltar 
It is washed by the Atlantic 

and the Mediterranean 

My friends are at present in 
England; they are going 
afterwards to Germany 

We live in New York, a city 
on the Hudson 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 103 

(1) The definite article is used in French not only with 
those proper names with which it is found in English (l'Hud- 
son, les Alpes, les Etats-Unis), but also when the names of 
persons or places are accompanied by a modifier: la pauvre 
Marie, (M.) le docteur Black, le Mont-Blanc, la Nouvelle- 
Orleans. 

(2) The article is also used regularly with names of con- 
tinents, countries, large islands and lakes: la Russie, le 
Canada, l'ltalie (/.), l'Australie (/.), la Corse {Corsica). 

Le lac Superieur communi- Lake Superior is connected 
que avec le lac Huron par with Lake Huron by the 

la riviere Sainte-Marie river Ste. Marie 

(3) But it is not used with those unmodified feminines 
with which en is used for in or to: en Irlande, en Amerique. 

Compare dans P Amerique du Nord, aux Etats-Unis, au 
Canada. 

(4) Note the omission of the indefinite article before a 
noun in apposition with a preceding one. 

97. Numerals: 101, etc. (193). 

Vingt mille homines parti- Twenty thousand men started 
rent de la Place de la Bas- from the Place de la Bastille 
tille 

Cent drapeaux furent portes One hundred flags (banners) 
par deux cents hommes were carried by two hun- 

dred men 

Des milliers de pas reten- Thousands of steps resounded 
tirent sur le pave on the pavement (paved 

street) 

On dit que la France y de- It is said (= One says) that 
pensera deux millions de France will spend there two 

francs million francs 



io4 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 



The numerals below a million are looked upon in French 
as adjectives, while million, milliard, etc., are masc. nouns, 
— hence the differing constructions: 
mille habitants iooo inhabitants 

un million d'habitants 1,000,000 inhabitants 

However, So is quatre-vingts, where vingt is treated as a 
noun; and the exact multiples of cent take the sign of the 
plural: deux cents, trois cents, etc. 

Thousand, used as a noun, is millier, m. Une centaine 
means {about) a hundred. 



M.S. 


F.S. 


M 


. PL F. PL 




le mien 


la mienne 


les : 


miens les miennes 


mine 


le tien 


la tienne 


les tiens les tiennes 


thine, yours 


le sien 


la sienne 
la notre 


les 


siens les siennes 


his, hers 


le notre 




les notres 


ours 


le votre 


la votre 




les votres 


yours 


le leur 


la leur 




les leurs 


theirs 



Son frere et le mien se pro- 
minent a cheval tous les 
matins 

Vos interets sont les notres 

Vous obeissez a vos parents 
et moi, j'obeis aux miens 

Nous parlions de nos raisons 
et des siennes 



His brother and mine go for 
a ride every morning 

Your interests are ours 

You obey your parents and 

I obey mine 
We were talking of our rea- 
sons and of his 



Ownership is oftenest expressed by the disjunctive per- 
sonal pronouns with the verb etre, to be, belong. 



A qui est ce canif-la? 
II est a moi 



Whose penknife is that? 
It is mine 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 



105 



Ces marchandises sont au 

marchand en face 
Ces choses-ci sont a nous 

(les notres); les autres 

sont a eux (les leurs) 
Un de nos voisins (Un voisin 

a nous) est mort cette nuit 



Those goods belong to the 
shopkeeper across the way 

These things are ours; the 
others are theirs 



A ne 

n 



or of ours died last 



VOCABULARY 



deja, already 

meme, even, nay 

en face, across the way, opposite 

inquiet, -ete, uneasy, anxious 

chaque, each 

le lac, the lake 

une automobile, an automobile 

la nouvelle, the news 

le colonel, the colonel 

un etranger, a stranger 

les gens (m.), the people 

la Seine, the Seine 

l'Europe (f.), Europe 

estimer, to esteem 
nager, to swim 
voyager, to travel 

se dire des injures 

se marier avec (epouser) sa cousine 



environ (adv.), about 

actuellement, at present 

a cote, alongside, next door 

separe, -e, separated 

la division, the division 

la feuille, the leaf 

un canot automobile, a motor-boat 

la revolution, the revolution 

le medecin, the doctor 

la chenille, the caterpillar 

le Rhin, the Rhine 

la Garonne, the Garonne 

l'Amerique (f.) du Sud, South 

America 
annoncer, to announce 
perir, to perish 
s'avancer, to advance 

to insult each other, one another 
to marry one's cousin 



ORAL DRILL 

1. Conjugate the present indicative and the past de- 
scriptive of commencer (to begin) and partager (to share). 
2. Give the French for 178, 701, 3541, 3,000,004. 3. How 
are you? We are very well, thank you (in two ways at 
least). 4. Your affair and mine, my affair and yours; his 
birds and ours, our birds and his. 5. In Spain, to Spain; 
in Canada, to Canada; in the United States, to the United 



106 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 

States; in South America, to South America; in Boston, 
to Boston. 

EXERCISE 

i. Do those ladies speak to each other? 2. How was 
your father yesterday? 3. We were swimming in the lake; 
the weather was very warm. 4. There will be about 1200 
men in each division. 5. The army was advancing on M., 
a village on the Seine. 6. His mother and mine used to go 
driving every afternoon. 7. Listen to those people; they 
are insulting each other. 8. It is late; let us begin at once. 
9. That automobile belongs to a friend of ours across the 
way. 10. There have been many revolutions in South Amer- 
ica. 11. It is colder in England than in Italy. 12. His 
uncle is much richer than ours. 13. France was separated 
from Germany by the Rhine. 14. Thousands, nay, millions 
of caterpillars were eating the leaves of the trees. 

REVIEW QUESTIONS 

1. How is a reciprocal verb expressed in French? 2. 
What proper names have the definite article in French where 
it is not used in English? State an exception to this rule. 
3. Where is the indefinite article not used with common 
names in French, where it is used in English? 4. Why is 
un not used with cent or mille? 5. How are expressions of 
ownership rendered in French? 

SUPPLEMENTARY EXERCISE 

1. Are those horses yours? Yes, they are mine. 2. My 
father and he are good friends; they esteem each other very 
highly (much). 3. Eighty doctors from Europe are travel- 
ling at present in the United States. 4. Do those children 
love one another? 5. Your mother was sick, was she not? 
6. He died at Bordeaux, a city on the Garonne. 7. Your 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 107 

motor-boat goes much faster than his. 8. We travel a 
great deal; next year we shall go to Africa. 9. Hundreds 
of the animals have already perished. 10. Do you like 
America better than Europe? 11. He was eating his dinner 
when the strangers arrived. 12. He married Lucile N., a 
daughter of Colonel N. of New Orleans. 13. These boxes 
belong to the shopkeeper next door. 14. Let us announce 
the good news to his mother; she has been very uneasy. 



LESSON XLX 

99. Verbs like ceder ; de + Name of a Country. 

Examples: 
repeter to repeat reveler to reveal 



succeder 


to succeed 


perseverer 


to persevere 


esperer 


to hope 


proteger 


to protect 


regner 


to reign 


penetrer 


to penetrate 



The e in the last syllable of the stem of the numerous verbs 
of this class changes into e before a mute or silent e in the 
next syllable (the ending), but not in the future or the 
past future. The tenses affected are therefore three: 

(1) Present Indicative. 



je cede 


tu cedes 


il cede 


nous cedons 


vous cedez 


ils cedent 


(2) Present Subji 


mctive. 




je repete 


tu repetes 


il repete 


nous repetions 


vous repetiez 


ils repetent 


(3) Imperative. 








persevere 


(qu'il persevere) 




perseverons 


perseverez 


. (qu'ils perseverent) 



io8 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 



Ce roman revele un grand 

talent 
Les vivants succedent aux 

morts 
Perseverez, vous reussirez 

un jour 
lis persevererent dans le mal 
Protegeons les faibles; les 

forts se protegeront 

Elle n'aurait jamais revele 

le secret 
lis esperent partir d'Ecosse 

d'aujourd'hui en huit 
II penetrera jusqu'au centre 

de l'Afrique 
Victoria, reine d'Angleterre, 

regna de 1837 a 1901 



This novel reveals great talen\ 
The living succeed the dead 

Persevere, you will succeed 

some day 
They persisted in {doing) evit 
Let us protect the weak; the 

strong will protect them- 
selves 
She would never have revealed 

the secret 
They hope to leave {start from) 

Scotland a week from to-day 
He will penetrate to the very 

centre of Africa 
Victoria, Queen of England, 

reigned from 1837 to iqoi 



After de meaning from and when de + the name of a 
country is equivalent to an adjective (les soies de France, 
French silks), no definite article is used. 



100. Ordinal Numerals; Fractions. 

Study the list in 193. 

lis sont arrives les premiers 
II s'est plonge dans Peau la 

tete la premiere 
Montons au deuxieme etage 



Louis XIII (treize) succeda 

a Henri IV (quatre) 
Deux est la moitie de quatre 



They arrived first 

He dived into the water head 

first 
Let us go up to the second (or, 

third) storey 
Louis XIII succeeded Henry 

IV 
Two is the half of four 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 



109 



Les deux tiers des etudiants 

assistaient a Passemblee 
Elle est la neuvieme de sa 

classe 
Neuf vingtiemes de la 

somme manquent encore 
On trouvera cela page cinq 

(a la cinquieme page) 



Two-thirds of the students 
were present at the meeting 
She is the ninth in her class 

Nine-twentieths of the sum is 

still lacking 
That will be found on page 
five {on the fifth page) 



Of the two words for second, deuxieme is regularly (like 
unieme = first) used in compounds such as vingt-deuxieme, 
while second is preferred where but two things are concerned: 
le second de mes deux conges. 

After premier, the cardinal numerals are used with the 
titles of sovereigns, where English uses the ordinals: Francois 
I er (premier), Francois deux, etc. 

In expressing fractions, one-half is either un demi or une 
moitie, one-third is un tiers, one-fourth is un quart, oner 
fifth is un cinquieme, one-sixth is un sixieme, etc. 



101. Dates. 

Learn the names of the seasons, months and days of the 
week in 194. 

Le l er Janvier est le jour de 

l'an 
Le jour de Paque (Paques) 

se celebre entre le 21 mars 

et le 26 avril 
II est mort en Pan mil huit 

cent (dix-huit cent) qua- 

tre-vingt 
II est ne en mil huit cent 



The first of January is New- 
Year' 's Day 

Easter Day is celebrated be- 
tween the 21st of March and 
the 26th of April 

He died in the year one 
thousand eight hundred and 
eighty 

He was born in one thousand 
eight hundred 



no 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 



Nous arriverons mardi, le 

onze aout 
Le dimanche et le lundi sont 

les deux premiers jours 

de la semaine 
Nous les voyons le mercredi 

(les mercredis) 



We shall arrive on Tuesday, 
the eleventh of August 

Sunday and Monday are the 
first two days of the week 

We see them {on) Wednesdays 



On in time phrases is not to be expressed in French: on 
Friday, vendredi ; on the 4th of July, le quatre juillet. 

In dates, as above, (1) there are no capital letters, (2) cardinal 
numerals are used after the first, (3) of is not expressed. 

In expressing the year (1) mille is spelt mil, (2) quatre-vingts and 
the multiples of cent take no s. 

The definite article is used with the names of the days of 
the week except with on, referring to one occasion, or in such 
phrases as samedi dernier, dimanche prochain. 

No elision nor liaison before onze, onzieme; see 19, 1. 

102. Passive Forms; Non-passive Forms. 

The passive in French is formed similarly to English 
(etre, to be + a past participle). The participle agrees like 
an adjective with the subject. 



II est blame mais elle est 

louee 
lis ont ete sauves 
Vous serez punis si vous 

n'etes pas sages 
Nous ne serions pas inter- 

rompus 



He is blamed But she is 

praised 
They have been saved 
You will be punished if you 

are not good (well-behaved) 
We should not be interrupted 



It is important, however, particularly with the past tenses, to 
distinguish these passives expressing action from non-passives of 
similar form expressing a state (44). 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 



III 



For example, the sentence / found that the windows were closed is 
non-passive and the French is J'ai trouve que les fenetres etaient 
fermees, where etaient expresses a state and fermees is a predicate 
adjective. 

But the sentence The windows were closed by the maid is passive 
since it refers to an action. This action may be (a) single or (b) 
repeated. 

(a) If one occasion only is referred to, the conversational French 
is Les fenetres ont ete fermees par la bonne. The narrative form 
of the verb would be furent fermees. 

(b) If it is meant that the maid often or regularly closed the win- 
dows, the French would be Les fenetres etaient fermees par la 
bonne, where etaient means used to be and is either conversational or 
narrative. 

With a habitual or indefinite action, de rather than par 
is used for by: Elle est aimee de tout le monde. . 



L'Amerique fut decouverte 

par Christophe Colomb 
En tournant le coin, la voi- 

ture a ete (fut) renversee 
J'ai vu en passant que la 

voiture etait renversee 
Les murs seront blanchis a 

la chaux 
Les souliers sont uses 
Tout le bois etait fendu 

Distinguish the non-passives 



America was discovered by 

Christopher Columbus 
In turning the corner, the 

carriage was upset 
I saw as I passed that the 

carriage was upset 
The walls will be whitened 

with lime 
The shoes are worn out 
All the wood was split 

here from the passives. 



VOCABULARY 



contre, against 
au printemps, in spring 
en automne, in autumn 
noble, — , noble 
national, -e, national 
la saison, the season 
le roi, the king 



quelquefois, sometimes 
en ete, in summer 
en hiver, in winter 
royal, -e, royal 
Georges, George 
le mois, the month 
la reine, the queen 



112 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO TRENCH 

la fete, the celebration le mariage, the marriage 

le (la) domestique, the servant la cuisiniere, the cook 

le gateau, the cake la bouteille, the bottle 

la patrie, the native land le commerce, {the) commerce, busi- 
ness 

le bourgeois, the citizen un ouvrier, a workman 

la visite, the visit voler, to fly 

quitter (trans.), to leave employer, to employ 

payer, to pay, pay for chasser, to hunt, drive away 

reussir, to succeed ( = be successful) succeder (a), to succeed ( = follow) 

Learn 

(i) the past absolute of etre (195); 

(2) the present indicative of partir (205). 

ORAL DRILL 

1. Je pars pour PAsie, tu pars pour PAsie, etc.; je pro- 
tege Penfant, tu proteges Penfant, etc. 2. I reveal, we 
reveal; I repeat, we repeat; I penetrate, we penetrate; I 
shall reveal, he will repeat, they would penetrate. 3. First, 
second, third, fourth, fifth, sixth, seventh, eighth, ninth, 
tenth. 4. Say in French, — three-fifths of the sum; Henry 
VIII of England; Easter Sunday; the twelfth of August; 
on Friday, on Fridays, every Friday; the first ten girls; 
1300 workmen, in the year 1300. 5. He was esteemed by 
me; he was not struck by me; he will be driven away by 
them. 

EXERCISE 

1. They will succeed if they persevere. 2. We entered 
the room last. 3. Are the windows closed or are they open? 

4. He leaves for Europe on Tuesday, the ninth of May. 

5. The marriage between the royal houses was broken off 
(rompre). 6. Repeat the sentence, if you please. 7. I 
had already repeated the question several times. 8. Two- 
thirds of the citizens will be present. 9. The 14th of July 
is the French national holiday ( = celebration). 10. The 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 113 

girls would be punished enough. 11. He hopes to penetrate 
to the north of America. 12. The bottles will be filled 
Wednesday next. 13. In summer we go to the country; in 
winter we stay in the city. 14. Beautiful flowers had been 
brought by the girls. 15. The names of the seasons, months 
and days of the week are all masculine. 

REVIEW QUESTIONS 

1. When is no definite article used with the name of a 
country with de? 2. Distinguish the uses of the two words 
ior first and second. 3. When does the French use cardinal 
numerals for English ordinals? 4. Pronounce the French 
words second and secret. 5. When is the definite article 
not used with names of days of the week? 6. What is the 
distinction between a passive and a non-passive form? 

SUPPLEMENTARY EXERCISE 

I. He was protecting the child against the cold. 2. The 
cakes will be made by our cook. 3. If you should per- 
severe, he would yield. 4. They are leaving for Italy a 
week from Saturday. 5. The nobles were driven from the 
country. 6. George the Fifth, king of England, has been 
reigning now for several years. 7. They hope to arrive on 
Thursday, the eleventh of December. 8. Three-fourths of 
the servants are well paid. 9. That lady is esteemed by 
everybody. 10. I left my native land on the 21st of July, 
1901. 11. Our lessons were sometimes interrupted by 
visitors ( = visites). 12. Many workmen would be em- 
ployed. 13. He will succeed his father in that business. 
14. In the spring the birds fly (to the) north, in the fall 
they return (to the) south (midi, m.). 



ii4 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO TRENCH 



LESSON XX 

103. Substitutes for the Passive. 

The passive is frequently avoided in French and replaced 
either by a reflexive verb or by an active verb with the 
indefinite pronoun on (= one) as its subject. 



Cela le fait facilement 
On le fait facilement 
Cela se disait partout 

On disait cela partout 



Ces choses-la se fabriquent 
specialement a Paris 

Est-ce qu'on les vend ail- 
leurs? 

On trouvait autrefois beau- 
coup d'or en Californie 

Qu'en dira-t-on? 

On apprend a patiner en es- 
sayant de patiner 



77 is easily done 

That used to be said every- 
where 
That was being said every- 
where 

Those things are {being) manu- 
factured especially in Paris 
Are they sold anywhere else? 

Much gold used to be found 
(formerly) in California 

What will people say about it ? 

We (you) learn to skate by 
trying to skate 



It will be noted that these substitutes for the passive are 
used when the agent is indefinite or not expressed. But 
only by reading and observation can one obtain a good 
understanding of their use and that of the passive. 

The pronoun on means one, some one, and is always nomi- 
native of a verb which is therefore in the 3rd pers. singular. 
Other English equivalents are we, you, they, people. 

104. Verbs like appeler and jeter. 

These verbs (ap pe ler, je ter) double the 1 and t respec- 
tively before a mute or silent e in the next syllable (55). 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 115 

The same five tenses are affected as in verbs like mener 
(90). 

(1) Pres. Indie: J'appelle, etc., nous appelons, etc., ils 
appellent. 

(2) Pres. Subj. : Je jette, etc. ; nous jetions, etc. ; ils jettent. 

(3) Imper.: appelle, appelons, etc.; jette, jetons, etc. 

(4) Future: J'appellerai, etc.; je jetterai, etc. (through- 
out the tense). 

(5) Past Fut.: J'appellerais, etc.; je jetterais, etc. 
(throughout the tense). 

All verbs in -eler and -eter, where the first e is silent, are 
conjugated in the same way, except the few with these end- 
ings that are like mener (197). 

Comment s'appelle-t-elle? , 

\\ hat is her name? 



Quel est son nom? 

Elle s'appelle Catherine Her name is Catherine 

On l'appelait Paul 1 „. _ . 

_ , j ..-* , r His name was raid 

II s'appelait Paul J 

105. Past Absolute and Second Past Perfect. 

Learn these tenses of the verbs donner, finir, rompre, 
avoir, etre (195-196). 

The student should be familiar with their (so-called) con- 
secutive use, though this use is avoided in conversation as 
a rule. 

A peine furent-ils sortis que Scarcely had they gone out 
mon ami entra when {than) my friend came 

in 

Des qu'il eut fini son dis- As soon as he had finished 
cours, nous partimes his speech, we went away 

The French uses the second past perfect in temporal 
clauses. 



n6 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO TRENCH 



106. Expressions of Time, Measure, Weight. 

Combien gagnent-ils par How much do they earn a 



jour? 
Vos appointements seront 

de quatre mille dollars 

par an 
Ces peches coutent cinquante 

sous la douzaine 
A combien se vend ce drap? 

II se vend quatre-vingt- 

quinze sous le metre 
Nous avons paye ce the cinq 

francs la livre 
J'ai paye le libraire 
J'ai paye mon dictionnaire 

au libraire 
J'ai paye le libraire cinq 

dollars et demi pour mon 

dictionnaire 



day? 

Your salary will be Jour 
thousand dollars a year 

These peaches cost fifty cents 
a dozen 

How much does this cloth sell 
for? 

It sells for ninety-five cents a 
yard 

We paid five francs a pound 
for this tea 

I paid the bookseller 

I paid the bookseller for my 
dictionary 

I paid the bookseller five dol- 
lars and a half for my dic- 
tionary 



With nouns of time a or an (= per) is par in French; 
with nouns of measure or weight, it is le, la. 

107. Uses of the Infinitive. 

(i) As we have seen in 65, the infinitive is used with all 
prepositions except en to express an English verbal form 
in -ing. 



II est sorti sans rien dire 

Je me sers de ce seau pour 

porter de Peau 
II a reussi a retrouver sa 

bourse perdue 



He went out without saying 

anything 
I use that pail for carrying 

water 
He succeeded in getting back 

his lost purse 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO TRENCH 1 17 

En ouvrant la fenetre, je me In {while) raising the window, 
suis blesse a la main I hurt my hand 

(2) Pour is used with an infinitive to express purpose. 

On mange pour vivre People eat to live 

J'ai mis la lettre dans ma I put the letter in my pocket 

poche pour l'avoir toujours so as to always have it with 

sur moi me 

Not usually, however, with verbs of motion to and from: 

Elle est venue nous faire She came to visit {and visited) 

visite us 

Allons chercher de Peau, Let's go and get some water, 

j'ai grand soif I am very thirsty 

(3) Very often in French the governing verb decides the 
construction. Compare the following: 

Je desire aller I wish to go 

J'aime a aller / like to go 

Je tache d'aller / try to go 

We say, with regard to the French, that desirer governs 
a direct infinitive, while aimer takes a. and tacher takes 
de (see reference lists, 273-275). 

(4) Many nouns and adjectives take de with an infinitive; 
but where in English the active infinitive that follows the 
noun or adjective can be turned into a passive, we use a. 

Je suis bien aise de vous / am very glad to see you 

voir 

J'ai eu le plaisir de faire I have had the pleasure of 

la connaissance de votre making your father's ac- 

pere quaintance 

Nous aurons des lecons a We shall have some lesso?ts to 

etudier study 



n8 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 



Cela est facile a faire 

Ce pont est dangereux a 

traverser 
II est dangereux de traverser 

ce pont 
II est difficile de faire cela 



That is easy to do 

This bridge is dangerous to 

cross 
It is dangerous to cross that 

bridge 
It is difficult to do that 



In the last two examples the il represents the infinitive 
phrase after the verb, which is therefore the logical subject. 

Pour, and not a, is used after an adjective limited by 
assez, trop, etc. : II est trop faible pour marcher, He is too 

weak to walk. 

VOCABULARY 



quelques, some ( = a few) 
facile, — , easy 
possible, — , possible 
aise, — , glad 
la banane, the banana 
un agent (de police), a policeman 
le plaisir, the pleasure 
le poisson, the fish 
la corde, the rope 
la riviere, the river 
rejeter, to throw back, reject 
fabriquer, to manufacture 
celebrer, to celebrate 
epeler, to spell 

apprendre (a + inf.), to learn, 
teach 



a bon marche, cheap 

difficile, — , difficult, hard 

important, -e, important 

le mineral, the mineral 

la piece, the piece, play 

un chapelier, a hatter 

V Opera (m.), the Opera 

le seau, the pail 

une usine, a factory 

Noel (m. or f.), Christmas 

garder, to keep 

couter, to cost 

visiter, to visit 

gagner, to gain, earn 

faire (rendre) visite, to pay a visit 



In se souvenir de, to remember ( = to remind one's self of) the se 
is accusative; in Se rappeler, to remember ( = to recall to one's self) 
the se is dative: 



Elle s'est souvenue du fait 
Elle s'en est souvenue 
Elle s'est rappele la date 
Elle se Pest rappelee 



She remembered the fact 
She remembered it 
She remembered the date 
She remembered it 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 1 19 

ORAL DRILL 

1. J'epelle les mots, tu epelles les mots, etc.; je rejet- 
terai les poissons, tu rejetteras les poissons, etc. 2. Je 
ne m'en souviens pas, tu ne fen souviens pas, etc.; je ne 
me le rappelle pas, tu ne te le rappelles pas, etc. 3. Say 
in French, — A dollar for keeping them, the pleasure of keep- 
ing it, without keeping anything, while keeping some. 4. 
That question is easy to answer; it is easy to answer that 
question. 5. It is hard to play that piece; that piece is 
hard to play. 6. I paid the shopkeeper for the bananas. 
How much did you pay him for them? I paid him twenty 
cents a dozen for them. 

EXERCISE 

1. Many minerals are found in Canada. 2. He will call 
me every morning at half -past six. 3. It is very important 
to remember that rule about the participles. 4. How much 
did you pay the hatter for the hat? 5. Those bananas are 
cheap. They cost only fifteen cents a dozen. 6. Children, 
have you nothing at all to do? 7. Hurry, John, throw him 
a rope. 8. Where were those things sold? 9. He earned 
there twenty-five dollars a week, a good deal more than I. 
10. We shall have the pleasure of meeting you there next 
week, I hope. n. She does not recall the name of the 
family. 12. In what cities of America are pails manufac- 
tured? 13. We are very glad to see you. How have you 
been? 14. Come and see us when you are in the city. 
15. Go and visit them if you are in Chicago. 16. They 
are too poor to go often to the Opera. 17. They will spell 
some easy words and a few hard ones. 

REVIEW QUESTIONS 

1. What substitutes are used for the passive? 2. Explain 
grammatically the use of the pronoun on. 3. Illustrate the 



120 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 

consecutive use of the past absolute and the second past 
perfect. 4. When is pour used with an infinitive? 5. In 
what three ways do verbs commonly govern infinitives? 
Mention some verbs of each class. 

SUPPLEMENTARY EXERCISE 

1. What lessons have we to do? I do not remember. 
2. It will give us great pleasure to pay you a visit. 3. 
What did people say about it? 4. It is said that her name 
is Blanche. 5. Four-fifths of the men in that factory earn 
more than three dollars a day. 6. We are throwing back 
the fish that are too small to keep. 7. Is it necessary to go 
to France in order to learn to speak French? 8. When is 
Christmas celebrated? On the 25th of December. 9. Here 
are a few more sentences of dictation to write. 10. These 
apples are ten cents apiece or a dollar a dozen, n. Is it 
not possible to buy less expensive ones? 12. That word is 
hard to spell. How would you spell it? 13. It will be 
found in the first volume of Green's "History of England." 
14. What would you do? I should call a policeman. 15. 
It was thrown into the river. 16. Scarcely had we gone 
out when our friends came in. 



LESSON XXI 
108. Verbs in -yer. 

Before a mute or silent e in the next syllable 

(a) verbs in -oyer, -uyer must change y into i; 

(b) verbs in -ayer may change y into i; and 

(c) verbs in -ever do not change y into i. 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 



121 



Examples: 
employer to employ appuyer to lean, lay stress 

aboyer to bark balayer to sweep 

essuyer to wipe payer to pay, pay for 

grasseyer to pronounce an r with the throat 

The same five tenses are affected as in verbs like mener, 
appeler and jeter (90, 104) : 

(1) Pres. Indicative. 

emploie essuie paye paie 

emploies essuies payes paies 

emploie essuie paye paie 



employons 

employez 

emploient 

(2) Pres. 
paye 
payes 
paye 



essuyons 

essuyez 

essuient 



Subj. 
paie 
paies 
paie 



payons payons 
payez payez 
payent paient 

(3) Imperative. 



grasseye 

grasseyes 

grasseye 

grasseyons 

grasseyez 

grasseyent 



paye 
(qu'il paye) 



paie 
(qu'il paie) 



payions payions 
payiez payiez 

payent paient 



payons payons 

payez payez 

(qu'ils payent) (qu'ils paient) 



(4) Future. 




(5) Past Future. 


payerai paierai 
etc. etc. 




payerais paierais 
etc. etc. 


109. Ceci; Cela. 






Je n'aime pas cela; la cou- 
leur en est trop voyante 

Ceci est moderne; cela est 
ancien 


I do not like that; its coloi 
is too striking 

This is modern; that is an- 
cient 



122 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 

II est hors de combat ; il He is disabled ; he has broken 

s'est easse le bras his arm 

Tiens, je n'avais pas entendu Indeed! I hadn't heard of 

parler de cela (ca) that 

Ceci (= this) and cela (= that) are invariable demon- 
strative pronouns and are used to point out something not 
mentioned by name or some indefinite antecedent such as 
a fact, idea or clause. 

Cela is sometimes shortened to ca: Comment ca va, mon 
vieux? How are you, old boy? Qava bien, (Things are) all 
right. 

Its is often expressed by the definite article with the noun 
and the pronoun en before the verb (169, 3). 

110. Celui, Celle, Ceux, Celles. 

On paiera votre billet et Your ticket and your com- 

celui de votre compagnon panion's will be paid for 

Quelle place preferez-vous? Which seat do you prefer? 

Celle a droite The one to the right 

Ces roses sont moins belles These roses are not so fine as 

que celles du Jardin des those of the Botanical Gar- 

Plantes den 

In contrast to ceci and cela, the demons, pron. celui 
(= the one, that) is variable for gender and number and 
usually refers to something that has already been mentioned 
by name. 

Examinez les deux tableaux Examine the two pictures of 

dont je parlais tout a which I was speaking just 

Pheure now 

Celui-ci est a l'aquarelle; This one is a water color; it 

c'est un paysage d'ltalie is an Italian landscape 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 



123 



Celui-la est a l'huile; c'est 
le portrait d'un paysan 
espagnol 

Tous les deux sont a vendre : 
celui-ci pour cent dollars 
et celui-la pour encore 
moins 



That one is an oil painting; it 
is the portrait of a Spanish 
peasant 

Both are for sale: the latter 
for one hundred dollars and 
the former for still less 



Celui-ci means this one, the latter ; celui-la, that one, the 



former. 

Celle qui aime le beau sera 

belle 
J'emploierai ceux qu'emploie 

mon pere en ce moment; 

ce sont des ouvriers fideles 

With a relative pronoun, 
definite antecedent. 



She who loves the beautiful 

will be beautiful 
I shall employ those who are 
in the employ of my father 
just now ; they are faithful 
workmen 
celui may be used without a 



111. The Pronoun Ce. 

Je ne me souviens pas de 
ce qui est arrive apres ma 
chute 

Tout ce que je me rappelle, 
c'est la cause de l'accident 

Ce qui est fait est fait 



I do not remember what hap- 
pened after my fall 

All that I recall, (it) is the 
cause of the accident 

Itfs no use crying over spilt 
milk 



The two chief uses of the invariable demonstrative ce are 

(1) with a relative pronoun to mean that; and 

(2) as subject of the verb etre. 

In this latter use it may stand for any one of the pro- 
nouns he, she, it, they ; this, that, these, those when the stress 
of the thought comes on what follows the verb (66). 



124 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 



Qui est-ce? C'est mon pro- 

fesseur 
Que dit-il? II dit qu'il est 

mon ami 
C'est mon ami qui l'a trouve 

C'est moi qui Pavais perdu 
Ce theme est facile a faire 
C'est tres facile a faire 
Est-ce ma plume que vous 

avez la? 
Non, c'est celle de Charles 
Ce ne sont pas ces mes- 
sieurs-la que vous con- 

naissez 
Si, je les connais depuis 

longtemps 
Qu'avez-vous done a la 

main? 
Une egratignure? Si ce n'est 

que cela, ce n'est rien 
Au contraire, cela peut etre 

serieux 

112. Names of Professions; 
Qui est ce monsieur aux 

cheveux gris qui vient 

d'entrer? 
C'est M. le colonel X. de 

Washington 
II est soldat depuis plus de 

quarante ans 
Et quel est cet homme plus 

jeune a cote de lui? 



Who is he? He's my teacher 

What does he say? He says 

he is my friend 
It was my friend that found 

it 
It was I who had lost it 
This exercise is easy to do 
It is very easy to do 
Is that my pen you have? 

No, it is Charles' 
It is not those gentlemen that 
you know 

Oh yes, it is! I have known 

them this long while 
What's the matter with your 

hand ? 
A scratch? If that's all, 

that's nothing 
On the contrary ; that may be 

a good deal 

venir de. 

Who is that gray-haired gen- 
tleman who has just come 
in? 

That's Colonel X. of Wash- 
ington 

He has been a soldier for 
more than forty years 

And who is that younger man 
alongside of him ? 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 



125 



Celui a la redingote noire? 



Precisement. Est-ce un mi- 

litaire aussi? 
Non, c'est un avocat de ses 

amis 
Celui-ci est Anglais de nais- 

sance 
Ce sont tous (les) deux des They are both clever men 

hommes habiles 



The one in the black frock 

coat? 
Just so. Is he a military 

man too? 
No, he's a lawyer friend of 

his 
The latter is an Englishman 

by birth 



Unqualified predicate nouns in French are often used 
somewhat like predicate adjectives and have then no article: 
II est Francais ; il est medecin. 

Quel is used for who instead of qui to mean what kind of 
person; it therefore asks for some detailed information. 
In answer to a question with quel, He is a doctor would be 
C'est un medecin. 

The present indicative and past descriptive of venir, gov- 
erning an infinitive with de, correspond to have just, had 
respectively. 



Je viens de le voir 

lis viennent d'entrer 

Elle venait d'arriver 

Nous venions de les entendre 



I have just seen him {it) 
They have just come in 
She had just come 
We had just heard them 



VOCABULARY 
tout a l'heure, presently, just now 



generalement, generally 

commun, -e, common 
un poete, a poet 
le facteur, the postman 
le medecin, the doctor 



en ce moment, just now, at the 

present time 
tous (les) deux \ 
toutes (les) deux ) ° l ^P ron ->' 
agreable, — , pleasant 
un artiste, an artist 
le voisin, the neighbor 
la medecine, the medicine 



126 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 

le physicien, the physicist la physique, physics 

la gorge, the throat le poignet, the wrist 

le baton, the stick le jeu, the game 

la lettre, the letter le journal, the newspaper 

une egratignure, a scratch quel dommage! what a pity! 

tenir, to hold, keep comprendre, to understand 

saluer, to salute, greet, bow to dire adieu, to say goodbye 

faire mal (a), to hurt prendre part (a), to take part {in) 

se fouler, to sprain s'occuper (de), to occupy one's self 

(with) 

tiens! imperative of tenir = Why! indeed! dear me! 

Learn the pres. indie, of vouloir (259). 

Qu'est-ce que ca veut dire? What does that mean ? 

Penser a = to be thinking of; penser de = to have an opinion about. 

ORAL DRILL 

1. J'essuie la poussiere, tu essuies la poussiere, etc.; 
j'appuierai sur ce mot, tu appuieras sur ce mot, etc. 2. 
Balaye (Balaie) ces chambres, quelle balaye (balaie) ces 
chambres, etc.; ne grasseye pas, qu'elle ne grasseye pas, 
etc. 3. Je viens d'arriver, tu viens d'arriver, etc.; je 
venais de le faire, tu venais de le faire, etc. 4. C'est moi 
qui suis Partiste, e'est toi qui es l'artiste, etc. 5. He's a 
lawyer, he's a good lawyer; they are artists, they are great 
artists. 6. This letter? Yes, this one. No, I mean the one 
on that table yonder. It is with the ones you opened. 
That was not wise. 

EXERCISE 

1. The dog barks when his master throws the stick into 
the lake. 2. Is it my ink they have or John's? 3. It was 
I who spoke to him just now. 4. The postman has just 
brought the letters. 5. Dear me, what will your mother 
think of you? 6. You haven't wiped the dust off that table 
yet. 7. I was thinking of that. I hadn't forgotten it. 
8. What is the matter with his hand? It is only a scratch. 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO TRENCH 12/ 

9. Remember this: In swimming it is necessary to keep 
one's hands under the water. 10. Who are they? They 
are the ladies who have just sung. n. Which news- 
paper do you want? Yesterday's or Monday's? 12. We 
do not want to go away without bidding you goodbye. 13. 
Was it you who found the ones we were looking for? 14. 
Mr. H. is not a physician. He is a physicist. 15. The latter 
occupies himself with physics; the former, with medicine. 
16. The young ladies we bowed to were the ones you had 
already met. 

REVIEW QUESTIONS 

1. Explain when verbs ending in -yer change the y 
into i. 2. How is its often rendered? 3. When are ceci 
and cela used for this and that respectively? 4. What are 
the meanings of celui and when is this pronoun used? 5. 
What are the two uses of the pron. ce? Give its meanings. 

SUPPLEMENTARY EXERCISE 

1. He lays stress upon his words in pronouncing. 2. It 
is we who are trying to learn to swim. 3. They will employ 
many workmen so as to finish soon. 4. What a pity! He 
has just hurt his wrist. 5. I hope it isn't the one he sprained 
a year ago. 6. That will prevent him from taking part in 
the game to-day. 7. Those who work hard are generally 
the ones who succeed. 8. The latter is a poet; the former, 
an artist. 9. They are both [of them] * good friends and 
pleasant neighbors. 10. They think well of us, I know. 
But let us not think of that just now. n. Try to under- 
stand what the rules mean. 12. Is it my books you want 
or my brother's? 13. That sentence is easy to write. We 
have just written it. 14. Do you admire the one who thinks 

1 In the English exercises, words within [ ] are to be left out in 
French; those within ( ) are to be put in. 



128 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 



only of herself? 15. What is meant by the word grasseyer? 
16. Grasseyer, (it) is to (de) pronounce with (de) the 
throat the letter r. This is common in Paris. 



LESSON XXII 

113. Some Irregular Verb Tenses. 

Learn the principal parts, the future and the past future 
of craindre, croire and vouloir (App.). 

lis voudraient (bien) nous They would {certainly) like to 
voir see us 



114. Qui: Relative Pronoun. 

Celui qui est envoye est un 
envoye 

Pareillement, lapersonne qui 
remplit un emploi, est un 
employe 

Mais c'est la forme feminine 
du participe passe qui 
s'emploie le plus en fran- 
cais comme substantif : 
arrivee, sortie, prise, vue, 
etc. 



He who is sent is an envoy 
(a messenger) 

Similarly, the person who is 
in some one's employ, is an 
employee 

But it is the feminine form of 
the past participle that is 
most used in French as a 
noun: arrivee {arrival), 
sortie {exit) , prise {taking) , 
vue {sight), etc. 



Qui, as relative, stands for who, which, that subject of a 
verb. It may refer to persons or things and takes on without 
change of form the gender, number and person of the ante- 
cedent. 



Nous, qui sommes leurs 
meilleurs amis, sommes 
toujours les bienvenus 



We, who are their best friends, 
are always welcome 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 



129 



Qui also translates the relative whom, but only when the 
latter is the object of a preposition. 



Voila le pharmacien pour 

qui je travaille et chez 

qui je demeure 
Est-ce la le monsieur a 

qui vous avez demande 

l'heure? 

115. Que: Relative Pronoun. 

Malheureux que nous som- 

mes! 
Celle que nous aimons tant 

est gravement malade 
Nous ferons tout ce que 

peuvent faire des enfants 

affliges 



That's the druggist for whom 
I work and with whom I 
live 

Is that the gentleman whom 
you asked what time it was ? 



Unhappy ones that we are! 

She whom we love so much is 

seriously ill 
We shall do all that distressed 

children can (do) 



Que, as relative, stands for whom, which, that, object or 
predicate nominative of a verb. 

It may refer to persons or things and assumes the gender 
and number of the antecedent. 

It cannot be omitted in French as is so often the corres- 
ponding relative pronoun in English. 

116. Lequel: Relative Pronoun. 

Forms: lequel, lesquels; laquelle, lesquelles. 



Ou est le papier sur lequel 
vous avez dresse la liste? 

Montr ez-moi la plume avec 
laquelle vous ecrivez 

C'est une plume reservoir. 
Est-ce quelle vous plait? 

Oui, elle me plait beaucoup 



Where is the paper on which 
you have drawn up the list ? 

Show me the pen with which 
you are writing 

It is a fountain pen. Do you 
like it? 

Yes, I like it very much 



130 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 

Lequel, as relative, stands for which, object of a preposi- 
tion. 

It refers usually to animals or things and agrees in gender 
and number with its antecedent. 

As its forms are compounded of the article le and quel 
(cf. O. Eng. the which), contracted forms result with the 
prepositions de and a: 

duquel, desquels; de laquelle, desquelles 
auquel, auxquels; a laquelle, auxquelles 

Achetons le chien auquel on Let us buy the dog to which 
a donne le prix the prize has been given 

As lequel is the only relative that has variable forms, we 
find it used also of persons in order to clearly point out the 
antecedent. It then stands for who, whom and may occur 
in any grammatical relation. 

Non, je veux dire le fils de No, I mean my sister's son 
ma soeur lequel vient d'ar- who has just come 

river 

117. Dont. 

Nous faisons venir le mede- We send for the doctor whose 

cin dont le bureau est au office is on the corner 

coin 

Faites entrer les personnes Have the persons come in 

dont vous recevez les whose visiting cards you 

cartes de visite receive 

Le batiment dont vous voyez The building whose facade 

la facade d'ici you see from here 

Dont is always relative and stands for whose referring 
either to persons or things. 

Since dont is not interrogative, it cannot begin a question. 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 131 

The Eng. word whose is an adjective and the Fren. dont 
is a pronoun, equivalent to of whom, of which. The Fren. 
construction therefore has the def. article with the noun, 
and this noun, if objective, follows the verb, as in the second 
and third examples above. 

C'est le monsieur au ills 77 is the gentleman to whose 
duquel nous parlions tout son we were speaking just 

a l'heure now 

Dont accompanies a noun only when the latter is subject 
or object of a verb. With a noun, object of a preposition, 
whose is expressed by duquel, etc. 

118. Relative Pronoun Substitutes. 

(a) Dont is much used 
(i) for de qui: 

La dame dont vous parliez The lady of whom you were 
hier speaking yesterday 

(2) for duquel, etc.: 

La plume dont vous vous The pen you use 

servez 
Les livres dont vous avez The books you need 

besoin 

(3) for de quoi: (see next lesson under quoi). 

(b) Ou is used 

(1) for auquel, etc.: 

Le village ou nous allons The village to which we are 

going 

(2) for dans lequel, etc.: 

La maison ou nous demeu- The house in which we live 
roa a 



132 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 



(3) for the Eng. when in phrases such as au moment ou, 
le jour ou, etc. 

(c) D'ou is used, of physical motion, to mean whence: 
Le pays d'ou je viens, The country whence (from which) I 
come. 

But with the verbs sortir, descendre and the like, dont 
is used to express origin: La famille dont je sors, The family 
I come from. 

VOCABULARY 



welcome 



pres de (prep.), near 

gai, -e, cheerful, gay 

recent, -e, recent 

debout (adv.), standing 

le bienvenu ) 

la bienvenue, etc. ) 

une entree, an entry 

une ombre, a shade 

le manuel, the textbook 

la ceremonie, the ceremony 

la loi, the law 

la pointe, the point (sharp) 

indiquer, to point out, indicate 

passer, to pass, hand 

vouloir (bien), to be willing 

s'approcher de, to draw near 

demander l'heure, to ask what 

time it is 
envoyer chercher, to send for 

Approchez la chaise 
Approchez-vous du feu 



proche (adj.), near 

imposant, -e, imposing 

juste, — , just 

mal, badly, wrongly 

la liste, the list 

une sortie, an exit 

une branche, a branch 

le programme, the program 

la gravure, the engraving 

le prix, the prize 

tailler, to trim, sharpen 

distribuer, to distribute 

remercier (de), to thank {for) 

veuillez ( + dir. infin.), be so kind 

as to, please 
suivre un cours, to attend a course 
faire entrer, to have (cause to) enter, 

show in 
faire venir, to have (cause to) come, 

send for 

Draw up the chair 
Draw near the fire 



Learn the pres. indie, of suivre, to follow (241). 



ORAL DRILL 

1. Give the principal parts of craindre and name each 
one grammatically. What are these forms for croire and 
vouloir? 2. Je suis cinq cours, tu suis cinq cours, etc.; 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 133 

je croirai ce que je voudrai, tu croiras ce que tu voudras, 

etc. 3. He who said it and the one to whom he spoke. 
She whom we met and the one of whom we spoke. 4. Let 
us draw up our chairs. We shall draw near the fire. Please 
tell us a story. Tell us a story, please. 5. I am sending 
for the doctor. Are you willing to see him? Show him in 
if he comes. Show him in when he arrives. 

EXERCISE 

1. Those I want are just the ones you want yourself. 
2. Which neighbor would you like to visit first? 3. Come 
in, my friend; you, who are so cheerful, are always welcome. 

4. Where is the young man whom you asked what time it 
was? 5. Give her the chair on which you have been sitting. 
6. The laws that we obey are just laws. 7. Send for the 
doctor whose house is so near. 8. Please tell me the name 
of the street to which we are going. 9. What I fear, (it) 
is that I should not succeed there. 10. Hand them to the 
young ladies of whom we were speaking just now. n. 
Point out the sentences whose verbs you have written 
wrongly. 12. At the moment when we entered, she was 
standing near the door. 13. We choose the trees under 
whose branches we find a good shade. 14. Ask me for all 
you want {Jut.). 15. The family she came from lived in 
Albany. 

REVIEW QUESTIONS 

1. Illustrate by a French sentence the predicate nomi- 
native use of the relative que. 2. What is the formation of 
lequel? Give its contracted forms with prepositions. 3. 
How is lequel generally used, grammatically speaking? For 
which of its uses may other pronouns be substituted? 4. 
Explain the word-order in a clause with dont ( = whose). 

5. When must duquel be used for whose? 6. For what other 
pronouns is dont a substitute? 



134 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 

SUPPLEMENTARY EXERCISE 

i. With whom did you use to go walking? 2. Which 
textbook do they want? They would like to have the most 
recent one. 3. We shall believe all you tell us. 4. Dis- 
tribute the pencils whose points you have sharpened. 5. 
She to whom you have just said goodbye will not be pres- 
ent at the ceremony. 6. We are very fond of the books in 
which there are fine engravings. 7. They approached the 
window near which I was standing. 8. I attend the courses 
which I like the most. 9. You will show in the persons 
whose names are on this list. 10. We shall buy the horses 
to which prizes have been given. 11. Thank the gentle- 
man from whom you got (avoir) the program. 12. He 
asked where she came from and where she was going. 13. 
Would you believe it? That's the lady whose daughter I 
asked for some water. 14. " The day when thou eatest 
thereof (= of it), thou shalt die" (mourras). 15. Their exit 
was not so imposing as their entry. 



LESSON XXIII 

119. Some More Irregular Verb-forms. 

Of craindre, croire and vouloir, learn 

(1) the present indicative; 

(2) the imperative; 

(3) the past descriptive; 

(4) the past absolute. 

120. Quel: Interrogative Adjective. 
Forms: quel, quels; quelle, quelles. 

Quelle maison est la sienne? Which house is his ? 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 



135 



Montrez-moi quelle maison Show me which house is his 

est la sienne 

Quel est votre nom? What is your name? 

II veut savoir quel est votre He wants to know what your 

nom name is. 

Quels efforts avez-vous What e forts have you made? 

faits? 

Dites-nous quels efforts vous Tell us what e forts you have 

avez faits made 

Quel stands for which, what as an adjective, either adher- 
ent or predicative. 

In the latter case, the French word-order in the indirect 
interrogation is the same as in the direct. 



121. Qui: Interrogative Pronoun, 



Qui va la? Qui est-ce? 

Ne lui dites pas qui c'est 

Sur qui pouvons-nous comp- 
ter? 

Qui craigniez-vous? 

Nous voulions savoir qui ils 
craignaient 



Who goes there? Who is it? 
Don't tell him who it is 
Upon whom can we count? 

Whom did you fear? 
We wanted to know whom they 
feared 



Qui stands for the interrogative who, as subject or predi- 
cate nominative, and for the interrogative whom, as accusa- 
tive of a verb or a preposition. 



De qui est-il flls? 

Je me demande a qui est ce 

grand magasin-la 
Celui qui en est le proprie- 

taire en possede encore 

un a Boston 



Whose son is he? 

I wonder whose large store 
that is 

The man who is its proprie- 
tor owns another one in 
Boston 



Note the word-order in indirect questions of ownership. 



136 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 



122. Que: Interrogative Pronoun. 



Que faire? 

Je ne sais que faire 

Qu'etait-ce? Je n'ai pu le 

voir 
C'etait un aeroplane (avion) 



What is to be done ? 

I don't know what to do 

What was it? I couldn't see 

it 
It was an aeroplane 



Que, as interrogative, means what and is used as accusa- 
tive or predicate nominative of a verb. 

With pouvoir, savoir, oser {to dare) and cesser (to cease) 
the negative pas is frequently not used when emphasis is 
not required. 

123. Lequel: Interrogative Pronoun. 

Forms: lequel, lesquels; laquelle, lesquelles. 
Laquelle de ces dames est Which of those ladies is the 



celle a qui vous faites 
allusion? 
Savez-vous lequel est le 
pere et lequel est l'oncle? 

Passez-moi quelques-uns de 
ces volumes-la. — Les- 
quels? 

Desquelles de ces rayons 
allez-vous faire usage? 

Sur lequel des rayons met- 
trai-je les dictionnaires? 

Montrez-moi ou vont les 
ouvrages sur la litterature 



one to whom you refer? 

Do you know which is the 
father and which is the 
uncle ? 

Hand me some of those vol- 
umes. — Which ones? 

Which of these bookcases are 
you going to make use of? 

On which of the shelves shall 
I put the dictionaries? 

Show me where the works on 
literature go 



The interrogative lequel means which of persons or things 
and is used in all the grammatical relations. 

It is used especially when in English which is followed by 
of or one, ones. 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 



137 



124. Quoi. 

Quoi! Vous partez? 

A quoi pensez-vous? 

Ce a quoi je pense, c'est la 

necessite de veiller sur 

mes interets 
Sur quoi comptez-vous pour 

reussir? 
Vous n'avez pas de quoi pour 

voyager si loin 



What! Are you going away? 

What are you thinking of? 

What I am thinking of is the 
necessity of looking after my 
interests 

What do you depend upon to 
succeed ? 

You have not the where- 
withal to travel so far 



Quoi means what and is used as an exclamation or as the 
accusative of a preposition. 

The indirect form is ce ( + prep.) quoi, but instead of ce 
de quoi we regularly find ce dont. 

Donnez-lui ce dont elle a Give her what she needs 
besoin 

On ne sait pas toujours ce One does not always know 

dont depend le bonheur what his life's happiness 

de la vie depends upon 

125. Interrogative Circumlocutions. 

Pourquoi est-ce que vous Why are you making such a 



criez tant? 
Qu'est-ce qui s'est passe? 
Qui est-ce qui prend mon 

papier a lettre et mes 

enveloppes? 
Vous faites beaucoup de 

bruit pour un rien 
Qui est-ce que vous aper- 

cevez dans le lointain? 



fuss ? 
What has happened? 
Who is it that takes my note 

paper and envelopes? 

You're making a lot of noise 

over a trifle 
Whom do you notice in the 

distance ? 



Qui? and Que? have expanded forms, mostly expressive 
of surprise and the like. 



138 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO TRENCH 



What, subject of a verb, has no shorter form than qu'est- 



ce qui. 

Qu'est-ce qui fait ce bruit? 
Je voudrais savoir ce qui 

fait ce bruit 
Qu'est-ce qu'ils veulent? 
A Pavenir, donnez-leur tout 

ce qu'ils voudront 



What makes that noise ? 

I'd like to know what makes 

that noise 
What do they want? 
In future, give them all they 

want 



Direct Forms 
Who ? Qui? Qui est-ce qui? 

Whom ? Qui? Qui est-ce que? 

What? Qu'est-ce qui? 

What? Que? Qu'est-ce que? 



Indirect Forms 
Qui 
Qui 
Ce qui 
Ce que 



What is it? 



What is that? 
What is electricity? 

No one knows what electricity 
is 



Que? 

Qu'est-ce? 
Qu'est-ce que c'est? 
Qu'est-ce que cela? 
Qu'est-ce que c'est que cela? 
Qu'est-ce que c'est que l'elec- 

tricite? 
Personne ne sait ce que c J est 

que Pelectricite 

The long forms are used for special emphasis and par 
ticularly with regard to explanations and definitions. 

Qu'est-ce que c^st qu'une What is a law? 

loi? 
Le manuel nous dit ce que 

c'est qu'une loi 
Quel etait votre avis? 
Dites-nous encore quel etait 

votre avis 
Nous ne voulions que ce qui 

etait juste 



The textbook tells us what a 

law is 
What was your opinion? 
Tell us once more what your 

opinion was 
We wanted only what was just 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 139 



VOCABULARY 

manuel, -le (adj.), manual a quoi bon? what's the use? 

une espece, a kind, species un dessein, a plan 

la pointure, the size (of gloves, etc.) la couture, the seam, sewing 

le cofifre, the chest, box la carte, the map 

la machine a coudre, the sewing- la cravate, the necktie 

machine un achat, a purchase 

des objets de valeur, valuables un papillon, a butterfly 

avoine (f.), oats preferer, to prefer 

suggerer, to suggest ., . ( to discover 

( * jj decouvnr ■< , 

J fo replace ( to jmtf ow/ 

(^ /o take the place of deviner, to guess 

enfermer, to shut in, hold deranger, to trouble, disturb 

signifier, to signify, mean ressembler a, to resemble 

se passer, to happen 



Qu'est-ce qu'il fait de cela? What is he doing with that? 

Je crois savoir, il croit savoir / think I know, he thinks he knows 

La ou il va, nous y allons aussi Where he goes, we go too 

Learn the pres. indicative of pouvoir (252). The form puis is 
used in asking questions: Puis-je entrer? May I come in? 

ORAL DRILL 
1. Je ne le crains guere, tu ne le crains guere, etc.; 
je croyais ce que je voulais, tu croyais ce que tu voulais, 
etc. 2. Je fais ce que je peux, tu fais ce que tu peux, etc.; 
je crois ce que je veux, tu crois ce que tu veux, etc. 3. Whose 
books are these? Do you know whose books these are? 
Whose son is he? Tell me whose son he is. 4. What pur- 
chases did she make? Which are her purchases? Which of 
these purchases are hers? What is a purchase? Tell us what 
a purchase is. 5. Whom does he resemble? What man does 
he resemble? Which of these men does he resemble? What 
do you mean by all these questions? 

EXERCISE 
1. What kind of glove does she want? Do you know 
what size she wears (= quelle est...)? 2. Which hand- 



140 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 

kerchiefs are his? Which are his handkerchiefs? Which 
of these handkerchiefs are his? 3. What is a sewing-machine? 
Explain what it is. 4. It is a machine that replaces the 
manual work of sewing. 5. What does that noise mean? 
What makes it? 6. Whose daughter is she? Does she re- 
semble her father? 7. What's the good! They cannot find 
out which one is right and which one is wrong. 8. Whose 
horses are those? To which one did you give the oats? 9. I 
am thinking of my purchases. What do you think of them? 
10. Can you tell me what she is thinking about? I think 
so. 11. Why are you listening? Whom are you listening 
to? 12. What are we waiting for? What is that we hear? 
13. What is disturbing them? They do not know what to 
do. 14. We think we know what he is counting on to suc- 
ceed. 15. Whose maps are these? Which one would you 
prefer? 16. What a beautiful butterfly! What are you 
going to do with it? 

REVIEW QUESTIONS 

1. In what indirect questions is the word-order in French 
the same as in the direct? 2. Show when a sentence begin- 
ning with What is in English, begins in French with quel, 
qu'est-ce que or qu'est-ce qui? 3. Show when a sentence 
beginning with Which is in English, begins in French with 
quel or lequel. 4. What is the indirect form for a quoi, 
qu'est-ce qui, que, qu'est-ce que c'est que? 5. With what 
verbs may the negative strengthener pas be omitted? When? 

SUPPLEMENTARY EXERCISE 

1. What was your plan? Tell him what your plan was. 
2. They think they know what we are thinking of. 3. 
Where he can succeed, we can succeed too. 4. What has 
happened? Do not believe all they say. 5. W T hat is meant 
in French by a coffre-fort? 6. It is a metal chest for holding 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 141 

money and valuables, is it not? 7. Do you know what its 
plural would be? Yes, coffres-forts. 8. Which neckties 
are yours? Which are your neckties? Which of the'se neck- 
ties is yours? 9. What were they looking at? What are 
they looking for? 10. Did they know themselves what they 
were looking for? 11. Can you guess what it is? What 
suggested that to you? 12. What's the matter with them? 
Whose children are they? 13. Which one of the girls did 
you ask what time it was? 14. What can I do with that? 
It is not what I need. 15. She won't tell me which of those 
men she was talking about. 16. What is he writing with? 
He has my paper, pen and ink. 



LESSON XXIV 

(Much that is in this lesson is intended for early reference or 
later study) 

126. Learn the four tenses of the Subjunctive of avoir, 

etre, dormer, finir and rompre. 

127. General Notions about the Subjunctive. 

The subjunctive is found in French almost always in sub- 
ordinate clauses. 

Indicative Subjunctive 

(the mood of certainty or (usually the mood of uncer- 

probability) tainty or doubt) 



Je suis sur qu'elle m'entend 

/ am sure she hears me 
Je suis sur qu'elle m'entendra 

/ am sure she will hear me 



Je ne suis pas sur 
qu'elle m'entende 

/ am not sure she hears 
(or, will hear) me 



142 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 



II etait probable qu'elle m'entendait 

// was probable that she heard me 
II etait probable qu'elle m'enten- 
drait 

It was probable that she would 
hear me 

H etait evident qu'elle m'avait en- 
tendu 

It was evident that she had heard 
me 
II etait evident qu'elle m'aurait 
entendu 

It was evident that she would have 
heard me 



II n' etait pas probable 
qu'elle m'entendit 

It was not probable 
that she heard (or, 
would hear) me 



II n'etait pas evident 
qu'elle m'eut en- 
tendu 

It was not evident 
that she had (or, 
would have) heard 
me 



As there are only four tenses of the subjunctive as against 
ten of the indicative, it is clear that each tense of the former 
must correspond to more than one of the latter. 



Table of Correspondences 
Subjunctive 
The present corresponds to 



Indicative 
i. the present 
2. the future 



The past corresponds to 



i. the past descriptive 

2. the past absolute 

3. the past future 



_, . . I 1. the present perfect 

The present perfect corresponds to i . , £ . r 

^ r r I 2. the future perfect 



The past perfect corresponds to 



1. the past perfect 

2. the 2nd past perfect 

3. the past future perfect 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 1 43 

Etes-vous sur qu'il ait fini Are you sure he has finished 

sa lecon? his lesson? 

Oui, je suis sur qu'il Pa finie Yes, I am sure he has fin- 
ished it 

Mais nous ne serons pas But we shall not be certain 

certains qu'ils soient ar- that they have arrived 

rives 

Mais si, vous serez alors Excuse me, you will then be 

certains qu'ils sont arrives certain that they have arrived 

Etait-il probable que la Was it likely that {the) war 

guerre eclatat? would break out? 

II etait tres probable que la It was very likely that {the) 

guerre eclaterait war would break out 

It is especially with negative or interrogative governing 
verbs that we have the atmosphere of uncertainty that calls 
for the subjunctive. 

But when a verb is both interrogative and negative at the same 
t me, we should expect the indicative. 

Thus, Is it not certain that we shall have them? would be N'est-il 
pas certain que nous les aurons? for it is equivalent to II est certain 
que nous les aurons, n'est-ce pas? 

128. Subjunctive in 'que' Clauses. 

The subjunctive is used in clauses introduced by the con- 
junction que (= that) after certain expressions classified 
below. 

These " expressions " may be verb forms, personal or impersonal, 

or even substantives in which a verbal force is implied: La crainte 

qu'il ne reussisse pas l'empeche de faire son mieux, The fear that he 

may not succeed, hinders him from doing his best. 

(1) Expressions of doubt and the like, — such as douter, 
il est possible, il n'est pas sur (certain), il est rare, il est 
douteux, il est peu probable, etc. 

II se peut que vous ayez raison 77 may be that you are right 



144 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 

(a) When verbs of affirmation, such as croire, penser, 
supposer, savoir, declarer, etc., become verbs of doubt by 
being used negatively or interrogatively, they govern the 
subjunctive: 

Je ne crois pas qu'il puisse / do not believe he can suc- 

reussir dans ces condi- ceed under those conditions 
tions 

Savez-vous que notre ami Do you know that our friend 

M. est parti? M. has gone away? 

(b) Some verbs have a sense essentially negative: nier, 
to deny; ignorer, not to know; etc.: 

Nous ignorons absolument We haven't the least idea 
qu'il soit arrive; pouvez- whether he has arrived or 

vous nous y renseigner? not; can you give us any 

information ? 

(2) Expressions of will, necessity and the like, — such as 
vouloir, desirer, permettre, defendre (forbid), ordonner, 
commander, il faut, il est necessaire, etc. 

Le peuple demande que la The people demand that the war 

guerre rinisse au plus tot shall end as soon as possible 

II est necessaire que vous It is necessary for you to give 

me donniez cela me that 

(a) In some uses of the subjunctive, a verb of will or 
command is understood: Qu'il vienne! Let him cornel for 
Dites-lui qu'il vienne. 

Sometimes these expressions appear without the que: 
Dieu soit loue! Heaven be praised! Puissiez-vous reussir! 
May you succeed! 

(3) Expressions of strong feeling (joy, sorrow, surprise, 
anger, fear), — such as etre charme, etre heureux, etre 
fache, avoir honte, s^tonner, etre surpris, craindre, avoir 
peur, trembler, etc. 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 145 

Je me rejouis que vous / rejoice at your being here 

soyez ici 

Elle est surprise que nous She is surprised that we did 

n'en ayons pas parle not speak of it 

(a) Expressions of fearing (also empecher, eviter, prendre garde) 
take a ne with the subjunctive, when the expressions are affirmative: 

Empechez qu'il ne sorte Hinder him from going out 

Ne craignez-vous pas qu'elle ne Are you not afraid she will {may) 
vienne? come ? 

(4) Expressions of judgment and the like, — such as 
approuver, desapprouver, trouver bon, juger a propos, 
meriter, il importe, il convient, il est temps, il semble, il 
vaut mieux, il est bon, il est naturel, etc. 

II est utile que vous appre- It is useful for you to learn 

niez le francais French 

J'approuve qu'il soit recom- / approve of his being re- 

pense warded 

129. Subjunctive in Relative Clauses. 

The subjunctive is also found in clauses introduced by 
relative pronouns (qui, que, quoi, lequel, dont, ou) under 
the following conditions: 

(1) When the antecedent does not exist or may not 
exist: 

Indiquez-moi une librairie Tell me where I can find a 

ou Pon vende des ou- bookstore in which they sell 

vrages francais French works 

II n'y a personne ici qui There is no one here who can 

puisse faire cela do that 

(2) When the antecedent is limited by a superlative or 
the words seul, unique, premier, dernier, provided a possi- 
bility and not a fact is expressed: 



146 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 

C'est le plus beau paysage That is the most beautiful 

que j'aie jamais vu landscape I have ever seen 

Je crois que ce voyageur / think that traveller is the 

est le seul qui ait visite only one who has visited 

ce pays that country 

The indicative is found when something is spoken qi as certain: 

Void la librairie oft l'on vend This is the bookstore where French 

des ouvrages francais works are sold 

C'est le plus age qui est mort It is the oldest one who is dead 

130. Subjunctive in Clauses Introduced by Conjunctive 
Phrases Compounded with 'que.' 

These convey meanings akin to the expressions men- 
tioned in 128 {doubt , will, feeling, judgment), and may be 
classified as expressing: 

(1) Intention, end: afin que, pour que, de facon que, de 
maniere que; 

(2) Expectation: jusqu'a ce que, en attendant que, 
avant que ; 

(3) Fear: de crainte que, de peur que (take ne with the 
subjunctive) ; 

(4) Concession: quoique, bien que, encore que, a moins 
que (takes ne with the subjunctive), pourvu que; 

(5) Condition: a (la) condition que, moyennant que, 
pour peu que, en cas que; 

(6) Alternative: soit que . . . soit que; 

(7) Negation: non que, non pas que, sans que, loin que; 

(8) Any doubt whatever: qui que, quoi que, quelque, 
quelque . . . que, ou que. 

When que replaces si = if, it governs the subjunctive: 
Si vous voyez mon frere et que vous puissiez lui parler, 
dites-lui qu'on Pattend, If you see my brother and you can 
speak to him, tell him that some one is waiting for him. 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 147 

131. Subjunctive in Principal Clauses. 

The cases are but few: 

(1) The past perfect subjunctive sometimes replaces in 
literary style the past future perfect indicative. 

This may happen with either a principal or a subordinate verb. 

Un autre eut nie cela Any one else would have 

denied that 
Nous l'eussions sauve, s'il We should have saved him if 
eut voulu nous ecouter he had been willing to 

listen to us 

(2) Je ne sache pas is found exceptionally for Je ne 
sais pas. 

Je ne sache pas qu'on m'ait / am unaware that any one 
appele called me 

EXERCISE 

Translate the following into the corresponding idiomatic 
English and explain the uses of the subjunctive: 

1. Nous sommes les premiers qui ayons demande cela. 
2. Empechez que cette personne ne s'echappe. 3. Je 
ne savais pas qu'on put faire cela. 4. Vcus ne croyez ja- 
mais que vous vous trompiez. 5. lis n'ircnt pas a moins 
que vous n'y insistiez. 6. Je suis bien aise que vous ayez 
reussi. 7. Fussiez-vous hors du danger! 8. Ou que vous 
alliez, on vous trouvera. 9. Dites-lui que je suis malade 
et qu'il revienne demain. 10. Je le ferai a (la) condition 
qu'ils me paient. n. Quoiqu'ils soient pauvres, ils sont 
genereux. 12. Quoi que vous fassiez, faites-le bien. 13. 
II ne me plairait pas que vous y renoncassiez. 14. Je 
cherche un pays ou je sois en paix. 15. Nous etions con- 
tents que notre pere se portat bien. 16. Si vous l'essayez 
et que vous reussissiez, la recompense sera grande. 17. On 
exigea que la somme fut payee d'avance. 



148 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 

SUPPLEMENTARY EXERCISE 

1. lis ne pretendent point que nous ayons tort. 2. lis 
avaient peur que leur pere ne les punit. 3. Nous irions 
pourvu qu'il fit beau. 4. Ne le trouvez pas mauvais qu'on 
vous fasse attendre. 5. Elle est fachee que nous n'en 
choisissions pas la plus grande. 6. Votre oncle est furieux 
que vous ne soyez pas venus plus tot. 7. II mangea tres 
peu quoiqu'il eut faim. 8. C'est le moins que vous puissiez 
faire. 9. Fasse le ciel qu'on arrive a temps! 10. Je lui 
parlerai quoi que vous en disiez. 11. II ne croit pas qu'il 
y ait des revenants. 12. Peu importe que ce soit vous ou 
lui. 13. Nous voudrions trouver une ville dont le climat 
fut toujours sain. 14. Cachez-leur vos desseins de peur 
qu'ils ne les traversent. 15. Quelque riches qu'ils fussent, 
ils ne pouvaient payer cette dette. 16. Est-ce que vous 
consentirez quelle fasse a sa tete? 17. Un homme plus 
genereux lui eut dit de le prendre. 



PART II 
LESSON I 

132. Formation of Tenses. 

A. From the present infinitive are formed the 

(i) Future, by adding -ai, -as, -a, -ons, -ez, -ont; 
and the 

(2) Past future, by adding -ais, -ais, -ait, -ions, -iez, 
-aient. 

Verbs in -re lose the final e before adding the endings of 
either tense. 

In certain verbs the stem may be irregular, but in any 
case the first person singular of the past future can always 
be obtained by adding an s to the first singular of the future. 

B. From the present participle may usually be ob- 
tained the 

(1) Plural of the present indicative, by changing -ant 
into -ons, -ez, -ent; the 

(2) Past descriptive, by changing -ant into -ais, -ais, 
-ait, -ions, -iez, -aient; and the 

(3) Present subjunctive, by changing -ant into -e, -es, 
-e, -ions, -iez, -ent. 

Avoir and savoir are the only common verbs whose past 
descriptive may not be obtained as above. 

C. With the past participle are formed all the compound 
tenses, by means of either avoir or etre; and the passive, 
by means of etre. 

D. From the first singular of the present indicative may 
be deduced the second and third singular of the tense, since 
the endings are either -e, -es, -e; -s, -s, -t; or -x, -x, -t. 



150 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 

If the letter before the s is c, d or t, the t of the third sin- 
gular drops: vaincs, vaincs, vainc; mets, mets, met; couds 
couds, coud. 

Imperative. 

(1) Second singular. No subject pronoun. Obtained 
from second singular, present indicative, unchanged unless 
this form ends in -es. In that case, drop the -s, except 
before y and en : Georges, apporte ici les bonbons et don- 
nes-en a ton petit frere. 

(2) First and second plural. No subject pronouns. Ob- 
tained from first and second plural, present indicative, 
respectively. 

(3) Third singular and third plural. Borrowed from 
third singular and third plural of the present subjunctive 
and used with the conjunction que : Qu'il le fasse sur-le- 
champ, Let him do it at once. 

This is sometimes explained as depending on a verb of wishing 
understood: Je veux qu'il le fasse, etc. (128, 2, a). 

E. (1) From the first singular of the past absolute may 
be obtained the rest of the tense, by using the set of endings 
required: 

-ai -as -a -ames -ates -erent 

-is -is -it -imes -ites -irent 

-us -us -ut -times -utes -urent 

The endings with the vowel u are found only in irregular 
verbs. 

(2) The first person singular of the past subjunctive may 
always be obtained by adding -se to the second person 
singular of the past absolute (-as, -is, -us); the three sets 
of endings are 

-asse -asses -at -assions -assiez -assent 
-isse -isses -it -issions -issiez -issent 
-usse -usses -ut -ussions -ussiez -ussent 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 151 

133. Learn the Irregular Verbs: aller, croire, vouloir. 

After learning the principal parts of an irregular verb, the student 
should repeat (a) the present indicative, (b) the present subjunctive, 
(c) the imperative, (d) the future, in the order named. He will then 
find, if he is perfectly familiar with the scheme for the formation of 
tenses, that he has practically mastered the whole verb. 

The final step for the student would be to learn what verbs are 
conjugated similarly to the models. 

Je veux aller a Peglise I want to go to church 

Je veux qu'il aille a l'eglise / want him to go to church 

Je voudrais aller a l'eglise / should like to go to church 

Je voudrais que vous y allassiez / should like you to go {there) 

Verbs of wishing take the subjunctive only when the sub- 
jects of the two verbs are different. 

LA CHAPELLE BLANCHE 
* — Dis encore, Suzon, comme c'est beau, la messe de 
minuit; dis encore 1 

C'etait la veille de Noel. Les parents de Pierrot ve- 
naient de rentrer des champs ; et Pierrot, en attendant le 
souper, etait assis sur son petit escabeau, au coin de la 
grande cheminee de la cuisine, en face de sa sceur Suzon. 
Elle tricotait un bas de laine bleue. 

— Dis encore, Suzon, comme c'est beau. 

— Oh ! fit l Suzon, il y a des cierges tant et tant, qu'on 
se croirait en paradis . . . Et puis on chante des cantiques 
si jolis, si jolis! . . . Et puis, il y a l'enfant Jesus, habille 
de belles hardes, oh ! belles ! . . . et couche sur la paille ; 
et la sainte Vierge en robe bleue, et saint Joseph avec 
son rabot, tout en rouge ; et puis les bergers avec beau- 
coup de moutons . . . Et puis l'ane et la vache, et puis 
les rois Mages en habits de soldat, avec de grandes barbes 
. . . , et ils apportent a l'enfant Jesus des choses . . . 
ah ! des choses ! Et alors les bergers, et les rois Mages, et 



152 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 

Monsieur le cure, et Fane et la vache, et les enfants de 
chceur et les moutons demandent a l'enfant Jesus sa bene- 
diction . . . Et puis, il y a des anges qui apportent des etoiles 
a l'enfant Jesus . . . 

Suzon avait ete 2 l'autre annee a la messe de minuit et 
peut-etre 3 croyait-elle y avoir vu 4 tout cela. Pierrot 
Pecoutait d'un air de ravissement, et, quand elle eut fini : 5 

— Je veux aller a la messe de minuit, dit l'enfant. 

— Tu es trop petit, fit la mere qui entrait. Tu iras quand 
tu seras 6 grand, comme Suzon. 

— Je veux ! dit Pierrot en froncant les sourcils. 

— Mais, mon pauvre petit gars, l'eglise est trop loin, 
et il neige dehors. Si tu es sage et si tu dors bien, tu enten- 
dras la messe de minuit, sans sortir de ton lit, dans la cha- 
pelle blanche. 

— Je veux ! repeta Pierrot en serrant ses petits poings. 

(a suivre) 
Notes. — 1. fit = dit; cf. fit observer = observed. 

2. Avait ete = etait allee. 

3. Peut-etre, beginning a clause, causes inversion of subject (137, 3). 

4. The infinitive, and not a clause, is found after verbs like croire 
when the subjects of the two verbs are the same. 

5. See 105. 6. See 84. 

ORAL EXERCISES 

(Use the past absolute tense in the written exercises only) 
I. 1. It was Christmas Eve. 2. Pierrot was sitting on 
his little stool; Suzon was knitting. 3. " Oh," said Suzon, 
" how beautiful the midnight mass is!" 4. There are so 
many, many tapers! 5. And then they sing such pretty, 
pretty hymns! 6. There are the Holy Virgin, St. Joseph, 
the shepherds and the Magi. 7. And then, there are angels 
bringing stars. 8. You would think you were in Paradise. 
9. Suzon thought she had seen all that. 10. You will go, 
Pierrot, when you are big. 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 1 53 

II. 1. They are going; he wants to go; they do not 
want him to go. 2. She thinks she sees that; we thought 
we saw that. 3. We shall go; they will not want to go; she 
will want them to go. 4. You will think you are in Para- 
dise; they would think they were in Paradise. 5. Do you 
believe that? I should like to believe it; we should like you 
to believe it. 6. Go and see him; we went and saw him; 
he had just come in. 

III. 1. De quoi les enfants parlaient-ils? 2. Qu'at- 
tendaient-ils? 3. Comment Penfant Jesus etait-il habille? 
Et la Sainte Vierge? Et Saint Joseph? Et les rois Mages? 
4. Qu'est-ce qu'on demande a Penfant Jesus? 5. Ou 
Pierrot entendrait-il la messe de minuit? 

WRITTEN EXERCISE 

1. The two children were sitting in the kitchen chimney 
corner. 2. Suzon was telling Pierrot how beautiful it was 
at church on Christmas Eve. 3. Pierrot listened with an 
air of delight; he wanted to go too. 4. But his mother did 
not want him to go. 5. She thought he was too small. 

6. The church was far away and it was snowing outside. 

7. If he were good, he would hear the midnight mass with- 
out leaving his bed. 8. But Pierrot frowned and clenched 
his little fists. 

LESSON II 
134. Position of Adjectives: Summary. 

A. Most adjectives follow the noun (42); the following 
classes should be noted: 

(1) Those describing physical qualities, such as color, 
shape, etc.: une boite noire, a black box; 

(2) Those formed from proper names: le monde parisien, 
Parisian society ; la foi catholique, the Catholic faith; 



154 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 

(3) Present or past participles used adjectively (44): 
une porte ferrnee, a closed door. 

B. Before the noun are found 

(1) Certain common adjectives (43); 

(2) Adjectives used figuratively (42); 

(3) Adjectives forming one idea with their nouns. 

Thus, une ville celebre distinguishes the city from others 
that are not celebrated, while le celebre Napoleon attrib- 
utes a characteristic inseparably associated with the name. 

C. Some adjectives change their meaning according as 
they are placed before or after the noun (58): 

ce brave homme cet homme brave 

this worthy man this brave man 

nos pauvres voisins nos voisins pauvres 

our poor neighbors ( = piti- our poor neighbors ( = in 

able) poverty) 

de nouveaux livres des livres nouveaux 

some new books (= differ- some new books (= re- 

ent) cently published) 

Pancien maire des villes anciennes 

the former (ex-) mayor some ancient cities 

etc. etc. 

135. Learn the Irregular Verbs: pouvoir and dormir. 

LA CHAPELLE BLANCHE 

— Qui est-ce qui dit : Je veux? fit une grosse voixj 
C'etait le pere. Pierrot n'insista pas. C'etait un enfant 

tres sage, qui comprenait deja que le mieux est d'obeir, 
quand on ne peut pas faire autrement. 

On se mit a table. Pierrot mangea sans appetit. II ne 
disait rien et songeait . . . 

— Suzon, va coucher l ton petit frere ! 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 1 55 

Suzon emmena 2 Pierrot dans la chambre carrelee de 
rouge, ou il y avait une armoire et meme une commode 
avec un dessus de marbre ; au mur, dans un cadre, un 
ouvrage de petite fille, un carre de canevas ou Suzon avait 
« marquew avec du coton rouge et bleu les vingt-quatre 
lettres de l'alphabet, un pot de fleurs, un clocher et un chat ; 
au bas du lit des parents, une descente de lit representant 
des roses qui ressemblaient a la fois a des pivoines et a. des 
choux ; . en face, les deux petits lits du frere et de la sceur, 
entoures de rideaux de calicot blanc. 

L'enfant couche et borde, Suzon ferma les rideaux de la 
couchette : 

— Tu verras, dit-elle, comme c'est joli, la messe de minuit, 
dans la chapelle blanche. 

Pierrot ne repondit pas. 

II ne s'endormit point. II ne voulait pas dormir et restait 
les yeux grands ouverts. 3 

II ecoutait le va-et-vient de ses parents dans la cuisine, 
puis la voix aigue 4 de Suzon anonnant, dans un vieil al- 
manach, 5 les Crimes de la bande d'Orgeres} A un moment, 
il lui sembla qu'on mangeait des marrons, et il eut le cceur 
plus gros. 7 

Un peu apres, sa mere entra dans la chambre, entr'ouvrit 
ses rideaux, se pencha sur lui . . . Mais il ferma les yeux et 
ne bougea point. 

Enfin il entendit qu'on sortait, 8 qu'on fermait les portes ; 
puis le silence . . . 9 

(a suivre) 

Notes . — 1. Compare coucher to put to bed, se coucher to go to 
bed; endormir to put to sleep, s'endormir to go to sleep, fall asleep. 
Dormir is intransitive, meaning to sleep, be sleeping. 

2. The prefix em- in emmener is the adverb en (Lat. hide) mean- 
ing away, and has therefore the usual nasal pronunciation of en, as 
in s'en aller, s'enfuir. 



156 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 

3. In the phrase grand ouvert {wide open), grand agrees like an 
adjective though it is equivalent to an Eng. adverb. 

4. A diaeresis is used over the e in the feminine of aigu to show that 
the u has its usual sound. It is not to show that the u goes with the 
g to give the latter a hard sound before e, as in longue. 

5. In almanach, the ch is silent. 

6. Orgeres: a village in the department of Eure-et-Loire, near 
which a band of robbers had its haunts in the time of Philippe-Auguste, 
1180-1223. 

7. And his heart grew heavier still. Why eut and not avait? For 
the position of gros, see 141, B. 

8. Sortir is conjugated like dormir except that its linking verb is 
etre. 

9. Silence is masculine not feminine (see 143). 

ORAL EXERCISES 

I. 1. Suzon, go and put your little brother to bed. 2. 
The best thing is to obey. 3. She tucked him in his little 
bed. 4. She closed the white calico curtains. 5. "You 
will see," said she, " how pretty the midnight mass is in the 
white chapel." 6. But Pierrot remained there [with] his 
eyes wide open. 7. He was listening to the going and coming 
in the kitchen. 8. A little later his mother bent over him. 
9. But he closed his eyes and did not stir. 10. At last he 
heard them going out. 

II. 1. They want her to put him to bed. 2. He does 
not want to go to sleep. 3. He was not sleeping. 4. He 
could not (= was not able to) sleep. 5. They cannot be- 
lieve it. 6. May I go with you? 7. No. Go to sleep. You 
cannot go. 8. He will not be able to go. 9. I do not think 
he will be able (pres. subj.) to go. 

III. 1. Pourquoi Pierrot n'a-t-il rien dit au souper? 

2. Nommez les choses dans la chambre a coucher. 

3. Est-ce que le petit garcon s'est endormi? 4. Ou vou- 
lait-il etre? 5. Qu'est-ce que Suzon faisait la? 6. Que 
veut dire en anglais — Vouloir, c'est pouvoir? 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 157 

WRITTEN EXERCISE 

1. Pierrot resembled his father. 2. He had a (= the) 
strong will. 3. But he would not insist. 4. He would say 
nothing. 5. He could not (= would not be able to) do 
otherwise. 6. He went to bed but he did not fall asleep. 
7. He listens to what the others are doing. 8. He thinks 
he hears them eating chestnuts. 9. What will he do when 
his mother comes in? 10. He will close his eyes. He will 
not stir. n. She will think that he is sleeping. 12. Finally 
he hears them go out; his heart is heavy. 



LESSON III 
136. Interrogation. 

(1) When the subject is a conjunctive personal pronoun 
or the demonstrative ce, it is placed after the verb, to which 
it is joined by a hyphen: Est-ce vrai? Is it true? (22). 

(2) Otherwise, the subject is mentioned first and is re- 
peated after the verb by a conjunctive pronoun: Le facteur, 
est-il venu? Has the postman come? Cela, est-il vrai? 
Is that true? 

(3) When interrogative adverbs or pronouns are used, 
the noun subjects follow these immediately (though they 
may precede): A quelle heure votre frere compte-t-il ar- 
river? When does your brother expect to arrive? 

(4) Sometimes with these question-words, especially when 
the tense is not compound nor modified by complements, 
the noun subject will be found after the verb : Ou se vendent 
ces choses-la? Where are those things sold? 

(5) By using est-ce que, most statements may be turned 
into questions (57). 

Euphony requires est-ce que with such first persons singu- 
lar as je mange, je cours, etc. (not mange-je, cours-je, etc.). 



158 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 

137. Inversion. 

By inversion is meant the use of the interrogative order 
in expressions other than questions. 
This is found 

(1) With verbs of saying and the like, coming after quoted 
speech: Tu es trop petit, fit la mere. This is not optional in 
French, as it is in English. 

(2) Often in relative clauses, especially where the noun sub- 
ject is lengthened by modifiers (56) : II traversa la cuisine 
qu'eclairait la froide lueur (French text of this lesson). 

(3) When the sentence is begun by the adverbs and ad- 
verbial phrases, aussi (= therefore), au (du) moins (= at 
least), ainsi (= thus), a peine, peut-etre, jamais, en vain 
and others (105): Peut-etre croyait-elle y avoir vu tout cela. 

Compare the similar use in English of never, hardly, sel- 
dom, etc. 

(4) Note also 

II est arrive un grand mal- A great misfortune has hap- 



heur 
Telle fut notre surprise, Such was our surprise, that .. . 

que . . . 
Viennent ensuite les de- Then come the deputies 

putes 

138. Adverbs: Summary. 
A. Formation. 

(1) Some adjectives are used as adverbs without change 
of form: parler bas, chanter faux (out of tune), couter 
cher, travailler fort (or, ferme), sentir bon, marcher droit, 
etc. (86). 

(2) The common adverbial ending is -ment; it is added | 
to the feminine form of the adjective (86). Note, how- 
ever, (precis) precisement, (profond) profondement, gentil 
(gentiment). 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 1 59 

(3) This ending is added to the masculine, when that 
form ends in a vowel (86). But note (gai) gaiment or 
gaiement, (enorme) enormement, (impuni) impunement 
(with impunity). 

(4) Adjectives in -ant and -ent change those endings into 
-amment and -eminent respectively. The -am- and -em- 
in these terminations are pronounced as open a. Examples: 
(constant) constamment, (prudent) prudemment. 

B. Position. 

(1) With simple tenses of verbs, adverbs usually follow (42). 

(2) With a compound tense, an adverb is generally found 
between the linking verb and the past participle: lis se 
sont deja sauves, they have already escaped (34, 88). 

(3) However, some adverbs of time and place — au- 
jourd'hui, demain, hier, ici, la, tard — cannot stand there: 
lis se sont sauves hier. 

(4) Certain adverbs may begin a sentence, especially 
for emphasis, as we have just seen in 137, 3. 

139. Learn the Irregular Verbs: dire and ouvrir. 

LA CHAPELLE BLANCHE 

Alors Pierrot descendit de sa couchette. 

II chercha ses hardes dans l'obscurite. Ce fut un long 
travail. II trouva sa culotte et sa blouse, mais point son 
gilet de tricot. II s'habilla comme il put et passa sa blouse 
a l'envers ; et, quoique ses petits doigts se fussent donne 1 
beaucoup de peine, aucun 2 bouton n'etait dans sa bouton- 
niere. 

II ne put trouver qu'un de ses bas et, accote contre le mur, 
il Fennla tout de travers, le talon faisant une bosse : de sorte 
que le petit pied mal chausse n'entrait qu'a moitie dans Tun 
des petits sabots de frene, et que le petit pied nu jouait dans 
l'autre sabot. 



l6o A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 

A tatons, boitillant et sabotant, il decouvrit 3 la porte de 
la chambre, puis traversa la cuisine qu'eclairait, par la 
croisee sans rideaux, la froide 4 lueur de la nuit neigeuse. 

Tres subtil, 5 Pierrot n'alla point vers la porte qui don- 
nait sur la rue et qu'il savait fermee a clef. Mais il ouvrit 
aisement celle qui menait de la cuisine dans l'etable. 6 

Une vache remua dans sa litiere. Une chevre se leva et, 
tirant sur sa corde, vint lecher les mains de Pierrot en 
faisant « mee ! . . . » d'un ton plaintif et doux. Elle semblait 
lui dire : 

— Reste avec nous oii il fait chaud. Que vas-tu faire, 
si petit, dans tant de neige? 

A la faible clarte d'une lucarne tapissee de toiles d'arai- 
gnee, il put, en se dressant 7 sur la pointe des pieds, tirer le 
verrou interieur de la porte de l'ecurie. 

Brusquement, il se trouva dehors, dans la blancheur 
profonde et glacee. 

(a suivre) 

Notes. — i. Why donne and not donnes? See 130. 

2. Aucun is found especially with a noun subject. 

3. Couvrir to cover, decouvrir to uncover, discover, entr'ouvxir to half 
open, are conjugated like ouvrir. 

4 . Why does froide precede lueur? 

5. The b of subtil is pronounced as a p. 

6. Une ecurie is a stable for horses, mules, oxen; une etable, a stable 
for other animals; une grange, a bam. 

7. Compare the Eng. to dress, used in military commands. 

ORAL EXERCISES 

I. 1. Pierrot dressed himself as he could. 2. He put 
his blouse on inside out. 3. He could find only one of his 
stockings. 4. He drew it on all crooked. 5. One little 
foot slipped about in the wooden shoe. 6. He did not 
go to the door which opened on the street. 7. He easily 
opened the one leading to the stable. 8. A goat came and 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH l6l 

licked Pierrot's hands. 9. It seemed to say: "Stay with 
us where it is warm." 10. But he stood on tiptoe and 
pulled the bolt. n. Suddenly he found himself outside. 

II. (a) Form the adverbs corresponding to long, autre, 
plaintif, doux, faible, profond. 

(b) Say in French — 1. Open the door; leave it half 
open (ajar). 2. We shall tell them to go. 3. Tell me what 
the word boitillant means. 4. Although he always says so 
(it), I do not believe it. 5. What did they want us to 
open? 

III. 1. Expliquez ccmment Pierrot etait habille. 2. 
fitait-il assis pendant qu'il enfilait son bas? 3. Comment 
etait-il chausse? 4. De quel bois etaient ses sabots? 5. 
D'ou venait la lueur dans la cuisine? 6. Qu'a fait la vache 
a son entree? la chevre? 

WRITTEN EXERCISE 

1. Hardly had his parents gone out when (than) Pierrot 
got down from his little bed. 2. How was he going to find 
his clothes in the darkness? 3. In vain did he look for one 
of his stockings. 4. And he couldn't find his knitted vest. 
5. Therefore he was not warmly dressed. 6. Groping, he 
found the door of the bedroom. 7. No door was ajar; the 
one opening on the street was locked. 8. " I can go through 
the kitchen and the stable," he said to himself. 9. Perhaps 
I shall be able to draw the bolt, if I stand on tiptoe. 10. 
He went out; the ground was covered with (de) snow. n. 
What would his parents have said? 12. He had not stayed 
where it was warm. 



1 62 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 

LESSON IV 

140. The Definite Article: Summary. 

A. No article in French: 

(i) before nouns used in apposition: Paris, capitale de 
la France (91, 94); 

(2) before numerical designations, such as Louis quatorze 
(100). 

B. Article in French where none in English: 

(1) before nouns used in a general sense (46, 47); 

(2) before abstract nouns (47); 

(3) before adjectives referring to languages (64); 

(4) before names of persons and places accompanied by 
a modifier or a title (96); 

(5) before the names of continents, countries, large is- 
lands, lakes (96), (for exception see 99); 

(6) usually, before the names of the seasons and the days 
of the week (101); 

(7) idiomatically, in many phrases: les deux tiers, le 
jour de Pan, etc. (100, 101). 

141. The Indefinite Article: Summary. 

A. No article in French: 

(1) after quel (52); 

(2) before nouns used in apposition (96); 

(3) before names of professions, etc. (112). 

B. Represented by le, la, les: 

(1) with avoir, in descriptions of bodily traits or con- 
ditions: II a le front haut, He has a high forehead. Cf. 
II a froid aux pieds (les pieds froids), His feet are cold. 

(2) before names of measure, weight and the like (106). 

C. Represented by par: 

(1) In time expressions (106). 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 1 63 

142. Learn the Irregular Verbs: voir and fake. 

LA CHAPELLE BLANCHE 

La maison des parents de Pierrot etait blottie a l'ecart, 
a cinq cents toises de l'eglise. On suivait d'abord un chemin 
borde de vergers, puis on tournait a droite et Ton l avait 
devant soi le clocher du village. 

Pierrot, sans hesiter, se mit en marche. 

Tout etait blanc de neige, la route, les buissons et les 
arbres des clos. Et la neige tourbillonnait dans l'air comme 
la balle legere que secoue un van. 

Pierrot enfoncait dans la neige jusqu'aux chevilles : ses 
petits sabots s'alourdissaient de neige ; la neige poudrait 
ses cheveux et ses epaules. Mais il ne sentait 2 rien, car il 
voyait au bout de son voyage, dans une grande lumiere d'or, 
l'enfant Jesus et la Vierge et les rois Mages, et les anges qui 
ont des etoiles dans leurs mains. 

II allait, il allait, comme attire par la vision. Mais deja 
il marchait moins vite. La neige l'aveuglait ; • elle emplis- 
sait 3 de sa ouate le ciel entier. II ne reconnaissait rien, il 
ne savait plus ou il etait. 

Maintenant ses petits pieds pesaient 4 comme du plomb ; 
ses mains, son nez, ses oreilles, lui faisaient grand mal ; 5 
la neige lui entrait dans le cou, et sa blouse et sa chemise 
etaient toutes 6 mouillees. 

Une pierre le fit tomber ; un de ses sabots le quitta. II 
le chercha longtemps, de ses mains gourdes, a genoux dans 
la neige. 

Et il ne voyait plus l'enfant Jesus, ni la Vierge, ni les rois 
Mages, ni les anges porteurs d'etoiles. (a suivre) 

Notes. — 1. The V is used with on in et Pon because et ends in 
a vowel sound. Similarly after si, qui, que, quoi, ou, ainsi. This use 
is frequently not observed in modern French. On has the same origin 
as homme, on being the nominative (Lat. homo) and homme the accu- 
sative (kominem). Cf. German SRann, man. 



164 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 

2. Sentir is conjugated like dormir. 

3. Strictly speaking, emplir is to fill and remplir is emplir de nouveali: 
Remplissez son verre vide, Fill his empty glass. Remplir is, however, 
the usual verb. 

4. Peser is conjugated like mener (90). 

5. Le mal means (1) harm, (2) pain, (3) soreness. Idioms: Je lui 
ai fait mal, / hurt her; mal de (a la) tete, headache; mal au bras, a 
sore arm; mal de mer, seasickness; mal du pays, homesickness. 

6. Tout used adverbially means quite, entirely. If the adjective 
(or, participle used, adjectively) that tout limits is fern. sing, or plur. 
and begins with a consonant or h aspirate, the forms toute, toutes are 
used: Elles sont toutes contentes but Elles sont tout heureuses. The 
liaison in tout heureuses gives the effect to the ear of the feminine. 
The form tous is not used adverbially. 

ORAL EXERCISES 

I. 1. Everything was white on the way to the church. 
2. First, one followed a road bordered by orchards. 3. 
Then, a turn was made to the right. 4. The village steeple 
was right ahead. 5. Pierrot sank in the snow to his ankles. 

6. But he walked on and on, as if attracted by a vision. 

7. His wooden shoes were getting heavier. 8. Already he 
was not walking so fast. 9. His feet felt as heavy as lead. 
10. His hands, nose and ears ached. 11. One of his shoes 
came off. 12. He looked for it on his knees in the snow. 
13. He no longer knew where he was. 14. He had ceased 
to see the great golden light at the end of his journey. 

II. 1. It will hurt him; it did hurt him. 2. He had 
hurt himself. 3. Do you feel that, my son? 4. No, father, 
I don't. 5. What do you want me to do? 6. We shall see; 
we shall weigh them. 7. They weigh three pounds a piece. 

8. Industry is a virtue; laziness, a vice. 9. What does 
oisivete mean? What is its gender? 10. Don't you see? 
Its (109) ending is -te. 

III. 1. Combien y avait-il {How far was it) de la maison 
a l'eglise? 2. Y avait-il beaucoup de neige? 3. Est-ce 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO TRENCH 1 65 

que Pierrot faisait attention a la neige? 4. Qu'est-ce qui 
Pa fait tomber? 5. Avait-il froid aux mains? 6. Dans 
quel etat etaient sa blouse et sa chemise? 

WRITTEN EXERCISE 

1. Look at the map of Europe. 2. You will see that 
France is in the centre of Western Europe. 3. What a 
great influence she has had on the neighboring countries! 
4. You would do well to study her history and her litera- 
ture. 5. Jules Lemaitre, the author of "La Chapelle 
Blanche," was born (61) in Tavers, a village in Touraine. 
6. He became (61) a professor in the University of Greno- 
ble. 7. He was a famous writer and a member of the French 
Academy. 8. His prose above all is much admired. 9. He 
has written many other stories as beautiful as this one of 
little Pierre in the snow. 10. Does as much snow fall in 
France as in Canada? 



LESSON V 
143. Gender of Nouns. 

Certain rules will be found useful at this stage: 

A. According to derivation: 

Those nouns which come from Latin masculines or neuters 
are masculine in French; those from Latin feminines are 
feminine (11). As a rule, the French form corresponds to 
the Latin accusative. 



Masc. 



Latin 




French 




murum 


Masc. 


mur 


wall 


librum 




livre 


book 


regem 




roi 


king 


fructum 




fruit 


fruit 


patrem 




pere 


father 



1 66 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 



Latin 
Neut. templum 

tempus 
(Exception) mare 
Fern. libram 

matrem 
aquam 
mansionem 



Masc. 

Fem. 
Fern. 



French 

temple 

temps 

mer 

livre 

mere 

eau 

maison 



temple 

time 

sea 

pound 

mother 

water 

house 



Some neuter plurals in Latin came to be looked upon as 
feminine singulars: 

folia Fem. feuille 

arma arme 

opera oeuvre 

cornua (corna) corne 

The Latin masc. abstracts in -or, with accus 
have become feminine: 

Fem. 



leaf 
weapon 
work 
horn 
in -orem. 



Masc. 



calorem 
errorem 
dolorem 
horrorem 



chaleur 
erreur 
douleur 
horreur 



heat 
error 
grief 
horror 



but 



Masc. 



honneur 
labeur 



honor 
labor 



honorem 
laborem 

B. According to meaning (n, 56): 

Names of animate beings follow the natural gender: le 
mari, la femme, le mouton, la brebis, etc. 

Most names of animals have but one form: un elephant, 
le chameau (camel), la girafe. If one wishes to distinguish 
sex, the words male or femelle are added: la girafe male, 
le chameau femelle. 

Masculine 
(1) Names of seasons, months, days and points of the 
compass; 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 1 67 

(2) Other parts of speech used as substantives: un etre, 
le pouvoir, le pourquoi, le beau, etc.; 

(3) Most names of trees and metals: le pommier {apple- 
tree); le plomb {lead), etc. 

Feminine 

(1) Most names of countries (exc. le Portugal, le Japon, 
le Mexique, le Canada), not forming a phrase like les 
Etats-Unis ; 

(2) Most names of fruits: la pomme, la peche {peach), 
etc. 

C. According to ending: 

Masculine 

Nouns ending in -acle, -age, -asme, -eau, -ege, -erne, 
-isme, -ment, -tere: obstacle, millieme, enthousiasme, 
tableau, privilege, monument, caractere, egoisme, mariage. 

Exceptions: Cage, image, nage, page {of a book), plage, 
rage are feminine. 

Feminine 

(1) Nouns ending in -ace, -ade, -ance, -ence, -ense, 
-iere, -ion, -oire, -son, -ude, -ure: menace, experience, 
riviere, histoire, nation, raison, solitude, nature. 

(2) Abstract nouns in -te, -tie, -tie: verite, arnitie, 
modestie. 

(3) Nouns in -ee, not corresponding to Latin neuters in 
-eum (as musee, m.) : arrivee, annee, journee, bouchee, etc. 

144. The Partitive Article : Summary. 

A. The usual signs are du, de la, de P, des (46, 47). 

B. The article drops, leaving only de (d J ) : 

(1) before an adjective preceding a noun (54); but note 
des petits pois, des jeunes gens; 

(2) before a noun object in a negative sentence (54). 



1 68 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 

But, if this object is limited or if there is contrast, the 
article remains: Je n'ai pas de l'eau que vous avez apportee, 
/ have none of the water you brought ; Ce n'est pas de l'eau 
que je veux, mais du vin, // isn't water I want, it is wine. 

C. No partitive sign: 

(i) before a noun, object of the prepositions de, sans 
(54): sans argent ni amis, without money or friends, un 
chemin borde de vergers; 

(2) After the conjunctions ni...ni: Nous n'avons ni 
the ni cafe. 

145. Learn the Irregular Verbs: venir and naitre. 

These, and their compounds, take the linking verb etre. 

Qu'est-ce qu'elle est devenue? What has become of her? 
Que deviendraient-ils? What would become of them ? 

LA CHAPELLE BLANCHE 

II eut peur du silence, peur des arbres voiles de blanc qui 
crevaient ca l et la l'immense tapis 2 de neige et qui ne 
ressemblaient plus a des arbres, mais a des fantomes. 

Son cceur se serra d'angoisse. II pleura et cria a travers 
ses larmes : 

— Maman ! maman ! 

La neige cessa de tomber. 

Pierrot, en regardant tout autour de lui, apercut le clocher 
pointu et les fenetres de l'eglise, toutes flambantes dans la 
nuit. 

Sa vision lui revint, et la force et le courage. La, c'etait 
la, la merveille desiree, le beau spectacle de paradis ! 

II n'attendit pas le tournant du chemin, mais il marcha 
tout droit vers l'eglise illuminee. 

II roula dans un fosse, s'y heurta contre une souche et y 
laissa son autre sabot. 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 1 69 

A travers champs, clopin-clopant, l'enfant se traina, les 
yeux fixes sur la lueur. 

L'eglise, grandissante, se rapprochait. Des voix arri- 
vaient jusqu'a Pierrot : 

Venez, divin Messie . . . 

Les mains en avant, les yeux dilates par l'extase, sou- 
tenu seulement par la beaute de son reve plus proche, il 
entra dans le cimetiere 3 qui entourait l'eglise. La, tout 
pres, quelque chose d'ineffable s'accomplissait . . . Les voix 
chantaient : 

J'entends la-bas dans la plaine 
Les anges descendus des cieux . . . 

Petit-Pierre allait en trebuchant, de tout ce qui restait 
de force a son petit corps epuise, vers cette gloire et vers 
ces cantiques. 

Tout a coup il tomba au pied d'un buis encapuchonne 
de neige ; il tomba les yeux clos, subitement endormi, et 
souriant au chant des anges. 

Les voix reprirent : 

II est ne, le divin Enfant! 

Au meme moment, la descente molle et silencieuse des 
blancs flocons 2 recommenca. La neige recouvrit 4 le petit 
corps de ses mousselines lentement epaissies . . . 

Et c'est ainsi que Pierrot entendit la messe de minuit 
dans la chapelle blanche. 

(fin) 

Jules LemaItre. 

Notes. — 1. Do not confuse ca, the adverb, with the demonstra- 
tive ca, contraction for cela. 

2. Explain the position of the adjectives in immense tapis and 
blancs flocons. 

3. Note gender of cimetiere. 

4. Recouvrir is conjugated like ouvrir. 



170 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 

ORAL EXERCISES 

I. 1. He felt afraid of the stillness and of the trees. 
2. The latter did not look like trees. 3. But the snow ceased 
to fall. 4. Pierrot perceived (a apercu) the church, all gleam- 
ing in the darkness. 5. There it was, the beautiful vision 
of Paradise! 6. He walked straight towards that glory. 
7. His eyes were fixed upon the light. 8. He rolled into a 
ditch. 9. Some voices were singing hymns. 10. The child 
dragged himself along, smiling at the song of the angels. 
11. All at once he fell, with eyes closed. 12. The white 
flakes began to fall again. 13. They completely covered the 
little exhausted body. 

II. (a) Give the gender of vache, souper, mouton, 
cheminee, benediction, dessus, armoire, silence, ravis- 
sement, volonte. 

(b) Give the French for. — 1. He was born; he had been 
born. 2. Come and see. 3. We shall come and see. 4. The 
Magi had come from the East. 5. Pierrot wanted to come. 
6. His parents did not want him to come. 7. What has 
become of the child? 

III. 1. Pourquoi les arbres ressemblaient-ils a des fan- 
tomes? 2. Quelle etait la merveille desiree? 3. Comment 
l'enfant s'est-il fait mal? 4. Quels mots est-ce que les 
voix chantaient? 5. Ou Pierrot est-il tombe pour la der- 
niere fois? 6. Quelle etait la chapelle blanche? 

WRITTEN EXERCISE 

1. What a stillness all about him! 2. The child's heart 
is oppressed with anguish. 3. He weeps and cries amid 
tears: " Mamma! " 4. But no mother can hear him. 5. 
What will become of him? 6. He has just lost his other 
shoe also. 7. Suddenly he sees a pointed steeple and some 
large windows. 8. Strength and courage have come back 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 1 71 

to him. 9. He is without shoes but he goes stumbling on. 
10. He enters the cemetery, surrounding the church. 11. 
He has scarcely any strength left. 12. At last he falls and, 
smiling, he goes fast asleep in the snow. 13. Thus it is that 
Pierrot hears the midnight mass in the white chapel. 



LESSON VI 

146. Something; Nothing; Anything. 

N'a-t-il pas mis quelque Did he not put something in 

chose dans la boite ? the box ? 

Non, il s'en est alle sans y No, he went away without 

rien mettre putting anything in 

II n'y met jamais rien He never puts anything in 

Something is quelque chose; nothing is rien; anything is 
either quelque chose or rien, — the latter in clauses with 
words of negative force. 
Avez-vous jamais vu quel- Have you ever seen anything 

que chose d'aussi beau? so beautiful? 

Je n'ai jamais vu rien de / have never seen anything 

pareil like it {anything similar) 

The adjective accompanying quelque chose or rien is 
always masculine singular in form and is preceded by de. 

147. Some one; No one; Any one. 

Ont-ils parle a quelqu'un? Did they speak to any one? 
lis se sont assis sans rien They sat down without saying 
dire a personne anything to any one. 

Some one (Somebody) is quelqu'un; no one (nobody) is 
personne; any one (anybody) may be either quelqu'un or 
personne, — the latter in clauses with words of negative 
force. 



172 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 



Quelques-unes des femmes 
etaient espagnoles; d'au- 
tres etaient italiennes 

Les unes causaient et 
riaient; les autres res- 
taient monies et silen- 
cieuses 

Voila de bons apricots ; ache- 
tons-en quelques-uns 



Some of the women were 
Spanish; others were Ital- 
ian 

Some were chatting and 
laughing; the others re- 
mained gloomy and silent 

Those are good apricots; let's 
buy a few (some) 



Quelqu'un is variable: quelqu'un, quelqu'une, quelques- 
uns, quelques-unes. The plural forms may be used in speak- 
ing of things. 

On vous demande 



Aucun des invites n'a encore 

paru 
Pas une des raisons n'est 

suffisante 



Some one is asking for you 
(You are wanted) 

None of the guests has ap- 
peared as yet 

Not one of the reasons is 
sufficient 

On may render some one used quite indefinitely; while 
aucun, aucune — which is also used as an adjective — 
stands for no one (or any one with negatives), used with 
rather definite reference. Pas un, pas une is equivalent to 
the still more definite not one. 

Note therefore 

On parait 



Some one appears 

No one appears 
One of them appears 



Quelqu'un parait 

On ne parait pas 
Personne ne parait 



Un d'eux parait 

, T J . ±1 L , f Aucun d'eux ne parait 

Not one of them appears \ ^ ,, 

[ Pas un d'eux ne parait 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 



173 



Few people 

A jew persons were present; 

they scarcely understood 

what was being said 



Some of us prefer brown 
bread; give us a little 

We have scarcely any left 

Such a man has few friends 



148. Few ; A few. 
Peu de gens le croient 
Quelques personnes y as- 

sistaient; elles ne com- 

prenaient guere ce qu'on 

disait 
Quelques-uns de nous ai- 

ment mieux le pain bis; 

donnez-nous-en un peu 
Nous n'en avons plus guere 

f n'a guere 
Un tel homme \ d'amis 

I a peu d'amis 

A few is affirmative in meaning; few, essentially nega- 
tive; hence the frequent use of the negative guere in the 
latter sense. 

Quelques (= some, a few) is the adjective corresponding 
to quelques-uns (unes). 

Note such phrases as: 

un tel homme such a man 

de tels hommes such men 

un si bon homme such a good man 

de si bons hommes such good men 

des hommes si riches such rich men 

149. Learn the Irregular Verbs: connaitre and mettre. 
Paraitre is like connaitre. 

LES PETITS PATES 

Ce matin-la, qui etait un dimanche, le patissier Sureau 
de la rue Turenne appela son mitron, et lui dit : 

"Voila les petits pates de M. Bonnicar. . . va les porter 
et reviens vite ... II parait que les Versaillais l sont entres 
dans Paris." 



174 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO TRENCH 

Le petit, qui n'entendait rien a la politique, mit les pates 
tout chauds dans sa tourtiere, la tourtiere dans une serviette 
blanche et le tout d'aplomb sur sa barrette, partit au galop 
pour Tile Saint-Louis, ou logeait M. Bonnicar. La matinee 
etait magnifique, un de ces grands soleils de mai qui em- 
plissent les fruiteries de bottes de lilas et de cerises en 
bouquets. Malgre la fusillade lointaine et les appels des 
clairons au coin des rues, tout ce vieux quartier du Marais 2 
gardait sa physionomie paisible. II y avait du dimanche 
dans Fair, des rondes d'enfants au fond des cours, de grandes 
filles jouant au volant devant les portes, et cette petite 
silhouette blanche, 3 qui trottait au milieu de la chaussee 
deserte dans un bon parfum de pate chaude, achevait de 
donner a ce matin de bataille quelque chose de naif et d'en- 
dimanche. Toute l'animation du quartier semblait s'etre 
repandue dans la rue de Rivoli. On trainait des canons, on 
travaillait aux barricades ; des groupes a chaque pas, des 
gardes nationaux qui s'affairaient. Mais le petit patissier 
ne perdit pas la tete. Ces enfants-la sont si habitues a, 
marcher parmi les foules et le brouhaha de la rue ! C'est 
aux jours de fete et de train, dans l'encombrement des pre- 
miers de Tan, des dimanches gras, 4 qu'ils ont le plus a courir ; 
aussi les revolutions ne les etonnent guere. 

(a suivre) 

Notes. — i. The Versailles troops were at that time (just after the 
war of 1870-71) the national troops. There was a Communist upris- 
ing in Paris. 

2. The Marsh, — the low lying quarter along the right bank of the 
Seine, directly opposite the two islands of the Cite and St. Louis. 

3. Not only has the mitron a white cap but also a white blouse and 
apron. 

4. The dimanche gras is the Sunday before Ash Wednesday. 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 1 75 

ORAL EXERCISES 

I. 1. One Sunday Mr. Sureau's errand-boy started for 
the lie Saint-Louis. 2. He had some little pies for Mr. 
Bonnicar. 3. He had put them all hot in a tart-dish. 
4. This, in a white napkin, he carried on his head. 5. It 
was a magnificent May morning. 6. Everything was peace- 
ful in the old quarter where Mr. Sureau's shop (boutique, /.) 
was. 7. The white silhouette trotted along in the middle 
of the thoroughfare. 8. He gave an artless touch to that 
battle morning. 0. It appears that the Versailles troops 
had entered Paris. 10. In Rivoli St. some national guards 
were busy. 11. There were groups at every step. 12. But 
the little pastry-cook did not lose his head. 13. He was 
so accustomed to moving along amid crowds. 14. A revolu- 
tion astonished him but little. 

II. 1. He will appear; he will put them there. 2. He 
knows us, as it appears (a ce qu'il parait). 3. Where does 
he want me to put it? 4. It would appear that they knew 
him. 5. Put some there; do not put any in your mouth. 
6. When did it appear? 

ni. 1. Qu'est-ce que M. Sureau a dit a son mitron? 

2. Que trouvait-on dans les fruiteries par une telle matinee? 

3. A quoi jouaient les enfants? 4. Montrez qu'il y avait 
aussi de la bataille dans Pair. 5. Quels jours les mitrons 
ont-ils le plus a courir? 

WRITTEN EXERCISE 

1. Every Sunday you (tu) will take to his home a few 
pies. 2. You will come back quickly without playing 
with any one. 3. Such boys understand nothing of politics. 

4. Crowds and soldiers would scarcely astonish them at all. 

5. Can one run along with something tall on one's head? 

6. Some can do it, others cannot. 7. Have you ever seen 



176 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 

the like? 8. No one could do such a thing if he were not 
accustomed to it. 9. Not one of the shops in our street has 
such fine cherries as these. 10. We have some at home 
but we shall buy a few more. n. There will be scarcely 
any left. 



LESSON VII 

150. Conjunctive and Disjunctive Pronouns: Summary. 

Review: 

(1) ordinary forms and uses (not reflexives), 65, 66, 81; 

(2) y and en, 71, 72; 

(3) relative position of the pronouns, and with y and en, 

11, 78; 

(4) reflexives and reciprocals, 91, 92, 94; 

(5) special uses, 93, 98, 109. 

With regard to the objective conjunctive pronouns, the 
following may be useful: 

(1) Objective conjunctive pronouns and the pronominal 
adverbs y and en usually precede the verb. 

(2) The relative order is then (me, te, se, nous, vous), 
(le, la, les), (lui, leur), (y), (en). 

(3) But they follow the verb with an imperative affirmative. 

(4) Then the relative order is accusative before dative, 
en however always coming last. 

(5) Me and te change to moi and toi when they are the 
last pronouns after the verb. 

151. Expletive le, la, les; Expletive ne. 

Etes-vous mere? Je le suis Are you a mother? I am 
£tes-vous la mere de ces Are you the mother of these 
enfants? Oui, je la suis children? Yes, I am 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 1 77 

Are they rich? Yes, they are 



Sont-ils riches? Oui, ils le 

sont 
Sont-ce des hommes riches? 

Oui, ils les (le) sont 
Ils sont meme plus riches 

que je ne le croyais 



Are they rich men? Yes, 

they are 
They are even richer than I 

thought 



Of the pronouns le, la, les, used in French to complete the 
expression, the invariable le is used except when the gram- 
matical reference is to a noun used as such. In Etes-vous 
mere? above, the word mere is used much as a predicate 
adjective (see 112). 

In the second member of a comparison, an idiomatic ne 
is used with the verb. 



152. Accusative Conjunctives 

Frederic nous presentera a 

elles quand il viendra 
On le leur a presente au 

dernier bal 
Vous ne pouvez vous fier a 

lui; il vous trompera 
Je me fierai a lui quand 

meme 



Other than le, la, les. 

Frederick will introduce us to 

them when he comes 
He was introduced to them at 

the last ball 
You cannot trust him; he 

will deceive you 
I shall trust him all the 

same 



The accusative conjunctive is usually one of the pronouns 
le, la, les, as we have seen in 77, last clause. 

We occasionally find other accusative conjunctives, such 
as me, nous, vous, etc., with certain verbs — presenter, 
envoyer and the like — and particularly with reflexives, se 
fier a (to trust to), s'adresser a (to apply to), etc. 

The dative is expressed in such a case by a disjunctive 
form, whether this pronoun is emphatic or not. 



178 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO TRENCH 

153. Personal Pronouns with Verbs of Motion. 

II viendrait a nous He would come to us 

Une idee me vient An idea comes to me 

Nous irons a eux We shall go to them 

Ce chapeau vous va bien That hat jits (suits) you well 

Courez a lui; dites-lui la Run to him; tell him the news 
nouvelle 

With verbs of motion in their ordinary meaning, disjunc- 
tive pronouns are used; conjunctives are used when the 
meaning is figurative, — venir, to occur, aller, to fit, suit. 

154. Learn the Irregular Verbs: courir and savoir. 
Faites-moi savoir Let me know 

LES PETITS PATES 

II y avait plaisir vraiment a voir la petite barrette blanche 
se faufiler au milieu des kepis et des baionnettes, evitant 
les chocs, balancee gentiment, 1 tantot tres vite, tantot avec 
une lenteur forcee ou Ton sentait encore la grande envie de 
courir. Qu-est-ce que cela lui faisait a lui, 2 la bataille ! 
L'essentiel etait d'arriver chez les Bonnicar pour le coup 
de midi, et d'emporter 3 bien vite le petit pourboire qui Pat- 
tendait sur la tablette de l'antichambre. 

Tout a coup il se fit dans la foule une poussee terrible ; 
et des pupilles de la Republique defilerent au pas de course, 
en chantant. C'etaient des gamins de douze a quinze ans, 
affubles de chassepots, de ceintures rouges, de grandes 
bottes, aussi fiers d'etre deguises en soldats que quand ils 
courent, les mardis gras, 4 avec des bonnets en papier et un 
lambeau d'ombrelle rose grotesque dans la boue du boule- 
vard. Cette fois, au milieu de la bousculade, le petit patis- 
sier eut beaucoup de peine a garder son equilibre ; mais sa 
tourtiere et lui avaient fait tant de glissades sur la glace, 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 1 79 

tant de parties de marelle en plein trottoir, que les petits 
pates en furent quittes pour la peur. 5 Malheureusement 
cet entrain, ces chants, ces ceintures rouges, l'admiration, 
la curiosite, donnerent au mitron l'envie de faire un bout 
de route en si belle compagnie ; et depassant sans s'en 
apercevoir PHotel de ville 6 et les ponts de Tile Saint-Louis, 
il se trouva emporte je ne sais ou, 7 dans la poussiere et le 
vent de cette course folle. (a suivre) 

Notes. — 1. Gentiment, see 138. 

2. Idioms: Cela vous fait-il quelque chose? Is that anything to 
you? Non, cela ne me fait rien, No, that is nothing to me. 

3. Idiom: Nous l'emportons, We carry the day; lit. We carry it of. 

4. Mardi Gras, Shrove Tuesday, the Tuesday just before Ash 
Wednesday, — a carnival day in Roman Catholic countries. 

5. Got of with a bad fright, lit, were clear of it. Fear was the price 
of their escape. 

6. The City Hall. 

7. Pas is never used in this phrase, nor in je ne sais quel: II m'a 
donne je ne sais quelle raison, He gave me some reason or other. 

ORAL EXERCISES 

I. 1. See the little white cap threading its way amid 
the kepis and the bayonets! 2. How nicely it is balanced! 
3. Where are you running [to], my boy (enfant)? 4. Does 
battle mean nothing to you? 5. The main thing is to get to 
Mr. Bonnicar's on the stroke of twelve. 6. There is a tip 
waiting for me there. 7. Who are those urchins riling past 
at a run? Tell me (it). 8. They are wards of the Republic, 
proud of their guns and their topboots. 9. They made 
such a jostling in the street. 10. The errand-boy had 
some trouble to avoid the shocks, n. But his tart-dish 
and he had taken so many slides on the ice. 12. The 
little pies got off with a scare. 13. Unfortunately he felt 
a desire to go a bit of the way with the urchins. 14. He 
found himself carried off dear knows where. 



l8o A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO TRENCH 

II. i. We are running; we shall run. 2. We were 
running; we should run. 3. Did the boots fit him? Do 
you know? 4. We shall know to-morrow. 5. Please let us 
know. 6. They could run faster than we thought. 7. In- 
troduce me to her. 

III. 1. Le mitron, courait-il toujours vite parmi la 
foule? 2. Ou le pourboire l'attendait-il ? 3. Qu'est-ce 
qui s'est passe tout a coup dans la foule? 4. Comment 
les gamins etaient-ils affubles? 5. Que portent-ils sur 
la tete les mardis gras? 

WRITTEN EXERCISE 

1. Mr. Sureau's boy did not get to Bonnicar's that morn- 
ing. 2. Some lads, disguised as soldiers, meant a great 
deal to him. 3. It was truly delightful to see their red 
sashes and to hear them singing. 4. This time the little 
pastry-cook lost his head. 5. Admiration and curiosity 
carried the day. 6. He thought he was in such good company. 
7. He would run a bit of the way with them. 8. " I shall 
have no trouble to keep my balance," he said to himself. 
9. My tart-dish and I have played hop-scotch so often right 
on the sidewalk. 10. And he passed without noticing it 
the bridges to the lie Saint-Louis. 



LESSON VIII 
155. What: Summary. 

(1) Quel, quelle; quels, quelles (52, 120) 

(a) Quel jour etes-vous ne? 

(b) Quel est le prix de cet objet? 

(2) Qu'est-ce qui (125): 

Qu'est-ce qui les fait courir? 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH l8l 

(3) Que (122): 

Que sait-on de cela? 

(4) Quoi (124): 

(a) Quoi! Lui, il a dit cela? 

(b) Avec quoi l'avez-vous ouvert? 

(5) Ce qui (125): 

Savez-vous ce qui les fait courir? 

(6) Ce que (125): 

Dites-moi ce qu'on sait de cela 

(7) Ce (+prep.) quoi (125): 

Je vois ce avec quoi vous l'avez ouvert 

(8) Qu'est-ce que? Qu'est-ce que c'est que? (125): 

(a) Qu'est-ce qu'ils veulent? 

(b) Qu'est-ce que c'est que le Marais? 

(9) Ce que c'est que (125): 

Expliquez ce que c'est que le Marais 

156. Which: Summary. 

(1) Quel, quelle; quels, quelles (120): 

(a) Quel quartier est le plus paisible? 

(b) Quel est le quartier le plus paisible? 

(2) Lequel, laquelle; lesquels, lesquelles (123): 

(a) Laquelle de ces iles est Pile de la Cite? 

(b) Laquelle de ces iles voit-on d'ici? 

(c) De laquelle de ces iles viennent-ils ? 

(3) Qui (114): 

La rue qui va vers le nord 

(4) Que (115): 

La rue que vous allez voir 

(5) Lequel, etc. (116): 

La rue dans laquelle (ou) nous sommes nes 



152 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 

(6) Ce qui (antecedent: a clause): 

II ne vient pas, ce qui m'etonne beaucoup 

(7) Ce que (as before) : 

II ne vient pas, ce que je ne veux pas croire 

(8) Ce (+ prep.) quoi (as before) : 

(a) II ne vient pas, ce sur quoi je ne comptais pas 

(b) II ne vient pas, ce dont je suis fort etonne 

(9) Quoi (antecedent: a clause): 

II porte des lunettes, sans quoi (= otherwise) il ne 
pourrait rien voir 

157. That: Relative Pronoun, 

(1) Qui (114): 

Les etoiles qui brillent au ciel 

(2) Que (115): 

(a) Chanceux (Lucky fellow) que vous etes! 

(b) Les ceintures que portaient les gamins 

(3) Lequel, etc. (116): 

(a) La plume avec laquelle vous ecrivez 

(b) Les livres dont je me sers 

158. Learn the Irregular Verbs : resoudre and cuire. 
Faites cuire la viande Cook the meat 



LES PETITS PATES 

Depuis au moins vingt-cinq ans, c'etait l'usage chez les 
Bonnicar de manger des petits pates le dimanche. A midi 
tres precis, quand toute la famille — petits et grands — 
etait reunie dans le salon, un coup de sonnette vif et gai 
faisait dire 1 a tout le monde : 

"Ah !. . . voila le patissier." 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 1 83 

Alors avec un grand remuement de chaises, un froufrou 
d'endimanchement, une expansion d'enfants rieurs devant 
la table raise, tous ces bourgeois heureux s'installaient au- 
tour des petits pates symetriquement empiles sur le rechaud 
d'argent. 

Ce jour-la la sonnette resta muette. Scandalise, M. Bon- 
nicar regardait sa pendule, une vieille pendule surmontee 
d'un heron empaille, et qui n'avait jamais de la vie avance 
ni retarde. 2 Les enfants baillaient aux vitres, guettant le 
coin de rue ou le mitron tournait d'ordinaire. Les conver- 
sations languissaient ; et la faim, que midi creuse de ses 
douze coups repetes, faisait paraitre la salle a manger bien 
grande, bien triste, malgre l'antique argenterie luisante sur 
la nappe damassee, et les serviettes pliees tout autour en 
petits cornets raides et blancs. 

Plusieurs fois deja la vieille bonne etait venue parler a 
l'oreille de son maitre . . . roti brule . . . petits pois trop cuits 
. . . Mais M. Bonnicar s'entetait a ne pas se mettre 3 a 
table sans les petits pates ; et, furieux contre Sureau, il 
resolut d'aller voir lui-meme ce que signifiait un retard aussi 
inoui. 

(a suivre) 

Notes. — 1. If the infinitive with faire has an accusative of its 
own. then the object of faire is dative; otherwise it is accusative. 

Faites-la chanter Have her sing 

Faites-lui chanter la chanson Have her sing the song 

Faites-lui voir le palais Show him the palace 

Faites-lui savoir la verite Let him know the truth 

Faites-la-lui savoir Let him know it 

2. Cette montre avance (retarde) de dix minutes, This watch is 
(goes) ten minutes fast (slow) . 

3. With infinitives, the negative adverbs are often said as in ne pas 
se mettre: H s'entetait a ne rien dire, He persisted in saying nothing. 



184 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 

ORAL EXERCISES 

I. 1. The Bonnicars used to eat pies on Sundays. 2. 
This had been their custom for at least twenty-five years. 

3. Promptly at twelve o'clock a smart ring of the bell 
was heard (se faisait entendre). 4. It made the whole 
family say: " Oh! There are the pies!" 5. In a moment 
everybody was taking his place around the table. 6. But 
what has happened to-day? 7. Twelve o'clock has just 
struck. 8. No pastry-cook's boy has appeared as yet. 9. 
The old clock had never at any time gone fast or slow. 
10. The children were watching the corner that the boy 
usually turned. 11. Several times the servant comes and 
whispers in her master's ear. 12. But he wouldn't sit 
down to dinner without any pies. 13. What did such an 
unheard-of delay mean? 14. Mr. Bonnicar resolved to go 
and see for himself. 

II. 1. The meat is well done (cooked). 2. What will 
he resolve to do? 3. My watch used to go two minutes 
fast a day. 4. Show her the silverware. 5. She has hurt 

her arm, otherwise she would come. 



III. 1. Qui etait reuni dans le salon a midi? 2. 
Qu'est-ce qui se faisait entendre apres le coup de son- 
nette vif et gai? 3. Comment la table etait-elle mise? 

4. Pourquoi M. Bonnicar etait-il scandalise? 5. Com- 
ment la tristesse se faisait-elle voir? 

WRITTEN EXERCISE 

1. For many years it had been the custom of the Bonni- 
car family to assemble (se reunir) for Sunday dinner. 2. 
The old servant used to cook a roast, green peas, etc. 3. 
Then on the stroke of twelve would come some little 
pies from Mr. Sureau's. 4. What a rustling of Sunday 
clothes would then be heard! 5. The happy burgesses — 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 1 85 

big and small — were taking their places before the set 
table. 6. This was covered with a damask tablecloth upon 
which had been placed table-napkins folded in the shape of 
little horns. 7. But what makes the dining-room appear so 
gloomy in spite of the shining silverware? 8. Why are 
the children yawning at the windows? 9. The old clock has 
struck twelve and the bell has remained silent. 10. Every 
one is furious at the pastry-cook. 11. They (on) cannot 
understand what such a delay means. 12. They resolve 
not to sit down to dinner without that chafing-dish of pies. 



LESSON IX 

159. Who: Summary. 

(1) Qui (114, 121): 

(a) Qui est cette femme? C'est Mme Pernet 

(b) Les voisins qui m'ont averti 

(2) Quel (112): 

Quelle est cette femme? C'est une modiste 
'(3) Lequel, etc. (116): 

Un monsieur s'est leve au milieu de la foule lequel 
a parle d'une facon convaincante 

160. Whom: Summary. 

(1) Que (115): 

Les pere et mere (= parents) que nous honorons 

(2) Qui (114, 121): 

(a) Qui cherchez-vous? 

Qui est-ce que vous cherchez? 

(b) A qui vous adressez-vous? 
A qui pensez-vous? 

Chez qui demeurez-vous? 



1 86 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 

(c) Celui a qui vous avez fait la question 
Celui (de qui) dont vous parliez 

(3) Lequel, etc. (116): 

L'homme a qui (auquel) je parle 

161. Whose: Summary. 

(1) A qui (98): 

A qui est cette montre-la? 

(2) De qui (121): 

De qui est-il (le) fils? 

(3) Dont (117): 

(a) Le paysan dont la vache a ete vendue 

(b) Le paysan dont on a vendu la vache 

(4) Duquel, etc. (117): 

Le paysan pour la vache duquel j'ai offert un gros 
prix 

162. Learn the Irregular Verbs: falloir and envoyer. 

For the use of falloir and other impersonal verbs with 
the subjunctive, refer to 128, 3. 
The following come under the rule: 

il est possible, il se peut it is possible, it may be 

(faire) 

il faut, il est necessaire . . . must, it is necessary 

il est temps, il convient it is time, it is fitting 

il est juste, il est bon it is right, it is good 

II est juste que nous les en- It is right for us to send them 

voyions 

II se peut que je vous fasse 77 may be that I shall keep 

attendre you waiting 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 1 87 

LES PETITS PATES 

Comme il sortait, en brandissant sa canne, tres en colere, 
des voisins l'avertirent : 

"Prenez garde, M. Bonnicar. . . on dit que les Versail- 
lais sont entres dans Paris." 

II ne voulut rien entendre, pas meme la fusillade qui s'en 
venait de Xeuilly a fleur d'eau, pas meme le canon d'alarme 
de THotel de ville secouant toutes les vitres du quartier. 

"Oh ! ce Sureau. . . ce Sureau !. . ." 

Et dans l'animation de la course il parlait seul, se voyait 
deja la-bas au milieu de la boutique, frappant les dalles avec 
sa canne, faisant trembler les glaces de la vitrine et les 
assiettes de babas. 1 La barricade du pont Louis-Philippe 
coupa sa colere en deux. II y avait la quelques federes a 
mine feroce, 2 vautres 3 .au soldi sur le sol depave. 

"Ou allez-vous, citoyen?" 

Le citoyen s'expliqua ; mais l'histoire des petits pates 
parut suspecte, d'autant que M. Bonnicar avait sa belle 
redingote des dimanches, des lunettes d'or, toute la tour- 
nure d'un vieux reactionnaire. 4 

"C'est un mouchard, dirent les federes, il faut Tenvoyer 5 
a Rigault." 

Sur quoi, quatre hommes de bonne volonte, qui n'etaient 
pas faches de 6 quitter la barricade, pousserent devant eux 
a coups de crosse le pauvre homme exaspere. 

(a suivre) 

Notes. — 1. Small currant cakes moistened with rum or brandy. 

2. In a mine feroce, the a (= with) expresses characteristic; in 
salle a manger, machine a. coudre, the a (= for) expresses purpose. 

3. Sprawling. Compare assis sitting, seated; couche lying; appuye 
leaning. These forms express states, not actions; hence, the past 
participle. 

4. The communistic soldiers take Mr. B. for an imperialist; later 
on, the national troops take him for a communist. 



ISS A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 

5. We must send him. Note omission of personal pronoun for 
" we " in the French. With an infinitive, if clearness requires, say*: 
il me faut, il lui faut, il nous faut, etc. The subjunctive is used espe- 
cially when a noun is the subject: II faudra que Guillaume parte sur-le- 
champ. 

6. Fache de = sorry for; fache contre = angry at. 

ORAL EXERCISES 

I. 1. " Take care, Mr. Bonnicar," said some neighbors 
to him. 2. Don't you hear that fusillade coming over the 
water from Neuilly? 3. But he would hear nothing. 4. 
The barricade at the Louis-Philippe bridge cut his anger 
short. 5. Some communistic soldiers were sprawling there 
in the sunshine. 6. They asked the citizen where he was 
going. 7. This old gentleman with the frock coat and 
gold-rimmed spectacles appeared suspicious. 8. " He's a 
spy," they said. 9. We must send him to Rigault. 10. 
Whereupon four volunteers pushed him on ahead of them 
with the butt-end of their guns. n. They were not sorry 
to leave the barricade. 

II. 1. Whom would you send? 2. I should send that 
young man, leaning on the show-case yonder. 3. Can 
you trust him? 4. Who is he? Whose son is he? 5. He's 
the one to whose father I sent you before (auparavant) . 
6. You sent me to him? When? 7. Well, it may be that 
I sent some one else (autre). 

III. 1. Pourquoi les voisins ont-ils averti M. Bonni- 
car? 2. Qu'est-ce qui a secoue le quartier? 3. Comment 
le vieillard faisait-il voir sa colere chemin faisant? 4. Pour- 
quoi les federes croyaient-ils que M. B. etait un mouchard? 
5. Expliquez ce que c'est qu'un dactylographe. 

WRITTEN EXERCISE 

1. As we have seen, Mr. Bonnicar was very angry at 
Mr. Sureau. 2. " This is something unheard-of," the ex- 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 1 89 

asperated man kept saying. 3. It is time for the boy to be 
here. 4. I shall send some one to see what is the matter. 
5. No, it will be necessary for me to go myself. 6. It is 
not right that Mr. Sureau should keep us all waiting like 
this. 7. I shall tell him what I think of him. 8. And he 
issued from the house, brandishing his cane. 9. But it was 
impossible for him to pass the barricade. 10. The soldiers 
would not believe his story, n. He had to be sent to 
Rigault. 12. What a humiliation! 



LESSON X 

163. Reflexive Verbs: Summary. 

(1) Grammatically, reflexive verbs may be classed as 
accusative reflexives and dative reflexives, — the former 
being much the more numerous (91). 

(2) The linking verb is always etre and the past participle 
agrees with the direct object preceding (92). 

This direct object is most frequently the accusative re- 
flexive pronoun; with dative reflexives it will be some 
noun or pronoun preceding (67). 

(3) If the sense permits, the plural forms of reflexive 
verbs may be used reciprocally (94). 

164. Reflexive Verbs in French and in English. 

Reflexive verbs are found in French: 
(1) For English reflexives: 

to hit one's self se frapper 

to murmur to one's self se murmurer 

to give one's self up to se livrer a 

to busy one's self with s'occuper de 



190 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 

In many cases, the English verb might be looked upon as 
innately reflexive, the action being directed upon the subject: 

to get up se lever 

to wake up s'eveiller 

to hurry up se hater, se depecher 

to move of (said of trains, etc.) s'ebranler (= shake itself) 

to lie down se coucher 

to turn round se retourner 

to run away se sauver 

to wonder se demander 

to inquire about s'informer de 

(2) For English transitives: 

He approaches the table II s'approche de la table 

I remember that narrative Je me souviens de ce recit 

We shall use those pens Nous nous servirons de ces 

plumes 
We trust that gentleman Nous nous fions a. ce mon- 

sieur 

(3) For English intransitives: 

The door opens and then La porte s'ouvre et puis se 

closes again ref erme 

Those silks sell well Ces soieries se vendent bien 

Your apples will spoil in Vos pommes se gateront 

this warm room dans cette chambre chaude 

When an English verb, like to open, can be used both 
transitively and intransitively, the intransitive use is often 
rendered in French by a reflexive. 

Let's go away Allons-nous-en 

They fled lis se sont enfuis 

Even a few intransitives of motion may be used reflex- 
ively in French. The reflexive pronoun is treated as if it 
were accusative. 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 



I 9 I 



(4) For English passives: 
We were mistaken 
What is that called? 
The word is not found in that 

dictionary 



Nous nous trompions 
Comment cela s'appelle-t-il? 
Le mot ne se trouve pas 
dans ce dictionnaire 



(5) For English progressive forms: 
(a) Active forms: 
// is getting cold 



They are getting richer and 
richer 

The sky is becoming covered 

with clouds 
The woman is dying 

(b) Passive forms: 

Some houses are being con- 
structed in that quarter 

Fine things are being done 



Le froid se fait sentir 

Ils s'enrichissent de plus en 

plus 
lis deviennent de plus en 

plus riches 
Le ciel se couvre de nuages 

La femme se meurt 

Des maisons se construi- 

sent dans ce quartier 
II se fait de belles choses 



165. Learn the Irregular Verbs: rire and craindre. 

Je crains de rever / fear I shall dream 

II craignait de rever He was afraid he would dream 

Elle craint de tomber She is afraid she will fall 

Verbs of fearing are followed by the infinitive with de, 
when the subjects of both verbs are the same. 

Craigniez-vous qu'il revat? Were you afraid he was 



Nous craignions qu'il ne 

revat 
Je ne crains pas que vous 

reviez 



? 

We feared he was dreaming 

I do not fear that you are 



192 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 

When the subjects are different, expressions of fearing are 
followed by the subjunctive (128). 

With this subjunctive, a ne is used when the governing 
verb is affirmative, that is, not negative nor interrogative. 

Ne craignez-vous pas qu'il Are you not afraid he will 

ne rie? laugh? 

Je crains plutot qu'il ne rie I fear rather that he will not 

pas laugh 

An expression that is both negative and interrogative, 
however, is naturally affirmative and takes the ne (127). 

LES PETITS PATES 

Je ne sais pas comment ils firent leur compte, mais une 
demi-heure apres, ils etaient tous 1 ranes par la ligne 2 et 
s'en allaient rejoindre 3 une longue colonne de prisonniers 
prete a se mettre en marche pour Versailles. M. Bonnicar 
protestait de plus en plus, levait sa canne, racontait son 
histoire pour la centieme fois. Par malheur cette invention 
de petits pates paraissait si absurde, si incroyable au milieu 
de ce grand bouleversement, que les officiers ne faisaient 
qu'en rire. 4 

"C'est bon, c'est bon, mon vieux . . . Vous vous expli- 
querez a Versailles." 

Et par les Champs-Elysees, encore tout blancs de la 
fumee des coups de feu, la colonne s'ebranla entre deux 
files de chasseurs. 

Les prisonniers marchaient cinq par cinq, en rangs presses 5 
et compactes. Pour empecher le convoi de s'eparpiller, on 
les obligeait a se donner le bras ; et le long troupeau humain 
faisait en pietinant dans la poussiere de la route comme le 
bruit d'une grande pluie d'orage. 

Le malheureux Bonnicar croyait rever. Suant, soufflant, 
ahuri de peur et de fatigue, il se tratnait a la queue de la 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO TRENCH 1 93 

colonne entre deux vieilles sorcieres qui sentaient le petrole 6 
et l'eau-de-vie ; et d'entendre ces mots de : "Patissier, pe- 
tits pates" qui revenaient toujours dans ses imprecations, 
on pensait autour de lui qu'il etait devenu fou. 

Le fait est que le pauvre homme n'avait plus sa tete. 
Aux montees, aux descentes, quand les rangs du convoi se 
desserraient un peu, est-ce qu'il ne se figurait pas voir, 
la-bas, dans la poussiere qui remplissait les vides, la veste' 
blanche et la barrette du petit garcon de chez Sureau? Et 
cela dix fois dans la route ! 

(a suivre) 

Notes. — 1. When tous is a pronoun, the s is pronounced as in 
Eng. sit. 

2. The regular national troops. 

3. Rejoindre to rejoin, catch up to, is conjugated like craindre. 

4. Se rire de or se moquer de means to laugh at, make sport of. 

5. Note Je suis presse, / am in a hurry. 

6. Alluding to the part some •women played in setting fire to public 
buildings. 

ORAL EXERCISES 

I. 1. Half an hour later, they were all gathered in by 
the regulars. 2. I don't know how they managed it. 3. 
They went off to join a long column of prisoners. 4. Mr. 
Bonnicar kept protesting more and more. 5. But the 
officers only laughed at him. 6. And the prisoners began 
their march to Versailles. 7. They were obliged to lock 
arms in rows of five. 8. The soldiers feared the procession 
might scatter. 9. Mr. B. toiled along between two old 
hags who smelt of coal-oil. 10. The unhappy man thought 
he was dreaming. 11. He even imagined he saw Mr. 
Sureau's boy in the ranks ahead of him. 

LT. 1. We are laughing; we were laughing. 2. We 
shall laugh; you are afraid we shall laugh. 3. You used 
to trust us; trust us still. 4. Can it be that you fear them? 



194 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 

5. I should not fear them, if I were you (de vous). 6. If 
you went away, they would go away too. 7. He never 
hurries; he is never in a hurry. 

III. 1. Qu'est-ce qui faisait paraitre si absurde l'in- 
vention des petits pates? 2. Que repondaient les officiers 
aux protestations de M. Bonnicar? 3. Par ou la colonne 
s'est-elle ebranlee? 4. Que faisait-elle en pietinant dans la 
poussiere de la route? 5. A quoi ressemblait-elle? 6. 
Pourquoi croyait-on que M. B. etait devenu fou? 

WRITTEN EXERCISE 

1. Those prisoners will go off to Versailles. 2. The whole 
column will move off in a minute. 3. Why are those officers 
laughing? 4. I fear they are laughing at that old gentle- 
man. 5. He wants to explain and they won't listen to him. 

6. 'The procession has begun its march now. 7 Let's run 
and catch up to it. 8. Why are the prisoners locking arms? 

9. I imagine it is to prevent the column from scattering. 

10. How exhausted that poor old man will be when he 
arrives at Versailles. 11. He is getting more and more 
tired. 12. He can scarcely drag himself along now. 13. It 
is not right that he should be obliged to tramp along in 
the dust. 14. I wonder what his name is. Let's inquire 
(about it). 



LESSON XI 
166. Past Participles: Summary. 

A. As adjectives: 

They agree as such (44, 61): 
Elle est levee She is up 

lis etaient couches They were lying down 

lis sont a couteaux tires They are at daggers drawn 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 1 95 

Like adjectives in general, such past participles easily 
become substantives (114): la nouvelle mariee, the bride. 
B. As participles: 

(1) Absolute use: 

Chasses de leur pays, ils de- ( Having been) driven from 
vinrent exiles their country, they became 

exiles 

(2) Agreement with the subject: 

(a) Certain intransitive verbs that take the linking verb 
etre (61); 

(b) Passive forms (102). 

(3) Agreement with the direct object preceding: 

(a) Transitive verbs (67); 

(b) Reflexive verbs (92). 

167. Verbal Forms in -4ng. 

These are rendered in French: 

(1) By various verb tenses: 

Elle pleure; elle pleurait She is weeping; she was 

weeping 
Tu as pleure ; tu as les yeux You have been crying; your 
rouges eyes are red 

(2) By present participles: 

Pleurant, elle a quitte la Weeping, she left the room 

chambre 
II se voyait la-bas, frappant He could see himself yonder, 

les dalles avec sa canne striking the flag-stones with 

his cane 

Participles in -ant are invariable. 

(3) By participles in -ant used as adjectives (44): 
Ils sont mourants They are dying 

Une femme charmante A charming woman 



196 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 

Such participles easily become substantives: le tournant 
de la rue. 

(4) By en + participles in -ant, used invariably (65; 
107, 1): 

Je Pai vu en traversant la / saw him as I crossed 
rue {while crossing) the street 

This use is often called the Gerund. It regularly refers 
to the subject. 

En renders the English: in, on, upon, when, while, by. 

(5) By past participles: 

When expressing states (see 166 A and note 3, Part II, 
Lesson IX). 

(6) By infinitives: 

Voir, c'est croire Seeing is believing 

II s'entete a ne pas se met- He insists on not sitting down 

tre a diner to dinner 

(7) By relative clauses: 

Je Pai vu qui traversait la I saw him as he crossed 
rue {crossing) the street 

Note: Je Pai vu traverser la rue, / saw him cross the streeet 

168. Learn the Irregular Verbs: devoir and asseoir (only 
the first set of forms of the latter verb). 

Voila son chapeau; il doit Therms his hat; he must be 

etre ici here 

II faut le chercher We must look for him 

Devoir stands for the must of inference; falloir, for the 

must of necessity. 

Some other uses of devoir are: 
Que dois-je faire? What shall I {am I to) do? 

Vous devez Pattendre ici You are to wait {or him here 

J\ nous doit de Pargent He owes us some money 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 1 97 

Et nous devions le toucher And we were to receive it to- 

aujourd'hui day 

Mon ami a du Poublier My friend must have forgot- 

ten it ' 
Chacun doit respecter la Each one ought to respect old 

vieillesse age 



Nous devrions nous asseoir We ought to sit nearer the 
plus pres de l'estrade platform 

Ought, in an expression of general application, is rendered 
by the present indicative of devoir; when the idea is personal 
or individual, the past future is used. 

LES PETITS PATES 

Enfin, au jour tombant, on arriva dans Versailles ; et 
quand la foule vit ce vieux bourgeois a lunettes, debraille, 
poussiereux, hagard, tout le monde fut d'accord pour lui 
trouver une tete de scelerat. On disait : 

"C'est Felix Pyat . . . Non ! c'est Delescluze." 

Les chasseurs l de l'escorte eurent beaucoup de peine a 
l'amener sain et sauf jusqu'a la cour de l'Orangerie. 2 La 
seulement le pauvre troupeau put se disperser, s'allonger 
sur le sol, reprendre haleine. II y en avait qui dormaient, 
d'autres qui juraient, d'autres qui toussaient, d'autres qui 
pleuraient ; Bonnicar lui, ne dormait pas, ne pleurait pas. 
Assis au bord d'un perron, la tete dans ses mains, aux trois 
quarts mort de faim, de honte, de fatigue, il revoyait en 
esprit cette malheureuse journee, son depart de la-bas, ses 
convives inquiets, ce couvert mis jusqu'au soir et qui devait 
l'attendre encore, puis Thumiliation, les injures, les coups 
de crosse, tout cela pour un patissier inexact. 

"Monsieur Bonnicar, voila vos petits pates!..." dit 
tout a coup une voix pres de lui ; et le bon homme en levant 
la tete fut bien etonne de voir le petit garcon de chez Sureau, 



198 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO TRENCH 

qui s'etait fait pincer 3 avec les pupilles de la Republique, 
decouvrir et lui presenter la tourtiere cachee sous son tablier 
blanc. C'est ainsi que, malgre l'emeute et l'emprisonne- 
ment, ce dimanche-la comme les autres, M. Bonnicar mangea 
des petits pates. 4 

(fin) Alphonse Daudet. 

Notes. — 1. Chasseurs are light-armed soldiers, whether infantry 
or cavalry. 

2. In the gardens at Versailles. 

3. Who had got caught. When faire is followed by an infinitive, the 
past participle (fait) is always invariable: lis s'etaient fait pincer. 

4. Cf. 144, B, 1, exception. 

ORAL EXERCISES 

I. 1. Finally at nightfall the prisoners arrived in Ver- 
sailles. 2. Some were weeping, others cursing, others 
coughing. 3. All were three-fourths dead with hunger and 
fatigue. 4. But poor Mr. Bonnicar was to endure (essuyer) 
a still greater humiliation. 5. His breast was bare; he was 
dusty and haggard. 6. Everybody admitted that he had 
the head of a scoundrel. 7. The escort had much trouble 
in bringing him safe and sound as far as the gardens. 8. 
There he sat down, his head between his hands. 9. He 
was reviewing the events of that unhappy day when some 
one spoke to him. 10. On raising his head, he was greatly 
astonished at seeing Mr. Sureau's boy before him. 11. 
He had got caught too. 12. Thus it was that Mr. Bonnicar 
ate patties that Sunday as usual. 

II. 1. How long has she been sitting there? 2. I had 
forgotten her. 3. Must you go? I wish you would sit 
down. 4. You ought to stay at least a few minutes. 5. 
We shall sit down; we sat down. 6. They owe us nothing; 
they must have forgotten. 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 1 99 

III. i. Qu'est-ce que le pauvre troupeau a pu faire 
en arrivant a Versailles? 2. Ou M. B. etait-il assis? 3. 
A quoi pensait-il? 4. Qu'est-ce qui avait cause tous ces 
chagrins? 5. Qu'a fait le petit patissier en voyant M. 
Bonnicar? 

WRITTEN EXERCISE 

1. Sit down, Mr. Bonnicar, please; you must be very 
tired. 2. Tell us how you got caught with such a herd. 

3. It is all so incredible; I think I must be dreaming still. 

4. You know that Mr. Sureau has been sending us patties 
on Sunday for years. 5. To-day we were all gathered 
in the drawing-room, laughing and chatting as usual. 6. 
All at once some one said: "Why (tiens), there's twelve 
o'clock striking; the errand-boy ought to be here [by] now." 
7. But we were to wait longer still for him. 8. No one 
would sit down to dinner without those patties. 9. As 
for me, I was becoming more and more exasperated at the 
unpunctual pastry-cook. 10. We had been sitting there for 
more than an hour. 11. At last I had to go and see what 
was the matter. 12. Believing me [to be] a spy, the soldiers 
took (= made) me prisoner. 13. I fear I can never forget 
the shame of this day. 



LESSON XII 
169. Possessive Adjectives: Summary. 

(1) Usual forms, — mon, ton, son, etc. (56): 

Sa Majeste, le roi d , Angle- His Majesty, the King of 

terre England 

Chaque gouvernement a sa Each government has its na- 

nature et son principe ture and its guiding prin- 

ciple 



200 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 

Note the idiomatic uses: 
II est venu a ma rencontre He came to meet me 

Avez-vous eu (re f u) de ses f Ha ™ y ° u had " ny nms / rom j 

nouvelles? 1 htm? V 6 "' Have you heard 

{ from him? 

Avez-vous entendu parler de f Have you heard tell of him? 
lui? [ i.e., Have you heard of him ? 

(2) In speaking of parts of the body (and sometimes of 
parts of the dress), we find 

(a) The definite article alone, provided no ambiguity 
results (93 and 141, B, 1): 

Fermez les yeux et ouvrez Close your eyes and open your 

la bouche mouth 

Elle a les mains pleines She has her hands full 

My head aches 



J'ai mal a la tete 



/ have a headache 



(b) The definite article and a conjunctive pronoun, per- 
sonal or reflexive: 

Elle s'est coupee a la main She cut her hand 

Je lui ai marche sur le pied / stepped upon his foot 

These uses are more common with noun objects than with 
noun subjects. 

(3) Its and their are translated by the definite article and 
the pronoun en with the verb (109), provided 

(a) the possessor is mentioned in the preceding clause; 
and 

(b) the noun that these possessives limit is the accusative 
of a verb, the subject of etre or the predicate nominative 
with etre: 

Je visite volontiers ces / am fond of visiting those 
vieilles villes; j'en ad- old towns; I admire their 

mire les belles cathedrales beautiful cathedrals 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 201 

lis sont les enfants du They are the children of the 
peuple, ils en sont Pes- people; they are its hope 

perance et la force and si 



170. Possessive Pronouns: Summary. 

(i) Usual forms, — le mien, le tien, etc. (98): 
C'est votre opinion, ce n'est That is your opinion; it is 
pas la mienne not mine 

Note the absolute uses: 

Ces gens-la ignorent le mien Those people don't discriminate 

et le tien between mine and thine 

Etes-vous des notres? Do you belong to our party ? 

(2) Disjunctive pronouns with a are used in statements of 
ownership : 

Ces crayons-ci sont a moi, These pencils are mine, not 
non pas a lui his 

But le mien, le tien, etc., are found in statements of dis- 
tinction of ownership (i.e., in speaking of two or more objects 
or sets of objects, belonging to different people) : 

Cette croix-ci est la mienne, This cross is mine, that one is 
celle-la est la sienne hers 

(3) Note the following: 

C'est a vous a jouer 77 is your turn to play 

J'ai un cheval a moi / have a horse of my own 

Cela ne tient pas a lui That is no concern of his 

II n'est pas de nos amis He is no friend of ours 
Un cousin a moi 
Un mien cousin (rarely used) 



A cousin of mane 



171. Learn the Irregular Verbs: lire and ecrire. 
Pouvez-vous lire ce qu'ils Can you read what they are 

ecrivent? writing ? 

Je ne sais pas lire / cannot read 



202 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 

Je regrette de dire qu'il n'a / regret to say that he has 

jamais appris a. lire never learned to read 

Sauriez-vous me dire ou Can you tell me where Pro- 

demeure M. le profes- fessor N. lives? 

seur N.? 

Non, monsieur, je ne saurais No, sir, I (really) cannot tell 

vous le dire you 

With je ne saurais, etc. (= I cannot, etc.), the pas is 
never used. 

L'ENLEVEMENT DE LA REDOUTE 

Un militaire de mes amis, qui est mort de la fievre en 
Grece il y a quelques annees, me conta un jour la premiere 
affaire a laquelle il avait assiste. Son recit me frappa telle- 
ment, que je l'ecrivis de memoire x aussitot que j'en eus 2 
le loisir. Le voici : 

— Je rejoignis le regiment le 4 septembre au soir. Je 
trouvai le colonel au bivac. II me recut d'abord assez brus- 
quement ; mais, apres avoir lu 3 la lettre de recommanda- 
tion du general B * * *, il changea de manieres, 4 et m'adressa 
quelques paroles obligeantes. 

Je fus presente par lui a mon capitaine, qui revenait a 
l'instant meme 5 d'une reconnaissance. Ce capitaine, que 
je n'eus guere le temps de connaitre, etait un grand homme 
brun, d'une physionomie dure et repoussante. II avait 
ete simple soldat, et avait gagne ses epaulettes et sa croix 6 
sur les champs de bataille. Sa voix, qui etait enrouee et 
faible, contrastait singulierement avec sa stature presque 
gigantesque. On me dit qu'il devait cette voix etrange a 
une balle qui l'avait perce de part en part a, la bataille 
d'lena. 7 

En apprenant que je sortais de l'ecole de Fontainebleau, 8 
il fit la grimace et dit : 

— Mon lieutenant est mort hier . . . 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 203 

Je compris qu'il voulait dire: "C'est vous qui devez le 
remplacer, et vous n'en etes pas capable." Un mot piquant 
me vint sur les levres, mais je me contins. 9 (a suivre) 

Notes. — 1. La memoire the memory; le memoire the memoir, 
memorandum. 

2. See 105. 

3. After reading, or after having read. Apres takes the past infinitive, 
never the present. 

4. With changer in such idioms, no possessive adjective is needed: 
J'ai change d'avis, / have changed my mind; II a change d'habit, He 
has changed his coat. 

5. That very moment. The same moment would be au meme instant 
(moment). 

6. The Cross of the Legion of Honor. 

7. A victory of Napoleon over the Prussians and Saxons, Oct. 14, 
1806. 

8. A military school, about 37 miles from Paris. 

9. From contenir, a compound of tenir, to hold, which is conjugated 
like venir, except that the compound tenses are formed with avoir. 

ORAL EXERCISES 

I. 1. Here's a narrative I wrote down from memory 
many years ago. 2. A military friend of mine told it to 
me. 3. This friend died afterwards in Greece of a fever. 
4. "I had just come," he said, " from the school at Fon- 
tainebleau." 5. The regiment was camping in the open 
when I caught up with it. 6. The colonel received me rather 
brusquely at first. 7. After the reading of General B.'s 
letter, his manner changed. 8. My captain was a dark man 
of gigantic stature. 9. In spite of this his voice was weak; 
he owed its weakness to a bullet. 10. The colonel introduced 
me to him. 11. " You are then to take the place of my 
lieutenant," the captain said, making a wry face. 12. This 
meant that he did not think me capable of doing so. 13. 
A sharp retort sprang to my lips. 14. But I restrained 
myself and said nothing. 



204 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 

II. i. Can they read what you are writing? 2. They 
can neither read nor write. 3. It is not right that she 
should read such books. 4. What books shall I tell her 
then to read? 5. I really cannot say. 6. You will know 
that only after reading them yourself. 

III. 1. Pourquoi Pauteur a-t-il ecrit le recit de son 
ami? 2. Quelle affaire lui avait-il contee? 3. Comment 
a-t-il ete recu par les officiers du regiment? 4. Quelle 
physionomie avait le capitaine? 5. Comment celui-ci 
avait-il gagne ses epaulettes? 

WRITTEN EXERCISE 
My dear Uncle, 

You asked me some weeks ago to write you a French 
letter and tell you what I was reading. I am going to try 
to do so. But you know that I have been studying French 
only a few months; I am afraid I shall not write very well. 
You will have to pardon all mistakes. 

First, we read in a French reader several short stories. 
I soon discovered that French resembled English a good 
deal in its vocabulary; some of the stories were quite easy 
to translate. 

Then, we began to read longer and more difficult pieces. 
We have just finished a tale by Alphonse Daudet, entitled 
Les Petits Pates. It is very amusing. Mr. Bonnicar, the 
chief personage, represents those settled bourgeois, whom 
revolutions astonish but little. 

We are now reading something historical — a narrative 
by Prosper Merimee. As soon as we have finished it, I shall 
find the leisure to write you more about it. I ought to 
know French better by that time (d'ici la). 

Your affectionate nephew, 

Harry B. 

March 11, 19 — . 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 



205 



LESSON XIII 

172. Demonstrative Adjectives: Summary 

For forms and ordinary uses, see 57. 
Note the following: 

On n'entre pas par ici 



Par ou done? 

Par la. Par cette autre porte 

Faites-le a Pinstant 
Ne parlez pas de la sorte 



People do not come in this 

way 
Which way then? 
That way. Through that other 

door 
Do it this very moment 
Do not speak in that way 



173. Demonstrative Pronouns : Summary. 

For forms and ordinary uses of 

(1) ceci and cela, see 109; 

(2) celui, see no; 

(3) ce, see in, 112. 

Note the following: 



C'est un beau pays que la 

France 
Ce sont de bonnes lois que 

celles-la 
C'est un mechant metier 

que celui de medire 



France is a beautiful country 

Those are good laws 

Slander is a sorry occupation 



This idiomatic que connects two expressions in apposi- 
tion with each other, and the construction will be intelli- 
gible if the que be thought of as meaning namely. 

C'est aujourd'hui mercredi To-day is Wednesday 
Voyez comme cela (ca) See how those fellows amuse 
s'amuse themselves 



2o6 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 

174. Learn the Irregular Verbs: prendre and battre. 

Apprendre, to learn, and comprendre, to understand, are 
like prendre. 

Qu'est-ce qui se passe la- What is going on yonder? 

bas? Deux hommes se Two men are fighting 

battent 

Nous ne nous battrons pas We shall not fight with any 

avec qui que ce soit one whatever 

Comment allez-vous vous y How are you going to go 

prendre? about it? 

Oh, ce n'est pas difficile Oh, that is not difficult 

Je me servirai de quoi que / shall use anything whatever 

ce soit 

L'ENLEVEMENT DE LA REDOUTE 

La lune se leva derriere la redoute de Cheverino, 1 situee 
a deux portees de canon de notre bivac. Elle etait large et 
rouge comme cela est ordinaire a son lever. Mais, ce soir-la, 
elle me parut d'une grandeur extraordinaire. Pendant un 
instant, la redoute se detacha en noir sur le disque eclatant 
de la lune. Elle ressemblait au cone d'un volcan au moment 
de l'eruption. 

Un vieux soldat, aupres duquel je me trouvais, remar- 
qua la couleur de la lune. 

— Elle est bien rouge, dit-il ; c'est signe qu'il en coutera 2 
bon pour l'avoir, cette fameuse redoute ! J'ai toujours 
ete superstitieux, et cet augure, dans ce moment surtout, 
m'affecta. Je me couchai, mais je ne pus dormir. Je me 
levai, et je marchai quelque temps, regardant l'immense 
ligne de feux qui couvrait les hauteurs au dela du village de 
Cheverino. 

Lorsque je crus que l'air frais et piquant de la nuit avait 
assez rafraichi mon sang, je revins aupres du feu ; je m'en- 
veloppai soigneusement dans mon manteau, et je fermai 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 207 

les yeux, esperant ne pas les ouvrir avant le jour. Mais le 

sommeil me tint rigueur. Insensiblement mes pensees 

prenaient une teinte lugubre. Je me disais que je n'avais 

pas un ami parmi les cent mille hommes qui couvraient cette 

plaine. Si j'etais blesse, je serais dans un hopital, 3 traite 

sans egards par des chirurgiens ignorants. Ce que j'avais 

entendu dire des operations chirurgicales me revint a la 

memoire. La fatigue m'accablait, je m'assoupissais a cha- 

que instant, et a chaque instant quelque pensee sinistre se 

reproduisait 4 avec plus de force et me reveillait en sursaut. 

Cependant la fatigue l'avait emporte, et, quand on battit 

la diane, j'etais tout a fait endormi. Nous nous mimes en 

bataille, on fit l'appel, puis on remit les armes en faisceaux, 

et tout annoncait que nous allions passer une journee tran- 

quille. ,. . . 

^ (a suivre) 

Notes. — 1. Le 5 septembre (181 2) un combat se livra pour la 
possession d'une redoute russe sur le tertre de Chevardino et fit perdre 
aux Francais 4 ou 5000 hommes, aux Russes 7 ou 8000. (Lavisse et 
Rambaud: Histoire Generate du IV" 1 * siecle a nos jours, Vol. IX, p. 
787.) 

2. Couter, used with an indefinite en to mean cost effort, is usually 
impersonal: Quelque prix qu'il en puisse couter, Whatever the cost 
may be. 

3. A circumflex accent over a vowel often means that there used 
to be an s after that vowel in the older French and in the root: Lat. 
finestra, Fr. fenetre; Lat. testa, Fr. tete, etc. The corresponding Eng- 
lish word, when taken from the French, usually retains this old spell- 
ing: hopital, hospital; hate, haste; hotel, hostel, etc. 

4. Reproduire to reproduce, traduire to translate, are like cuire. 

ORAL EXERCISES 

I. 1. The moon was rising broad and red behind the 
fort of Cheverino. 2. The latter stood out black against 
the brilliant disk of the former. 3. This was a sign that 
the fort would be hard to take. 4. Finding that I was 



208 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 

unable to sleep, I got up and walked about for some time. 

5. After sufficiently cooling my blood, I came back near 
the fire. 6. But sleep refused to come. 7. I was thinking 
of what I had just seen and of what was to come. 8. Fa- 
tigue finally carried the day. 9. I was sound asleep when the 
reveille was beaten. 

II. 1. What are they learning? What will they learn? 
2. He understands; I fear she will not understand. 3. 
He is always righting; they never fight. 4. You must 
not fight with any one. 5. We shall not come back that way. 

6. Do not go about it in that way. 7. It was not right for 
you to take that. 8. What shall I make? Make anything 
whatever. 9. He wants us to translate the narrative. 
10. They have been beaten; we beat them. 11. We shall 
reproduce this. 12. How would they have gone about it? 

III. 1. Ou la redoute etait-elle situee par rapport au 
bivac? 2. A quoi celle-la ressemblait-elle au lever de la 
lune? 3. Qu'est-ce qui couvrait les hauteurs au dela du 
village? 4. Pourquoi le lieutenant avait-il le coeur gros? 
5. Que firent les soldats apres la diane? 

WRITTEN EXERCISE 

That evening, an old soldier, near whom our young lieu- 
tenant happened to be, remarked the unusual size of the 
moon, as it rose. " Do you see also how very red it is? " 
he said. Soldiers are often superstitious and this omen 
affected the stranger greatly. He wrapped himself up in 
his cloak and closed his eyes hoping not to open them again 
before daylight. 

Gradually his thoughts took on a gloomy cast. How 
many friends had he amongst all those about him? Not 
one. All he had heard tell about hospitals and ignorant 
surgeons kept coming to his mind. He dozed off every 
moment, but then some dark thought would awaken him 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 200. 

with a start. At last fatigue overpowered him and he fell 
fast asleep. 

LESSON XIV 
175. The Infinitive: Summary. 

A. For survey, see 107. 
For reference lists of verbs 

(a) governing a direct infinitive, see 273; 

(b) governing an infinitive with de, see 274; 

(c) governing an infinitive with a, see 275. 

B. Supplementary remarks: 

(1) Some infinitives may be used as real nouns; they are 
always masculine as such: le pouvoir the power, le devoir, 
the duty, un etre a being, un avoir a possession, le rire {the) 
laughter, le sourire the smile, le savoir, le souvenir, etc. 

(2) Faire + infinitive: Part II, VIII, note 1 and XI, note 3. 
It is evident that the active infinitive with faire often 

corresponds to a passive infinitive in English: elle s'est 
fait faire des robes, she had some dresses made (= caused to 
be made, etc.). 

In such a sentence as II s'est fait faire un complet au 
(par le) tailleur, He had the tailor make him a suit, the a in 
au corresponds to the Eng. by. 

This a must be replaced by par, if the a would not be 
clear: II a fait vendre sa maison par un voisin, He had a 
neighbor sell his house for him; a un voisin might mean of 
course that the neighbor himself bought the house. 

(3) Verb of motion + infinitive. 

A11 , , , ,. {Go and get the books 

Allez chercher les hvres ~ 7 , 7 7 , , . 

{ Go and get the books (tn sight, 



Allez prendre les livres 

Allez chercher votre cousine 
Venez chercher votre cousine 



etc.) 
Call for your cousin 



2IO 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 



Je suis alle (pour) voir mon 
ami, mais il etait parti 

Je suis venu pour voir si 
vous voudriez bien m'ac- 
compagner 

Montez trouver les enfants 

Entrez causer avec vos an- 

ciens amis 
Nous venons de terminer la 

tache 
S'ils viennent a tomber, . . . 



/ went to see my friend but 
he was gone 

I came to see if you would be 
good enough to accompany 
me 

Go up and find {get) the chil- 
dren 

Go {Come) in and have a chat 
with your old friends 

We have just finished our 
task 

If they happen to fall, . . . 



Write to the secretary of the 

committee 
Apply to Mr. Binet, Lyons 

St., No. 13 
Answer only two of the three 

questions 



(4) Infinitive as an imperative. 
To express a general order or a direction. 

En voiture! Embarquer! All aboard! Get in! 
(Monter!) 

Ecrire au secretaire du co- 
mite 

S'adresser a M. Binet, rue 
de Lyon, numero (n°.) 13 

Ne repondre qu'a deux des 
trois questions 

(5) Infinitive instead of a clause. 

Especially after verbs of thinking, hoping, believing 
(Pt. II, Less. I, note 4), knowing, declaring, fearing (165), 
provided the subjects are the same. 

In some cases, the English avoids the clause also by using 
an infinitive or a verbal form in -ing. 

II croyait avoir le temps de He thought he had time to 

flnir finish 

Elle declare vous avoir vu She declares she saw you 

hier yesterday 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 



211 



We hope we shall arrive (to 

arrive) on time 
We fear we shall fall 
We are afraid of falling 

176. Learn the Irregular Verbs: plaire and pleuvoir. 



Nous esperons arriver a 
temps 

Nous craignons de tomber 



C'est dommage qu'il pleuve 
J'espere qu'il ne pleuvra pas 

demain 
J'irais quand meme il pleu- 

vrait 
S'il pleuvait, j'irais quand 

meme 
Je me plais tou jours a la 

campagne 
Je suis content que cette 

maison vous plaise 
Pourvu qu'elle plaise a Mme 

votre femme aussi 
Elle lui plaira, j'en suis sur 



It is a pity that it is raining 

I hope it will not rain to- 
morrow 

I should go even if it were 
raining (should rain) 

If it were raining, I should go 
nevertheless 

I always like it in the coun- 
try 

I am glad this house pleases 
you (you like this house) 

I only hope your wife will 
like it too 

She will like it, I am sure 



In the que clause, depending upon an expression of joy 
or sorrow, we expect the subjunctive (128). 

Quand meme, even if, when introducing a clause, is fol- 
lowed by the past future or the past future perfect. 

Pourvu que, provided that, governs the subjunctive (130). 
It is often used elliptically as above, that is, the principal 
verb (expressing a conclusion) is understood. 



L'ENLEVEMENT DE LA REDOUTE 

Vers trois heures, un aide de camp arriva, apportant un 
ordre. On nous l fit reprendre les armes ; nos tirailleurs se 
repandirent dans la plaine ; nous les suivimes lentement, 
et, au bout de vingt minutes, nous vimes tous les avant- 
postes des Russes se replier et rentrer 2 dans la redoute. 



212 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO TRENCH 

Une batterie d'artillerie vint s'etablir a notre droite, une 
autre a notre gauche, mais toutes les deux bien en avant 
de nous. Elles commencerent un feu tres vif sur Fennemi, 
qui riposta energiquement, et bientot la redoute de Cheve- 
rino disparut sous des nuages epais de fumee. 

Notre regiment etait presque a couvert du feu des Russes 
par un pli de terrain. Leurs boulets, rares d'ailleurs pour 
nous (car ils tiraient de preference sur nos canonniers), 
passaient au-dessus de nos tetes, ou tout au plus nous en- 
voyaient de la terre et de petites pierres. 

Aussitot que l'ordre de marcher en avant nous eut ete 
donne, mon capitaine me regarda avec une attention qui 
m'obligea a passer deux ou trois fois la main sur ma jeune 
moustache d'un air aussi degage qu'il me fut possible. Au 
reste, je n'avais pas peur, et la seule crainte que j'eprouvasse, 3 
c'etait que Ton ne s'imaginat 4 que j'avais peur. Ces boulets 
inoffensifs contribuerent encore a me maintenir dans mon 
calme heroiique. Mon amour-propre me disait que je cou- 
rais un danger reel, puisque enfin j'etais sous le feu d'une 
batterie. J'etais enchante d'etre si a mon aise, et je songeai 
au plaisir de raconter la prise de la redoute de Cheverino, 
dans le salon de madame de B***, rue de Provence. 5 

Le colonel passa devant notre compagnie ; il m'adressa 
la parole : " Eh bien, vous allez en voir de grises 6 pour votre 
debut." 

Je souris d'un air tout a fait martial en brossant la manche 7 
de mon habit, sur laquelle un boulet, tombe a trente pas 
de moi, avait envoye un peu de poussiere. (a suivre) 

Notes. — i. Is nous accusative or dative? 

2. Qui se repliaient et rentraient. 

3. For the explanation of the subjunctive, see 129. 

4. Why is s'imaginat in the subjunctive? Explain the ne. 

5. In the Revue des Deux Mondes of Aug. 15, 1879, w iU De found 
eleven letters, written by Merimee from 1866 to 1870 to Madame 
(la comtesse) de Beaulaincourt, rue de Provence, Paris. 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 213 

6. Note the indefinite use of en; supply some such word as " sights." 

7. Le manche the handle (e.g. of a hoe, spade, knife); la manche 
the sleeve; la Manche the English Channel. 



ORAL EXERCISES 

I. 1. About three o'clock we were made to take up our 
arms again. 2. Some batteries of artillery came and sta- 
tioned themselves well in front of us. 3. Everything soon 
disappeared under dense clouds of smoke. 4. But we were 
almost protected from the fire by a dip of the ground. 5. 
The bullets of the Russians passed over our heads. 6. Then 
the order came to advance. 7. To show the captain that 
I was not afraid, I passed my hand two or three times over 
my moustache in a free and easy way. 8. I was delighted 
that I was so much at my ease. 9. The colonel, as he 
passed our company, addressed me. 10. " You are going 
to see some dreadful sights to begin with." n. I smiled 
with quite a soldierly air, as I brushed the sleeve of my 
coat. 

II. A. 1. I am pleased that he has done his duty with 
a smile. 2. Tell me the story if you please. 3. Tell it to 
me when you please. 4. I fear it will rain. 5. I should 
like it in the country even if it were raining. 6. I am 
sorry that the handle of your new knife does not please 
you more. 

B. Remplacer les mots en italiques par des infinitifs en 
modifiant la phrase: i. II pensait quHl vous avail ecrit 
le mois passe. 2. Le pardon est un acte genereux. 3. II 
n'est pas possible que je vienne demain. 4. Je vois la 
pluie qui tombe. 5. II faudra que vous partiez demain. 6. 
La tromperie est une action indigne. 7. Je l'ai entendu 
qui parlaii. 8. Je sens que ma fete tourne. 

III. 1. Decrire les mouvements militaires des deux 
cotes. 2. Sur qui les Russes tiraient-ils de preference? 



214 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 

3. Qu'est-ce que Pamour-propre de notre heros lui disait? 

4. A quel plaisir songeait-il? 

WRITTEN EXERCISE 

Madame de B. was sitting a few steps from me in her 
drawing-room in Paris. She appeared preoccupied, almost 
sad. 

" What are you thinking of, Madame?" I said, looking 
at her with an attentiveness that made her smile. 

" I was thinking," said she, "of the dangers of a soldier's 
life. A young military friend of mine has just returned 
from Russia. He has told me the story of the first affair in 
which he took part. 

" The bullets were raining around him. He was not 
afraid nevertheless. His only fear was that his comrades 
might imagine he was afraid. For he was replacing a lieu- 
tenant. It was necessary for him to maintain a heroic 
calm. 

" Certainly he saw some dreadful sights for his initiation. 
I only hope he will not run many such dangers!" 



LESSON XV 

177. Simple Past Tenses: Summary. 

Preliminary survey, 73. 

The use of the past absolute (or its conversational sub- 
stitute, the present perfect) and the past descriptive pre- 
sents some serious difficulties to students. 

If we take the sentence: J'ecrivais quand il entra, / 
was writing when he came in, the first verb is past descrip- 
tive because it expresses an action already begun, i.e., in 
process, the end of which is also indefinite. The second verb 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 215 

is past absolute because it expresses an action the begin- 
ning and end of which are definite. 

When both verbs indicate actions, whose beginning and 
end are indefinite, the past descriptive is found in both: 
J'ecrivais pendant qu'il lisait, / wrote while he read, or, / 
was writing while he was reading. 

Very often the second verb is understood: Que faisiez-vous? 
J'ecrivais, What were you doing? I was writing. That is, 
when something else happened, which verb is not expressed. 

The verbs that are in the past absolute carry on the sus- 
tained narrative, and some such words as "then," " and then," 
can usually be supplied. 

An analysis of the paragraph in the last lesson beginning Aussitot 
que l'ordre . . . may make this clearer. 

In the first sentence we have the past absolute, the definite ac- 
tions following each other logically: " the order . . . had been given 
us, {and then) my captain looked at me . . . {and) this obliged me to . . . 
with as free-and-easy an air as I could {then) assume under the circum- 
stances. } ' 

In the second sentence the forward movement of the narrative 
stops. It is a sentence of explanation; the action of the preceding 
sentence is understood; all the tenses are virtually past descriptive: 
eprouvasse corresponds to an eprouvais and s'imaginat to a s'imagi- 
nait. 

In the third sentence the action moves on, as is shown by the en- 
core; this sentence is therefore logically connected in the author's 
mind with the first and the tense is past absolute. The " heroic calm " 
was not all the reflection of an inward feeling already possessed; an 
outward event " contributed " to it. 

In the fourth sentence the action again stops. What was going 
on within our hero, while the "inoffensive bullets " passed over his 
head? His "vanity was telling him. . . ." 

The first phrase of the fifth sentence continues this analysis of his 
feelings and then a new thought comes: je songeai au plaisir . . ., 
which, as carrying on the narrative of events, is expressed by the past 
absolute. 

If one wished to make the style less sustained, less dignified, the 
present perfect might be used throughout instead of the past absolute. 



2l6 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 

178. Some other Tense Uses: Summary. 

(i) Tenses used in conditional clauses: 80 and 85; 

(2) Idiomatic use of the present indicative and the past 
descriptive: 63 and 72; 

(3) Idiomatic use of the future and the future perfect: 
84, 85. 

This last needs to be supplemented by the following use 
of the past future and the past future perfect in citations: 

lis ont dit qu'ils me feraient They said that they would let 
savoir quand ils arrive- me know when they arrived 

raient (seraient arrives) (had arrived) 

179. Learn the Irregular Verbs: recevoir and cueillir. 

S'apercevoir to perceive, is like recevoir and accueillir 
to welcome, is like cueillir. 

Note also the irregularities in prevoir to foresee, and pour- 
voir to provide. Compare with the simple verb voir. 

II s'est apercu de mon inten- He perceived my intention 

tion 

Je prevois ce qui doit arriver / foresee what is likely to 

happen 

Vous pourvoirez un rempla- You will provide a substitute 

cant 

Le capitaine Paccueillera The captain will greet him 

chaleureusement warmly 

Quoiqu'il fut sous le feu Although he was under the 

d'une batterie, il etait a fire of a battery, he was at 

son aise his ease 

Quoique (and bien que), though, although, are followed by 
the subjunctive (130). 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 217 

L'ENLEVEMENT DE LA REDOUTE 

II parait que les Russes s'apercurent du mauvais succes 
de leurs boulets ; car ils les remplacerent par des obus qui 
pouvaient plus facilement nous atteindre l dans le creux 
ou nous etions postes. Un assez gros eclat m'enleva mon 
schako et tua un homme aupres de moi. 

— Je vous fais mon compliment, me dit le capitaine, 
comme je venais de ramasser 2 mon schako, vous en voila 
quitte pour la journee. Je connaissais cette superstition 
militaire qui croit que l'axiome non bis in idem 3 trouve 
son application aussi bien sur un champ de bataille que 
dans une cour de justice. Je remis flerement mon schako. 

— C'est faire saluer les gens sans ceremonie, dis-je aussi 
gaiement que je pus. Cette mauvaise plaisanterie, vu 4 
la circonstance, parut excellente. 

— Je vous felicite, reprit le capitaine, vous n'aurez rien 
de plus, et vous commanderez une compagnie ce soir ; car 
je sens bien que le four chauffe pour moi. Toutes les fois 
que j'ai ete blesse, l'omcier aupres de moi a recu quelque 
balle morte, et, ajouta-t-il d'un ton plus bas et presque 
honteux, leurs noms commencaient toujours par un P. 

Je fis l'esprit fort ; 5 bien des gens auraient fait comme moi ; 
bien des gens auraient ete aussi bien que moi frappes de ces 
paroles prophetiques. Consent comme je l'etais, 6 je sentais 
que je ne pouvais Conner mes sentiments a personne, et que 
je devais toujours paraitre froidement intrepide. 

(a suivre) 

Notes. — 1. Atteindre to reach, attain, get to, is conjugated like 
craindre. 

2. Ramasser to pick up, collect; cueillir to pick, pluck, gather. 

3. " Not twice in the same place." 

4. Vu, past part, of voir, used absolutely for considering, owing to; 
vu que (conj. + indie.) = whereas; pourvu que (conj. -f subj.) = pro- 
vided that. 



2l8 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 

5. Esprit fort = a strong-minded man. Faire in many idioms means 
to play, act, ape: faire le malade to pretend to be sick, faire le mort to 
sham death. He acted as if sceptical but was influenced nevertheless. 

6. " Although I was but a recruit.'" 



ORAL EXERCISES 

I. 1. A rather large splinter from a shell had just car- 
ried away my shako. 2. " You are now safe for the day," 
said the captain, as he complimented me. 3. I proudly 
replaced my shako. 4. " That is an unceremonious way of 
making people salute," I said. 5. The captain foresaw that 
something was brewing for him. 6. Every time he had been 
wounded, the officer near him had been hit with a spent 
bullet. 7. " Their names always began with P," he added 
in a lower tone. 8. Although I was struck by these words, 
I pretended to be sceptical. 9. I felt that it was my duty 
always to appear brave and unconcerned. 

II. A. Read the first paragraph, changing the past 
absolute tenses (a) into the present indicative (the historic 
present), and (b) into the present perfect, and making any 
other changes necessary. 

B. 1. You will see; you will foresee; you will provide. 
2. They have been gathering flowers for some time. 3. 
-He plucks the flowers; she receives them. 4. They will 
pick some cherries for us. 5. They reach them easily al- 
though the branches are high. 6. Pick up the ones that 
have fallen. 7. If you were to pluck any flowers, I should 
notice it. 

III. 1. Pourquoi les Russes ont-ils remplace les boulets 
par des obus? 2. Ou trouve-t-on l'application de la super- 
stition: non bis in idem? 3. Faire une esquisse du 
capitaine. 4. Qu'est-ce que c'est qu'un esprit fort? un 
conscrit? 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 219 



WRITTEN EXERCISE 

Neither my colonel nor my captain had welcomed me 
warmly on (des) my arrival. Although I was a recruit, 
I was to replace a lieutenant. 

I could not therefore confide my feelings to any one. 
But I thought to myself that when I was under the fire of 
the enemy, they would see if I were capable. "I shall 
smile when the bullets and shells are raining about me." 

The next day we received orders to advance. I perceived 
that I was regarded attentively by the captain. But I was 
not afraid. A shell carried away my shako and killed a 
man near me. I made a bad joke, which, under the cir- 
cumstances, appeared excellent. 

" That is all you will have," said the captain, who had 
his superstitions; " when (the) evening comes, you will 
command a company." 



LESSON XVI 
180. Passive Forms: Summary. 

(1) Passive and non-passive, 44; 

(2) Ordinary passive forms, 102; 

(3) Substitutes for the passive, 103 and 164, 4, 5. 

A. Fundamental Ideas: Summary. 

(1) A passive form presents an action suffered by the 
subject: He was struck by a bullet. 

(2) The agent, definite or indefinite, may be either ex- 
pressed or understood: Soldiers are often wounded (by the 
enemy, by bullets, etc.). 

It may also be expressed by implication: In taming the corner too 
sharply, the carriage ivas upset. 



220 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 



(3) A non-passive form presents the state of the subject 
after the action is over: Those soldiers are wounded; their 
wounds are dressed. 

(4) It is only by the context that one can discriminate 
between a passive and a non-passive. 

The house is painted usually gives the effect of a non-passive; if 
we add the words every two years we have a passive. 

(5) A passive form with par expresses a definite action; 
with de, the action is habitual or indefinite. 

Je fus presente par lui a Bien des gens auraient ete 

mon capitaine frappes de ces paroles 

Je serais traite par des chi- prophetiques 
rurgiens ignorants 



B. Examples: 
Passive 
Cette porte est fermee tous 
les soirs 
This door is closed every 
evening 
Elle a ete fermee il y a une 
heure 
// has been closed an hour 
ago 
Elle sera fermee tout a 
Pheure 
It will be closed presently 

Elle serait fermee si vous le 
desiriez 

It would be closed if you 
wished it 



Non-passive 
Cette porte est fermee 

This door is closed 

Elle est fermee depuis une 
heure 

It has been closed for an 
hour 
Elle sera fermee quand vous 
arriverez 
It will be closed when you 
arrive 
Elle serait fermee depuis 
une heure 
// probably has been closed 
this last hour 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO TRENCH 221 

Elle a ete (fut) fermee par\ 
le concierge 'portier I 
It was closed by the janitorl Elle etait fermee quand nous 
Elle etait toujours fermee I sommes rentres 

par la concierge par-/ It was closed when we 
tiere) came home 

It was always closed by\ 
the janitress ) 

The past future of a verb sometimes expresses probability or a re- 
port: lis seraient arrives hier, They probably (or, are said to haze) ar- 
rived yesterday. 

181. Study the Uses of the Subjunctive in Relative 

Clauses (129). 

182. Learn the Irregular Verbs: assaillir, vaincre, fuir 

(s'enfuir) and valoir. 
Cela ne vaut pas la peine That isn't worth while 
II vaudrait mieux etre vain- It would be better to be cau- 
cus que de fuir quered than to dee 
Qu'est-ce qu'il y a de plus What is more dangerous than 
dangereux que d'assaillir to attack a redoubt? 
une redoute? 

Valoir mieux (= to be better to) takes de with the second 
of the two governed inhnitives. This infinitive is often 
omitted: 

II valait mieux se taire i7 was better to say nothing 

^ENLEVEMENT DE LA REDOUTE 

Au bout d*une demi-heure. le feu des Russes diminua 
sensiblement : alors nous sortimes de notre couvert pour 
marcher sur la redoute. 

Notre regiment etait compose de trois bataillons. Le 
deuxieme fut charge de tourner la redoute du cote de la 



222 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 

gorge ; les deux autres devaient donner Fassaut. J'etais 
dans le troisieme bataillon. 

En sortant de derriere x l'espece d'epaulement qui nous 
avait proteges, nous fumes recus par plusieurs decharges 
de mousqueterie qui ne firent que peu de mal dans nos rangs. 
Le sifflement des balles me surprit : sou vent je tournais la 
tete, et je m'attirai ainsi quelques plaisanteries de la part 
de mes camarades plus familiarises avec ce bruit. 

— A tout prendre, 2 me dis-je, une bataille n'est pas une 
chose si terrible. 

Nous avancions au pas de course, precedes de tirailleurs : 
tout a coup les Russes pousserent trois hourras, 3 trois hour- 
ras distincts, puis demeurerent silencieux et sans tirer. 

— Je n'aime pas ce silence, dit mon capitaine ; cela ne 
nous presage rien de bon. 4 

Je trouvai que nos gens etaient un peu trop bruyants, et 
je ne pus 5 m'empecher de faire interieurement la comparai- 
son de leurs clameurs tumultueuses avec le silence imposant 
de l'ennemi. 

(a suivre) 

Notes. — i. De derriere: cf. also de dessous la terre from under 
the ground; de dessus la table, from of the table; and de devant. 

2. "All things considered." 

3. Hourras, h aspirate; how then pronounce trois? 

4. Rien de bon; cf. 146. 

5. Pas is used with pouvoir, savoir, cesser, oser for emphasis. 

ORAL EXERCISES 

I. 1. Two of our three battalions were to attack the 
redoubt. 2. On issuing from behind their cover, they were 
received by several discharges of musketry. 3. These did 
but little harm to our ranks. 4. But I kept turning my head 
on hearing the bullets. 5. My comrades were more famil- 
iar with this noise than I. 6. Suddenly the Russians 



' A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 223 

shouted three distinct hurrahs. 7. Then they remained 
silent and without firing. 8. " That augurs nothing good 
for us," my captain said. 

II. 1. He will attack and then run away; they are 
attacking; they are running away. 2. What is more curi- 
ous than this silence? 3. We are mistaken; they are not 
conquered. 4. We shall conquer or die. 5. The redoubt 
was outlined in black on the horizon. 6. It was the 
strangest thing I have ever seen. 7. The only thing I 
feared was — the joking of my comrades. 

III. 1. Combien de bataillons y avait-il dans notre 
regiment? Indiquer le devoir de chacun. 2. Comment 
notre heros s'attira-t-il les plaisanteries de ses camarades ? 
3. Pourquoi le capitaine n'aimait-il pas ce silence de 
l'ennemi? 

WRITTEN EXERCISE 

" When the fire of the Russians has slackened, we shall 
issue forth," said our colonel. " We have been well pro- 
tected here by this breastwork. 

" Is there any one here who has never seen a battle? " 
he then asked. " He will be surprised by the whistling of 
the bullets. But let him not flee. After all, a battle is not 
the most dreadful thing a man can see." 

We advanced to the attack at the double quick. Our 
men made a good deal of clamor but the Russians remained 
silent. 

"It is better to remain quiet than to be noisy at such 
a time," I thought, and I preferred the enemy's imposing 
silence. They were not as yet conquered. 



224 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 

LESSON XVII 
183. Negation. 

A. Ordinary negatives: Summary. 
Origin of pas: 32. 

Omission of ne : 33. 

Negatives with compound tenses: 34. 

Ne . . . que, only: 64. 

Other negatives: 88. 

B. Ne = "not": 

Je ne sais quoi, je ne sais quel: Pt. II, Less. VII, note 7. 
Je ne saurais: 171. 

With pouvoir, savoir, cesser, oser: Pt. II, Less. XVI, 

note 5. 

Along with the use of the subjunctive in a relative clause, 
the antecedent of which does not exist, we find ne alone for 
"not": 

On n'y trouverait pas un Not a square metre of ground 
metre carre de terrain qui would be found that has 

n'ait recu quelques bou- not received some bullets 

lets 

C. Ne not translated: 

Ne with expressions of fearing, etc.: 128, 3a; 165. 

Ne with certain conjunctions: 130, 3, 4. 

Ne in second member of a comparison: 151. 

Ne is also found with the subjunctive after verbs of 
denying, doubting, when these verbs are interrogative or 
negative: 

Je ne nie pas qu'il ne soit / do not deny that he is dead 

mort 

Doutez-vous qu'il ne nous Do you doubt whether he is 

suive? following us? 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 225 

184. Review the Uses of the Subjunctive after Certain 

Conjunctions Compounded with que (130). 

185. Learn the Irregular Verbs: mourir, mouvoir, suivre, 

moudre. 
fimouvoir, to move, touch, excite, said of the feelings, is like 
mouvoir, except that the past part., emu, has no circumflex 
accent. 

L'ENLEVEMENT DE LA REDOUTE 

Nous parvinmes rapidement au pied de la redoute, les 
palissades avaient ete brisees et la terre bouleversee par nos 
boulets. Les soldats s'elancerent sur ces ruines nouvelles 1 
avec des cris de Vive Vempereur! plus forts qu'on ne l'au- 
rait attendu de gens qui avaient deja tant crie. 

Je levai les yeux, et jamais je n'oublierai le spectacle que 
je vis. La plus grande partie de la fumee s'etait elevee et 
restait suspendue comme un dais a vingt pieds au-dessus 
de la redoute. 2 Au travers d'une vapeur bleuatre, on aper- 
cevait derriere leur parapet a demi detruit les grenadiers 
russes, l'arme haute, immobiles comme des statues. Je crois 
voir encore chaque soldat, Tceil gauche attache sur nous, le 
droit cache par son fusil eleve. Dans une embrasure, a 
quelques pieds de nous, un homme tenant une lance a feu 
etait aupres d'un canon. 

Je frissonnai, et je crus que ma derniere heure etait venue. 

— Voila la danse qui va commencer, s'ecria mon capi- 
taine. Bonsoir ! 

Ce furent les dernieres paroles que je l'entendis prononcer. 

Un roulement de tambours retentit dans la redoute. Je 
vis se baisser tous les fusils. Je fermai les yeux, et j'enten- 
dis un fracas epouvantable, suivi de cris et de gemissements. 
J'ouvris les yeux, surpris de me trouver encore au monde. 
La redoute etait de nouveau enveloppee de fumee. J'etais 



226 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 

entoure de blesses et de morts. Mon capitaine etait etendu 
a mes pieds : sa tete avait ete broyee 3 par un boulet, et 
j'etais couvert de sa cervelle 4 et de son sang. De toute ma 
compagnie, il ne restait debout que six hommes et moi. 

(a suivre) 

Notes. — i. Ces ruines nouvelles these newly-made ruins. Un 
habit nouveau a coat of recent design; un nouvel habit another coat 
(different from the one usually worn); un habit neuf a newly-made 
coat. Une maison neuve a newly-built house. Un nouvel homme 
another man, a changed man; un homme nouveau a recently famous 
man (with unknown ancestors). 

2. Au-dessus de la barriere above the fence; au-dessous de la bar- 
riere below the fence; par-dessus la barriere over the fence. 

3. Broyer and moudre both mean to crush, grind; moudre, to 
grind by a mill (un moulin) : moudre du ble, du cafe. 

4. Le cerveau is the brain; la cervelle, the brain matter: se bruler 
la cervelle, to blow out one's brains. 

ORAL EXERCISES 

I. 1. We rushed upon the redoubt with shouts of " Long 
live the Emperor." 2. Our men shouted louder than I 
should have expected. 3. Most of the smoke had lifted. 
4. The Russian grenadiers were standing behind their half- 
destroyed parapet. 5. Their left eyes were fastened upon 
us, their right ones were hidden behind their raised rifles. 
6. I shivered; I thought I was about to die. 7. " Now 
the dance is going to begin," exclaimed my captain. 8. 
I saw all the guns lower; I closed my eyes. 9. When I 
opened them again, I was surrounded by the wounded 
and the dying. 10. Only six men and myself remained 
standing. 

II. 1. He is grinding some wheat; they are grinding 
some; we shall grind some. 2. They are more moved than 
you think. 3. Follow my orders. We shall follow them. 
4. He gives us no orders that we do not follow. 5. She 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 227 

dies. They die. We die. They were dying. We should 
die. 6. We fear you will die. 7. Did you not fear she 
would die? 

III. 1. Ou se trouvait la fumee maintenant? 2. 
Qu'est-ce que notre lieutenant vit dans une embrasure? 

3. Qu'est-ce qui annonca que les Russes allaient tirer? 

4. Qu'etait devenu le capitaine? 

WRITTEN EXERCISE 

1. The palisades must be shattered by our cannon before 
we attack. 2. At last we rush forward with new shouts 
although we had already shouted a great deal. 3. I shall 
never forget the sight that presented itself to my eyes. 4. 
Not that the enemy were too noisy; they were motionless 
as statutes. 5. They were waiting until we had arrived 
near the parapet. 6. I was much moved; " I shall certainly 
die," I thought. 7. I close my eyes so as not to see what 
follows. 8. I hear a frightful crash. 9. I am more sur- 
prised than I can tell you to find myself still in this world. 
10. Unless my eyes deceive me, there are only seven of 
us left. 

LESSON XVIII 

186. Can, Could; May, Might. 

(a) When referring to that which one has to learn to do: 
Savez-vous danser? Oui, Can you dance? Yes, Miss 

mademoiselle, je sais {X.), I can dance. 

danser 
Saviez-vous nager alors que Could you swim at the time 

vous avez fait ce sauve- that you made that rescue? 

tage? 
Non, je ne savais pas nager No, I couldn't swim at that 

a ce moment time 



228 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 



(b) When speaking politely 

Sauriez-vous me dire ou 
aboutit cette rue que je 
suis? 

Non, je ne saurais vous le 
dire 

(c) Otherwise: 

Puis-je entrer? Oui, vous 

le pouvez 
II a dit que je pouvais entrer 
II se peut que nous ayons 

raison 
lis ont avoue qu'ils pou- 

vaient avoir tort 
Vous pourriez etre la a 

temps 
Puisse-t-il continuer en 

bonne sante! 
lis pouvaient (ont pu) le 

faire quand ils Pont essaye 
lis pourraient le faire s'ils 

l'essayaient 



(of questions of information): 

Can you tell me (please) 
where this street that I am 
following comes out? 

No, I cannot (tell you) 



May I come in? Yes, you 

may 
He said I might come in 
It may be that we are right 

They confessed that they 

might be wrong 
You could (might) be there 

on time 
May he continue to have good 

health ! 
They could do it when they 

tried 
They could do it if they tried 



187. Shall, Should; Will, Would. 

(a) By future and past future tenses (84, 85, 178); 

(b) By the subjunctive: 



II est douteux que nous sur- 
vivions cette lutte achar- 
'nee 
J'ai attendu qu'il vint 



77 is doubtful whether we 
shall survive this desperate 
struggle 

I waited till he should come 



(c) Shall I? is usually expressed by dois-je? 
Dois-je le finir? Shall I finish it? 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 229 

(d) Will and would are often expressed by vouloir : 
Je ne veux pas les suivre / won't follow them 
Nous ne voulions pas les We wouldn't eat them 

manger 

(e) Would (= used to) is a sign of the past descriptive 
tense: 

Toutes les fois que nous al- Every time we went to see 
lions les voir, ils nous them, they would receive us 

accueillaient chaudement warmly 

(f) Should (= ought) is expressed by devoir (188). 

188. Devoir, falloir. 

A. As a transitive verb, devoir means to owe: 

II nous doit huit dollars He owes us eight dollars 

B. (a) As linking verbs, devoir and falloir agree in the 
meanings must, have to, — devoir expressing a moral obliga- 
tion or an inference and falloir, a necessity, a compulsion. 

For example, one would say to a small child 

II est huit heures; maintenant It is eight o'clock; now you must 
tu dois te coucher go to bed 

when one wishes to appeal to his sense of fitness; but when the child 
demurs or is disobedient, one would assume a sterner tone and say 

II faut le faire, va You have to do it, you know 

and then he would know he had to obey. 

II doit etre ici; voila son He must be here; there's his 

chapeau hat 

II (lui) faut etre ici a huit He must be here at eight 

heures au plus tard, le o'clock at the latest, the 

train part a cette heure- train starts at that hour 

la 



230 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 

(b) Must have will be expressed according to the rules 
laid down for the use of simple past tenses (177); the sense 
is usually that of inference: 

Vous avez du ouvrir la porte You must have opened the 

door 

Elle devait etre la portiere She must have been the door- 
keeper 

Cet incident dut arriver il y That event must have hap- 
a plusieurs siecles pened several centuries ago 

(c) Am to, was to will be expressed by the present indica- 
tive and past descriptive of devoir: 

lis doivent etre la a tout They are to be here any 

moment minute 

Les fraises devaient arriver The strawberries were to come 

hier yesterday 

(d) Ought (= should): 

(1) For a general or universal truth, we should use the 
present tense of devoir: 

Tous doivent etre de bons All ought to be good citizens 

citoyens 

Tout enfant doit obeir a ses Every child ought to obey his 

parents parents 

(2) For a personal or individual truth, we should find the 
past future: 

Vous devriez etre plus pone- You ought to be more punc- 
tual tual 

Ought to have (= should have) will be expressed by the 
past future perfect: 

Tous les membres auraient All the members should have 
du assister a la reunion been present at the meeting 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO TRENCH 23 1 

(e) Falloir, and not devoir, is used when the obligation or 
inference is conceived of as a necessity, when there is no 
escape from the conclusion: 

II fallait que je fusse un / must have been a famous 
fameux dormeur sleeper 

189. Learn the Irregular Verbs: vivre, vetir, croitre, suf- 
fire. 
Survivre, to survive, is like vivre. 

L'ENLEVEMENT DE LA REDOUTE 

A ce carnage succeda un moment de stupeur. Le colonel, 
mettant son chapeau au bout de son epee, gravit l le premier 
le parapet en criant : Vive Vempereurl 2 il fut suivi aussitot 
de tous les survivants. Je n'ai presque plus de souvenir net 
de ce qui suivit. Nous entrames dans la redoute, je ne sais 
comment. On se battit corps a corps au milieu d'une fumee 
si epaisse, que Ton ne pouvait se voir. Je crois que je frap- 
pai, car mon sabre se trouva tout sanglant. Enfin j'enten- 
dis crier : "Victoire !" et la fumee diminuant, 3 j'apercus du 
sang et des morts sous lesquels disparaissait la terre de la 
redoute. Les canons surtout etaient enterres sous des tas 
de cadavres. Environ deux cents hommes debout, en uni- 
forme francais, etaient groupes sans ordre, les uns chargeant 
leurs fusils, les autres essuyant leurs baionnettes. Onze 
prisonniers russes etaient avec eux. 

Le colonel etait renverse tout sanglant sur un caisson 
brise, pres de la gorge. Quelques soldats s'empressaient 
autour de lui : je m'approchai. 

— Ou est le plus ancien capitaine? demandait-il a un 
sergent. 

Le sergent haussa les epaules d'une maniere tres expressive. 

— Et le plus ancien lieutenant? 



232 A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO FRENCH 

— Voici monsieur qui est arrive d'hier, 4 dit le sergent 
d'un ton tout a fait calme. 5 

Le colonel sourit amerement. 

— Allons, monsieur, me dit-il, vous commandez en chef ; 
faites promptement fortifier la gorge de la redoute avec 
ces chariots, car Fennemi est en force ; mais le general 
C * * * va vous faire soutenir. 

— Colonel, lui dis-je, vous etes grievement blesse? 

— F . . ., 6 mon cher, mais la redoute est prise ! 

(fin) 

Prosper Merimee. 

Notes. — 1. Gravir = monter avec effort. 

2. Vive l'empereur! = Que l'empereur vive! English equivalents: 
Long live the Emperor, Hurrah for . . ., Three cheers for . . ., The 
Emperor for ever. 

3. Diminuant: present participle, therefore it does not agree. 

4. D'hier = just yesterday. 

5. Calme: pronounce the I. 

6. F. . . stands for fichu, popular for done for. 

ORAL EXERCISES 

I. 1. The colonel stuck his hat on the end of his sword 
and climbed the parapet first. 2. We fought in a hand-to- 
hand contest. 3. Finally I heard some one shout "Vic- 
tory! " 4. About two hundred men, clad in French uniform, 
were standing around. 5. Some were loading their guns, 
others wiping their bayonets. 6. A few were eagerly pressing 
about the colonel. 7. He was done for, as he said. 8. / 
now was the highest in command. 

II. 1. That will do (suffire); he said that would do. 2. 
You have lived a long time. 3. Can you tell me if he is still 
living? I cannot. 4. He was living in 1876; he lived in 
the Rue du Cherche-Midi. 5. He dressed himself in a 
Russian uniform. 6. They must have known that. 7. 
May I ask you how it is to be done? 8. Every day he would 



A PRACTICAL INTRODUCTION TO TRENCH 233 

have his horse saddled (seller). 9. He survived somehow 
or other. 10. She ought to have dressed herself better. 
11. That tree has grown a good deal. 12. It may be that 
I shall have to do it yet. 

III. 1. Qui suivit le colonel dans la redoute? 2. Com- 
ment le lieutenant savait-il qu'il avait frappe? 3. Quel 
etait l'etat de la redoute apres la victoire? 4. Qu'est-ce 
que notre heros devait faire? 

WRITTEN EXERCISE 

As one of the survivors, I was narrating the taking of 
the redoubt to Madame de B., Rue de Provence, Paris. 
However, I no longer had any clear recollection of what 
had happened. 

" The colonel was the first to enter the redoubt; we fol- 
lowed, I do not know how. For the smoke was increasing 
and we could not see each other. It must suffice, if I tell 
what succeeded the victory. 

" The cannons disappeared under piles of dead bodies. 
Eleven Russian prisoners were standing with the French 
soldiers. The colonel was lying back, covered with blood, 
on a shattered gun carriage. I approached. 

" He was asking a sergeant where the oldest lieutenant 
was. The sergeant shrugged his shoulders in a very ex- 
pressive way, for all had been killed except myself. The 
colonel smiled bitterly. 

" My captain had been right after all. The military 
superstition of non bis in idem had found its application 
on the field of battle and that evening I commanded a 
company." 



APPENDIX 



* 190. Table of French Sounds. 

Table of French sounds, with approximate English equivalents: 





VOWELS 






ENGLISH 




SYMBOL EXAMPLES 


.APPROXIMATE 


a 


patte, part 


pat 


a 


pas, pate 


palm 


a 


en, tante 


wawt x 


e 


ete, deja 


fate 


£ 


fart, tete 


met 


8 


vm, te/nte 


lamp 


9 


de, crever 


villa 


i 


nz'i p/re 


poh'ce 





pot, cote 


note 


D 


robe, tort 


nor 


5 


blond, trompe 


do«'t 2 





peu, creuse 


hart 3 


ce 


seul, peur 


p«p 


ce 


un, humble 


bw(r)n 


u 


tout, tour 


food 


y 


pu, pur 


(German ii) 




SEMI-VOWELS 


j 


z/eux, bzen 


year 


V 


huile, nuage 


sweet 


w 


oui, poele 


well 





CONSONANTS 


SYMBOL EXAMPLES 


ENGLISH 
APPROXIMATE 


b 


fjout, robe 


haroor 


d 


cfent, ruoe 


needy 


f 


/ort, neu/ 


fee 


g 


gant, dogue 


frigate 


h 


^onte, oAo 


w(A)ich 


k 


car, coq 


rocket 


1 


/ong, seu/ 


jolly 


m 


mot, dame 


steamer 


n 


ni, ane 


many 


Ji 


regner, peigne 


o«ion 


P 


pas, tape 


ta^er 


r 


rare, drap 


error - 


s 


si, danse 


mm 


s 


cAat, hacAe 


mac/zine 


t 


*as, patfe 


entry 


V 


Dent, ritfe 


ever 


z 


zele, rose 


cosy 


5 


/can, rouge 


pleasure 


1 


sign of length 





* See Geddes: French Pronunciation. § 4. 

1 Approximately as in the New England pronunciation of wan, want; not with the 
vowel in law which is more widely in use elsewhere. More accurately the sound is a in 
mar, nasalized. 

2 For those who pronounce ha ant and all similar words (cf. note 1) with a nasal vowel 
(as in law somewhat nasalized), that sound would be nearer. The New England vowel of 
want, haunt, daunt, etc., enjoys a very limited use in the United States. 

3 The vowel sound meant in hurt is that of the standard English of England and that 
of New England. West of the Hudson, and generally in New York City, one hears the 



236 



APPENDIX 



* 191. The French Alphabet. 

The French alphabet has the same letters as the English; but k 
and w are used only in words taken from other languages: ki-lo- 
me-tre [ki-b-metr]; wa-gon [wa-g5]. The older and more common 
names of «the letters are: 

[5i] 

[ka] 

[el] 

[em] 
[en] 
[o] 
[pe] 

fry] 

[er] 

f In this enumeration the letters f, h, 1, m, n, r are generally of the 
feminine gender, the remaining letters being masculine. When a letter 
is named by itself, it is given as above indicated, with whatever ortho- 
graphic sign it may have. The French word re-com-pen-se may be 
* s — spelled : erre-e accent aigu = re ; ce-o-emme = com, re-com ; pe-e- 
enne = pen, re-com-pen ; esse-e = se, re-com-pen-se. 

But in reading and spelling, it is now common in many French 
schools to name each consonant by its own sound, followed by the 
so-called mute e [9]. The new names then are: 



a 


a 


[a] 


J 


ji 


b 


be 


[be] 


k 


ka 


c 


ce 


[se] 


1 


elle 


d 


de 


[de] 


m 


emme 


e 


e 


[e] 


n 


enne 


f 


efie 


[ef] 








g 


ge 


[5e] 


P 


pe 


h 


ache 


[aSl 


q 


ku 


i 


i 


[i] 


r 


erre 



s 


esse 


[esj 


t 


te- 


[te] 


u 


ii 


[y] 


V 


ve 


[ve] 


w 


double ve 


[dubl ve 


X 


iks 


[iks] 


y 


igrec 


[igrek] 


z 


zede 


[zed] 



a 


[a] 


je 


[39] 


se 




[S9] 


be 


[b9] 


ke 


[ka] 


te 




[ta] 


ke se 


[k9] [S9] 


le 


Pa] 


u 




[y] 


de 


[da] 


me 


[ma] 


ve 




[vaj 


e 


[3] 


ne 


[na] 


w 


double ve 


[dubl V9] 


fe 


[fe] 





[0] 


xe 


gze 


[ks9] [gZ9 


gue je 


[ga] [39] 


pe 


[pa] 


y 




[i] 


he 


[h9] 


ke 


[ka] 


ze 




[»] 


i 


[i] 


re 


[»] 









In this enumeration, all of the letters are of the masculine gender. 
The French word in-com-pre-hen-si-bi-li-te would be spelled: i-ne 

" cerebral r." It may be said as regards parallelism of sound between </> and the vowel in 
hwrt, and between 02 and the vowel in pwp, hwt, c«p, that in the speech of those who pro- 
nounce no r in hwrt, a parallel exists between the vowel in this word as compared with that 
of hwt, and the French vowels <f> and ce. </> is sensibly more tense than ce. 
* See Geddes: French Pronunciation, §§ 22, 23, 24, 25. 



APPENDIX 237 

= in ; ke-o-me = com, in-com ; pe-re-e = pre, in-com-pre ; he-e-ne 
= hen, in-com-pre-hen ; se-i = si, in-com-pre-hen-si ; be-i = bi, 
in-com-pre-hen-si-bi ; le-i = li, in-compre-hen-si-bi-li ; te-e = te, 
in-com-pre-hen-si-bi-li-te. 

192. Phonetic Transcription. 

In this section is given the phonetic transcription of the examples, 
model sentences and vocabularies of Lessons I to VII, under their 
respective section numbers. 

LESSON I 

2. ni, ni, ny, fi, si, ri, by, dy, py; si, sy, ti, ty, pli, ply, kri, kry, 
bry, ki. 

3. fi, fy, ni, ny, di, dy; vi, vy, vu, ku, ku, ku; myr, kur, kur, kur; 
mil, vif, vif, buk, buk, fil. 

4. 1. la, ts, k3, mi, my, mu; ri, ry, ry, ru, S9, n9. 
4, 2. de, ne, ne, pre, pre. 

4, 3. lsv, lev, tst, tr£, prs, prs. 

bsk, bsl, msr, msr, nsf, ms, me. 

Exercise 

ri, my, my, fu, mu, mu, bu, ru, tu, lu; nyl, tur, fi, dyk, kri, kry. 

ma, d3, ni, ni, ny, ny, nu, nu; bu, by, vi, vy, vy, vu, li, nyk. 

kle, kle, ble, de, ne, ne. 

msl, prst, zsl, krsp, pel, trsv, levr, lsvr, msr, psr. 

ssl, ssl, ssl, tsl, tel; fre, ssk, brsf, brsv, frsir, vsr, vsr, bsk, 3s. 

5, gu, gut, ge, 3it, 33, $sf, liz, lis, lyks; gid, 3el, 3u, $£r, $£r, ry:z, 
rys, fiks. 

6, 1. a, a, la, la, lak, pat; ga:3, la:v, barb. 

6, 2. am, a:m; pa, ka; ga:z; klais, grars. 

7, 1. rDb, bor, kok, tDr, fol, org, votr. 

7, 2. ko:t, rod, voitr; mo, so, gro; §o:z, proiz; o, o, so, so. 

Exercise 

il, il, si, si, to, sor, $yt, si-3i, ra, va:z, $ok, do, vsrt, du, du:z, fs:t, gi, 
ssks, gu:3, 3u:r, mss, mst, pik, mal, mal, gra:s, gDlf, ro:s, bros, tru, 3yjr, 
3y:p, si:r, si:r, bo, bo, 5s:r, §£ r, sabl, lsst, ta, sss, diim, la:$, lurd, pri:z, 
fbrt, katr, $u, n3tr, no:tr, bsl, ba:z, ^a.t, b3, pa:s, o, ss:d, fla:m, 
not, $ik, bal, la, la:s, grois, flo, port, ss:d, ta:s, tro:n, ms:m, vsks, kol, 
nos, pa:t, vals, kDm, ps:z, fyg, zsbr. 



238 APPENDIX 

LESSON II 

8. i la, i le; £ la, 8 le; a til, a tel; e til, e tel. 

9. u e la §a ? 

la me ra mi la sup syr la tabl 

10. pa-na-ma, fi-ni, ka-fe, ra-ti, pre-pa-re, 5e-ne-ro-zi-te, ra-pa, 
a-ni-mal, o-be-ir. 

(a) a-pre, a-friir, ta-blo. 

(b) ser-vi, par-ti:r, res-pi-re, mar-ti:r, ser-kle. 

Exercise 

a-vek, ri-do, paste, sam-di, lek-ty:r, po-zi-tif, si-lab, 33-nu, e-ga-li-te, 
ny-me-ro, pak-bo, 3i-go, ly-gybr, di-plo:m, pra-po, es-pes, ze-ro, a-$et, 
nek-tair, ba:ze, me-na:3, plaitr, mat-la (mat-la), $ar-3ra, da-su, d9-sy, 
presk (pres-ka), koz-ri, pa- tit, e-ter-ni-te, e-le:v, mi-nistr, sirk, $3-vo, 
ak-tabr, org, ku-ve:r, e-pu:z, 5u-5u, 3ur-nal, myl-ti-tyd, y-til, a-zy:r, 
fi-gy:r, r3v-ny, pa-py-la-ri-te, mar-so, po-e:t. 

11. la pe ra ser-vi la ra-ti 
la ms ra ser-vi la sup 

12. la ban pre-par le r3-pa 
£ la pre-pa-re le le-gym 
£ la v£r-se lo 

pe:r, pe:r. 

ra-pa, ra-pa. 

o, o. 

I3 $a, e §a; la tabl, le tabl; lo, le zo. , 

13. u £ b pla? 

i l£ syr la tabl 

ki a v£r-se lo? 
£ l£ la pur $arl 

Vocabulary 

a, £; la, la, 1, le; il, el; u, u; syr, su, pur; i-si la; ki? o-si; b pe:r, 
la me:r; la ban, la sup; ma-ri, $arl; lo, la ka-fe; la ra-ti, la le-gym; la 
ra-pa, a tabl; pre-pa-re, v£r-se; ser-vi, mi; by. 

Is fis; e; la le. 



APPENDIX 239 



LESSON III 

14, 1. 30:n; f0, s0, n0; m0:z, m0:t, bsr-s0:z, n0:tr. 

14, 2. noef, nce:v, boef, 3oen, beer, a-voe:gl. 

15. b:r, 3-rDir, po:l. 

§£ir, trein, be; 53 par-le, 3e. 

ns:5, ssigl, rs:n. 

39 pe-je, il gra-se-js. 

16. (c) fer-me, kle. 

le-3e, bu-$e, par-le, cb-ne. 
vu ze e1. 

Exercise 

p0, pceir, tru-ve, S£iz, de-gu, bl0, bl0-a:tr, flceir, floe:v, 3£-me, $e, 
§£iz, nu-vo, loeir, lar-3ce:r, ce:vr, be-gs-js, trsiz, ru-30, 39 ve-re, 30, 
30-di, pus, tus, tre-no, me, ne, v0, v0, vo, s£:n, a-ss-js, kceir, kceir, 
soe:r, f0:tr, do-ns, Sa-ms, ba-lsin, moebl, pe, vre, 5£-s£-je, gra-ss-ja, 
la-bu-roe:r, gce:z, a-se, £-groe:r, pe-$ce:r, kut, s£r-vi-toe:r, par-le, e-fe, 
poepl. 

17, 1. (a) a, a, a-fa, ta, ta, §a, §a. 
17, 1. (b) fg, fg, fg. lg:ks, eg-za-mg. 
17, 1. (c) n5, n5, n5, pr5. 

17, 1. (d) tie, a 3oe, par-foe. 

17, 2. ku-zg, ku-zin; b5, bon; $a-kde, §a-kyn; i-no-sa, i-no-sait; 
i-ma:s. 

17, 3. 5 na na a-se 
om-ni-bys. 
il pari 

la, lg, 15, Ice; da, dg, d5, doe; ka, kg, k5, kde; a nee ng sta; 
il fi-ni-se; ka-bm-ni. 

Exercise 

sa, sa, sa, sa, sa, pg, pg, pg, pg, pe, r5, r5, r5, pl5, ka, pla, da, da, 
doe, brde. 

gra, graid, r5, r5:d, $a-te, lce-di, il don, r5:pr, a-ne, a-pi:r, a-prde-te, 
ko-kg, kD-kin, pg-ty:r, vg, vg, vg, v£n, v£:n, i-na-ta-tif, trait, ka-ra-te 
oe, ra:p, il r5:p, plgidr, k5:bl, Dm-ni-po-ta, k5-vg-ky, k£l-kde, kel-kyn, 
£-sg, a-ma-tce:r, k5-3e, fla-bo, ce-r9-pe-£n, il par-k, maibr, a-me-ri-kg, 
a-me-ri-k£n, 5:kl, ta:t, 5:z, pre-n5, ko-mce, ko-myn, £n-mi, pr5-ti-tyd, 
i-ny-til, r£s-tD-ra. 



240 APPENDIX 

LESSON IV 
18, 1. tel, soel, sil. 

tra-va:j, dceij; tra-va-je, bu-te:j. 
mil, vil, vi-la:5, tra-kil. 

18, 2. bm, le zom. 

b e-ro, le e-ro. 

19, 1. se tel, si la la:kr. 

b 5-zje-mDm. 
19, 2. gar-s5, a-va-sa, r9-sy. 

19, 3. no-el, e-ro-in, na-if. 

20. (a) nja-ga-ra, fja-se, pjo$, mje, mjen, pje, le zj0, sjel, sj0, bje. 

mar-sjal, e-sa-sjel, pa-sja;s, po-zi-sj5, di-fe-ra-sja-sj5; kes-tj5. 
20. (b) dwan, wi, lwe, lws, 3wce:r, 5w5, rwa. 
mwa, mwa, lwa-zi:r, a-gwas. 

20. (c) ly, Iqi; py, pqi; ry, rqel; ny, nqa:5, nqe; ty, tue, tqoeir, 
tun, tip. 

Exercise 

gar-s5, trwa, rwa-jal, lqi, lwi, lwi:z, $9-val, sceir, sqcerr, tqi-jo, vil, 
vil, vjeij, vjs-ja:r, loeir, ma-loe:r, a-i:r, qi-sje, ko-ma-sa, kre-j5, fwe, 
e-te-li-3a:s, fa-mi:j, a-jcel, il r9-sy:r, fo-tce:j, frqi, ce:j, le zj0, le e:tr, 
kqi-zin. 

21. 59 sqi, ty £, i 1e, 8 le; nu som, vu ze:t, il s5, si s5. 
sqi:3? e ty? e til? e tel?; som nu? e:t vu? so til? s5 tel? 
u e:t vu? 

5 a sqi da b 5ar-de 
59 sqi za-vek 3 a 

22. lwiiz, e tel a le-kol? 
n5, e le da la me-z5 
u s5 le fis? 

il s5 la-ba su laribr. 

23. i la mi s5 kre-j5 da sa po$ 

i la pri s5 kre-j5 da la po$ de s5 3i-le 

e la mi se li:vr syr la tabl 

e la pri se li:vr syr la tabl 

i la mi so $a-po 

e la o-te s5 Sa-po 

e la o-te la nap 



APPENDIX 241 



Vocabulary 



tie, yn; s5, sa, se; da; a-vck, a; wi, n5; la-ba; la me-z5, lg 3ar-ds; 
b mu-$wa:r, la po$; b kre-j5, b li:vr; b meitr, la fi:j; la 5oen fi:j, la 
fi-jst; la kui-zin, la nap; b Sa-po, la flce:r; b so-fa, tie nar:br; tie ne-lsv, 
y ne-lev, tie na-ffl, y na-fa; y ne-kol, y ne-gli:z; a le-kol, a le-gli:z; pri, 
o-te; m3-ne, par-te. 

1. tie 2. d0 3. trwa 4. katr 



LESSON V 
24, 1. ap-syrd, op-tg-niir. 
24, 2. s9-g5, s3-g5:d, s3-g5-d£ir. 

bla, fra, tr5. 

or-k£str, kceir, e-ko. 
24, 3. 0, b0, kle, $e-doe:vr. 

pa-ra-graf, fo-ne-tik. 
24, 4. ga-ne, ka-pap. 
24, 5. ki-b-gram, ko-dak, $a-ko. 

va-g5, vi-tsn-bssr. 

tram- we, rd-we. 
24, 6. a-kwa-rd, skwa:r (skwsir). 
24, 7. ska-dal, so, se-ti-je, sko-leir, skry-pyl. 
24, 8. ba-ts:m, ba-tist, k5-te, skyl-ty:r, skyl-toe:r. 

24, 9. ko-rskt, di-rskt, £g-zakt. 

est, west, no-rest, no-rwsst; krist, 5e-zy-kri 
te-a:tr, e-li-za-bst. 

Exercise 

s3-g5-de, sja:s, e-le-fa, a-bwa-ja, ap-sudr, skry-te, s£-poe:r, kjosk, 
fsr-bla, si-pal, skyl-ty:r, va-g5, kwa-dri:j (ka-dri:j), no-rw£st, a-fi-te-aitr; 
3e-ty-di, ty e-ty-di, i le-ty-di; nu ze-ty-dj5, vu ze-ty-dje, il ze-ty-di; 
5e-ty-djs, ty e-ty-dj*£, i le-ty-dj£; nu ze-ty-dj5, vu ze-ty-dje, il ze-ty-dj£. 

25, 1. a-v£ ke-n£r-5i, oe fa-la-kok, ko ka-lam, pu rd. 
25, 2. (a) ka ta-le-vu o te-a:tr? 

25, 2. (b) nee vce:r. 
25, 2. (c) sa k£-py:r. 
25, 2. (d) le ze-kol, o ze-kol. 
25, 3. tro p£-ma:bl, pg-ti-ta pti, $e zel. 
b5 na rje. 



242 APPENDIX 

26. se:k; se ke-lev, se kam; se me:tr, se e-ro 
sis; si ze-lev, si zom; si meitr, si e-ro 
set; ss te-lsv, se torn; se me:tr, se e-ro 
qit; qi te-lev, ui torn; qi meitr, ui e-ro 
ncef; noe ve-lev, noe vam; noe me:tr, noe e-ro 
dis; di ze-lev, di zam; di me:tr, di e-ro 

27. la pti gar-sa, le pti gar-s5; la pa- tit fi:j, le pa-tit fi:j 
la 53-li ar:br, le 3a-li zanbr; la 3a-li fam, le 3a-li fam 
ce gra torn, yn gra:d dam 

28. 3e, ty a, i la, e la; nu za-v5, vu za-ve, il z5, el z5 

e:3? a ty? a til? a tel?; a-v5 nu? a-ve vu? 5-til? 5-tel? 

3e d0 Sje 
3e ce $a o-si 

29. 3e vy, ty a vy, i la vy, e la vy; nu za-v5 vy, vu za-ve vy, 
il z5 vy, el z5 vy. 

e:3 vy? a-v5-nu vy? 

etc. etc. 

ki a mi b ku-ve:r? 
3e mi b ku-ve:r 
3e o-te b ku-ve ro-si 

d0 ze sis f5 qit 

nu SDm qit i-si 

b Sje ne b $a s5 su b so-fa 

sa me re sa sce:r 5 pre-pa-re b di-ne 

Vocabulary 

da, e e-si da sqit; pa-ti, gra; 3a-li, $ak; ma-sj0, ma-dam; a-ri, a-rjet; 
gi-jo:m, ce nam; la dam, la fam; la fre:r, la sce:r; la di-ne, la fa-mi:j; 
la ku-ve:r, la vja:d; la ta:s, la su-kup; la ku-to, la fur-Jet; la kqi-je:r, 
y na-sjet; la $e:z, la te; la mar-so, la sykr; la $je, la ry; la ver, la ga; 
il f5, a-par-te; a-par-te, me-te. 

5. se:k 6. sis 7. set 8. qit 9. ncef 10. dis 



LESSON VI 
30. da-ne, fi-ni:r, ra:pr 

mar-$e, par-le, e-me; fur-ni:r, py-ni:r, $wa-zi:r; e-te-ra;pr, 
ka-ra:pr, a-ta:dr 



APPENDIX 243 

31. 53 dg-ng-re, ty dg-ng-ra, il dg-ng-ra, si dg-ng-ra; 
nu dg-ng-rg, vu dg-ng-re, il dg-ng-r5, el dg-ng-rg 

dg-ng-re:3? dg-ng-ra-ty? dg-ng-ra- til? dg-ng-ra-tel? 
dg-ng-r5-nu? dg-ng-re-vu? dg-ng-rg-til? dg-ng-rg-tel? 

39 fi-ni-re 33 r5-pre fi-ni-re:3? r5-pre:3? 

etc. etc. etc. etc. 

32. 39 ng mar-$g-re pa, ty n9 mar-$g-ra pa, il ng mar-$g-ra pa; 
nu ng mar-$g-r5 pa, vu ng mar-$g-re pa, il ng mar-§g-r5 pa. 

ng mar-$g-re:3 pa? ng mar-$g-ra-ty pa? ng mar-$g-ra-til pa? 
ng mar-§g-r5-nu pa? ng mar-$g-re-vu pa? ng mar-§g-r5-til pa? 

3g ng par-lg-re pa 
3g ng fur-ni-re rje 
3g ne-te-rg-pre psr-sgn 

33. i la mar-Se trwa mil 
ms ng, pa trwa me se:k 
kg §wa-zi-r5-til? rje 

ki a par-le? gi-jo:m 
ki a-ve-vu vy? per-sgn 

34. 3g ne pa fi-ni, ty na pa fi-ni, il na pa fi-ni; 
nu na-v5 pa fi-ni, vu na-ve pa fi-ni, il n5 pa fi-ni 

ne3 pa fi-ni? na-ty pa fi-ni? na-til pa fi-ni? 

na-v5-nu pa fi-ni? na-ve-vu pa fi-ni? n5-til pa fi-ni? 

ka-ve-vu fur-ni? 

3g ne rje fur-ni 

ki a-til e-te-rg-py? 

il na e-te-rg-py per-sgn 

5g ne rje §wa-si pur lwi:z 

3g ne par-le a per-sgn 

35. a la vil, o vil 
a bm, o zgm 

o gar-s5, o gar-s5 

Vocabulary 

me, kg; ki? ng . . . pa; ng . . . rje, ng . . . per-sgn; b5, b5, boil, 
bon; mo-ve, mo-ve, mo-ve:z, mo-ve:z; lg pa, b mil; la vil, b vi-la:5; 
b brqi, b si-la:s; b gu, lar-3a; la b-s5, la fwa; b ma-ri, lg mar-$e; pgr-te, 
a-pgr-te. 

6.0 fwa ce fg d0 



244 APPENDIX 



LESSON VII 

36. cb-ne, do-na, cb-ne, 53 don, 53 do-ne 
fi-ni:r, fi-ni-sa, fi-ni, 53 fi-ni, 59 fi-ni 
roipr, ro-pa, ro-py, 59 r5, 53 r5-pi 

37. 53 don, ty don, il don, el don; nu do-no, vu do-ne, il don, el don 
53 no don pa, ty no don pa, il no don pa, el no don pa; nu n3 do-no 

pa, vu no do-ne pa, il n9 don pa, el n3 don pa. 

53 fi-ni, ty fi-ni, il fi-ni, el fi-ni; nu fi-ni-s5, vu fi-ni-se, il fi-nis, el 
fi-nis 

53 ro, ty ro, il r5, el r5; nu ro-po, vu ro-pe, 51 r5:p, el r5:p 

do-ne:5? don-ty? don-til? don-tel? do-no-nu? do-ne- vu? don- 
til? don-tel? 

ne do-ne:5 pa? no don-ty pa? no don-til pa? no don-tel pa? no 
do-no-nu pa? no do-ne-vu pa? no don- til pa? no don-tel pa? 

fi-ni:5? fi-ni-ty? fi-ni- til? fi-ni-tsl? fi-ni-so-nu? fi-ni-se-vu? 
fi-nis-til? fi-nis-tel? 

es ko 53 ro? ro-ty? ro-til? ro-tel? ro-po-nu? ro-pe-vu? ro-til? 
ro tel? 

38. don, do-no, do-ne; no don pa, no do-no pa, no do-ne pa 
fi-ni, fi-ni-so, fi-ni-se; no fi-ni pa, no fi-ni-so pa, no fi-ni-se pa 
ro, ro-po, ro-pe; no ro pa, no ro-po pa, no ro-pe pa 

39. 5e vy; 53 sui za-ri-ve; 50 mo sui za-my-ze 

40. par-le-vu fra-se? 

no, mo-sj0, 53 par ld-gle 
me 5e-ty-di lo frd-se me-tna 
e-me-vu lo fra-se? wi, mo-sj0 
pur-kwa lo msitr parl-ti la le-lev? 
pars-ki le-te-ro kel-ko-fwa la lo-so 
Swa-si-se. ne par-le za per-son 
e la-ta la vwa 

41. do la sce:r, de sceir 
do loikl, de zoikl 

la fo-ne:tr do la me-z5 

le su do 5a 

lo liivr dy gar-so 

yn lo-so da-gle (a na-gle) 

yn me-zo do bwa (a bwa) 

ko-te do tie 5ys-ka se:z 



APPENDIX 



245 



Vocabulary 

a, 5ys-ka; pur-kwa, par-sa-ka; fra-ss, a-gls; ply-zjoe:r, js:r, m£- 
tna; da-me, o-3ur-dqi; tie n5ikl, la ta:t; la fa-neitr, la part; la $a:br, 
la gair; lar-3a, b:r; la bag, la da-tsl; b bwa, la pjsir; yn gra-msir, 
lis-twa:r; la-rit-me-tik, la m5:tr; la vwa, a-ri-ve; tra-va-je, e-ty-dje; 
fer-me, pre-te; plce-re, k5-te; ba-ti:r, psrdr. 

u-vri:r: 3u:vr, ty u:vr, i luivr, nu zu-vr5, vu zu-vre, il zuivr 

11. 5:z 12. du:z 13. trsiz 14. ka-tarz 15. ke:z 16. se:z 

193. Numerals. 



(a) Cardinal Numerals. 




1 un, une 


30 trente 


2 deux 


31 trente et un 


3 trois 


32 trente-deux 


4 quatre 


40 quarante 


5 cinq 


41 quarante et un 


6 six 


42 quarante-deux 


7 sept 


50 cinquante 


8 huit 


51 cinquante et un 


9 neuf 


52 cinquante-deux 


10 dix 


60 soixante 


11 onze 


61 soixante et un 


12 douze 


62 soixante-deux 


13 treize 


69 soixante-neuf 


14 quatorze 


70 soixante-dix 


15 quinze 


71 soixante et onze 


16 seize 


72 soixante-douze 


17 dix-sept 


73 soixante-treize 


18 dix-huit 


74 soixante-quatorze 


19 dix-neuf 


79 soixante-dix-neuf 


20 vingt 


80 quatre-vingts 


21 vingt et un 


81 quatre- vingt-un 


22 vingt-deux 


82 quatre- vingt-deux 


23 vingt- trois 


83 quatre-vingt-trois 


24 vingt-quatre 


89 quatre-vingt-neuf 


25 vingt-cinq 


90 quatre-vingt-dix 


26 vingt-six 


91 quatre- vingt-onze 


27 vingt-sept 


92 quatre- vingt-douze 


28 vingt-huit 


98 quatre-vingt-dix-huit 


29 vingt-neuf 


99 quatre-vingt-dix-neuf 



246 



APPENDIX 



100 cent 

200 deux cents 

201 deux cent un 



202 deux cent deux 
1,000 mille 
1,000,000 un million 



1,000,000,000 un milliard or un billion 



(b) Ordinal Numerals. 
1st premier (m.), premiere (/.) 
2d deuxieme or second (m.), seconde (/.) 
3d troisieme 
4th quatrieme 
5 th cinquieme 
6th sixieme 
7th septieme 



8th huitieme 

9th neuvieme 
10th dixieme 
nth onzieme 
12th douzieme 
13th treizieme 
21st vingt et unieme 



The ordinal numerals are formed by adding -ieme to the cardinals. 
194. Seasons, Months, Days. 



(months) 






(seasons) 


Janvier 






printemps 


feVrier 






ete 


mars 






automne 


avril 






hiver 


mai 






(days) 


juin 






dimanche 


juillet 






lundi 


aout 






mardi 


septembre 






mercredi 


octobre 






jeudi 


novembre 






vendredi 


d^cembre 






samedi 


These names are all masculine. 






195. Linking Verbs : 


avoir and etre. 






Simple 


Tenses 




Pres. Infinitive, avoir 






etre 


Pres. Participle, ayant 






etant 


Past Participle, eu 






ete 




Present Indicative 




j'ai nous avons 


je suis 


nous sommes 


tu as vous avez 


tu es 


vous £tes 


il a ils ont 




il est 


ils sont 





APPENDIX 






Past Descriptive 




j'avais 


nous avions j'etais 


nous etions 


tu avais 


vous aviez tu etais 


vous etiez 


il avait 


ils avaient il etait 
Past Absolute 


ils etaient 


j'eus 


nous eumes je fus 


nous fumes 


tu eus 


vous elites tu fus 


vous futes 


il eut 


ils eurent il fut 


ils furent 



247 



Future 



j aurai 


nous aurons je serai 


nous serons 


tu auras 


vous aurez tu seras 


vous serez 


il aura 


ils auront il sera 
Past Future 


ils seront 


j'aurais 


nous aurions je serais 


nous serions 


tu aurais 


vous auriez tu serais 


vous seriez 


il aurait 


ils auraient il serait 


ils seraient 



Imperative 





ayons 




soyons 


aie 


ayez 


sois 


soyez 


(qu'il ait) 


(qu'ils aient) 


(qu'il soit) 


(qu'ils soient) 



Present Subjunctive 



j aie 
tu aies 
il ait 


nous ayons je sois 
vous ayez tu sois 
ils aient il soit 

Past Subjunctive 




nous soyons 
vous soyez 
ils soient 


j'eusse 
tu eusses 
il eut 


nous eussions je fusse 
vous eussiez tu fusses 
ils eussent il fut 

Compound Tenses 




nous fussions 
vous fussiez 
ils fussent 


Past Infinitive 
Past Participle 


avoir eu 
ayant eu 


avoir ete 
ayant ete 



2 4 8 



APPENDIX 



Present Perfect Indicative 



j'ai eu 


nous avons eu j'ai ete 


nous avons ete 


tu as eu 


vous avez eu tu as ete 


vous avez ete 


il a eu 


ils ont eu il a ete 
Past Perfect Indicative 


ils ont ete 


j'avais eu 


nous avions eu j'avais ete 


nous avions ete 


tu avais eu 


vous aviez eu tu avais ete 


vous aviez ete 


il avait eu 


ils avaient eu il avait ete 


ils avaient ete 



Second Past Perfect Indicative 

j'eus eu nous eumes eu j'eus ete nous eumes ete 

tu eus eu vous elites eu tu eus ete vous eutes ete 

il eut eu ils eurent eu il eut ete ils eurent ete 



j aurai eu 
tu auras eu 
il aura eu 



Future Perfect 



nous aurons eu 
vous aurez eu 
ils auront eu 



j aurai ete 
tu auras ete 
il aura ete 



nous aurons ete 
vous aurez ete 
ils auront ete 



j aurais eu 
tu aurais eu 
il aurait eu 



Past Future Perfect 



nous aunons eu 
vous auriez eu 
ils auraient eu 



j 'aurais ete 
tu aurais ete 
il aurait ete 



nous aurions ete 
vous auriez ete 
ils auraient ete 



j aie eu 
tu aies eu 
il ait eu 



Present Perfect Subjunctive 



nous ayons eu 
vous ayez eu 
ils aient eu 



j'aie ete 
tu aies ete 
il ait 6te 



nous ayons ete 
vous ayez ete 
ils aient ete 



j eusse eu 
tu eusses eu 
il eut eu 



Past Perfect Subjunctive 



nous eussions eu 
vous eussiez eu 
ils eussent eu 



j'eusse ete nous eussions ete 

tu eusses ete vous eussiez ete 
il eut ete ils eussent ete 



APPENDIX 



249 



196. Model Regular Verbs : donner, finir, rompre. 

Simple Tenses 
Present Infinitive 
donner finir rompre 





Present Participle 




dormant 


finissant 
Past Participle 


rompant 


donne 


fini 
Present Indicative 


rompu 


je donne 


je finis 


je romps 


tu donnes 


tu finis 


tu romps 


il donne 


il finit 


il rompt 


nous donnons 


nous finissons 


nous rompons 


vous donnez 


vous finissez 


vous rompez 


ils donnent 


ils finissent 
Past Descriptive 


ils rompent 


je donnais 


je finissais 


je rompais 


tu donnais 


tu finissais 


tu rompais 


il donnait 


il finissait 


il rompait 


nous donnions 


nous finissions 


nous rompions 


vous donniez 


vous finissiez 


vous rompiez 


ils donnaient 


ils finissaient 
Past Absolute 


ils rompaient 


je donnai 


je finis 


je rompis 


tu donnas 


tu finis 


tu rompis 


il donna 


il finit 


il rompit 


nous donnames 


nous finimes 


nous rompimes 


vous donnates 


vous finites 


vous rompites 


ils donnerent 


ils finirent 
Future 


ils rompirent 


je donnerai 


je finirai 


je romprai 


tu donneras 


tu finiras 


tu rompras 


il donnera 


il finira 


il rompra 



250 



APPENDIX 



nous donnerons 
vous donnerez 
ils donneront 



nous finirons 
vous finirez 
ils finiront 



nous romprons 
vous romprez 
ils rompront 



je donnerais 
tu donnerais 
il donnerait 
nous donnerions 
vous donneriez 
ils donneraient 



Past Future 
je finirais 
tu finirais 
il finirait 
nous finirions 
vous finiriez 
ils finiraient 



je romprais 
tu romprais 
il romprait 
nous romprions 
vous rompriez 
ils rompraient 



donne(s) 

(qu'il donne) 

donnons 

donnez 

(qu'ils donnent) 



Imperative 
finis 

(qu'il finisse) 
finissons 
finissez 
(qu'ils finissent) 



romps 

(qu'il rompe) 

rompons 

rompez 

(qu'ils rompent) 






je donne 
tu donnes 
il donne 
nous donnions 
vous donniez 
ils donnent 



Present Subjunctive 
je finisse 
tu finisses 
il finisse 
nous finissions 
vous finissiez 
ils finissent 



je rompe 
tu rompes 
il rompe 
nous rompions 
vous rompiez 
ils rompent 



je donnasse 
tu donnasses 
il donnat 
nous donnassions 
vous donnassiez 
ils donnassent 



Past Subjunctive 

je finisse 
tu finisses 
il finit 

nous finissions 
vous finissiez 
ils finissent 



je rompisse 
tu rompisses 
il rompit 
nous rompissions 
vous rompissiez 
ils rompissent 



avoir donne 



Compound Tenses 
Past Infinitive 
avoir fini 



avoir rompu 



APPENDIX 



251 



ay ani donne 



Past Participle 
ayant fini 



ayant rompu 



j'ai donne 
tu as donne 
il a donne 
nous avons donne 
vous avez donne 
ils ont donne 



Present Perfect Indicative 

j'ai fini 
tu as fini 
il a fini 

nous avons fini 
vous avez fini 
ils ont fini 



j ai rompu 
tu as rompu 
il a rompu 
nous avons rompu 
vous avez rompu 
ils ont rompu 



j'avais donne 
tu avais donne 
il avait donne 
nous avions donne 
vous aviez donne 
ils avaient donne 



Past Perfect Indicative 

j'avais fini 
tu avais fini 
il avait fini 
nous avions fini 
vous aviez fini 
ils avaient fini 



j avais rompu 
tu avais rompu 
il avait rompu 
nous avions rompu 
vous aviez rompu 
ils avaient rompu 



Second Past Perfect Indicative 



j'eus donne 
tu eus donne 
il eut donne 
nous eumes donne 
vous etites donne 
ils eurent donne 



j'eus fini 
tu eus fini 
il eut fini 
nous eumes fini 
vous eutes fini 
ils eurent fini 



j eus rompu 
tu eus rompu 
il eut rompu 
nous eumes rompu 
vous eutes rompu 
ils eurent rompu 



j'aurai donne 
tu auras donne 
il aura donne 
nous aurons donne 
vous aurez donne 
ils auront donne 



j'aurais donne 
tu aurais donne 
il aurait donne 



Future Perfect 

j'aurai fini 
tu auras fini 
il aura fini 
nous aurons fini 
vous aurez fini 
ils auront fini 

Past Future Perfect 

j'aurais fini 
tu aurais fini 
il aurait fini 



j aurai rompu 
tu auras rompu 
il aura rompu 
nous aurons rompu 
vous aurez rompu 
ils auront rompu 



j'aurais rompu 
tu aurais rompu 
il aurait rompu 



252 




APPENDIX 




nous aurions 


donne 


nous aurions fini 


nous aurions rompu 


vous auriez donne 


vous auriez fini 


vous auriez rompu 


ils auraient donne 


ils auraient fini 


ils auraient rompu 






Present Perfect Subjunctive 




j'aie donne 




j'aie fini 


j'aie rompu 


tu aies donne 




tu aies fini 


tu aies rompu 


il ait donne 




il ait fini 


il ait rompu 


nous ayons donne 


nous ayons fini 


nous ayons rompu 


vous ayez donne 


vous ayez fini 


vous ayez rompu 


ils aient donne 


ils aient fini 


ils aient rompu 






Past Perfect Subjunctive 




j'eusse donne 




j'eusse fini 


j eusse rompu 


tu eusses donne 


tu eusses fini 


tu eusses rompu 


il eut donne 




il eut fini 


il eut rompu 


nous eussions 


donne 


nous eussions fini 


nous eussions rompu 


vous eussiez donne 


vous eussiez fini 


vous eussiez rompu 


ils eussent donne 


ils eussent fini 


ils eussent rompu 


197. Verbs like mener, to lead. 




mener 


to lead 


soulever 


to raise (a question) 


amener 


to bring semer 


to sew 


emmener 


to lead 


away parsemer 


to scatter, strew 


surmener 


to overwork peser 


to weigh 


se promener 


to take 


a walk peler 


to peel 


lever 


to raise 


acheter 


to buy 


se lever 


to rise 


racheter 


to redeem 


elever 


to rear, 


bring up achever 


to complete 


s'elever 


to elevate one's self geler 


to freeze 


enlever 


to lift away, remove degeler 


to thaw 



IRREGULAR VERBS 
198 aller, to go 

aller irai, as, a, ons, ez, ont * 

irais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 
allant allons, allez, vont 

allais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

aille, ailles, aille, allions, alliez, aillent 

* Hyphens have been omitted throughout these verb paradigms. 



APPENDIX 



253 



alle je suis alle, j'etais a., je fus a., je serai a., je serais a., 

je sois a., je fusse a., etre alle, etant alle 

vais vais, vas, va, (allons, allez, vont) 

va(s), allons, allez 

allai allai, as, a, ames, ates, erent 

allasse, asses, at, assions, assiez, assent 

199 envoyer, to send 

envoyer enverrai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

enverrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

envoyant envoyons, envoyez, envoient 

envoyais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

envoie, envoies, envoie, envoyions, envoyiez, envoient 

envoye j'ai envoye 

envoie envoie, envoies, envoie, (envoyons, ez, envoient) 

envoie (s), envoyons, envoyez 

envoyai envoyai, as, a, ames, ates, erent 

envoyasse, asses, at, assions, assiez, assent 

200 acquerir, to acquire 

acquerir acquerrai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

acquerrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

acquerant acquerons, acquerez, acquierent 
acquerais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

acquiere, acquieres, acquiere, acquerions, acqueriez, ac- 
quierent 

acquis j'ai acquis 

acquiers acquiers, acquiers, acquiert, (acquerons, ez, acquierent) 

acquiers, acquerons, acquerez 

acquis acquis, is, it, imes, ites, irent 

acquisse, isses, it, issions, issiez, issent 



201 assaillir, to assail 

assaillir assaillirai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

assaillirais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 



2 54 



APPENDIX 



assaillant assaillons, ez, ent 

assaillais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

assaille, es, e, ions, iez, ent 
assailli j'ai assailli 

assaille assaille, es, e, (assaillons, ez, ent) 

assaille (s), assaillons, ez 
assaillis assaillis, is, it, imes, ites, irent 

assaillisse, isses, it, issions, issiez, issent 



202 



benir, to bless 



Benir is conjugated like finir, but has two past participles: beni 
and benit. The latter is used only as an adjective: de 1'eau benite 
{holy water); du pain benit {consecrated bread). 



203 courir, to run 

courir courrai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

courrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 
courant courons, ez, ent 

courais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

coure, es, e, ions, iez, ent 
couru j'ai couru 

cours cours, cours, court, (courons, ez, ent) 

cours, courons, ez 
courus courus, us, ut, times, utes, urent 

courusse, usses, ut, ussions, ussiez, ussent 

204 cueillir, to gather 

cueillir cueillerai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

cueillerais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 
cueillant cueillons, ez, ent 

cueillais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

cueille, es, e, ions, iez, ent 
cueilli j'ai cueilli 

cueille cueille, es, e, (cueillons, ez, ent) 

cueille(s), cueillons, ez 
cueillis cueillis, is, it, imes, ites, irent 

cueillisse, isses, it, issions, issiez, issent 



APPENDIX 



255 



205 dormir, to 

dormir dormirai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

dormirais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

dormant dormons, ez, ent 

dormais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 
dorme, es, e, ions, iez, ent 

dormi j'ai dor mi 

dors dors, dors, dort, (dormons, ez, ent) 

dors, dormons, ez 

dormis dormis, is, it, imes, ites, irent 

dormisse, isses, it, issions, issiez, issent 

206 fuir, to flee, fly 

fuir fuirai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

fuirais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

fuyant fuyons, fuyez, fuient 

fuyais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

fuie, fuies, fuie, fuyions, fuyiez, fuient 

fui j'ai fui 

fuis fuis, fuis, fuit, (fuyons, ez, fuient) 

fuis, fuyons, ez 

fuis fuis, is, it, imes, ites, irent 

fuisse, isses, it, issions, issiez, issent 



207 

hair 

haissant 

hai 
hais 

hais 



hair, to hate 

hairai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 
hairais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

haissons, ez, ent 

halssais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

haisse, es, e, ions, iez, ent 

j'ai hai 

hais, hais, hait, (haissons, ez, ent) 
hais, haissons, ez 

hais, is, it, imes, ites, irent 

haisse, isses, it, haissions, issiez, issent 



256 APPENDIX 

208 mourir, to die 

mourir mourrai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

mourrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 
mourant mourons, mourez, meurent 

mourais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

meure, meures, meure, mourions, mouriez, meurent 
mort je suis mort 

meurs meurs, meurs, meurt, (mourons, ez, meurent) 

meurs, mourons, ez 
mourus mourus, us, ut, times, utes, urent 

mourusse, usses, ut, ussions, ussiez, ussent 



209 

ouvrir 

ouvrant 



ouvert 
ouvre 



ouvrir, to open 

ouvrirai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

ouvrirais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

ouvrons, ez, ent 

ouvrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

ouvre, es, e, ions, iez, ent 

j'ai ouvert 

ouvre, es, e, (ouvrons, ez, ent) 

ouvre(s), ouvrons, ez 

ouvris, is, it, imes, ites, irent 

ouvrisse, isses, it, issions, issiez, issent 



210 tenir, to hold 

Tenir is conjugated like venir (211), except that the compound 
tenses are made with avoir : j'ai tenu, j'avais tenu, etc. 



211 



venant 



venu 
viens 



venir, to come 

viendrai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

viendrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

venons, venez, viennent 

venais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

vienne, viennes, vienne, venions, veniez, viennent 

je suis venu 

viens, viens, vient, (venons, ez, viennent) 

viens, venons, venez 



APPENDIX 



257 



vins vins, vins, vint, vinmes, vintes, vinrent 

vinsse, vinsses, vint, vinssions, vinssiez, vinssent 

212 vetir, to clothe 

vetir vetirai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

vptirais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 
vetant vetons, ez, ent 

vetais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

vete, es, e, ions, iez, ent 
vetu j'ai vetu 

vets vets, vets, vet, (vetons, ez, ent) 

vets, vetons, vetez 
vetis vetis, is, it, imes, ites, irent 

vetisse, isses, it, issions, issiez, issent 

213 absoudre, to absolve 

Like resoudre, except that the past participle is absous (/. absoute). 
The past absolute and the past subjunctive are lacking. 

214 accroitre, to increase 

Like croitre, except that there is no circumflex accent in the past 
participle and in the singular and the third plural of the past absolute. 



215 

battre 

battant 

battu 
bats 

battis 



216 



boire 



battre, to beat 

battrai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

battrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

battons, ez, ent 

battais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

batte, es, e, ions, iez, ent 

j'ai battu 

bats, bats, bat, (battons, ez, ent) 

bats, battons, ez 

battis, is, it, imes, ites, irent 

battisse, isses, it, issions, issiez, issent 

boire, to drink 

boirai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 
boirais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 



258 APPENDIX 

buvant buvons, buvez, boivent 

buvais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

boive, boives, boive, buvions, buviez, boivent 

bu j'ai bu 

bois bois, bois, boit, (buvons, ez, boivent) 

bois, buvons, ez 

bus bus, us, ut, times, utes, urent 

busse, usses, ut, ussions, ussiez, ussent 

217 conclure, to conclude 

conclure conclurai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

conclurais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

concluant concluons, ez, ent 

concluais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 
conclue, es, e, ions, iez, ent 

conclu j'ai conclu 

conclus conclus, conclus, conclut, (concluons, ez, ent) 

conclus, concluons, ez 

conclus conclus, us, ut, umes, utes, urent 

conclusse, usses, ut, ussions, ussiez, ussent 

218 conduire, to conduct 

conduire conduirai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

conduirais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

conduisant conduisons, ez, ent 

conduisais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 
conduise, es, e, ions, iez, ent 

conduit j'ai conduit 

conduis conduis, conduis, conduit, (conduisons, ez, ent) 

conduis, conduisons, ez 

conduisis conduisis, is, it, imes, ites, irent 

conduisisse, isses, it, issions, issiez, issent 



219 



confire, to preserve 



Like suffire, except that the past participle is confit (/. confite). 



APPENDIX 



259 



220 connaitre, to know 

connaitre connaitrai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

connaitrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

connaissant connaissons, ez, ent 

connaissais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 
connaisse, es, e, ions, iez, ent 



connu j ai connu 

connais connais, connais, connait, (connaissons, ez, ent) 

connais, connaissons, ez 

connus connus, us, ut, limes, utes, urent 

connusse, usses, ut, ussions, ussiez, ussent 

221 coudre, to sew 

coudre coudrai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

coudrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

cousant cousons, ez, ent 

cousais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 
couse, es, e, ions, iez, ent 

cousu j'ai cousu 

couds couds, couds, coud, (cousons, ez, ent) 

couds, cousons, ez 

cousis cousis, is, it, imes, ites, irent 

cousisse, isses, it, issions, issiez, issent 

222 craindre, to fear 

craindre craindrai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

craindrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

craignant craignons, ez, ent 

craignais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 
craigne, es, e, ions, iez, ent 

craint j'ai craint 

crains crains, crains, craint, (craignons, ez, ent) 

crains, craignons, ez 

craignis craignis, is, it, imes, ites, irent 

craignisse, isses, it, issions, issiez, issent 



256 



mourant 



mort 
meurs 



APPENDIX 

mourir, to die 

mourrai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

mourrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

mourons, mourez, meurent 

mourais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

meure, meures, meure, mourions, mouriez, meurent 

je suis mort 

meurs, meurs, meurt, (mourons, ez, meurent) 

meurs, mourons, ez 

mourus, us, ut, times, utes, urent 

mourusse, usses, ut, ussions, ussiez, ussent 



209 

ouvrir 

ouvrant 



ouvert 
ouvre 



ouvrir, to open 

ouvrirai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

ouvrirais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

ouvrons, ez, ent 

ouvrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

ouvre, es, e, ions, iez, ent 

j'ai ouvert 

ouvre, es, e, (ouvrons, ez, ent) 

ouvre(s), ouvrons, ez 

ouvris, is, it, imes, ites, irent 

ouvrisse, isses, it, issions, issiez, issent 



210 



tenir, to hold 



Tenir is conjugated like venir (211), except that the compound 
tenses are made with avoir : j'ai tenu, j'avais tenu, etc. 



211 venir, to come 

venir viendrai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

viendrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 
venant venons, venez, viennent 

venais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

vienne, viennes, vienne, venions, veniez, viennent 
venu je suis venu 

viens viens, viens, vient, (venons, ez, viennent) 

viens, venons, venez 



APPENDIX 



257 



vins, vins, -vint, vinmes, vintes, vinrent 

vinsse, vinsses, vint, vinssions, vinssiez, vinssent 

212 vetir, to clothe 

vetirai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 
vetirais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 
vetons, ez, ent 

vetais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 
vete, es, e, ions, iez, ent 
j'ai vetu 

vets, vets, vet, (vetons, ez, ent) 
vets, vetons, vetez 
vetis vetis, is, it, imes, ites, irent 

vetisse, isses, it, issions, issiez, issent 



vetir 
vetant 



vetu 
vets 



213 absoudre, to absolve 

Like resoudre, except that the past participle is absous (/. absoute). 
The past absolute and the past subjunctive are lacking. 



214 



accroitre, to increase 



Like croitre, except that there is no circumflex accent in the past 
participle and in the singular and the third plural of the past absolute. 



215 

battre 

battant 

battu 
bats 

battis 



216 



boire 



battrai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

battrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

battons, ez, ent 

battais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

batte, es, e, ions, iez, ent 

j'ai battu 

bats, bats, bat, (battons, ez, ent) 

bats, battons, ez 

battis, is, it, imes, ites, irent 

battisse, isses, it, issions, issiez, issent 

boire, to drink 

boirai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 
boirais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 



258 APPENDIX 

buvant buvons, buvez, boivent 

buvais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

boive, boives, boive, buvions, buviez, boivent 

bu j'ai bu 

bois bois, bois, boit, (buvons, ez, boivent) 

bois, buvons, ez 

bus bus, us, ut, times, utes, urent 

busse, usses, ut, ussions, ussiez, ussent 

217 conclure, to conclude 

conclure conclurai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

conclurais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

concluant concluons, ez, ent 

concluais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 
conciue, es, e, ions, iez, ent 

conclu j'ai conclu 

conclus conclus, conclus, conclut, (concluons, ez, ent) 

conclus, concluons, ez 

conclus conclus, us, ut, times, utes, urent 

conclusse, usses, tit, ussions, ussiez, ussent 

218 conduire, to conduct 

conduire conduirai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

conduirais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

conduisant conduisons, ez, ent 

conduisais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 
conduise, es, e, ions, iez, ent 

conduit j'ai conduit 

conduis conduis, conduis, conduit, (conduisons, ez, ent) 

conduis, conduisons, ez 

conduisis conduisis, is, it, imes, ites, irent 

conduisisse, isses, it, issions, issiez, issent 



219 confire, to preserve 

Like suffire, except that the past participle is confit (/. confite). 



APPENDIX 

220 connaitre, to know 

connaitre connaitrai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

connaitrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

connaissant connaissons, ez, ent 

connaissais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 
connaisse, es, e, ions, iez, ent 

connu j'ai connu 

connais connais, connais, connait, (connaissons, ez, ent) 

connais, connaissons, ez 

connus connus, us, ut, times, utes, urent 

connusse, usses, ut, ussions, ussiez, ussent 

221 coudre, to sew 

coudre coudrai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

coudrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

cousant cousons, ez, ent 

cousais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 
couse, es, e, ions, iez, ent 

cousu j'ai cousu 

couds couds, couds, coud, (cousons, ez, ent) 

couds, cousons, ez 

cousis cousis, is, it, imes, ites, irent 

cousisse, isses, it, issions, issiez, issent 



259 



222 craindre, to fear 

craindre craindrai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

craindrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

craignant craignons, ez, ent 

craignais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 
craigne, es, e, ions, iez, ent 

craint j'ai craint 

crains crains, crains, craint, (craignons, ez, ent) 

crains, craignons, ez 

craignis craignis, is, it, imes, ites, irent 

craignisse, isses, it, issions, issiez, issent 



260 



APPENDIX 



223 

croire 

croyant 



224 

croitre 

croissant 

cru (crue) 
crois 

crus 

225 

dire 

disant 

dit 
dis 

dis 



croire, to believe 

ans, ez, ont 
croirais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 
croyons, croyez, croient 
croyais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 
croie, croies, croie, croyions, croyiez, croient 
j'ai cru, j'avais c, j'eus c, j'aurai c, j'aurais c, j'aie 
c, j'eusse c; avoir c, ayant c. 

crois, crois, croit, (croyons, ez, croient) 
crois, croyons, croyez 

crus, us, ut, times, utes, urent 

crusse, usses, ut, ussions, ussiez, ussent 

croitre, to grow 

croitrai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 
croitrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

croissons, ez, ent 

croissais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

croisse, es, e, ions, iez, ent 

j'ai cru (crue) 

crois, crois, croit, (croissons, ez, ent) 
crois, croissons, ez 

crus, crus, crut, crumes, crutes, crurent 

crusse, crusses, crut, missions, crussiez, crussent 

dire, to say, tell 

dirai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 
dirais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

disons, dites, disent 

disais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

dise, es, e, ions, iez, ent 

j'ai dit 

dis, dis, dit, (disons, dites, disent) 

dis, disons, dites 

dis, is, it, imes, ites, irent 

disse, isses, it, issions, issiez, issent 



APPENDIX 



261 



226 

ecrire 

ecrivant 

ecrit 
6cris 

ecrivis 

227 

faire 

faisant 



fait 
fais 

fis 



ecrire, to write 

ecrirai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

ecrirais. ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

ecrivons, ez, ent 

ecrivais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

ecrive, es, e, ions, iez, ent 

j'ai ecrit 

ecris, ecris, ecrit, (ecrivons, ez, ent) 

ecris, ecrivons, ez 

ecrivis, is, it, imes, ites, irent 

ecrivisse, isses, it, issions, issiez, issent 

faire, to make, do 

ferai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

ferais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

faisons, faites, font 

faisais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

fasse, fasses, fasse, fassions, fassiez, fassent 

j'ai fait 

fais, fais, fait, (faisons, faites, font) 

fais, faisons, faites 

fis, is, it, imes, ites, irent 

fisse, isses, it, issions, issiez, issent 



228 



Like conclure, except that the past participle is inclus (/. incluse). 

229 lire, to read 

lire lirai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

lirais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 
lisant lisons, ez, ent 

lisais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

lise, es, e, ions, iez, ent 
hi j'ai hi 

lis lis, lis, lit, (lisons, ez, ent) 

lis, lisons, ez 
his his, us, lit, times, tites, urent 

lusse, usses, ut, ussions, ussiez, ussent 



262 



APPENDIX 



230 maudire, to curse 

maudire maudirai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

maudirais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 
maudissant maudissons, ez, ent 

maudissais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

maudisse, es, e, ions, iez, ent 
maudit j'ai maudit 

maudis maudis, maudis, maudit, (maudissons, ez, ent) 

maudis, maudissons, ez 
maudis maudis, is, it, imes, ites, irent 

maudisse, isses, it, issions, issiez, issent 



231 



medire, to slander 



Like dire, except that the second person plural of the present indic- 
ative and of the imperative is medisez. 



232 mettre, to put 

mettre mettrai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

mettrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 
mettant mettons, ez, ent 

mettais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

mette, es, e, ions, iez, ent 
mis j'ai mis 

mets mets, mets, met, (mettons, ez, ent) 

mets, mettons, ez 
mis mis, is, it, imes, ites, irent 

misse, isses, it, issions, issiez, issent 

233 moudre, to grind 

moudre moudrai, as, a,, ons, ez, ont 

moudrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 
moulant moulons, ez, ent 

moulais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

moule, es, e, ions, iez, ent 
moulu j'ai moulu 

mouds mouds, mouds, moud, (moulons, ez, ent) 

mouds, moulons, ez 



APPENDIX 

moulus moulus, us, ut, times, utes, urent 

moulusse, usses, ut, ussions, ussiez, ussent 

234 naitre, to be born, spring up 

naitre naitrai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

naitrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

naissant naissons, ez, ent 

naissais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 
naisse, es, e, ions, iez, ent 

ne je suis ne 

nais nais, nais, nait, (naissons, ez, ent) 

nais, naissons, ez 

naquis naquis, is, it, imes, ites, irent 

naquisse, isses, it, issions, issiez, issent 

235 nuire, to injure 

Like conduire, except that the past participle is nui. 



263 



236 plaire, to please 

plaire plairai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

plairais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

plaisant plaisons, ez, ent 

plaisais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 
plaise, es, e, ions, iez, ent 

plu j'ai plu 

plais plais, plais, plait, (plaisons, ez, ent) 

plais, plaisons, ez 

plus plus, us, ut, times, utes, urent 

plusse, usses, ut, ussions, ussiez, ussent 

237 prendre, to take 

prendre prendrai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

prendrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

prenant prenons, prenez, prennent 

prenais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

prenne, prennes, prenne, prenions, preniez, prennent 



264 



APPENDIX 



pns j ai pns 

prends prends, prends, prend, (prenons, ez, prennent) 

prends, prenons, prenez 
pris P r is, is, it, imes, ites, irent 

prisse, isses, it, issions, issiez, issent 



238 resoudre, to resolve 

resoudre resoudrai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

resoudrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 
resolvant resolvons, ez, ent 

resolvais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

resolve, es, e, ions, iez, ent 
resolu j'ai resolu 

resous resous, resous, resout, (resolvons, ez, ent) 

resous, resolvons, ez 
resolus resolus, us, ut, iimes, utes, urent 

resolusse, usses, ut, ussions, ussiez, ussent 
Resoudre has another past participle, resous (no /.), which means 
dissolved {chemically). 

239 rire, to laugh 

rire rirai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

rirais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 
riant rions, riez, rient 

riais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

rie, es, e, ions, iez, ent 
ri j'ai ri 

ris ris, ris, rit, (rions, riez, rient) 

ris, rions, riez 
ris ris, is, it, imes, ites, irent 

risse, isses, it, issions, issiez, issent 



240 suffire, to suffice 

suffire suffirai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

suffirais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

sumsant sufl&sons, ez, ent 

suffisais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 
suffise, es, e, ions, iez, ent 



APPENDIX 



265 



suffi j'ai suffi 

suffis suffis, is, it, (suffisons, ez, ent) 

sufiis, suffisons, ez 
suffis suffis, is, it, imes, ites, irent 

suffisse, isses, it, issions, issiez, issent 

241 suivre, to follow 

suivre suivrai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

suivrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

suivant suivons, ez, ent 

suivais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 
suive, es, e, ions, iez, ent 

suivi j'ai suivi 

suis suis, suis, suit, (suivons, ez, ent) 

suis, suivons, ez 

suivis suivis, is, it, imes, ites, irent 

suivisse, isses, it, issions, issiez, issent 



242 taire, to say nothing about 

Like plaire, except that there is no circumflex accent in the third 
person singular of the present indicative: tait. 



243 

vaincre 

vainquant 

vaincu 
vaincs 

vainquis 
244 



vaincre, to conquer 

vaincrai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

vaincrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

vainquons, ez, ent 

vainquais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

vainque, es, e, ions, iez, ent 

j'ai vaincu 

vaincs, vaincs, vainc, (vainquons, ez, ent) 

vaincs, vainquons, ez 

vainquis, is, it, imes, ites, irent 

vainquisse, isses, it, issions, issiez, issent 



vendre, to sell 

Like rompre, except that there is no t in the third person singular 
of the present indicative: vend. 

All verbs in -andre, -endre (except prendre and its compounds), 
-erdre, -ondre and -ordre are conjugated similarly. 



266 



APPENDIX 



vivant 

v6cu 

vis 

vecus 



vivre, to live 

vivrai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

vivrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

vivons, ez, ent 

vivais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

vive, es, e, ions, iez, ent 

j'ai vecu 

vis, vis, vit, (vivons, ez, ent) 

vis, vivons, ez 

vecus, us, ut, times, iites, urent 

vecusse, usses, ut, ussions, ussiez, ussent 



246 asseoir, to seat 

asseoir assierai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

assierais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 
asseyant asseyons, ez, ent 

asseyais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

asseye, es, e, ions, iez, ent 
assis j'ai assis 

assieds assieds, assieds, assied, (asseyons, ez, ent) 

assieds, asseyons, ez 
assis assis, is, it, imes, ites, irent 

assisse, isses, it, issions, issiez, issent 



asseoir assoirai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

assoirais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

assoyons, ez, assoient 

assoyais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

assoie, assoies, assoie, assoyions, assoyiez, assoient 

j'ai assis 

assois, assois, assoit, (assoyons, ez, assoient) 

assois, assoyons, ez 

assis, is, it, imes, ites, irent 

assisse, isses, it, issions, issiez, issent 
Asseoir has a third form for the future and the past future: j'as- 
seyerai, j'asseyerais. 



assoyant 



assis 
assois 



assis 






247 

devoir 

devant 



du (due) 
dois 



dus 



APPENDIX 

devoir, to owe; must 

devrai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 
devrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

devons, devez, doivent 

devais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

doive, doives, doive, devions, deviez, doivent 

j'ai du (due) 

dois, dois, doit, (devons, ez, doivent) 
dois, devons, ez 

dus, us, ut, umes, utes, urent 

dusse, usses, ut, ussions, ussiez, ussent 



267 



248 

falloir 



falloir, to have to; must 



il faudra 
il faudrait 



fallu 
faut 



il fallait 
il faille 

il a fallu 

il faut 



fallut 

249 

mouvoir 



il fallut 
il fallut 



mouvoir, to move 



mouvrai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 
mouvrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 



mouvant mouvons, mouvez, meuvent 

mouvais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

meuve, meuves, meuve, mouvions, mouviez, meuvent 

mu (mue) j'ai mu (mue) 

meus meus, meus, meut, (mouvons, ez, meuvent) 

meus, mouvons, ez 

mus mus, us, ut, times, utes, urent 

musse, usses, ut, ussions, ussiez, ussent 



268 



APPENDIX 



250 

pleuvoir 

pleuvant 

plu 
pleut 



pleuvoir, to rain 



il pleuvra 
il pleuvrait 

il pleuvait 
il pleuve 

il a plu 
il pleut 



plut 

251 

pourvoir 



il plut 
il plut 



pourvoir, to provide 



pourvoirai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 
pourvoirais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

pourvoyant pourvoyons, ez, pourvoient 

pourvoyais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

pourvoie, pourvoies, pourvoie, pourvoyions, pourvoyiez, 
pourvoient 



pourvu 
pourvois 

pourvus 

252 

pouvoir 

pouvant 

pu 

puis or peux 

pus 



j ai pourvu 

pourvois, pourvois, pourvoit, (pourvoyons, ez, pourvoient) 
pourvois, pourvoyons, ez 

pourvus, us, ut, times, utes, urent 
pourvusse, usses, ut, ussions, ussiez, ussent 

pouyoir, to be able 
pourrai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 
pourrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

pouvons, pouvez, peuvent 

pouvais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

puisse, puisses, puisse, puissions, puissiez, puissent 

j'ai pu 

puis (peux), peux, peut, (pouvons, ez, peuvent) 

pus, us, ut, times, utes, urent 

pusse, usses, ut, ussions, ussiez, ussent 



APPENDIX 



269 



253 



prevaloir, to prevail 



Like valoir, except that the present subjunctive is: prevale, pre- 
vales, prevale, prevalions, prevaliez, prevalent. 

254 prevoir, to foresee 

Like voir, except that the future and the past future are: je pre- 
voirai; je prevoirais. 

255 recevoir, to receive 

recevoir recevrai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

recevrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 
recevant recevons, ez, recoivent 

recevais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

recoive, recoives, recoive, recevions, receviez, recoivent 
regu j'ai recu 

recois recois, recois, recoit, (recevons, ez, recoivent) 

recois, recevons, ez 
recus recus, us, ut, times, utes, urent 

recusse, usses, ut, ussions, ussiez, ussent 

256 savoir, to know, learn 

savoir saurai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

saurais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 
sachant savons, savez, savent 

savais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

sache, saches, sache, sachions, sachiez, sachent 
su j'ai su 

sais sais, sais, sait, (savons, ez, ent) 

sache, sachons, sachez 
sus sus, us, ut, times, utes, urent 

susse, usses, ut, ussions, ussiez, ussent 

257 valoir, to be worth 

valoir vaudrai, as, a, ons. ez. ont 

vaudrais, ais. ait, ions, iez, aient 

valant valons, ez, ent 

valais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

vaille, vailles, vaille, valions, valiez, vaillent 



270 



APPENDIX 



valu j'ai valu 

vaux vaux, vaux, vaut, (valons, ez, ent) 

vaux, valons, ez 
valus valus, us, ut, times, utes, urent 

valusse, usses, ut, ussions, ussiez, ussent 

258 voir, to see 

voir verrai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

verrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

voyant voyons, voyez, voient 

voyais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

voie, voies, voie, voyions, voyiez, voient 

vu j'ai vu 

vois vois, vois, voit, (voyons, ez, voient) 

vois, voyons, ez 

vis vis, is, it, imes, ites, irent 

visse, isses, it, issions, issiez, issent 

259 vouloir, to want, wish 

vouloir voudrai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

voudrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

voulant voulons, voulez, veulent 

voulais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

veuille, veuilles, veuille, voulions, vouliez, veuillent 
voulu j'ai voulu 

veux veux, veux, veut, (voulons, ez, veulent) 

veux, voulons, ez 
voulus voulus, us, ut, times, utes, urent 

voulusse, usses, ut, ussions, ussiez, ussent 

The regular imperative is not much used; the more usual forms are 
veuille, veuillons, veuillez, which mean be so kind as to, please. 

DEFECTIVE VERBS 

260 faillir, to fail, come near 

faillir faudrai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

faudrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 



APPENDIX 271 

faillant faillons, ez, ent 

faillais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

> j > j ; 

failli j'ai failli 

faux faux, faux, faut, (faillons, ez, ent) 

faillis faillis, is, it, imes, ites, irent 

1 ) 1 ■> ? 

Not much used except in infinitive, compound tenses, and the past 
absolute. 

Faillir {to fail in business) is usually conjugated like finir (196). 

261 gesir, to lie 
gesir , , , , , 

> > 5 ? » 
gisant gisons, ez, ent 

gisais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

j > > 5 > 

git , , git, (gisons, ez, ent) 

j > > > > 

? > j > ? 

Ci-git (here lies) and ci-gisent (here lie) are used in epitaphs. 

262 braire, to bray 

braire , , braira, , , brairont 

, , brairait, , , brairaient 

brayant , , braient 

, , brayait, , , brayaient 

> > ; > ■> 

brait , , brait, ( , , braient) 



27,2 APPENDIX 

263 bruire, to murmur, rustle 

bruire bruirai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

bruirais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

bruyant 1 , , bruissent 

or > J bruyais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

bruissant J \ bruissais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

bruisse, es, e, ions, iez, ent 
bruit il a bruit 
bruis bruis, bruis, bruit, ( , , bruissent) 



264 clore, to close 

clore clorai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

clorais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 



close, es, e, ions, iez, ent 
clos j'ai clos 
clos clos, clos, clot, ( , , ) 



265 eclore, to be hatched; open (flowers) 

eclore eclorai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

6clorais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

eclosons, ez, ent 

eclosais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 
eclose, es, e, ions, iez, ent 

eclos je suis eclos 

eclos eclos, eclos, eclot, (eclosons, ez, ent) 



fri] 



APPENDIX 

266 frire, to fry 

frirai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 
frirais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 



273 



frit 
fris 



j'ai frit 

fris, fris, frit, (- 
fris, , 



267 traire, to milk 

traire trairai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

trairais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

trayant trayons, ez, traient 

trayais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

traie, traies, traie, trayions, trayiez, traient 

trait j'ai trait 

trais trais, trais, trait, (trayons, ez, traient) 

trais, trayons, ez 



268 choir, to fall 

choir choirai (cherrai), as, a, ons, ez, ont 

choirais (cherrais), ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 



chu 
chois 

chus 



je suis chu 

chois, chois, choit, ( , , 

chois, , 

chus, us, ut, times, utes, urent 



274 APPENDIX 

269 dechoir, to fall of; forfeit 

dechoir decherrai, as, a, ons, ez, ont 

decherrais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 
dechoyons, ez, dechoient 

dechoyais, ais, ait, ions, iez, aient 

dechoie, dechoies, dechoie, dechoyions, dechoyiez, dechoient 
dechu j'ai dechu (je suis dechu) 

dechois dechois, dechois, dechoit, (dechoyons, ez, dechoient) 

d6chus dechus, us, ut, times, utes, urent 

dechusse, usses, ut, ussions, ussiez, ussent 



270 

echoir 

echeant 



6chu 
echoit \ 
(echet) / 
echut 



271 



seyant 
(s6ant) 



echoir, to fall due 

, , echerra, , , echerront 

, , echerrait, , , echerraient 

, , 6cheent (echoient) 

, — , echeait (echoyait), , , echeaient 

(echoyaient) 

, — — , echee, , , echeent 

il a echu (il est echu) 

, , echoit (echet), ( , , ech6ent or echoient) 



, echut, 


, 


, echurent 


, echut, 


, 


— — , echussent 


seoir, 


to fit, 


become 


, siera, - 


,- 


— — , sieront 


, sierait, 





, , sieraienfe 


, sieent 






, seyait, 





, seyaient 


, siee, — 


» 


, sieent 



sied 



sied, (- 



sieent) 



APPENDIX 



275 



272. REFERENCE LIST OF IRREGULAR AND 
DEFECTIVE VERBS 



abattre 215 

absoudre 213 

abstenir 210 

abstraire 267 

accourir 203 

accroire 223 

accroitre 214 

accueillir 204 

acquerir 200 

adjoindre 222 

admettre 232 

advenir 211 

aller 19 8 

apercevoir 255 

apparaitre 220 

appartenir 210 

apprendre 237 

assaiilir 201 

asseoir 246 

astreindre 222 

atteindre 222 

attraire 267 

avenir 211 

avoir 195 

battre 215 

benir 202 

boire 216 

bouillir 205 

braire 262 

bruire 263 

ceindre 222 

choir 268 

circonscrire 226 

circonvenir 211 

clore 264 



combattre 215 

commettre 232 

comparaitre 220 

complaire 236 

comprendre 237 

compromettre. ... 232 

concevoir 255 

conclure 217 

concourir 203 

conduire 218 

confire 219 

conjoindre 222 

connaitre 220 

conquerir 200 

consentir 205 

construire 218 

contenir 210 

contraindre 222 

contredire 231 

contrefaire 227 

contrevenir 211 

convaincre 243 

convenir 211 

coudre 221 

courir 203 

couvrir 209 

craindre 222 

croire 223 

croitre 224 

cueillir 204 

cuire 218 

debattre 215 

decevoir 255 

dechoir 269 

declore 264 



deconfire 219 

deconstruire 218 

decoudre 221 

decouvrir 209 

d6crire 226 

decroire 223 

decroitre 224 

dedire 231 

deduire 218 

defaillir 260 

defaire 227 

dejoindre 222 

dementir 205 

demettre 232 

departir 205 

depeindre 222 

deplaire 236 

depourvoir 251 

deprendre 237 

desapprendre . . . . 237 

desservir 205 

deteindre 222 

detenir 210 

detruire 218 

devenir 211 

devetir 212 

devoir 247 

dire 225 

disconvenir 211 

discourir 203 

disjoindre 222 

disparaitre 220 

dissoudre 213 

distraire 267 

dormir 205 

duire 218 



276 

ebouillir 205 

echoir 270 

eclore 265 

econduire 218 

ecrire 226 

elire 229 

emboire 216 

emettre 232 

emoudre 233 

emouvoir 249 

empreindre 222 

enceindre 222 

enclore 264 

encourir 203 

endormir 205 

enduire 218 

enfreindre 222 

enfuir 206 

enjoindre 222 

enquerir 200 

ensuivre 241 

entremettre 232 

entreprendre 237 

entretenir 210 

entrevoir 258 

entr'ouvrir 209 

envoyer 199 

epreindre 222 

eprendre 237 

equivaloir 257 

eteindre 222 

etre 195 

etreindre 222 

exclure 217 

extraire 267 

faillir 260 

faire 227 

falloir 248 

feindre 222 

forclore 264 



APPENDIX 

forfaire 227 

frire 266 

fuir 206 

geindre. 222 

gesir. . 261 

hair 207 

imboire 216 

inclure 228 

induire 218 

inscrire 226 

instruire 218 

interdire 231 

intervenir 211 

introduire 218 

joindre 222 

lire 229 

luire 235 

maintenir 210 

malfaire 227 

maudire 230 

meconnaitre 220 

medire 231 

mefaire 227 

mentir 205 

meprendre 237 

messeoir 271 

mettre 232 

moudre 233 

mourir 208 

mouvoir 249 

naitre 234 

nuire 235 

obtenir 210 

offrir 209 



oindre 222 

omettre 232 

ouvrir 209 

paitre 220 

paraitre 220 

parcourir 203 

parf aire 227 

partir 205 

parvenir 211 

peindre 222 

percevoir 255 

permettre 232 

plaindre 222 

plaire 236 

pleuvoir 250 

poindre 222 

poursuivre 241 

pourvoir 251 

pouvoir 252 

predire 231 

prendre 237 

prescrire 226 

pressentir 205 

prevaloir 253 

prevenir 211 

prevoir 254 

produire 218 

promettre. . ..... 232 

promouvoir 249 

proscrire 226 

provenir 211 

rabattre 215 

rapprendre 237 

rasseoir 246 

ratteindre 222 

ravoir 195 

reboire 216 

rebouillir 205 

recevoir 255 



APPENDIX 



277 



rechoir 269 

reclure 217 

reconduire 218 

reconnaitre 220 

reconquerir 200 

reconstruire 218 

recoudre 221 

recourir 203 

recouvrir 209 

recrire 226 

recroitre 214 

recueillir 204 

recuire 218 

redef aire 227 

redevenir 211 

redevoir 247 

redire 225 

redormir 205 

reduire 218 

reelire 229 

ref aire 227 

rejoindre 222 

relire 229 

reluire 235 

remettre 232 

remoudre 233 

remoudre 233 

renaitre 234 

rendormir 205 

rentraire 267 

renvoyer 199 

repaitre 220 

reparaitre 220 



repartir 205 

repeindre 222 

repentir 205 

reprendre 237 

reproduire 218 

repromettre 232 

requerir 200 

resoudre 238 

ressentir 205 

ressortir 205 

ressouvenir 211 

restreindre 222 

reteindre 222 

retenir 210 

retraire. 267 

revaloir 257 

revenir 211 

revetir 212 

revivre 245 

revoir 258 

rire 239 

rouvrir 209 

saillir 204 

satisfaire 227 

savoir 256 

secourir 203 

seduire 218 

sentir 205 

seoir 271 

servir 205 

sortir 205 

souffrir 209 



soumettre 232 

sourire 239 

souscrire 226 

soustraire 267 

soutenir 210 

souvenir 211 

subvenir 211 

suffire 240 

suivre 241 

surcroitre 214 

surf aire 227 

surprendre 237 

survenir 211 

survivre 245 

taire 242 

teindre 222 

tenir 210 

traduire 218 

traire 267 

transcrire 226 

transmettre 232 

tressaillir 204 

vaincre 243 

valoir 257 

vendre 244 

venir 211 

vetir 212 

vivre 245 

voir 258 

vouloir 259 



273. Commoner Verbs Governing an Infinitive without a Preposi- 
tion (Direct Infinitive) : 



aimer, like 

aimer autant, like as well, just as 

soon 
aimer mieux, prefer 
aller, go 



avoir beau, (do) in vain 
compter, intend 
courir, run 
croire, believe 
declarer, declare 



78 



APPENDIX 



descendre, go down 

desirer, wish 

devoir, must, feel it one's duty 

ecouter, listen to 

entendre, hear 

entrer, go in, come in 

envoyer, send 

esperer, hope 

faillir, come near 

faire, make, cause, have 

falloir, must, have 

laisser, let, allow 

mener, lead, take 

monter, go up 

oser, dare 

paraitre, appear 



penser, intend, come near 

pouvoir, be able, can, may 

preferer, prefer 

pretendre, claim 

se rappeler, remember 

regarder, look at 

savoir, know {how) 

sembler, seem 

sentir, feel 

sortir, go out 

souhaiter, wish 

valoir autant, be as good 

valoir mieux, be better 

venir, come 

voir, see 

vouloir, want, wish 



partir, go away 

274. Commoner Verbs Governing an Infinitive with the Preposi- 
tion a : 



aider, help 
aimer, like 

s'amuser, take pleasure in 
apprendre, learn, teach 
s'appreter, get ready 
aspirer, aspire 
s'attendre, expect 
autoriser, authorize 
avoir, have 

se borner, limit one's self 
chercher, seek, try 
commencer, begin 
consentir, consent 
consister, consist (in) 
continuer, continue 
se d6cider, resolve 
demander, ask 
se disposer, get ready 
s'engager, promise 
enseigner, teach 
essayer, try 



s'exposer, expose one's self 

se fatiguer, tire one's self 

forcer, force 

s'habituer, accustom one's self 

s'interesser, interest one's self (in) 

inviter, invite 

se mettre, set about, begin 

obliger, oblige 

parvenir, succeed (in) 

penser, think (of) 

persister, persist (in) 

se plaire, delight (in) 

se prendre, begin 

se preparer, get ready 

renoncer, renounce 

se resoudre, make up one's mind 

reussir, succeed (in) 

suffire, suffice 

tarder, be long (in) 

tenir, be very desirous 

venir, happen 



APPENDIX 



279 



275. Commoner Verbs Governing an Infinitive with the Preposi- 
tion de : 



s'abstenir, abstain 

accuser, accuse 

achever, finish 

s'aviser, take it into one's head 

blamer, blame 

bruler, long 

cesser, cease 

charger, charge 

se charger, undertake 

commander, order 

conseiller, advise 

se contenter, be satisfied 

continuer, continue 

craindre, fear 

defendre, forbid 

demander, ask 

se depecher, hurry up 

dire, say, tell 

ecrire, write 

empecher, prevent 

entreprendre, undertake 

essayer, try 

eviter, avoid 

feindre, feign 



se garder, take care not 
se hater, hurry up 
interdire, forbid 
jurer, vow, swear 
manquer, fail 
menacer, threaten 
meriter, deserve 
obliger, oblige 
omettre, omit 
ordonner, order 
oublier, forget 
permettre, allow 
promettre, promise 
regretter, regret 
se rejouir, rejoice 
remercier, thank 
se repentir, repent 
souffrir, suffer 
se souvenir, remember 
tacher, try 

tarder {impersonal), long 
tenter, try 
venir, have just 
en vouloir, blame 



VOCABULARIES 



FRENCH -ENGLISH VOCABULARY 



a [a], to, at, in; with; for 

abord [aborr], m., access, ap- 
proach; d' — , first, at first 

aboyer [abwaje], to bark 

absurde [apsyrd], absurd 

accabler [akable], to deject, over- 
whelm, weigh down 

accomplir [ak5pli:r], to accom- 
plish, complete, fulfil; s' — , to 
be accomplished 

accord [akoir], m., accord, agree- 
ment; etre d' — , to be agreed, 
agree 

accoter [akote], to prop up, sup- 
port, lean 

accueillir [akceji:r], to receive; 
make welcome 

achat [a$a], m., purchase 

acheter [a$te], to buy 

achever [a$ve], to complete, finish 

acte [akt], m., act; deed 

actif [aktif], active 

action [aksjoj, /., action, deed 

actuellement [aktudma], now, at 
present 

adieu [adj0], m., farewell; dire — , 
to say goodbye 

adjectif [ad3ektif], in., adjective 

admiration [admirasjo],/., admira- 
tion, wonder 

admirer [admire], to admire 

adresser [adrese], to address; 
s' — , to apply, make application 



affaire [afe:r], /., affair, matter; 

business; battle, engagement 
affairer (s') [afere], to be busy, 

move briskly about one's busi- 
ness 
affect er [afskte], to affect 
affectueux [afektq0], affectionate 
affubler [afyble], to wrap up, 

muffle up; equip 
afin [afe]: — de, in order to, to; 

— que, in order that, so that 
age [a:3], m-, age; generation, 

century 
age [a3e], aged, elderly; — de 

vingt ans, twenty years old 
agent [a5a], m., agent; — de 

police, policeman 
agreable [agreabl], agreeable, 

pleasant 
ahurir [ayri:r], to amaze, daze, 

astound 
aide [s:d], m., assistant; — de 

camp, aid-de-camp 
aigu [egy], (/. aigue), sharp, 

shrill 
ailleurs [ajce:r], elsewhere; d' — , 

besides 
aimer [sme], to like, love, be fond 

of; — mieux, to prefer 
ainsi [esi], thus, so; et — de 

suite, and so forth 
air [e:r], m., air 
aise [e:z], glad, pleased; j'en suis 

bien — , I am very glad of it 



284 



VOCABULARY 



aise [s:z], /., ease, comfort; etre 
a son — , to feel comfortable, 
feel at one's ease 

aisement [szema], easily, readily 

ajouter [aSute], to add 

alarme [alarm],/., alarm 

aller [ale], to go; go on; be 
about (to do a thing); be (in 
health); — a pied, a cheval, 
en voiture, to go on foot, on 
horseback, in a carriage; cela 
ne va pas, that won't do; 
comment allez-vous? comment 
ca va? how are you? s'en — , 
to go away; allons! come! well! 

alliez [alje], 2nd plur., past 
descrip. or pres. subj. of aller 

allonger [al53e], to lengthen; s' — , 
to stretch out 

almanach [almana], m., almanac 

alors [ab:r], then, at that time 

alourdir [alurdur], to make dull, 
heavy; s' — , to grow heavy 

alphabet [alfabs], m., alphabet 

amener [amne], to bring (by 
leading) 

amerement [amsrma], bitterly 

Amerique [amerik], /., America; 
1' — du Sud, South America 

ami [ami], m., friend 

amitie [amitje],/., friendship 

amour-propre [amurpropr], m., 
self-love, vanity 

amuser [amyze], to amuse; s' — 
bien, to have a good time 

an [a], m., year; le jour de 1' — , 
New Year's day 

ancien [asje], ancient, old; le 
plus — capitaine, the senior 
captain 

ane [a:n], m., ass, donkey 



ange [5:5], nt., angel 

anglais [agle], English 

angoisse [agwas],/., anguish, pang 

animal [animal], m., animal, beast 

animation [animasj5], /., anima- 
tion 

annee [ane], /., year, twelve- 
month; une bonne — , a happy 
new year 

annoncer [an5se], to announce, 
tell, show 

anonner [anone], to blunder, 
stammer, falter 

antichambre [ati$a:br], /., ante- 
chamber, anteroom 

antique [atik], antique, ancient, 
old 

apercevoir [apersavwair], to per- 
ceive; s' — (de), to perceive, 
be aware (of) 

apercut [apsrsy], 3rd sing., past 
abs. of apercevoir 

aplomb [apl5], m., perpendicu- 
larity; self-possession; d' — , 
upright 

appel [apsl], m., roll-call, muster; 
faire 1' — , to call the roll 

appeler [aple], to call; s' — , to be 
called, be one's name 

appetit [apeti], m., appetite, relish, 
desire 

application [aplikasjo], /., applica- 
tion 

apporter [aporte], to bring (by 
carrying) 

apprendre [apraidr], to learn, be 
informed; teach 

approcher [apr3$e], to approach, 
draw close; s' — , to draw near, 
approach 

approuver [apruve], to approve 



VOCABULARY 



285 



appuyer [apqije], to lean; prop 
up; — sur, to lay stress on 

apres [apre], after, afterwards; 
then; — que, after, when 

apres-midi [apremidi], m. (/.), 
afternoon 

arbre [arbr], m., tree 

argent [ar3a], m., silver; money 

argenterie [arSatri], /., plate, 
silver-plate 

arithmetique [aritmetik], /., arith- 
metic 

arme [arm],/., weapon 

armee [arme],/., army 

armoire [armwasr], /., closet, cup- 
board, clothespress 

arriver [arive], to arrive; happen; 
reach 

artillerie [artijri], /., artillery 

artiste [artist], m., artist 

assaillir [asajiir], to assault, attack 

assaut [aso], m., assault, on- 
slaught, attack 

asseoir [aswair], to seat; s' — , to 
seat one's self, be seated, sit 
down 

assez [ase], enough; rather, pretty 

assiette [asjet], /., plate 

assis [asi], past part, of asseoir 

assister [asiste], to be present 
(at, a), take part (in, a) 

assoupir [asupiir], to lull, quiet; 
s' — , to doze, fall asleep 

attacher [ata$e], to attach, fasten, 
fix; s' — , to become attached, 
fastened, or fixed 

atteindre [ate:dr], to hit, strike, 
reach 

attendre [ataidr], to wait for, 
look forward to; attendez! 
wait! hold on! (se) faire — , 



to keep (people) waiting; s' — , 

to expect; je m'y attends, I 

expect it; en attendant que 

till, until 
attention [atasjS], /., attention, 

care; faire — a, to pay atten- 
tion to 
attirer [atire], to attract, draw; 

s' — , to draw or bring upon 

one's self, incur 
au [o], contraction of a. + le 
aucun [okce], no, any; no one, 

any one; — ne vient, no one 

comes 
au dela (de) [odla], beyond, on 

the other side of 
au-dessus (de) [odsy], above, 

over (vertically above) 
augure [ogy:r], m., augury, omen 
aujourd'hui [D3urdiji], to-day, this 

day; d' — en huit, a week from 

to-day 
aupres de [opre da], near, close 

to 
aussi [osi], also, so, as 
aussitot [osito], immediately, at 

once; — que, as soon as 
autant [ota], as much, so much; 

as many, so many; d' — plus, 

so much the more 
auteur [otoeir], m., author 
automne [oton], m., autumn, fall 
automobile [otomohi\], f., automo- 
bile 
autour de [otu:r da], round, about 
autre [o:tr], other; 1'un 1' — , each 

other; les uns les autres, one 

another 
autrement [otrama], otherwise 
avance [ava:s], /., advance, start; 

d' — , beforehand 



286 



VOCABULARY 



avancer [a vase], to advance, move 
or put forward; go too fast 
(of a timepiece)', s' — , to ad- 
vance, move forward 

avant [ava], before; en — , for- 
ward; — que, before 

avant-poste [avapost], m., outpost 

avec [avek], with, together with 

avenue [avny],/., avenue 

avertir [avertiir], to warn, caution 

aveugler [avcegle], to blind, dazzle 

avoine [avwan],/., oats 

avoir [avwair], to have; obtain, 
receive, get; il y a, there is, 
there are; — raison, to be 
right; — tort, to be wrong; 
qu'avez-vous? what is the mat- 
ter with you? il y a un mois 
que je suis ici, I have been here 
now a month; il y a une 
semaine que je ne la vois, I 
haven't seen her for a week; 
qu'y a-t-il? what's the matter? 

axiome [aksjoim], m., axiom 

B 

baba [baba], m., bun, plum-cake 
bague [bag],/., (finger) ring 
battler [baje], to yawn, gape 
baionnette [bajonet], /., bayonet 
baisser [bese], to let down, lower; 

se — , to stoop; bring down, 

lower 
balancer [balase], to balance, 

poise, weigh 
balayer [baleje], to sweep 
balle [bal], /., ball, bullet; 

— morte, spent ball 
banane [banan], /., banana 
bande [ba:d], /., band, company, 

gang 



barbe [barb],/., beard 

barrette [baret],/., cap; cardinal's 
cap 

barricade [barikad], /., barricade 

bas [ba], (/. basse), low; base 

bas [ba], m., lower part, bottom, 
foot; stocking; en — , down- 
stairs 

bataille [bataij], /., battle 

bataillon [bataj5], m., battalion 

batir [batiir], to build 

baton [bato], m., stick; wand 

batterie [batri],/., battery 

battre [batr], to beat; — la 
diane, to beat or sound the 
reveille; se — , to fight, combat, 
scramble 

beau, bel [bo, bel], (/. belle), 
beautiful, handsome; fine; fair; 
une belle journee, a fine day 

beaucoup [boku], a great deal, 
much; many, a great many 

beau-frere [bofre:r], (pi. beaux- 
freres), m., brother-in-law 

beaute [bote],/., beauty 

belle-sceur [belsoeir], (pi. belles- 
sceurs), /., sister-in-law; step- 
sister 

benediction [benediksj5], /., bene- 
diction, blessing 

berger [b£r3e], m., shepherd 

besoin [bazwe], m., need, want; 
avoir — de, to have need of, 
need 

beurre [bce:r], m., butter 

bibliotheque [bibliotek],/., library; 
bookcase 

bien [bje], well; many; very; — 
des fois, many times; — que, 
although; — moins, much less 

bientdt [bjeto], soon 



VOCABULARY 



287 



bienvenu [bjevnyj, welcome; 
soyez le — , you are welcome 

bijou [bi5u], m., jewel 

bivac [bivak], m., bivouac, open 
air camp 

blanc [bla], (/. blanche), white; 
blank 

blancheur [bla$ce:r], /., whiteness 

blesser [blese], to wound; hurt, 
injure 

bleu [bl0], blue 

bleuatre [bl0a:tr], bluish 

blottir (se) [bbti:r], to squat, 
cower, crouch", nestle 

blouse [blu:z], /., blouse 

bois [bwa], m., wood 

boite [bwait],/., box 

boitillant [bwatija], hobbHng along 

bon [b5], (/. bonne), good; a 
quoi — , what's the use 

bonne [bon], /., maid; nursery- 
maid; — a tout faire, maid of 
all work 

bonnet [bone], m., cap, bonnet 

bonsoir [boswar], m., good-night, 
farewell 

bonte [bote],/., goodness, kindness 

bord [bo:r], m., bank, brim, edge, 
shore 

border [horde], to border, line, 
edge; — un lit, to tuck in the 
bedclothes 

bosse [bos], /., hump, protuber- 
ance, lump 

botte [bot], /., bunch (of vegeta- 
bles); (man's) boot 

boue [bu],/., dirt, mire, mud 

bouger [bu3e], to move, stir, 
budge 

boulet [buls], m., cannon-ball 

boulevard [bulvair], m., boulevard 



bouleversement [bulvsrsoma], w., 

commotion, confusion 
bouleverser [bulvsrse], to upset, 

disturb, turn topsy-turvy 
bouquet [buks], m., bunch, 

cluster; nosegay, bouquet 
bourgeois [bur5wa], m., burgher"; 

townsman, commoner 
bousculade [buskylad], /., jostling 
bout [bu], m., end; au — de, in, 

after, at the end of; un — de 

route, a bit of the way 
bouteille [butsij], /., bottle 
boutique [butik],/., shop 
bouton [buto], m., button 
boutonniere [butonjeir],/., button- 
hole 
branche [bra:$],/., branch 
brandir [bradiir], to brandish 
bras [bra], m., arm; se dormer 

le — , to lock arms 
brebis [brobi], /., ewe; sheep 
bref [brsf], (/. breve), short, 

brief 
briller [brije], to shine, glitter, 

sparkle 
briser [brize], to break; shatter 
brosser [brose], to brush 
brouhaha [bruhaha], m., uproar, 

hubbub, confusion 
brouillard [bruja:r], m., fog 
broyer [brwaje], to crush, grind, 

break 
bruit [brqi], m., noise 
briiler [bryle], to burn 
brun [brce], brown, brown-skinned 
brusquement [bryskoma], rudely, 

abruptly, suddenly 
bruyant [bryja], noisy 
buis [bqi], m., box- tree 
buisson [bqiso], m., bush, thicket 



VOCABULARY 



ga [sa], here, hither; — et la, 

here and there 
cacher [ka$e], to hide, secrete, 

conceal 
cadavre [kadaivr], m., corpse, 

carcass 
cadre [kaidr], m., frame 
cafe [kafe], m., coffee; cafe 
cahier [kaje], m., copy-book; 

note-book 
caillou [kaju], m., pebble 
caisson [ksso], m., caisson, large 

or heavy box for ammunition 
calicot [kaliko], m., calico 
calme [kalm], m., calm 
campagne [kapan], /., country 

(rural parts); field (of battle); 

campaign 
canevas [kanva], m., canvas 
canne [kan], /., cane; walking- 
stick 
canon [kano], m., cannon; barrel 

(of a gun) 
canonnier [kanonje], m., cannon- 
eer; gunner 
canot [kano], m., ship's-boat, 

cutter, yawl; — automobile, 

motor-boat 
cantique [katik], m., canticle, 

hymn 
capable [kapabl], capable 
capitaine [kapitsn], m., captain 
car [ka:r], for, because 
carnage [karna:3], m., carnage, 

slaughter 
carre [kare], m., square 
carreler [karle], to pave with 

square tile-stones; tile, cobble 
carte [kart], /., card; map; bill 

of fare 



cas [ka], m., case; instance; en 

— que, in case (that) 
casser [kase], to break 
causer [koze], to cause; chat 

ce, cet, cette, ces [s9, set, set, se], 

this, that 
ceder [sede], to yield, give up; 

cede 
ceinture [setyir], /., sash, girdle, 

belt 
cela [s3la], that 
celebrer [selebre], to celebrate 
cent [sa], hundred 
centieme [satjem], hundredth; 

(subst.) m., hundredth part 
cependant [sapada], however, nev- 
ertheless 
ceremonie [seremoni], /., rites, 

ceremony, formality 
cerise [s9ri:z],/., cherry 
certain [serte], certain 
cervelle [servsl], /., brain matter; 

brains; se bruler la — , to 

blow out one's brains 
cesser [sese], to cease, quit, 

stop 
chagrin [$agre], m., grief, sorrow; 

vexation 
chaise [$e:z],/., chair 
chambre [$a:br], /., room; — a 

coucher, bedroom 
champ [$a], m., field 
changer [$a3e], to change; il 

changea de manieres, his man- 
ner changed 
chanson [$as5],/., song; idle story; 

chansons! bosh! 
chant [$a], m., singing 
chanter Rate], to sing; chant; 

— faux, to sing out of tune; 

— juste, to sing in tune 



VOCABULARY 



289 



chapeau Rapo], m., hat 

chapelier Rapalje], m., hatter 

chapelle Rapel], /., chapel 

chaque Rak], each 

charger RarSe], to charge, com- 
mission; load 

chariot Rarjo], m., wagon, cart 

Charles [Sari], Charles 

charmant Rarma], charming 

charmer Rarme], to charm 

chassepot Raspo], m., chassepot 
(rifle) 

chasser Rase], to chase; drive 
away 

chasseur Rasceir], m., light in- 
fantry soldier 

chat Ra], m., cat 

chaud Ro], warm, hot; faire — , 
(of weather) be warm 

chauffer Rofe], to heat, warm; 
grow warm 

chaussee Rose], /., highway; au 
rez-de- — , level with the 
ground, on the ground floor 

chausser Rose], to put on (foot- 
wear); wear shoes; mal chaus- 
se, with the stocking on wrong 

chef Rsf], m., chief, first, leader 

chemin R9ms], m., way, route, 
path, track 

cheminee R9mine], /., fireplace, 
chimney 

chemise Ramiiz],/., shirt 

chenille Raniij], /., caterpillar 

cher Rs:r], (/. chere), dear; 
costly 

chercher Rcr$e], to search, look 
for, seek; aller — , to go and 
bring, go for 

cheval Raval], m., horse; a — , on 
horseback 



cheveu Rav0], m., hair; "les 
cheveux, the hair of fue head 

cheville Roviij], /., pin, bolt, 
ankle 

chevre Re:vr], /., she-^oat 

chez Re], at, to, at the house of; 
— lui, at his 'house; — les 
Anglais,. 3 ^mong the English, 
ir England 

jcnien Rjs], m., dog 

chirurgical Riryr3ikal], surgical 

chirurgien Riryr3je], m., surgeon 

choc Rok], m., shock, collision, 
blow 

chceur [kceir], m., choir, chorus 

choisir Rwazhr], to choose 

chose Ro:z], /., thing, object; 
quelque — , something, any- 
thing 

chou Ru], m., cabbage 

ciel [sjsl], (pi. cieux), m., sky; 
heaven; juste — , good Heavens! 

cierge [sjsr3], m., large wax 
taper 

cimetiere [simtjeir], m., cemetery 

cinq [seik], five 

cinquante [sekait], fifty 

circonstance [sirk5sta:s], /., cir- 
cumstance, incident 

citoyen [sitwaje], m., citizen, pa- 
triot 

clair [kls:r], clear; bright 

clair [kle:r], m., light, clearness; 
il fait — de lune, it is moonlight 

clairon [klsr5], m., clarion, trum- 
pet, bugle 

clameur [klamce:r], /., clamor, 
cry, outcry 

clarte [klarte], /., light; truth 

clef [kle],/., key 

climat [klima], m., climate, clime 



290 



VOCABULARY 



clocher [kb$e], m., steeple, belfry 

clopin-c^opant [kbpekbpa], limp- 
ingly, hobbling along 

clore [kb:r], to close, shut; end 

clos [klo], fast part, of clore 

clos [klo], n; , close; inclosure, 
field 

cceur [kceir], m., hecsfc, avoir le 
— gros, to have a heavy i-aeart, 
be in anguish 

coffre [kofr], m., chest, coffer; 

fort, safe, strong box (pi. 

coffres-forts) 

coin [kwe], m., corner 

colere [kolsir], /., anger, wrath; 
se mettre en — , to fly into a 
passion 

colonel [kobnel], m., colonel 

colonne [kobn], /., column 

combien [kobjs], how much, how 
many; how; how far; — y 
a-t-il de . . .? how far is it 
from . . .? 

commander Pomade], to com- 
mand; — en chef, to be the 
first in command 

comme [kom], as, tike, how 

commence* [komdse], to com- 
mence, begin 

comment [koma], how; what! 
indeed! 

commerce [komers], m., com- 
merce, trade, business; inter- 
course 

commode [komod], /., commode, 
chest of drawers 

commun [komce], common, usual, 
ordinary; lieu — , commonplace 

compact [k5pakt], compact, close; 
dense 

compagnie [k5pani], /., company 



comparaison [k5parEz5], m., com- 
parison 

complet [kopls], (/. complete), 
complete, full, whole, perfect 

compliment [koplima], m. } com- 
pliment; compliments, con- 
gratulations 

composer [kopoze], to compose, 
make up 

comprenait [koprans], 3rd sing., 
past descrip. of comprendre 

Comprendre [kSpradr], to compre- 
hend, Understand; comprise; 
y compris, including 

compris [kopri], 1st or 2nd sing., 
past abs. of comprendre 

compte [k5:t], m., account; 

— rendu, report; statement 
compter [k5te], to count; on peut 

— sur lui, one can depend on 
him 

concert [k5ss:r], m., concert 
condition [k5disj5], /., condition; 

a (la) — que, on condition that 
cone [kom], m., cone 
confier [kofje], to confide, entrust 
cormaitre [kDne:tr], to know; be 

acquainted with 
conscrit [k5skri], m., conscript; 

recruit 
consentir [k5sati:r], to consent, 

agree, acquiesce 
contenir [k5tni:r], to contain, 

hold; control 
content [k5ta], glad; contented, 

satisfied 
conter [k5te], to relate, tell 
contraster [kotraste], to contrast 
contre [k5:tr], against 
contribuer [k5tribue], to contrib- 
ute; aid 



VOCABULARY 



291 



convaincant [k5veka], convincing 

convenir [k5vni:r], to suit; agree; 
il convient que, it is fitting that 

conversation [k5versasj5], /., con- 
versation, chat, talk 

convive [k5vi:v], m., guest 

convoi [kovwa], m., convoy, escort; 
procession 

copier [kopje], to copy; imitate 

corde [kord], /., cord, rope 

cornet [korne], m., horn; cornu- 
copia 

corps [ko:r], m., body; person; 
esprit de — , common spirit 
pervading an association 

corrompre [koroipr], to corrupt 

cote [kote], m., side, flank; a — 
de, by, near, by the side of; 
du — de, towards, in the direc- 
tion of; a — , alongside, next 
door 

coton [koto], m., cotton 

cou [ku], m., neck 

coucher [ku$e], to put to bed; 
se — , to go to bed 

couchette [ku$st], /., small bed, 
crib 

coudre [kudr], to sew; machine 
a — , sewing-machine 

couleur [kulceir],/., color 

coup [ku], m., blow, stroke; 
tout a — , suddenly, all at once; 
— d'ceil, glance 

couper [kupe], to cut 

cour [ku:r], /., court, law court 

courage [kura:5], m., courage 

courageux [kura30], courageous, 
brave 

courir [kuriir], to run 

cours [ku:r], m., course; faire un 
— , to give a course of lectures 



course [kurs], /., run, running; 

. quick march 

court [ku:r], short; brief 

cousin [kuze], m., cousin 

couteau [kuto], m., knife; a 
couteaux tires, at daggers drawn 

couter [kute], to cost; en — , to 
cost; cost effort 

couture [kutyir],/., seam; sewing, 
stitching; ils ont ete battus a 
plate — , they were beaten all 
hollow 

convert [kuveir], m., cover; shelter; 
mettre le — , to set the table 

couvrir [kuvrhr], to cover; set 
(table); se — , to put on one's 
hat; le temps se couvre, the 
weather is cloudy 

craie [kre],/., chalk 

craindre [kreidr], to fear; je 
crains qu'il ne vienne, I fear 
he may come 

crainte [krsrt], /., fear; de — 
qu'il ne le fasse, lest he should 
do it 

cravate [kravat], /., cravat, neck- 
tie 

crayon [krsj5], m., pencil 

creuser [kr0ze], to dig, excavate; 
deepen 

creux [kr0], m., hollow 

crever [krgve], to burst, split; 
break 

cri [kri], m., cry, shout, yell 

crier [krie], to cry, shout, call 

crime [krim], m., crime 

croire [krwair], to think, believe; 
— a, to believe in 

croisee [krwaze],/., window; case- 
ment, sash 

croitre [krwaitr], to grow 



292 



VOCABULARY 



croix [krwa], /., cross 

crosse [kros], /., cricket-bat; (of 

muskets) butt-end 
cueillir [kcejiir], to pick, pluck; 

gather 
cuillere (cuiller) [kyje:r],/., spoon 
cuire [kuj:r], to cook, bake; boil; 

roast 
cuisine [kxjizin], /., kitchen; cook- 
ery 
cuisiniere [kqizinjsir], /., cook 
culotte [kybt], /., breeches, 

knickerbockers 
cure [kyre], m., parish priest; 

cure; priest 
curiosite [kyrjozite], /., curiosity; 

inquisitiveness 



dactylographe [daktibgraf], m., 

typewriter (machine); m. or /., 

typewriter (person using) 
dais [de], m., platform; canopy 
dalle [dal],/., slab; flag, flag-stone 
damasse [damase], damask 
dame [dam],/., lady, married lady 
danger [da3e], m., danger 
dans [da], in, within, at 
danse [da:s],/., dance 
de [da], of, out of, from; cinq — 

tues, five killed 
debout [d9bu], upright, standing; 

il se tient — , he is standing up 
debrailler [debraje], to become 

untidy, disorder; se — , to 

uncover one's breast 
debut [deby], m., first appearance, 

debut; initiation 
decharge [de$ar3], /., discharge 
dechirer [desire], to tear 
declarer [deklare], to declare 



decouvrir [dekuvriir], to uncover; 

discover, find out; se — , to 

take one's hat off 
decrire [dekriir], to describe 
defendre [defaidr], to defend; 

forbid, prohibit 
defiler [defile], to defile, march 

past, go past 
degage [dega3e], easy, free; free- 
and-easy 
deguiser [degize], to disguise 
dehors [daoir], without, out of 

doors, out 
deja [de3a], already 
dejeuner [de3cene], m., breakfast; 

lunch 
demain [d9me], to-morrow 
demander [damade], to ask, ask 

for; se — , to wonder 
demeurer [d9mcere], to live, dwell; 

remain; ou en etes-vous de- 

meure? where did you leave 

off? 
demi [d9mi], half; une heure, 

half an hour; a — detruit, half 

destroyed; une heure et demie, 

an hour and a half, half past one 
dentelle [datsl],/., lace 
depart [depa:r], m., departure, 

setting out 
depasser [depase], to go beyond 
depaver [depave], to unpave 
depenser [depase], to spend; waste 
depuis [dgpui], since, from, for 

the last 
deranger [dera3e], to disturb 
dernier [dsrnje], last, final 
derriere [derjsir], behind 
des [ds], from, since, as early as; 

— lors, from that time; — que, 

as soon as 



VOCABULARY 



2 93 



desapprouver [dezapruve], to dis- 
approve 

descendre [desaidr], to descend, 
go down, get down 

descente [desa:t], /., descent; 

— de lit, bedside carpet, rug 
desert [dezc:r], solitary; deserted 
desirer [dezire], to desire, wish 

for, want 
dessein [dese], m., design, plan 
desserrer [desere], to loosen, 

slacken, open 
dessus [dasy], m., top, upper part 
dessus [dasy], over, upon; au — 

de, above 
detacher [deta$e], to detach; se — , 

to become detached; la re- 

doute se detacha en noir sur, 

the fort stood out black against 
detruire [detrqhr], to destroy, 

demolish, ruin 
dette [dst], /., debt 
deux [d0], two 
deuxi&me [d0zjcm], second 
devant [davfi], before, in front of 
devenir [d9vni:r], to become; get, 

turn, be; qu'est-il devenu? 

what has become of him? 
deviner [davine], to guess; divine 
devoir [davwair], to owe; be (to); 

should, must, ought 
diane [djan], /., reveille (beat of 

drum about daybreak) 
dictee [dikte], /., act of dictating, 

dictation 
difficile [difisil], difficult, hard 
dilater [dilate], to dilate, widen 
dimanche [dima:$], m., Sunday; 

— gras, Shrove Sunday 
diminuer [diminue], to diminish, 

lessen 



diner [dine], m., dinner 

dire [di:r], to say, tell, relate; 
vouloir — , to mean; on dit, 
it is said; pour ainsi — , so to 
speak, as it were; — adieu, to 
say goodbye 

dis [di], 2nd, sing., imperative of 
dire 

disait [dizs], jrd sing., past 
descrip. of dire 

disiez [dizje], 2nd plur., pres. 
subj. or past descrip. of dire 

disparaitre [disparsitr], to dis- 
appear, vanish 

disperser [disperse], to scatter, 
break up; se — , to disperse 

disque [disk], m., disk 

distinct [distc], distinct 

distinctement [distektgma], dis- 
tinctly 

distribuer [distribqe], to distrib- 
ute, deal out 

dit [di], yd sing., pres. indie, or 
past abs. of dire 

divertir [divertiir], to divert; en- 
tertain; se — , to enjoy one's 
self, take one's pleasure 

divin [dive], divine 

division [divizjo], /., division; 
dividing 

dix [dis], ten 

dix-huit [dizqit], eighteen 

dix-neuf [dizneef], nineteen 

dix-sept [dissct], seventeen 

doigt [dwa], m., finger; toe 

dollar [dalair], m., dollar 

domestique [dDmsstik], m. or /., 
servant 

dommage [dDma:3], m., dam- 
age; harm; e'est — , it is a 
pity 



2Q4 



VOCABULARY 



donner [done], to give; — sur, to 

lead to, look out upon; se — 

le bras, to lock arms 
dont [d5], whose, of which, of 

whom 
dormir [dormiir], to sleep 
dors [do:r], ist or 2nd sing., pres. 

indie, of dormir 
douter [dute], to doubt; je ne 

doute pas qu'il ne le fasse, I 

do not doubt that he will do it 
douteux [dut0], doubtful - 
doux [du], (/. douce), sweet; 

mild, gentle; soft, mellow; 

il fait bien — , the weather is 

very mild 
douzaine [duzsn], /. dozen; une 

demi , half a dozen 

douze [du:z], twelve 

dresser [drese], to set right, 

erect, raise; se — , to stand 

erect, rise 
droit [drwa], right, straight; just; 

{adv.) straight, straight on, 

directly 
droite [drwat], /., right, right 

hand or side 
du [dy], contraction of de + le 
dur [dy:r], hard 



eau [o], /., water; a fleur d' — , 

level with the water, over the 

water 
eau-de-vie [odvi], {pi. eaux-de- 

vie), /., brandy 
ebranler [ebrale], to shake, move; 

s' — , to move, get under way 
ecart [eka:r], m., step aside; 

digression; a 1' — , aside, in a 

lonely place 



echapper [e$ape], to escape, make 
one's escape; s' — , to get away, 
escape 

eclairer [eklere], to light, light up 

eclat [ekla], m., fragment, piece; 
loud noise; — de rire, burst of 
laughter 

eclatant [eklata], brilliant 

ecole [ekol], /., school; college; 
a. 1' — , to, at or in school 

ecouter [ekute], to listen (to) 

ecrire [ekriir], to write 

ecurie [ekyri], /., stable 

egal [egal], equal, like, alike 

egard [ega:r], m., regard, con- 
sideration, respect; a cet — , 
in this respect 

eglise [egliiz], /., church; a 1'— , 
to, at or in church 

egratignure [egratinyir],/., scratch 

elancer [elase], to launch, shoot, 
drive, push on; s' — , to spring, 
bound, throw one's self, rush 
on or towards 

eleve [elsjv], m. or /., pupil, 
scholar; student 

elever [elve], to raise, elevate, 
bring up; s' — , to raise one's 
self, rise, ascend 

elle [e1], she, it, her; elles, they, 
them 

embrasure [abrazyir], /., embra- 
sure; recess 

emeute [em0:t], /., riot, disturb- 
ance, commotion 

emmener [amne], to carry away, 
lead away, take away 

emouvoir [emuvwair], to move, 
rouse, excite 

empailler [apaje], to stuff with 
straw, stuff 



VOCABULARY 



295 



empecher [apeje], to prevent, 

impede; keep from; s'— , to 

forbear, abstain 
empereur [dprceir], m., emperor 
empiler [dpile], to pile up, stack 
emplir [dpliir], to fill, fill up 
employer [dplwaje], to employ, 

use 
emporter [dporte], to carry away, 

prevail over; 1' — sur, to get 

the better of, carry the day 
empresser (s') [aprsse], to be 

eager; hasten, crowd; bestir 

one's self 
emprisonnement [dprizonmd], m., 

imprisonment 
en [a], in, into; at; in the capacity 

of, as, like 
en [a], (pron.) of (from, out of) 

it or them; some, any; some 

of it, some of them; of him, 

of her 
encapuchonner [fikapy$one], to 

put a cowl on; make a monk of 
enchanter [d$dte], to enchant, 

charm 
encombrement [dkSbrgmd], »., 

obstruction; crowd, crowding 
encore [dko:r], yet, still, again, 

besides; prenez — un verre de 

vin, take another glass of wine; 

— que, or else 
endirnanchement [ddimd$md], m., 

Sunday clothes 
endimancher [ddimd$e], to dress 

in Sunday clothes 
endormir [adormiir], to put to 

sleep; s' — , to fall asleep 
energiquement [enerSikmfi], ener- 

getically 
enfant [dfd], m. or /., infant, child 



enfermer [dferme], to enclose; 
lock up, shut up 

enfiler [dfile], to thread; sHp on 

enfin [fife], finally, at last 

enfoncer [dfose], to sink; break 
in, down or through 

enfuir [dfuiir] : s' — , to run away, 
flee, escape 

enlevement [filevmfi], »., taking, 
capture 

enlever [dive], to carry off, take 
off 

ennemi [snmi], m., enemy 

enroue [drwe], hoarse 

enseigner [dsspe], to teach, teach 
how, instruct 

ensuite [dsqit], after, afterwards, 
then; in the next place 

entendre [dtd:dr], to hear, under- 
stand; — parler de, to hear of; 
entendu! agreed! it's a go! 

enterrer [fitere], to inter, put in 
the ground, bury 

enteter [dtste], to make giddy, 
intoxicate; infatuate; s' — , to 
become stubborn; be obsti- 
nately bent 

entier [dtje], whole, entire 

entourer [dture], to surround, 
encircle 

entrain [dtre], w., animation, 
life, go 

entre [d:trg], between; among 
(distribution) 

entree [dtre], /., entering; en- 
trance, entry; first-course, side- 
dish 

entrer [dtre], to enter; go in; 
penetrate 

entr'ouvrir [dtruvriir], to open a 
little, half-open 



296 



VOCABULARY 






entr'ouvrit [atruvri], 3rd sing., 
past abs. of entr'ouvrir 

envelopper [fivbpe], to wrap; 
envelop 

envers [avs:r], m., wrong side, 
back; a 1' — , inside out 

envie [avi], /., envy, desire; 
want; longing 

environ [avir5], about, nearly 

envoy er [fivwaje], to send; — cher- 
cher, to send for 

epais [epej, thick 

epaissir [epssiir], to thicken, make 
thick 

epanouir [epanwiir], to expand, 
gladden; s' — , to open, brighten 
U P; (of flowers) open 

eparpiller [eparpije], to scatter, 
spread, disperse; s' — , to strag- 
gle, scatter out 

epaule [epo:l],/., shoulder 

epaulement [epolma], m., breast- 
work 

epaulette [epolet], /., epaulet 

epee [epe],/., sword 

epeler [eple], to spell; — mal, to 
misspell 

epouvantable [epuvatabl], fright- 
ful, shocking, abominable 

eprouver [epruve], to feel, experi- 
ence 

epuiser [epqize], to exhaust; tire 
out 

equilibre [ekilibr], m., equilibrium, 
balance 

eruption [erypsjo], /., eruption 

escabeau [sskabo], m., stool 

escorte [eskDrt], /., escort; con- 
voy 

espagnol [sspajiol], Spanish; un 
Espagnol, a Spaniard 



espece [sspss], /., species, kind, 
sort 

esperer [sspere], to hope, hope for, 
expect 

esprit [sspri], m., spirit; intelli- 
gence, intellect; faire 1' — fort, 
to play the sceptic, pretend to 
be sceptical 

esquisse [eskis], /., sketch, outline 

essayer [essje], to try; attempt 

essentiel [esasjel], m., essential 

essuyer [esqije], to clean, wipe, 
wipe off; endure, go through 

est [est], m., east 

estimer [estime], to esteem; esti- 
mate, value; se faire — , to 
win esteem 

et [e], and; — ainsi de suite, and 
so forth, etc. 

etable [etabl], /., stable 

etablir [etabliir], to establish; 
s' — , to establish one's self, 
take up one's position, settle 

etat [eta], m., state; les Etats- 
Unis, the United States 

ete [ete], m., summer 

etendre [etci^dr], to extend, stretch 
out 

etoile [etwal], /., star; a la belle 
— , in open air 

etonner [etone], to astonish, 
amaze; s' — , to be astonished, 
wonder 

etrange [etra:5], strange, odd, 
queer 

etranger [etrci5e], m., stranger; 
foreigner; a 1' — , abroad 

etre [s:tr], to be; belong; la 
maison est a lui, the house 
belongs to him; vous y etes, 
you've got it, you have hit it; 



VOCABULARY 



297 



oil en etes-vous? where did 
you leave off? 

etroit [etrwa], narrow; strait; 
tight; close; strict 

etudiant [etydja], m., student, 
undergraduate 

etudier [etydje], to study; prac- 
tise (music) 

Europe [cerop], /., Europe; en — , 
in or to Europe 

eux [0], they, them 

eviter [evite], to shun, avoid, 
evade 

exasperer [egzaspere], to exasper- 
ate 

excellent [eksela], excellent 

exercice [egzersis], m., exercise; 
practice 

exiger [egzi3e], to exact, require, 
demand 

expansion [skspasj5], /., noisy 
impatience 

expliquer [cksplike], to explain; 
s' — , to make an explanation 

expressif [skspresif], expressive 

extase [sksta:z], /., ecstasy; rap- 
ture 

extraordinaire [ekstrordineir], ex- 
traordinary, uncommon 



fabriquer [fabrike], to manufac- 
ture; fabricate 

face [fas], /., face; en — , op- 
posite 

facher [fa$e], to offend, anger; 
vex; fache de, vexed at, sorry 
for; fache contre, angry with; 
se — , to get angry 

facile [fasil], easy; fluent 

facilement [fasilma], easily 



facon [faso],/., fashioning; shape; 
fashion, manner, way; de — 
que, in such a way as 

facteur [faktceir], m., maker; post- 
man, letter-carrier; railway 
porter 

faible [feibl], feeble, weak 

faim [fg], /., hunger; avoir — , to 
be hungry 

faire [fe:r], to make, do; cause; 
be (of the weather); — le 
savant, to play, ape the scholar; 
if fait beau, the weather is fine; 
fit-elle, said she; vous me 
faites mal, you hurt me; — 
visite, to pay a visit; fasse le 
ciel, Heaven grant; — a. sa 
tete, to have one's own way; 
en faisant "mee," bleating 

faisceau [feso], m., bundle; sheaf 
(arrows); mettre les armes en 
faisceaux, to stack arms 

fait [le], m., fact; tout a. — , 
entirely; je lui dirai son — , I 
shall tell him what I think of 
him 

falloir [falwair], to have to; be 
necessary; il faut le faire, it 
must be done; il me faut une 
dactylographe, I need a type- 
writer (person) 

fameux [famo], famous, notable 

familiariser [fa mil j arize], to fa- 
miliarize 

famille [famiij], /., family 

fantome [fatoim], m., phantom, 
specter, ghost 

fasse [fas], 1st or 3rd sing., pres. 
subj. of faire 

fassiez [fasje], 2nd plur., pres. 
subj. of faire 



298 



VOCABULARY 



fatigue [fatig], /., weariness; fa- 
tigue 

faufiler [fofile], to baste, tack; 
se — , to worm one's self in, 
thread one's way through 

faux [fo], {f. fausse), false 

federe [federe], federate; un 
federe, a Communistic soldier 

feliciter [felisite], to congratulate, 
felicitate 

feminin [femine], feminine 

femme [fam],/., woman, wife 

fenetre [fgneitr],/., window 

fermer [fsrme], to close, shut; 
— a. clef, to lock; se — , to 
shut, go shut 

feroce [feros], fierce 

fete [fe:t], /., holiday; festivity; 
fete; birthday 

feu [f0], m., fire; faire — , to fire, 
shoot 

feuille [fceij], /., leaf 

fichu [fiSy], {pop.) done for 

fidele [fidel], faithful, loyal, 
true 

fier [fjsir], proud 

fierement [fJErma], proudly 

fievre [fjsivr],/., fever 

figurer [figyre], to figure, repre- 
sent; se — , to imagine, picture 
to one's self 

file [fil], /., row, rank, file 

fille [fiij], /., girl, maiden, daugh- 
ter 

fils [fis], m., son 

finir [finiir], to finish 

fit [fi], 3rd sing., past abs. of faire 

fit [fi], 3rd sing., past subj. of 
faire 

fixer [fikse], to fix; look steadily 



flambant [flaba], flaming, blazing 
fleur [flceir], /., flower; a — d'eau, 

level with the water, over the 

water 
flocon [fbk5], m., flake 
fois [fwa], /., time; une — , once; 

once upon a time; deux — , 

twice; bien des — , many times, 

often; a la — , at (one and) the 

same time 
fond [f5], m., bottom; depth; 

back 
force [fDrs], /., strength, power 
forcer [forse], to force 
fort [fo:r], strong, powerful 
fortifier [fortifje], to fortify, 

strengthen 
fosse [fose], m., ditch, drain 
fou, fol, [fu, fol], (/. folle), mad; 

foolish, silly 
foule [ful],/., crowd, multitude 
fouler [fule], to trample; crowd, 

press; je me foule le poignet, 

I sprain my wrist 
four [fu:r], m.y oven; furnace; 

le — chauffe pour moi, some- 
thing's brewing for me, I'm 

in for something 
fourchette [fur$£t], /., fork {table); 

dejeuner a la — , to take a meat 

breakfast 
fournir [furniir], to furnish; supply 
fracas [fraka], m., crash, din, 

tumult 
frais [frs], (/. fraiche), fresh; il 

fait — , the weather is cool 
franc [fra], m., franc ( = about 20 

cents); Franc, Frank, Gaul 
franc [fra], (/. franche), frank 
francais [frase], French; Fran- 

cais, Frenchman 



VOCABULARY 



299 



f rapper [frape], to strike, hit; 

impress; — a. la porte, to knock 

at the door 
Irene [frs:n], m., ash, ash-tree 
frere [freir], m., brother 
frise [frize], curly 
frissonner [frisone], to shiver; 

tremble (from fear) 
froid [frwa], cold; il fait — , the 

weather is cold; j'ai — , I am 

cold 
froidement [frwadma], coolly; 

coldly 
fromage [fromaiS], m., cheese 
froncer [fr5se], to contract (the 

brow); knit, wrinkle 
frou-frou [frufru], m., rustling (of 

silk) 
fruit [frqi], m., fruit 
fruiterie [frytri], /., fruit- trade 
fuir [fujir], to flee 
fumee [fyme], /., smoke 
furieux [fyrj0], furious, mad 
fusil [fyzi], m., gun 
fusillade [fyzijad], /., fusillade, 

firing, shooting 



gagner [gane], to gain, win; earn; 

il gagne sa vie, he works for his 

living 
gai [ge], gay, lively, cheerful 
gaiement [gema], gaily, merrily 
galop [galo], m., gallop 
gamin [game], m., urchin, street 

arab 
gant [ga], m., glove 
gar con [garso], m., boy; waiter; 

bachelor 
garde [gard], m., guard; guards- 



garde [gard], /., care, heed; 

guarding; prenez — de, take 

care not to 
garder [garde], to keep; retain; 

se — de, to take care not 

to 
gare [ga:r],/., station 
Garonne (la) [garon], (the) Ga- 
ronne (river) 
gars [ga], m., lad, stripling 
gateau [gato], m., cake 
gauche [go:§], left; awkward 
gauche [go:$],/., left hand or side; 

left wing or flank 
gemissement [3emisma], m., 

groan, moan 
general [Seneral], m., general 
generalement [3eneralmci], gener- 
ally 
genereux [3ener0], generous 
genou [33nu], m., knee; se mettre 

a genoux, to kneel 
gens [3a, 3a:s], m. (or /.) pi, 

people, persons, men 
gentil [Sfiti], (/. gentille), nice, 

pretty, amiable 
gentiment [5atima], prettily, 

gracefully; nicely 
Georges [3or3], George 
gigantesque [3igat£sk], gigantic 
gilet [3ils], w., waistcoat, vest 
glace [glas], /., ice; ice-cream; 

plate-glass, mirror 
glace [glase], frozen, icy-cold 
glacer [glase], to freeze, chill, 

benumb 
glissade [glisad], /., sliding, slide; 

slip 
glissant [glisa], slippery; il fait 

— , it is slippery 
gloire [glwair],/., glory 



3°° 



VOCABULARY 



gorge [gDr5], /., throat, gorge, 

narrow pass 
gourd [gu:r], benumbed 
gout [gu], m., taste 
grammaire [grameir], /., grammar 
grand [gra], tall, great, long, big; 

les yeux grands ouverts, the 

(his) eyes wide open 
grandeur [gradceir],/., size; great- 
ness; grandeur 
grandir [gradiir], to become great; 

grow big, increase 
grange [gra:5],/., barn 
grasseyer [graseye], to roll one's 

r's 
grave [graiv], grave; serious, 

sedate 
gravir [graviir], to crawl or climb 

up 
gravure [gravyir], /., engraving, 

cut, print 
Grece [grs:s], /., Greece 
grenadier [grgnadje], m., grenadier 
grievement [grisvma], gravely, 

seriously 
grimace [grimas], /., grimace, wry 

face; faire la — , to make a 

wry face 
gris [gri], gray, gloomy; vous 

allez en voir de grises, you will 

see some terrible sights 
gronder [gr5de], to scold; rumble 
gros [gro], (/. grosse), big, large, 

stout; coarse, rough 
grotesque [grotssk], grotesque 
groupe [grup], m., group 
grouper [grupe], to group 
guere [gc:r] : ne — , hardly, scarcely 
guerre [gc:r], /., war; strife; 

faire la — a, to make war 

upon 



guetter [gete], to watch, lie in 

wait for 
Guillaume [gijo:m], William 



habiller [abije], to dress, clothe; 

s' — , to dress (one's self) 
habit [abi], m., coat; habits, clothes 
habiter [abite], to inhabit, dwell 

in, live in 
habituer [abitue], to accustom, 

habituate 
'hagard [agair], haggard, wild 
haleine [alsn],/., breath, wind 
'hardes [ard], /. pi., wearing 

•apparel, attire, clothes 
'hater [ate], to hasten; hurry on; 

se — , to make haste, hurry up 
'hausser [ose], to raise, elevate; 

shrug 
'haut [o], high; lofty, chief; a 

haute voix, read aloud; la 

tete haute, with head erect 
'hauteur [otceu], /., height, eleva- 
tion; haughtiness 
Henri [dri], Henry 
Henriette [arjet], Henrietta 
heroique [eroik], heroic 
'heron [er5], m., heron 
hesiter [ezite], to hesitate, falter 
heure [ce:r], /., hour, o'clock; 

quelle — est-il? what time is it? 

tout a 1' — , presently, in a 

moment; just now, a moment 

ago; a quelle — , when, at 

what o'clock 
heureux [cer0], happy; blessed, 

blissful; lucky 
'heurter [certe], to bump, strike 

against, hit; se — , to knock, 

bump 



VOCABULARY 



30I 



'hibou [ibu], m., owl 

hier [j£:r], yesterday; d' — , just 
yesterday; — soir, last night 
(evening) 

histoire [istwair],/., history; story; 
— de, only to, merely for the 
sake of 

hiver [ivEir], m., winter 

homme [om], m., man; husband 

honorer [onore], to honor, pay 
honor to 

'honte [5:t], /., shame; avoir — , 
to be ashamed 

'honteux [5t0], ashamed; shame- 
faced, timid 

hopital [opital], m., hospital 

'hors [oir], outside of; beside, 
beyond; out; — de combat, 
disabled 

hdtel [otel], m., town mansion, 
large house; hotel; — de ville, 
town-hall; maitre d'— , steward 

'hourra [ura], w., hurrah 

'huit [qit], eight 

humain [ymc], human 

humiliation [ymiljasj'5],/., humilia- 
tion 

I 

ici [isi], here; par — , this way; 
d' — la, by then 

ignorant [inora], ignorant 

ignorer [ijiore], to be ignorant of, 
not to know 

il [il], he, it 

ile [il],/., island, isle 

illuminer [ilymine], to illuminate; 
light up 

imaginer [ima3ine], to imagine, 
invent; s' — , to think, imagine 

immense [imais], immense, bound- 
less 



immobile [imobil], immovable, 
motionless; firm 

important [sports], important 

importer [cporte], to be of conse- 
quence, matter; n'importe, no 
matter, never mind; peu im- 
porte, it matters little 

imposant [cpoza], imposing; 
stately 

imprecation [eprekasj5], /., im- 
precation, curse 

incroyable [ekrwajabl], incredible, 
past beHef 

indigne [cdin], unworthy 

indiquer [cdike], to indicate, show, 
point out 

ineffable [inefabl], ineffable, un- 
utterable 

inexact [inegzakt], unpunctual; 
untrue; inaccurate 

injure [e3y;rj, /., offense, insult; 
ils se disent des injures, they 
are insulting each other 

inoffensif [inofasif], inoffensive 

inouii [inwi], unheard-of, unprece- 
dented 

inquiet [ekjs], anxious, uneasy 

insensiblement [csasiblsma], in- 
sensibly 

insister [esiste], to insist; persist 

installer [estale], to install, in- 
duct; s' — , to settle 

instant [esta], m., moment; a 
1' — , instantly, on the spot 

interieur [cterjceir], interior, inner; 
inside 

interieurement [eterjcerma], in- 
ternally, inwardly 

interrompre [etsr5:pr], to inter- 
rupt 

intransitif [ctrazitif], intransitive 



3 02 



VOCABULARY 



intrepide [strepid], intrepid, fear- 
less v^j 
invention [svasjo], /., invention 
irregulier [iregylje], irregular 
italien [italje], Italian; un Italien, 
an Italian 

J 

jamais [3ams], never; ever, at 

any time; — de la vie, never 

in the world 
jardin [3ardg], m., garden 
je [53], I 
Jean [3 a], John 

Jesus [3ezy], Jesus (of Nazareth) 
jeu [30], m., play; game; gambling 
jeune [3oen], young 
joli [3oli], pretty, nice 
jouer [3 we], to play; move; slip 

about; — du violon, to play 

(upon) the violin; — aux cartes, 

to play cards 
jouir [3wi:r], to enjoy; — d'une 

faculte, to possess a faculty 
joujou [3u3u], m., plaything, toy 
jour [3u:r], m., day, daytime; 

daylight; huit jours, a week; 

quinze jours, a fortnight; au 

— tombant, at nightfall; — 

gras, flesh day; jours gras, 

Shrovetide; — maigre, fish-day 
journal [3urnal], m., newspaper; 

tenir un — , to keep a diary 
journee [3urne], /., day, daytime; 

day's wages; toute la — , all 

day long 
juger [3y3e], to judge; — a propos, 

to think proper 
jurer [3yre], to swear 
jusque, jusqu'a [5ysk, 3yska], as 

far as, up to, to; jusqu'a ce 

que, till, until 



juste [3yst], just, right, fair 
justice [3ystis],/., justice; law 



kepi [kepi], m., undress military 

cap 

L 
1' [1], see le or la 
la [la], see le 
la [la], there; here 
la-bas [laba], down there, below, 

over there 
lac [lak], m., lake 
laine [len], /., wool 
laisser [kse], to leave; quit, 

forsake; — faire, to let alone 
lait [Is], m., milk 
lambeau [labo], m., rag; shred, 

fragment; bit 
lance [la:s], /., lance, spear; staff; 

— a feu, slow-match {fuse for 

firing of cannons) 
langue.[lfi:g], /., tongue; language 
languir [lagiir], to languish, droop 
large [lar3], broad, wide 
larme [larm], /., tear 
laver [lave], to wash; je me lave 

les mains, I wash my hands 
le, la, 1', les [la, la, 1, le], the 
le, la, 1', les [la, la, 1, le], him, her, 

it, them 
lecher [le$e], to lick 
lecon [l3s5],/., lesson 
leger [le3e], light; slight; graceful 
legume [legym], m., vegetable 
lentement [latma], slowly 
lenteur [latoe:r],/., slowness, tardi- 
ness 
lequel, laquelle [lakcl, laksl], who, 

whom, which 
les [le], see le 



VOCABULARY 



3°3 



lettre [ktr], /., letter; a la — , 
au pied de la — , literally 

leur [lce:r], their 

leur [loeir], to them, them; le — , 
la — , les leurs, theirs 

lever [lave], to raise; se — , to 
rise, come above the horizon 

lever [lave], m., rising; au — du 
soleil, at sunrise 

levre [lsivr],/., lip 

lieutenant [lj0tna], m., lieutenant 

ligne [lin],/., line 

lilas [lila], m., lilac 

lire [li:r], to read; — tout bas, 
to read to one's self; — a 
haute voix, to read aloud 

liste [list],/., list, roll 

lit [li], m., bed 

litiere [litjeir], /., litter; stable- 
litter 

livre [liivr], m., book 

livre [liivr], /., pound; a la — , 
by the pound 

loger [b5e], to lodge, put up; 
— a la belle etoile, to sleep in 
the open air 

loi [lwa], /., law 

loin [lwe], afar, far, far off; — que, 
far from 

lointain [lwete], remote, distant 

loisir [lwaziir], m., leisure, spare 
time 

long [15], (/. longue), long, slow; 
tedious 

longtemps [lota], long, a long 
while; depuis — , long since, 
long ago; il y a — que je ne 
l'ai vu, I have not seen him for 
a great while 

lorsque [brsko], when 

Louis [lwi], Louis, Lewis 



Louise [lwiiz], Louise 

loup [lu], m., wolf 

lucarne [lykarn], /., skylight, 

garret-window 
lueur [lqce:r], /., glimmer, gleam 
lugubre [lygybr], lugubrious, sad 
lui [lqi], to him, to her; he, him; 

c'est — , it is he; — -meme, 

himself 
luisant [lxpza], glittering, shiny, 

shining 
lumiere [lymjeir], /., light 
lune [lyn], /., moon; clair de — , 

moonlight 
lunette [lynst], /., lens, lunette; 

lunettes, spectacles, glasses 

M 
machine [ma$in], /., machine; 

— a coudre, sewing-machine; 

— a ecrire, typewriter 
madame [madam], madam, Mrs. 
Mage [ma:3], m., magian; mages, 

magi, wise men of the East 
magnifique [manifik], magnificent 
mai [me], m., May 
main [me], /., hand; en venir aux 

mains, to come to blows 
maintenant [metna], now, at 

present 
maintenir [metniir], to maintain; 

sustain 
mais [ms], but 

maison [mez5], /., house; firm 
maitre [ms:tr], m., master; teacher; 

— d'hdtel, steward, majordomo 
maitresse [mstrss], /., mistress 
mal [mal], wrong, ill, amiss, 

badly; on bad terms; trouver 
— , to find amiss; pas — , a good 
deal 



3°4 



VOCABULARY 



mal [mal], m., evil, ill, harm; 
hurt; pain, ache, sickness; 
— de tete, — a la tete, head- 
ache; faire — ■, to hurt; — de 
met, seasickness; — du pays, 
homesickness 

malgre [malgre], in spite of; 
notwithstanding 

malheur [malce:r], m., misfortune; 
mischance 

malheureusement [malcer0zma], 
unfortunately, unluckily 

malheureux [malcer0], unfortu- 
nate, unlucky; unhappy; mis- 
erable 

maman [mama],/., mamma 

manche [ma:$], /., sleeve; arm, 
channel; la Manche, the Eng- 
lish channel 

manger [ma5e], to eat 

maniere [manjeir], /., manner, 
way, method; de — que, so 
that; faire des manieres, to 
put on airs 

manteau [mato], m., mantle, 
cloak 

manuel [manual], (/. manuelle), 
manual, portable 

manuel [manqsl], m., manual, 
hand-book 

marais [mars], m., marsh, swamp 

marbre [marbr], m., marble 

marchand [mar$a], m., merchant; 
storekeeper 

marche [mar§],/., march, journey; 
se mettre en — , to start on 
one's way 

marche [mar$e], m., market; bar- 
gain; a bon — , cheap 

marcher [mar$e], to walk, go, 
march 



mardi [mardi], m., Tuesday; 

— gras, Shrove-Tuesday 
marelle [marel], /., hopscotch 
rnari [mari], m., husband 
mariage [marja:5], m., marriage; 

wedding 

Marie [mari], Mary 

marier [marje], to marry, give in 
wedlock; se — , to marry, be 
married, wed; elle va se — a 
(avec) un soldat, she is going 
to marry a soldier 

marquer [marke], to mark, trace 
out, cross-stitch 

marron [mar5], m., French chest- 
nut 

martial [marsjal], martial, soldierly 

masculin [maskylS], masculine 

matin [mats], m., morning; fore- 
noon; de grand — , very early; 
un beau — , some fine day 

matinee [matine], /., morning, 
forenoon; morning's perform- 
ance; matinee 

mauvais [move], bad; unpleasant; 

— sujet, worthless fellow, bad 
egg 

me [ma], me, to me, for me 

medecin [mstse], m., physician, 
doctor 

medecine [mstsin], /., medicine; 
etudiant en — , medical student 

meilleur [msjceir], better; de 
meilleure heure, earlier 

meme [ms:m], same; even, like- 
wise; la — chose, the same 
thing; la chose — , the very 
thing; tout de — , all the same; 
je le ferai quand — , I'll do it 
anyway 

memoire [memwair], /., memory 



VOCABULARY 



305 



mener [mane], to lead; conduct; 

take 
mere [ms:r], /., mother 
meriter [merite], to merit, deserve 
merveille [mervsij], /., wonder, 
marvel, miracle; a — , admi- 
rably, capitally 
messe [mss],/., mass 
Messie [mssi], m., Messiah 
metal [metal], m., metal 
mettre [metr], to put; place; 
set; se — en bataille, to line 
up in order of battle; se — a, 
to begin to; — le couvert, to 
set the table; se — a table, to 
sit down to dinner; se — en 
marche, to set out on one's way 
midi [midi], m., noon; south 
mieux [mj0], m., best thing, best 

plan 
milieu [milj0], m., centre, middle; 

au — de, in the midst of 
militaire [militeir], m., soldier, 

military man 
mille [mil], thousand 
mille [mil], m., mile 
milKon [milj5], m., million 
mine [min], /., mien; face 
mineral [mineral], m., mineral 
minuit [minqi], m., midnight 
minute [minyt], /., minute 
mit [mi], 3rd sing., past abs. of 

mettre 
mitron [mitrS], m., errand-boy 

(bakery business) 
modiste [modist], /., milliner 
moi [mwa], I, me; c'est — , it is I 
moins [mws], less; a. — que, unless 
moins [mwe], m., (the sign) 
minus; less amount; au — , 
at least 



mois [mwa], m., month 

moitie [mwatje], /., half; a — , 
half, partly 

moment [moma], m., moment; 
en ce — , right now 

mon, ma, mes [m5, ma, me], my 

monde [m5:d], m., w r orld, earth; 
tout le — , everybody 

monsieur [m9sj0], (pi. messieurs), 
m., Mr., sir, gentleman; this 
gentleman, the gentleman 

montee [mote], /., rise; ascent, 
height 

monter [mote], to go or come up, 
ride 

montre [m5:tr], /., watch; a 
ma — , by my watch 

montrer [m5tre], to show; point 
at, point to; indicate 

morceau [morso], m., morsel; 
piece 

mort [moir], p.p. mourir 

mot [mo], m., word; answer 

mou, mol [mu, moi], (/. molle), 
soft 

mouchard [mu^air], m., spy, police- 
spy, informer 

mouchoir [mu$wa:r], m., handker- 
chief 

moudre [mudr], to grind 

mouiller [muje], to wet, moisten 

mourir [murur], to die; se — , 
to be dying 

mousqueterie [muskstri], /., mus- 
ketry 

mousseline [muslin], /., muslin; 
de ses mousselines lentement 
epaissies, with its ever thicken- 
ing muslin-like draperies 

moustache [musta$], /., mustache 

mouton [mut5], m., sheep 



306 



VOCABULARY 



mouvement [muvma], m., move- 
ment, motion 

momvoir [muvwd:r], to move 

moyen [mwaje], m., means; aver- 
age; il n'y a pas — , there is no 
way 

moyennant [mwajsnfi], by means 
of; — que, provided that 

muet [mus], (/. muette), mute, 
dumb 

mur [my:r], m., wall 

murir [myriir], to ripen, grow ripe 

musique [myzik], /., music; band 

N 
nager [na3e], to swim 
naif [naif], naive, artless 
naitre [nsitr], to be born; faire — , 

to give rise to 
nappe [nap], /., tablecloth, cover 
nation [nasjS], /., nation 
national [nasjonal], national 
necessaire [nesessir], necessary, 

needful 
neige [ns:5],/., snow 
neiger [ns3e], to snow 
neigeux [nc30], snowy 
net [net], (/. nette), clean, neat; 

clear, plain; en avoir le coeur 

— , to ease one's mind of a thing 
neuf [noef], nine 
neveu [nav0], m., nephew 
nez [ne], m., nose 
ni [ni], neither; nor; elle n'a — 

or — argent, she has neither 

gold nor silver; — moi non 

plus, nor I either 
niece [njcs],/., niece 
nier [nje], to deny 
noble [nobl], noble 
Noel [nod], m., Christmas 



noir [nwa:r], black; dark, gloomy; 

bete noire, pet aversion; bug- 
bear 
nom [no], m., name; noun 
nommer [name], to name, call; 

se — , to state one's name, be 

called 
non [n5], no; not; ni moi — plus, 

nor I either; je crois que — , 

I think not; je dis que — , I 

say no; — que, — pas que, not 

that 
nord [no:r], m., north 
notre [notra], (pi. nos), our 
nous [nu|, we, us; to us; each 

other; — autres, we, the like 

of us 
nouveau [nuvo], new, other; 

newly-made; de — , anew, 

again, once more 
nouvelle [nuvsl], /., news, tidings; 

story; debiter des nouvelles, 

to spread news 
nu [ny], nude, naked, bare 
nuage [nqa:3], m., cloud; mist; 

fog 
nuit [nip], /., night; de — , by 

night 

O 
obeir [obeiir], to obey; il obeit 

a son pere, he obeys his 

father 
objet [dd3e], m., object; objets 

de valeur, valuables 
obligeant [Dbli3a], kind 
obliger [Dbli3e], to compel, oblige 
obscurite [Dpskyrite],/., obscurity, 

gloom 
obstacle [opstakl]^ m., obstacle, 

bar, hindrance 
obus [oby:s], m., shell 



VOCABULARY 



3°7 



occuper [okype], to occupy; il 
s'occupe de chimie, he busies 
himself with chemistry 
ceil [ce:j], (pi. yeux), m., eye; 

coup d' — , glance 
ofiicier [ofisje], m., officer 
oiseau [wazo], m., bird 
oisivete [wazivte], /., idleness 
ombre [5:br], /., shade; shadow 
ombrelle [5brd], /., parasol 
on [5], one; we, you, they, people; 

— dit, it is said 
oncle [5:kl], m., uncle 
onze [5:z], eleven 

opera [opera], m., opera, opera- 
house 

operation [operasjo], /., operation 

or [air], m., gold; d' — , gold, 
golden 

orage [ora:5], m., storm, tempest 

orange [ora:5],/., orange 

orangerie [oraSri], /., orange- 
grove; l'Orangerie, a portion 
of the park at Versailles 

ordinaire [ordineir], ordinary, cus- 
tomary, usual 

ordonner fordone], to order; com- 
mand 

ordre [ordr], m., order, direction, 
command; du premier — , of 
the highest order, first-rate 

oreille [orsij],/., ear 

oter [ote], to take off, remove, 
take away 

ou [u], or, either; — - . . . — , either 
... or 

oil [u], where, in which; d' — , 
whence; par — , which way? 

— que, wherever 

ouate [wat], /., wadding; (fig.), 
softness, whiteness 



oublier [ublie], to forget 

ouest [west], m., west 

oui [wi], yes; je dis que — , I 

say it is; yes indeed 
outil [uti], m., tool, implement, 

utensil 
ouvert [uvsir], open; opened 

(past part, of ouvrir) 
ouvrage [uvra:5], m., work, piece 

of work 
ouvrir [uvriir], to open 



paille [pa:j],/., straw 

pain [pe], m., bread; loaf; petit 
— , roll; — bis, brown bread 

paisible [pezibl], peaceable, peace- 
ful 

paix [pe], /., peace 

palissade [palisad], /., palisade, 
stockade 

papier [papje], m., paper; — bu- 
vard, blotting paper 

papillon [papijo], m., butterfly 

par [par], by; through; per; 
— ou? which way? — ici, this 
way; — la, that way; tant — 
tete, so much a head; — exem- 
ple, for example, the idea! 

paradis [paradi], m., paradise, 
heaven 

paraitre [parsitr], to appear, seem 

parapet [parape], m., breastworks 

pare [park], m., park 

parce que [pars ka], because 

pardessus [pardosy], m., overcoat 

pardon [pardo], m. : forgiveness, 
pardon 

parent [para], m., relative; parents, 
parents 

parfum [parfce], w., perfume, scent 



3o8 



VOCABULARY 



parler [parle], to speak; — a l'o- 

reille, to whisper; se — , to 

speak to each other 
parmi [parmi], among, amid, 

amidst 
parole [parol], /., word; promise; 

saying; speech; perdre la — , 

to lose the power of speech 
part [pa:r], /., part, share, side; 

de — en — , from one side to 

the other, through and through; 

prendre — a, to take part in; 

quelque — , somewhere; nulle 

— , nowhere; a. — , aside 
participe [partisip], m., participle; 

— passe, past participle; — 

present, present participle 
partie [parti], /., part; portion; 

game 
partir [partiir], to depart, leave, 

set out; a — de cette epoque, 

from that time on 
parvenir [parvoniir], to arrive, 

reach one's goal; succeed; 

faire — , to forward 
pas [pa], m., pace, step; — de 

course, quickstep, quick march 
pas [pa] : ne . . . — , not; — du tout, 

not at all; — encore, not yet 
passer [pase], to pass; — sa 

blouse, to put on his blouse; 

se — de quelque chose, to do 

without a thing; qu'est-ce qui 

se passe? what is taking place? 
pate [pate], m., pie, pastry; 

petit — , little pie, patty 
patissier [patisje], m., pastry-cook 
patrie [patri], /., native country, 

home 
pauvre [po:vr], poor 
payer [peje], to pay; pay for 



pays [pei], m., country; les 
Pays-Bas, the Netherlands; 
mal du — , homesickness 

peine [pen], /., punishment; pain; 
sorrow; effort; trouble; a. — , 
hardly, scarcely; ce n'est pas 
la — , it isn't worth while 

peinture [petyir], /., painting; 

— a. l'huile, oil-painting 
pencher [pa§e], to incline, lean, 

bend; se — , to bend over, 
stoop, lean 
pendant [pada], during, for; 

— que, whilst, while 
pendule [padyl], /., timepiece, 

chimney-clock 

penetrer [penetre], to penetrate, 
go through, pierce 

pensee [pase], /., thought 

penser [pase], to think, believe; 
il pense a. sa mere, he is think- 
ing of his mother; que pensez- 
vous de ce tableau? what do 
you think of this painting? 

percer [perse], to pierce, go 
through, pass through 

perdre [perdr], to lose; ruin; 
se — , to disappear, be lost 

pere [pe:r], m., father; de — en 
fils, from father to son 

perir [periir], to perish 

permettre [permetr], to permit, 
allow 

perron [pero], m., steps (before a 
house) 

perseverer [persevere], to perse- 
vere 

personne [person], /., person, 
individual 

personne [person], nobody, no 
one; anybody, any one 



VOCABULARY 



309 



peser [paze], to weigh; be heavy 
petit [pati], small, little; — a — , 

little by little 
petite-fille [patitfiij], {pi. petites- 

filles),/., granddaughter 
petit-fils [patifis], {pi. petits-fils), 

m., grandson 
petrole [petrol], m., petroleum, 

coal-oil 
peu [p0], little; few; pour — que, 

however little 
peur [pceir], /., fear; avoir — , to 

be afraid; de — que, lest, for 

fear that 
peut-etre [p9ts:tr], perhaps; — 

viendra-t-elle, — qu'elle vien- 

dra, perhaps -she will come 
phrase [fraiz],/., sentence; phrase 
physicien [fizisje], m., physicist 
physionomie [fizjonomi], /., facial 

expression 
physique [fizik],/., physics 
piano [pjano], m., piano; — a 

queue, grand piano; — droit, 

upright piano 
piece [pjss], /., piece; payer a 

la — , to pay by the piece 
pied [pje], m., foot; a — , on foot; 

au — de la lettre, to the letter, 

exactly 
pierre [pjsir],/., stone 
Pierrot [pjero], Pierrot, little Peter 
pietiner [pjetine], to stamp, 

trample 
pincer [pese], to pinch; se faire 

— , to get caught 
piquant [pika], fresh, bracing; 

keen; stinging 
pivoine [pivwan], /., peony 
plage [pla:5], /., beach, strand, 

seashore 



plaine [plsn], /., plain 

plaintif [pletif], plaintive, doleful, 
mournful 

plaire [pls:r], to please; cela ne 
lui plait pas, he does not like 
that; se — a, to delight in, 
like; il se plait a la campagne, 
he likes (to be in) the country 

plaisanterie [plszdtri], /., joke, 
pleasantry 

plaisir [pleziir], m., pleasure 

plein [pie], full; en — trottoir, 
right on the sidewalk; en — 
air, in the open air 

pleurer [plcere], to weep, cry, 
lament 

pleuvoir [plcevwa:r], to rain 

pli [pli], m., fold, ply; bend; 

— de terrain, hollow in land 
plier [plie], to fold 

plomb [plo], m., lead; a — , 

plumb, straight up and down 
pluie [plqi], /., rain 
plume [plym], /., pen; feather 
pluriel [plyrjel], m., plural 
plus [ply], more; de — en — , 
more and more; — de quinze 
ans, more than fifteen years; 
{neg. adv.) no more, no longer; 
je n'en ai — , I have no more; 

— de beurre, no more butter; 
ni moi non — , nor I either; 
il n'avait — sa tete, he had lost 
his head (balance) 

plusieurs [plyzjceir], several 

poche [po$],/., pocket 

poete [pos:t], m., poet 

poignet [pwans], m., wrist 

poing [pwe], m., fist 

point [pw£], m., point; period; 

— du jour, daybreak 



3io 



VOCABULARY 



point [pwg] : ne . . . — , not at all 
pointe [pweit], /., point, sharp 

end; sur la — du pied, on 

tiptoe 
pointu [pwety], pointed, sharp, 

peaked 
pointure [pwetyir], /., size {of 

shoes, gloves) 
poire [pwair], /., pear 
pois [pwa], m., pea; petits — , 

green peas 
poisson [pwas5], m., fish 
politique {politik], /., policy; poli- 
tics, statecraft 
pomme [pom], /., apple; — de 

terre, potato 
pont [po], m., bridge; deck 
port [po:r], m., harbor, port, haven 
porte [port], /., door; mettre 

quelqu'un a la — , to turn any 

one out of the house 
portee [porte], /., reach; a deux 

portees de canon, within, at a 

distance of, two cannon-shots 
porter [porte], to bear, carry; 

bring; wear; se — bien, to be 

well 
porteur [portceir], m., bearer, 

porter; holder 
possible [posibl], possible 
poster [poste], to post, station 
pot [po], m., pot; jar; jug; vase 
pou [pu], m., louse 
poudrer [pudre], to powder, 

sprinkle 
pour [pu:r], for; in order; to; 

— ainsi dire, as it were, so 

to speak; — que, so that, in 

order that 
pourboire [purbwair], m., tip; 

gratuity 



pourquoi [purkwa], why, where- 
fore; c'est — , therefore 

pourvoir [purvwau], to provide, 
furnish; provide for 

pourvu [purvy], p.p. of pourvoir; 

— que, provided; — qu'il n'y 
soit pas, I only hope he will 
not be there 

poussee [puse],/., pushing, thrust- 
ing 
pousser [puse], to push, thrust; 

rush on; start; utter 
poussiere [pusjeir], /., dust 
poussiereux [pusjer0], dusty 
pouvaient [puve], jrd plur., past 

descrip. of pouvoir 
pouvoir [puvwair], can, to be 
able; je ne peux pas le faire, 
I cannot do it; je peux ne pas 
le faire, I may not do it; il se 
peut (faire) que, it may be 
(happen) that 
preceder [presede], to precede 
precieux [presj0], precious, costly 
precis [presi], precise, exact 
preference [prefenus], /., prefer- 
ence, choice 
preferer [prefere], to prefer 
premier [promje], first; foremost; 
la tete la premiere, head first, 
headlong 
prendre [praidr], to take; get; 
seize; catch; a. tout — , on the 
whole; ou avez-vous pris cela? 
where did you get that idea? se 

— a, to go at, go about; — garde, 
to take care, be careful 

preparer [prepare], to prepare, 

get ready 
pres [pre], near; tout — , near by; 

— de, near, close to 



VOCABULARY 



311 



presager [presaSe], to presage, 

forebode, portend 
presenter [presate], to introduce; 

present; offer 
presque [preska], almost, nearly 
presser [prese], to press, hurry, 

crowd 
pret [pre], ready, in readiness 
pretendre [pretaidr], to claim, 
lay claim to; sa pretendue, 
his intended, his future wife 
pretentieux [pretasj0], pretentious 
preter [prste], to lend; — serment, 

to take an oath 
printemps [prsta], m., spring; 

au — , in spring 
prise [priiz], /., capture; taking 
prisonnier [prizonje]," m., prisoner 
prix [pri], m. } price; reward; 
prize; hors de — , excessively 
dear; a. tout — , at any price 
probable [probabl], probable 
proche [pro§], near, near at hand 
profond [prof 5], profound, deep; 

peu — , shallow 
programme [program], m., pro- 
gram 
promener [promne], to take out 
walking or driving; se — , to 
take a walk, go for a walk; se 
— a. cheval, to go out riding; 
se — en voiture, to go out 
driving 
promptement [pr5tma], promptly, 

quickly 
prononcer [pronose], to pronounce 
prophetique [profetik], prophetic 
proteger [prote3e], to protect, 

defend 
protestation [protsstasjo], /., pro- 
test, protestation 



protester [protsste], to protest 
prudent [prydd], prudent, cautious 
public [pyblik], (/. publique), 

public 
puis [pip], then, afterwards 
puisque [puiska], since, seeing 

that 
puissant [pqisa], powerful, mighty 
puissiez [pqisje], 2nd plur., pres. 

subj. of pouvoir 
punir [pyni:r], to punish 
pupille [pypil], m., ward, pupil 

{under a guardian) 
put [py], yd sing., past subj. of 

pouvoir 



quand [ka], when; — meme, all 

the same 
quarante [karait], forty 
quart [ka:r], m., quarter, fourth 
quartier [kartje], m., quarter 
quatorze [katorz], fourteen 
quatre [katra], four; un de ces 
— matins, one of these fine days 
que [ka], {conj.) that; in order 
that; when; as; than; if; 
bien — , although; a. moins — , 
unless; avant — , before; de 
peur — , lest; de sorte — , so 
that; pour — , arin — , in order 
that; il n'a — deux livres, he 
has only two books 
que [ka], whom, that, which, what; 
qu'est-ce que c'est? what is it? 
je ne sais — faire, I do not 
know what to do; — ne me 
disiez-vous! why didn't you 
tell me! 
quel [kel], what; quelle heure 
est-il? what time is it? 



3 I2 



VOCABULARY 



quelque [kelka], some, few; — 
chose, something 

quelque [kelka], however; some, 
about; — riches qu'ils soient, 
however rich they may be 

quelquefois [kslkgfwa], sometimes 

question [kEstj'5], /., question; 
faire une — , to ask a ques- 
tion 

queue [k0], /., tail; rear; cue; 
faire — , to stand in line (at a 
ticket-office) 

qui [ki], who, which, that, whom; 
he who; whoever; a — est 
ce livre? whose book is this? 
— que ce soit, any one (what- 
ever) ; — que vous soyez, who- 
ever you may be 

quinze [ke:z], fifteen 

quitte [kit], discharged (from 
debt); quits, clear 

quitter [kite], to leave, quit; 
un de ses sabots le quitta, one 
of his sabots came off 

quoi [kwa], what; which; il 
n'y a pas de — , not at all! 
don't mention it! a. — bon, 
what's the use; — que, what- 
ever; sur — , whereupon 

quoique [kwaka], although, though 



rabot [rabo], m., plane 
raconter [rak5te], to relate, tell 
rafler [rafle], to sweep away, 

carry off 
rafraichir [rafre$i:r], to refresh, 

revive, restore 
raide [red], stiff, rigid; tight 
raison [rcz5], /., reason; avoir — , 

to be right 



ramasser [ramase], to pick up, 
take up 

rang [ra], m., rank; line 

ranger [ra5e], to arrange; set in 
order 

rapidement [rapidma], rapidly, 
swiftly 

rappeler [raple], to call back; 
recall; se — , to recollect, re- 
member, recall to mind 

rapport [rapoir], m., report; par 
— a, with regard to 

rapprocher [rapro$e], to draw near 
again, bring nearer; se — , to 
come nearer 

rare [ra:r], rare, scarce, few 

ravissement [ravisma], m., trans- 
port, rapture, delight 

reactionnaire [reaksjoncir], m., re- 
actionist, reactionary 

recent [resa], recent, fresh, late 

recevoir [r9S9vwa:r], to receive 

rechaud [re$o], m., chafing-dish, 
hot water dish 

recit [resi], m., story, account 

reciter [resite], to recite; repeat, say 

recommandation [rgkDmadasjS],/., 
recommendation 

recommencer [rakomase], to re- 
commence, begin again 

recompense [rek5pa:s], /., reward, 
recompense 

reconnaissait [rgkonese], 3rd sing., 
past descrip. of reconnaitre 

reconnaissance [rgkonssais], /., 
reconnaissance, a reconnoitring 
expedition 

reconnaitre [rgkonsitr], to recog- 
nize, perceive 

recouvrir [rakuvrhr], to cover 
again, cover 



VOCABULARY 



313 



recut [rgsy], 3rd sing., past abs. of 

recevoir 
redingote [radegDt], /., riding- 
coat, frockcoat 
redoute [rgdut], /., redoubt, small 

fort 
reel [red], (/. reelle), real, true; 

actual 
regarder [ragarde], to look at, 

behold 
regiment [re3ima], m., regiment 
regie [rsglj, /., rule, ruler 
regner [rejie], to reign, rule 
regulier [regylje], regular 
reine [rs:n], /., queen 
re jeter [ra3te], to throw back; 

reject 
rejoindre [r35we:dr], ' to rejoin, 

overtake 
rejouir [re5wi:r], to rejoice; se — , 

to enjoy one's self 
remarquer [r9marke], to notice, 

remark, observe 
remercier [r9msrsje], to thank, 

return thanks to 
remettre [ramstr], to put on again, 

put back again; — les armes 

en faisceaux, to stack arms 

again 
remplacer [rdplase], to replace, 

succeed; take the place of 
remplir [raplhr], to fill again; 

fill, fill up; — un vase de 

fleurs, to fill a vase with 

flowers 
remuement [rgmyma], m., stirring; 

commotion, disturbance 
remuer [r9mue], to move, stir 
rencontrer [rakotre], to meet, 

meet with; light upon; se — , 

to meet, meet each other 



rendre [ra:dr], to render, return, 
give back; — visite, to pay a 
visit 

renoncer [r9n5se], to renounce, 
give up; il renonce a ses 
droits, he gives up his rights; 
il y renonce, he gives it (them) 
up 

rentrer [rdtre], to re-enter; come 
back home, go back home 

renverser [ra verse], to throw 
down; overturn 

repandre [repa:dr], to pour out, 
scatter, spread out; se — , 
to spread (themselves) 

repas [rgpa], m., meal, repast 

repeter [repete], to repeat; say 
again, tell again; — une co- 
medie, to rehearse a comedy 

replier [rgplie], to fold again; 
se — , to fall back 

repondre [rep5:dr], to answer, 
reply 

reponse [rep5:s], /., answer, reply 

repoussant [rgpusa], repulsive 

reprendre [r9pra:dr], to take again, 
take up again; resume 

representer [rgprezate], to repre- 
sent; portray 

reprirent [rgp^ir], 3rd, plur., past 
abs. of reprendre 

reproduire [rgproduiir], to repro- 
duce; se — , to come again, 
occur again 

republique [repyblik], /., republic; 
commonwealth 

resoudre [rezudr], to resolve 

ressembler [usable], to resemble, 
look like; il ressemble a son 
pere, he looks like his father; 
se — , to be like each other 



314 



VOCABULARY 



reste [rest], m., remainder; au — , 
moreover, besides 

rester [reste], to remain; be left; 
stay; il n'en reste que cinq, 
there are only five left 

retard [rotair], m., delay; en — , 
late, behind time 

retarder [ratarde], to retard, de- 
lay; (of a timepiece) lose, go 
too slow 

retentir [rotutiir], to resound 

retour [rotuir], m., return; etre 
de — , to be back 

retourner [roturne], to go back, 
return; se — , to turn, turn 
round 

reunir [reynhr], to reunite, assem- 
ble; se — , to reunite, come 
together 

reussir [reysiir], to succeed, be 
successful; il a mal reussi, 
he has had poor success 

reve [rs:v], m., dream; idle dream 

reveiller [reveje], to awake, 
awaken, rouse; — en sursaut, 
to arouse suddenly 

reveler [revele], to reveal, be- 
tray 

revenant [ravna], m., ghost, spirit 

revenir [rovniir], to come back, 
return; recur 

rever [rsve], to dream; be in a 
dream 

revienne [rgyjsn], ist or 3rd sing., 
pres. subj. of revenir 

revint [rave], 3rd sing., past abs. 
of revenir 

revoir [rgvwair], to see again; 
review; se — , to see each other 
again; au — , goodbye (till I 
see you again) 



revolution [revolysjo], /., revolu- 
tion 

Rhin (le) [re], (the) Rhine (river) 

riche [ri$], rich 

rideau [rido], m., curtain 

rien [rje], m., nothing; anything; 
— de plus, nothing more, noth- 
ing else 

rieur [rjceir], (/. rieuse) , laughing, 
joking 

Rigault [rigo], Rigault, chief of 
police under the Commune 

rigueur [rigce:r], rigor, severity; 
tenir — , to be severe upon, 
refuse to forgive, refuse to come 

riposter [riposte], to reply; make 
a smart reply 

rire [riir], to laugh; — de, to 
laugh at, make light of; se — 
de, to make sport of 

riviere [rivjsir], /., river, stream 

robe [rob],/., gown, garment, dress 

roi [rwa], m., king 

rompre [r5:pr], to break, break off 

ronde [r5:d],/., round; roundelay; 
a la — , round about 

rose [ro:z], pink 

rose [ro:z],/., rose 

roti [roti], m., roast, roast meat 

rouge [ru:3], red 

rougir [ru5i:r], to blush, redden 

roulement [rulma], m., rolling, 
« roll, rumbling 

rouler [rule], to roll; roll up; 
tumble 

route [rut], /., road, way, path; 
track; en — , on the road; 
grande — , highway 

royal [rwajal], royal, regal, kingly 

rue [ry],/., street 

ruine [rqin], /., ruin; wreck 



VOCABULARY 



315 



s 

sabot [sabo], m., sabot, wooden shoe 
saboter [sabote], to clatter with 

one's shoes 
sabre [sa:br], m., broadsword 
sage [sa:3], wise, sensible; good; 

etre — , (of children) to be 

good, be well-behaved 
sain [se], sound; — et sauf, safe 

and sound 
saint [se], holy, sacred, godly 
saison [sezd], /., season, weather; 

de — , in season 
salle [sal], /., hall; large room; 

— a manger, dining-room 
salon [sal5], m., drawing-room; 

parlor 
saluer [sakje], to salute, greet; 

je la salue, I bow to her 
sang [sa], m., blood 
sanglant [sagla], bloody; red 
sans [sa], without; but for; 

— que, without 

sauf [so:f], safe; sain et — , safe 

and sound 
sauver [sove], to save, rescue; 

se — , to escape, run away 
savoir [savwair], to know; know 

how to; que je sache, as far 

as I know, for all I know; 

faites-le-nous — , let us know; 

je ne saurais vous le dire, I 

(really) cannot tell you 
scandaliser [skadalize], to scan- 
dalize, shock 
scelerat [selera], m., scoundrel. 

villain 
schako [$ako], m., shako, tall 

military hat 
se [ss], one's self, to one's self, 

himself, herself, etc. 



seau [so], m., bucket, pail 

sec [sek], (/. seche), dry; thin, 

lean; uninteresting 
secouer [sgkwe], to shake, shake 

off; jolt; discard 
Seine (la) [ssm], (the) Seine 

(river) 
seize [se:z], sixteen 
semaine [samen], /., week; week's 

work; a la - — , by the week; 

par — , a week 
sembler [sable], to seem 
sensiblement [sdsibbma], sensibly, 

noticeably; keenly 
sentiment [satima], m., feeling 
sentir [satiir], to feel; know; 

perceive; smell of, exhale, have 

an odor of 
separer [separe], to separate, 

part, sever; se — , to go apart, 

adjourn 
sept [sst], seven 

septembre [ssptaibr], m., Septem- 
ber 
sergent [ssr3a], m., sergeant 
serrer [sere], to press, squeeze; 

clinch; se — , to be oppressed; 

se — la main, to shake hands 

with each other 
serviette [ssrvjst], /., napkin, 

towel 
servir [serviir], to serve; pour 

vous — , at your service; se — 

de, to make use of, use 
seul [seel], alone, by one's self; 

single; sole; to one's self 
seulement [scelma], only, solely 
si [si], so, thus; yes (in answer 

to negative questions); — petite 

qu'elle soit, however small she 

may be 



316 



VOCABULARY 



si [si], if; whether; — ce n'est 
que, unless, except 

sifflement [siftama], m., whistling; 
hissing 

signe [sin], m., sign; signal 

signifier [sinifje], to signify 

silence [silcus], m., stillness, silence; 
secrecy 

silencieux [silasj0], silent, noiseless 

silhouette [silwet], /., silhouette; 
profile 

simple [seipl], simple; common 

singulier [segylje], m., singular 

singulierement [ssgyljermfi], singu- 
larly, oddly, strangely 

sinistre [sinistr], sinister, ominous 

situer [sitqe], to situate, place 

six [sis], six 

sceur [sce:r],/., sister 

sofa [sofa], m., sofa 

soi [swa], one's self, self, itself, 
himself, herself 

soif [swaf], /., thirst; avoir — , to 
be thirsty 

soigneusement [swan0zma], care- 
fully 

soir [swair], m., evening; hier — , 
hier au — , last evening, last 
night 

soiree [sware], /., evening; even- 
ing party 

soit [swa], whether, either, or; 
— l'un, — l'autre, either one 
or the other; — que, whether 

soixante [swasait], sixty 

sol [sol], m., soil; ground; ground- 
plot 

soldat [solda], m., soldier 

soleil [sd1s:j], m., sun; avoir place 
au — , to have the same rights 
as others 



somme [som], /., sum, amount; 
en — , on the whole 

sommeil [soms.-j], m., sleep, slum- 
ber; avoir — , to be sleepy 

son, sa, ses [s5, sa, se], his, her, 
(its), one's 

songer [s53e], to think, dream 

sonnette [sonst], /., little bell; 
hand-bell 

sorciere [sorsjsir], /., sorceress, 
witch 

sorte [sort],/., sort, kind; manner, 
way; de la — , thus, so, in 
that way; de — que, so that 

sortie [sorti], /., going or coming 
out; exit 

sortir [sortiir], to leave, go out; 
come out; graduate; d'ou 
sortez-vous? where have you 
been so long? 

souche [su$], /., stump (of a tree) 

soucoupe [sukup], /., saucer 

souffler [sufle], to blow; pant; 
breathe hard; ne pas souffler 
mot, to not say a word 

soupe [sup],/., soup 

souper [supe], m., supper 

sourcil [sursi], m., eyebrow; 
froncer le — , to frown 

sourire [surhr], to smile; — a 
quelqu'un, to smile on any one 

sous [su], under, beneath; during 
the reign of; — presse, in 
press; — peu de jours, in a 
few days 

soutenir [sutniir], to sustain, sup- 
port; strengthen 

soutenu [sutny], p.p. soutenir 

souvenir (se) [suvniir], to remem- 
ber; se — du passe, to remem- 
ber the past 



VOCABULARY 



3 X 7 



souvenir [suvniir], m., memory, re- 
membrance, recollection; keep- 
sake 

souvent [suvd], often, frequently 

spectacle [spektakl], m., spectacle, 
sight; show; performance 

statue [staty], /., statue 

stature [statyir], /., stature; size 

stupeur [stypce:r], /., stupor; 
amazement 

subitement [sybitma], suddenly 

substantif [sypstatif], m., sub- 
stantive 

subtil [sup til], subtle; cunning; 
shrewd 

succeder [syksede], to succeed, 
follow; — a quelqu'un, to suc- 
ceed any one 

succes [sykss], m., success, result 

sucre Jsykr], m., sugar 

sud [syd], m., south 

suer [sue], to perspire 

suffire [syfi:r], to suffice; cela 
suflfit, that's enough 

suggerer [syg3ere], to suggest 

suivait [strive], 3rd. sing., past 
descrip. of suivre 

suivimes [suivim], 1st plur., past 
abs. of suivre 

suivre [srrhvr], to follow, come 
after; a — , to be continued 
(of stories) 

superstitieux [syperstisjo], super- 
stitious 

superstition [syperstisjo],/., super- 
stition 

supposer [sypoze], to suppose 

sur [sy:r], on; over; porter — 
soi, to carry in one's pocket; 
dormer — la rue, to overlook 
the street; deux beaux jours — 



dix, two good days out of ten; 
— les trois heures, towards 
three o'clock 
sur [sy:r], sure; certain; pour — , 

certainly 
surmonter [syrmote], to surmount 
surprendre [syrprfiidr], to sur- 
prise, take unawares; catch, 
overhear 
sursaut [syrso], m., start; s'e- 
veiller en — , to start up out 
of one's sleep 
surtout [syrtu], especially, chiefly 
survivant [syrviva], m., survivor 
survivre [syrviivr], to survive 
suspect [syspskt], suspected; sus- 
picious 
suspendre [syspaidr], to suspend, 

lift up, hang up 
Suzon [syzo],/., Susie 
symetriquement [simetrikma], sym- 
metrically 



table [tabl], /., table; se mettre 

a. — , to sit down to dinner 
tableau [tablo], w., picture; paint- 
ing; — noir, blackboard 
tablette [tablet], /., shelf 
tablier [tablie], m., apron 
tailler [taje], to cut; trim 
talon [tal5], m., heel 
tambour [tabu:r], m., drum 
tant [ta], so much, so many; 

— que, as long as 
tante [tfiit], /., aunt 
tantot [tato], presently, by and 

by; sometimes 
tapis [tapi], m., carpet; cover 
tapisser [tapise], to carpet; cover; 
deck 



3i8 



VOCABULARY 



tard [ta:r], late; t6t ou — , sooner 
or later; il se fait — , it is 
getting late 

tas [ta], m., heap, pile; lot 

tasse [tais], /., cup; — a. cafe, 
coffee-cup; — de cafe, cup of 

coffee; demi , small cup (of 

coffee) 

tatons [tat5], m., pi.: a — , feeling 
one's way, groping, gropingly 

te [t9J, thee, to thee; you, to you 

teinte [te:t], /., tint, tinge; hue; 
color 

tellement [tslma], so, so much 

temps [ta], m., time; weather; 
tense; a. — , in time; de — a 
autre, de — en — , from time 
to time; en meme — , at the 
same time; quel — fait il? 
what kind of weather is it? 
il fait beau — , it is fine weather; 
il y a quelque — , some time 
ago 

tenir [taniir], to hold, keep; 
— rigueur, to be severe upon; 
se — , to hold or keep one's 
self, be, stand, sit; se — 
debout, to stand up; tiens! 
why! here! listen! 

terrain [tsre], m., ground; sur 
le — , on the field; le — des 
courses, the race-course 

terre [te:r],/., earth; soil, ground; 
a — , to the ground, on the 
ground, on the floor; par — , 
on the ground, along the ground 

terrible [tsribl], terrible 

tete [test], /., head; mal de — , 
headache; faire a sa — , to 
have one's own way 

the [te], m., tea 



theatre [teaitr], m., theatre, stage; 
(collection of) plays; monter 
sur le — , to appear on the stage 

tirailleur [tirajceir], m., sharp- 
shooter 

tirer [tire], to draw, pull, tug; 
shoot, fire off; se — d'affaire, 
to get out of a difficulty 

tiroir [tirwa:r], m., drawer (of a 
table); piece a tiroirs, comedy 
of episodes 

toi [twa], thou, thee, thyself; 
you, yourself 

toile [twal], /., cloth; linen; 

— d'araignee, spider's web 
toise [twaiz],/., toise; fathom 
tomber [tobe], to fall; au jour 

tombant, at nightfall; laisser 

— , to drop; le jour tombe, the 

day is closing 
ton, ta, tes [to, ta, te], your, 

thy 
ton [to], m., tone; de bon — , 

well-bred, genteel 
tort [toir], m., wrong; avoir — , 

to be wrong, be in the wrong, 

be mistaken 
t6t [to], soon, shortly; — ou tard, 

sooner or later; au plus — 

possible, as soon as possible 
toucher [tu$e], to touch; receive 

(money) ; play (an instrument) ; 

— ses appoint ements, to re- 
ceive one's salary 

toujours [tu5u:r], always, ever; 

still 
tourbillonner [turbijone], to eddy, 

whirl, wind 
tournant [turna], m., turn, bend 
tourner [turne], to turn; turn 

round; pass round 



VOCABULARY 



3 J 9 



tournure [turnyir], /., figure, 
shape; appearance 

tourtiere [turtjesr], /., tart-dish 

tousser [tuse], to cough 

tout [tu], (m. pi. tous), all, every; 
everything; quite; — a fait, 
quite, entirely, sound; — au 
plus, at the most; — de suite, 
immediately, at once; — a 
l'heure, just now; tous (les) 
deux, toutes (les) deux, both 
(of them) ; — le monde, every- 
body, everyone; — a. coup, 
suddenly 

train [trs], m., train; suite, 
retinue; assemblage; aller son 
— , to go on, go one's usual way 

trainer [trsne], to draw, drag, 
drag along; se — , to drag 
one's self, crawl, creep along 

traire [trsir], to milk 

trait er [trete], to treat 

tranquille [trfikil], quiet, tranquil 

transitif [trazitif], transitive 

travail [travaij], m., labor, toil, 
work; piece of work 

travailler [travaje], to work 

travers [traveir], m., breadth; 
width; whim, caprice; a. — , 
across, through; au — de, 
through; de — , wry, crooked 

traverser [traverse], to cross, pass 
through; thwart; — un pro jet, 
to thwart a project 

trayait [trsjs], yd sing., past 
descrip. of traire 

trebucher [treby$e], to stumble, 
trip 

treize [trsiz], thirteen 

trembler [trable], to tremble, shake 

trente [trait], thirty 



tres [tre], very; very much 

tricot [triko], m., cudgel, knitting; 
gilet de — , knitted vest 

tricoter [trikote], to knit 

triste [trist], sad, sorrowful, 
gloomy; dull 

trois [trwa], three 

troisieme [trwazjsm], third 

tromper [trope], to deceive, elude; 
se — , to make a mistake, be 
mistaken; se — de, to be mis- 
taken about; se — de livre, to 
take the wrong book 

tromperie [tropri], /., deception, 
deceit 

trop [tro], too much, too many, 
too; over; etre de — , to be one 
too many, not be wanted 

trotter [trote], to trot 

trottoir [totwair], m., sidewalk; en 
plein — , right on the sidewalk 

troupeau [trupo], m., flock, herd, 
drove 

trouver [truve], to find; se — , 
to be; — mauvais, to dislike, 
take amiss 

tu [ty], thou, you 

tuer [tqe], to kill 

tulipe [tylip], /., tulip 

tumultueux [tymyltqo], tumul- 
tuous, uproarious 

U 

un [tie], a, an; one; 1' — ou 
l'autre, the one or the other; 
1' — et l'autre, both; les uns 
et les autres, all, all together 

uniforme [yniform], m., uniform 

usage [yza:3], m., custom, practice, 
usage 

usine [yzin], /., factory; works 



3 20 



VOCABULARY 



vache [va§],/., cow 

va-et-vient [vaevje], m., going 

and coming, moving to and 

fro 
vaincre [v£:kr], to conquer, vain- 

quish 
vaisseau [veso], m., vessel, ship; 

— de guerre, man-of-war 
valeur [valceir], /., value; objets 

de — , valuables 
valoir [valwair], to be worth; 

— mieux, to be better 

van [va], m., fan; winnowing- 

basket 
vapeur [vapceir], /., vapor, hue; 

bateau a — , steamboat; a 

toute — , at full speed 
vapeur [vapceir], m., steamer 
vautrer [votre] : se — , to wallow, 

sprawl 
veille [vs:j], /., watch, watching; 

eve, day before; — de Noel, 

Christmas eve 
venaient [vgne], 3rd plur., past 

descrip. of venir 
vendre [vaidr], to sell; se — , to 

be sold, sell 
venir [vaniir], to come; je viens 

de lui parler, I have just spoken 

to him; s'il venait a mourir, 

if he should happen to die; 

s'en — , to come (away) 
vent [va], m., wind; en plein — , 

in the open air; il fait du — , 

it is windy 
verbe [verb], m., verb 
verger [vsr5e], m., fruit-garden, 

orchard 
verite [verite], /., truth; a la — , 

indeed, it is true, I confess 



verras [vera], 2nd sing., future of 

voir 
verre [veir], m., glass; — a vin, 

wine-glass; — de vin, glass of 

wine 
verrou [vsru], m., bolt 
vers [veir], about, towards, to; 

— (les) trois heures, towards 

three o'clock 
Versaillais (les) [versaje], the 

Versailles troops (the national 

troops) 
verser [verse], to pour, pour 

out 
vertu [vsrty],/., virtue 
veste [vest], /., round jacket 
vetir [vetiir], to clothe, dress 
veux [v0], 1st or 2nd sing., pres. 

indie, of vouloir 
viande [vjaid],/., meat 
victoire [viktwair], /., victory 
vide [vid], m., void, gap, empty 

space 
vie [vi],/., life; livelihood; gagner 

sa — , to earn one's living 
vierge [vjsrS], /., virgin, maid; 

la Vierge, the Holy Virgin 
vieux, vieil [vj0, vjeij], (/. vieille), 

old; aged 
vif [vif], lively; quick; de vive 

voix, by word of mouth, orally 
vilain [vile], ugly, shabby 
village [vila:3], m., village 
ville [vil], /., town; city; etre 

en — , to be out, to be down- 
town; etre a la — , to be in 

town * 
vingt [ve], twenty 
vingtaine [vetsn],/., a score, about 

twenty 
vingt-cinq [vetse:k], twenty-five 



VOCABULARY 



321 



vint [ve], 3rd sing., past abs. of 

venir 
violon [vjolo], m., violin; il joue 

du — , he plays (on) the violin 
vision [vizj5], /., vision 
visite [vizit], /., visit, call; rendre 

— , to pay a visit, call 
visiter [vizite], to visit, call on 
vite [vit], fast, quickly; rapidly 
vitre [vitr],/., pane, window-glass; 

window 
vi trine [vitrin], /., shop- window; 

show-case; glass case 
vive [vi:v], 1st or 3rd sing., pres. 

subj. of vivre; — l'empereur! 

long live the Emperor! 
vivre [viivr], to live; savoir — , 

to show good breeding, have 

good manners; vive la republi- 

que, hurrah for the Republic; 

faire cher — , to be dear living, 

be expensive to live 
voici [vwasi], here is, here are; 

le — , here he (it) is 
voila. [vwala], that is, there is, there 

are; vous en — quitte, now you 

are rid of them, or safe 
voiler [vwale], to veil, cover 
voir [vwair], to see; faire — , to 

let see, show; se — , to see one's 

self, see each other; voyons! 

let's see! now then! 
voisin [vwaze], m., neighbor 
voix [vwa], /., voice; a — basse, 

in a low tone 



volant [vola], m., shuttlecock 
volcan [volka], m., volcano 
voler [vole], to steal, rob 
volonte [vobte], /., will, mind, 

intention 
volontiers [vol5tje], willingly, 
readily, gladly; j'y vais — , 
I like going there 
volume [volym], m., volume 
votre, vos [votrg, vo], your 
vouloir [vulwair], to will, wish, 
desire, want; en — a. quel- 
qu'un, to have a grudge against 
some one; veuillez, please (at 
the beginning of a sentence); 

— bien, to be quite willing; 

— dire, to mean 

vous [vu], you, to you; yourself, 

yourselves; to yourself, to 

yourselves 
voyage [vwaja:3], m., journey, 

trip; voyage 
voyager [vwaja3e], to travel, 

journey 
vraiment [vrsma], truly, indeed; 

in truth 
vu [vy], p.p. voir 



y [i], there; in it, to it, at it, in 
them, to them, at them; il — 
a, there is, there are; sans 
— penser, without thinking 
of it 

yeux [j0], see ceil 



ENGLISH-FRENCH 



a, (an), un, une; twenty cents 

— dozen, vingt sous la dou- 
zaine; three dollars — day, 
trois dollars par jour 

able, capable; be — to, pouvoir; 
he is — to do it, il peut le 
faire 

about, de; autour de; (adv.) 
environ; I have no money — 
me, je n'ai pas d'argent sur 
moi; he is — twenty, il a une 
vingtaine d'annees, il touche 
a la vingtaine; how do you go 

— it? comment vous y prenez- 
vous? — two o'clock, vers 
deux heures; he was — to start, 
il aliait partir 

above, la-haut; — all, surtout; 

— the hill, au-dessus de la 
colline 

academy, academie, /. 
accept, accepter 
accompany, accompagner 
accustom, accoutumer; habituer 
ache, faire mal; souffrir; my 

head aches, j'ai mal a la tete; 

my feet — , les pieds me font mal 
add, ajouter 
address, adresser; parler a, 

adresser la parole a 
adjective, adjectif, m. 
admiration, admiration, /. 
admire, admirer 



admit, admettre; (confess) 

avouer; (agree) etre d' accord 
advance, avancer; marcher en 

avant 
affair, affaire, /. 
affect, affecter 
affectionate, affectueux, -se; af- 

fectionne 
afraid, effraye, qui a peur; be — 

(of), avoir peur (de), craindre 
Africa, Afrique, /. 
after, apres; — all, a tout pren- 
dre; apres tout; (conj.) apres 

que 
afternoon, apres-midi, m., (/.) 
afterwards, ensuite, puis; plus 

tard; apres 
again, encore, encore une fois, de 

nouveau 
against, contre 
age, age, m.; be thirty years of — , 

avoir trente ans 
ago, il y a; passe; long — , il y a 

longtemps; how long — is it? 

combien de temps y a-t-il? 

two days — , il y a deux jours 
ahead, en avant; right — , tout 

droit; — of us, devant nous 
air, air, m.\ with an — , d'un air 
ajar, entr'ouvert 
all, tout, tous; — of you, vous 

tous; that is — , voila tout; 

— the same, tout de meme; 

above — , surtout; by — means, 



VOCABULARY 



323 



certainement; not at — , pas 
du tout; — at once, tout a 
coup 

almost, presque; {before a numeral) 
pres de 

alone, seul 

alongside, a cote de; le long de; 
{adv.) a c te 

aloud, haut; a. haute voix 

already, deja 

also, aussi 

although, bien que, quoique 

always, toujours 

America, Amerique, /. 

American, americain 

amid, au milieu de; a. travers 

among, amongst, parmi; {distri- 
bution) entre; chez 

amuse, amuser; divertir 

amusing, amusant, divertissant 

ancient, ancien (/. ancienne) 

and, et; more — more, de plus en 
plus; go — see, aller voir 

angel, ange, m. 

anger, colere, /. 

angry, fache, furieux, en colere; 
be — at, with, etre fache (en 
colere) contre; get — , se facher 

anguish, angoisse, /. 

ankle, cheville (du pied), /.; 
deep, jusqu'aux chevilles 

announce, annoncer 

answer, repondre; repondre a 

answer, reponse, /. 

anxious, inquiet, -ete 

any, quelque; aucun; en; — one, 
quelqu'un, qui que ce soit; 

— man, tout homme; he hasn't 

— relatives, il n'a pas de 
parents; he hasn't — , il n'en 
a pas; have you — more books? 



avez-vous encore des livres? 
I haven't — more, je n'en ai 
plus 

anything, quelque chose, rien; 
— whatever, quoi que ce soit 

appear, paraitre 

apple, pomme, /. 

application, application, /. 

approach, s'approcher 

April, avril, m. 

arithmetic, arithmetique, /. 

arm, bras, m.\ lock arms, se 
donner le bras 

arms, armes, /. pi.; take up — , 
prendre les armes 

army, armee, /. 

around, autour de; {adv.) autour; 
go — the city, faire le tour de la 
ville 

arrival, arrivee, /. 

arrive, arriver 

artillery, artillerie, /. 

artist, artiste, m. 

artless, nai'f (/. naive) 

as, comme; — it were, pour 
ainsi dire; — ... — , aussi . . . 
que; — great — , aussi grand 
que; — for, quant a; — if, 
comme; — soon — , aussit6t 
que; — long — , tant que 

ashamed, honteux; be — (of), 
avoir honte (de) 

ask, demander; — some one for 
something, demander quelque 
chose a, quelqu'un; — a ques- 
tion, faire une question; — 
what time it is, demander 
l'heure 

asleep, endormi; go (fall) fast — , 
s'endormir profondement 



3 2 4 



VOCABULARY 



astonish, etonner 

at, a, dans; en; — home, chez 

soi, a, la maison 
attack, attaquer; (assail) assaillir 
attack, attaque, /. 
attend, faire attention (a); s'oc- 

cuper de; — the lectures on 

chemistry, suivre les cours de 

chimie 
attention, attention, /.; pay — , 

faire attention 
attentively, attentivement; avec 

attention 
attentiveness, attention, /. 
attract, attirer 
augur, augurer, presager 
August, aout, m. 
aunt, tante, /. 
author, auteur, m. 
automobile, automobile, /. 
autumn, automne, m.; in — , en 

automne 
avenue, avenue, /. 
avoid, eviter 
await, attendre 
awake (awaken), eveiller, reveil- 

ler; s'eveiller 
away: go — , partir, s'en aller; 

take — , oter; far — , loin, 

loin d'ici; run — , se sauver 

B 

back, dos, m.\ (adv.) en arriere, 
de retour; she is — , elle est de 
retour; come — , revenir; go 
— , retourner; give — , rendre 

bad, mauvais 

badly, mal 

bake, cuire 

baker, boulanger, m. 

balance, balancer 



balance, balance, /.; equilibre, m. 

banana, banane, /. 

bare, nu, decouvert; simple 

bargain, marche, m. 

bark, aboyer 

barricade, barricade, /. 

battalion, bataillon, m. 

battery, batterie, /. 

battle, bataille, /. 

bayonet, bai'onnette, /. 

be, etre; devoir; se trouver; 
there are seven of us, nous 
sommes sept; there is, there 
are, il y a; here is, here are, 
voici; there is, there are, 
voila; (of health) aller, se por- 
ter; how are you? comment 
allez-vous? comment vous por- 
tez-vous? (of weather) faire; he 
is five years old, il a cinq ans 

beat, battre; f rapper 

beautiful, beau (bel), belle 

because, parce que 

become, devenir; what has — of 
her? qu'est-elle devenue? qu'est- 
ce qu'elle est devenue? 

bed, lit, m.\ (little bed, crib) 
couchette, /.; put to — , cou- 
cher; go to — , se coucher, aller 
se coucher; be in — , etre au 
lit, etre couche 

bedroom, chambre a. coucher, /. 

before, (of time) avant; (of 
place) devant; (adv.) aupara- 
vant; (conj.) avant que; avant 
de (with infinitives) 

begin, commencer; he began to 
eat, il s'est mis a manger; to 
begin with (for your initiation), 
pour votre debut 

beginning, commencement, m. 



VOCABULARY 



3 2 5 



behind, derriere 

believe, croire 

bell, cloche, /.; (on horses) gre- 

lot, m.\ (doorbell) sonnette, /. 
belong, appartenir; etre 
bend, plier; courber; — over, se 

pencher sur 
best, le meilleur; (adv.) le mieux; 

the — thing is to stay here, 

le mieux est de rester ici 
better, (adj.) meilleur; (adv.) 

mieux; it is — to forgive than 

to take vengeance, il vaut 

mieux pardonner que de se 

venger; be — (of health), aller 

mieux, se porter mieux 
between, entre 
bid: — goodbye, dire adieu 
big, gros (grosse); grand 
bird, oiseau, m. 
birthday, fete, /. 
bit, morceau, to.; piece, /.; 

a — of the way, un bout de 

route 
bitterly, amerement 
black, noir 

blackboard, tableau (noir), to. 
blind, aveugle 
blood, sang, m. 
blouse, blouse,/. 
blow, coup, to. 
blue, bleu 
blush, rougir 
body, corps, to.; dead — , cadavre, 

m. 
bolt, verrou, m. 
book, livre, to. 
boot, botte, /. 
border, border (by = de) 
born: be — , naitre; he was — , 

il est ne 



both, l'un et l'autre; tous les 

deux; tous deux; — ... and, 

et . . . et 
bottle, bouteille, /. 
bow, saluer; — to, saluer 
box, boite, /. 
boy, garcon, to.; my — , mon 

enfant 
branch, branche, /. 
brandish, brandir 
brave, brave, courageux, -se 
bread, pain, to.; a loaf of — , un 

pain 
break, rompre; casser, briser; 

— one's arm, se casser le bras 
breakfast, dejeuner, to. 

breast, poitrine, /.; sein, to.; his 

— was bare, il etait debraille 
breastwork, epaulement, to. 
brew (of a storm), se preparer; 

something is brewing for me, 

le four chauffe pour moi 
bridge, pont, to. 
bright, brillant, clair; the weather 

is — , il fait clair 
brilliant, brillant, eclatant 
bring, apporter, amener, conduire 
broad, large 
brother, frere, to. 
brother-in-law, beau-frere, to. 
brush, brosser 
brusquely, brusquement 
build, batir 

building, edifice, to.; batiment, to. 
bullet, balle, /. 
burgess, bourgeois, to. 
burn, bruler 
business, affaire, /.; commerce, 

m.; in — , dans les affaires 
busy, affaire, occupe; be — , 

s'affairer 



326 



VOCABULARY 



but, mais; {only) ne . . . que 
butt-end, gros bout, m.; crosse, 

/.; with the — of their guns, 

a. coups de crosse 
butter, beurre, m. 
butterfly, papillon, m. 
buy, acheter 
by, par, de; — my watch, a ma 

montre; go — , passer; taller 

— two inches, plus grand de 

deux pouces 



cafe, cafe, m. 

caisson, caisson, m. 

cake, gateau, m. 

calico, calicot, m. 

call, appeler; — again, — back, 
rappeler; — in a doctor, faire 
venir un medecin; — ■ on any 
one, passer chez quelqu'un 

calm, calme, m. 

camp, camper; — in the open, 
etre au bivac 

can, (be able) pouvoir; (know 
how to) savoir; come when 
you — , venez quand vous 
pourrez; he said she could do 
it, il a dit qu'elle pouvait le faire; 
I could do it if I tried, je pour- 
rais le faire si je l'essayais 

Canada, Canada, m.\ in, to 
Canada, au Canada 

cane, canne, /. 

cannon, canon, m.; shot, coup 

de canon, m. 

cap, bonnet, m.\ casquette, /.; 
barrette, /. 

capable, capable 

capital, capitale, /. 

captain, capitaine, m. 



card, carte,/. 

care, soin, m.; souci, m.; take — 

not to, prendre garde de, se 

garder de; take — of the birds, 

ayez soin des oiseaux 
carefully, soigneusement 
carriage, voiture, /. 
carry, porter; — away (off), 

emporter; enlever; — the 

day, 1' emporter, remporter la 

victoire 
case, cas, m.; in any — , en tout 

cas; in — (that), au cas que 
cast, jet, m.; coup, m.\ (tint) 

teinte, /. 
cat, chat, m. 
catch, attraper; prendre; saisir; 

— up with, rattraper; rejoindre; 

I have got caught, je me suis 

fait pincer 
caterpillar, chenille, /. 
cause, causer, faire naitre; — 

sorrow, donner du chagrin 
cause, cause, /. 
cease, cesser; he had ceased to 

see, il ne voyait plus 
celebrate, celebrer 
celebrated, celebre 
celebration, celebration, /. ; fete, /. 
cemetery, cimetiere, m. 
cent, sou, m. 
centime, centime, m. 
centre, centre, m. 
ceremony, ceremonie, /. 
certain, certain 
certainly, certainement 
chafing-dish, rechaud, m. 
chair, chaise, /. 
chalk, craie, /. 
chapel, chapelle, /. 
Charles, Charles 



VOCABULARY 



327 



charm, charmer 

charming, charmant 

chase, chasser 

chat, causer 

cheap, a bon marche; cheaper, 

a meilleur marche 
cheerful, gai, joyeux 
cheese, fromage, m. 
cherry, cerise, /. 
chest, caisse, /.; coffre, m. 
chestnut, chataigne, /.; mar- 

ron, m. 
chief, principal, premier 
child, enfant, m., f. 
chimney, cheminee, /. 
choose, choisir 
christian, chretien, -ne 
Christmas, Noel, m.\ la (fete de) 

Noel 
church, eglise, /.; at — , to — , 

a l'eglise 
citizen, bourgeois, m.) citoyen, m. 
city, ville, /.; cite, /. 
clamor, clameur, /.; bruit, m. 
class, classe, /. 
clean, nettoyer 
clear, clair; net 
clear the table, oter le couvert 
clench, fermer (le poing); serrer 
clever, habile 
climb, monter; gravir 
cloak, manteau, m. 
clock, pendule, /.; horloge, /. 
close, fermer 
clothe, vetir 
clothes, hardes, /. pi.; habits, m. 

pi. 
cloud, nuage, m. 
cloudy, couvert; it is — , il fait 

un temps couvert 
coal-oil, petrole, m. 



coat, habit, m. 

coffee, cafe, m. 

cold, froid; (subst.) froid, m.\ 
be — , avoir froid; the weather 
is — , il fait froid 

college, college, m. 

colonel, colonel, m. 

column, colonne, /. 

come, venir; — back, revenir; 
— down, descendre; — up, 
monter; — in, entrer; — out, 
sortir; — home, rentrer; — and 
see me, venez me voir; one of 
his shoes came off, un de ses 
sabots le quitta; — away, 
s'en venir; — over the water, 
s'en venir a fleur d'eau 

command, commander; be the 
highest in — , commander en 
chef 

commence, commencer 

commerce, commerce, m. 

common, commun; ordinaire 

company, compagnie, /.; in such 
good — , en si belle compagnie 

complete, complet, -ete 

completely, completement 

compliment, complimenter, feli- 
citer 

comrade, camarade, m. 

concert, concert, m. 

confide, Conner 

conquer, vaincre, conquerir 

continue, continuer 

cook, cuire; faire cuire 

cook, cuisinier, m., cuisiniere, /. 

cool, rafraichir; calmer 

copy, copier 

corner, coin, m. 

corrupt, corrompre 

cost, couter 



::S 



v: :.-. 



-i ; :::::- 






_r ■: 



1-t nr.. -:■_-_- 

taire diffe rence, dLserence. /. : it 

-: — : : ritz . 



:.erl - 



VOCABt- 



329 



dip, (koihm) phi m.\ — of the 


Iress* robe./. 


gzyiz.z, -.'.: '.: -::.;: 


drink, boire 


disappear. - :: . 


drive, forcer; (carriages, horses) 


discharge, >:zs'.-:: ; r.- itdi.ir.t ;', : 


itrriirt ntrtr: — away, 


dechargement, m. 


il ISStr 


discover, decouvrir 


during, pendant 


disguise, degmser; — as, degmser en 


lis:, p r==:ere ;' 


disk, disqrt 


::: : irssiere p is- 


distinct, distinct 


•.:-": 


distinctly, dfetmctement 


duty, devoir, w.; be one's — to, 


distribute, cistribuer 


devoir 


:.::_:: ^nrztr 


l~ell. Itntrrtr. illiiitr 


ditch, fosse, m. 




' . 1:: r_ f 


r 


do, faire; (xvffce suffice; — 


each, crni/it: — cne. iririr: 


without, se passer de; how — 


— other, l T un Fantze 


you — ? comment vous portez- 


- T i r r ; 


vous? done for! fichu! 


earerly. ::::---: it: en- 


<i::::r. it::::: -: . i: .7- ■ :. 




dog, chien, m. 


ear, irtillt ;' 


dollar, dollar, iw. 


early, it i.rrt rtrrt earlier, it 


door, parte ; re~ — 1 :;:t 


nti_t_rt rtirt 


down, en bas; downstairs, er 


earn- rirr.tr 


downtown, en viHe; sit — . 


earn, itrrt ; 


s'asseoir; Be — , se concher 


ease, use / be a: one's — . 


doze off , s'assoupir 


- : : : i 


cszen. ::\j::i: ; 


easily, fi.litntr: 


drag, trainer; — one's self along, 


easr, ts: 


=c :rairtr 


Eas:er. in.- init •-:. 


IT;. - ..:.." — rear. 5 17. in \Z-~zZ 


easy , : i :~„ t 


de; — up, approcher: — on, 


eat, ~: rzt: 


tirer; (stocking: enfilei 


eizh:, ini: 


drawer, tiroir. m. 


eizii:eer, lir-iii: 


dr=7rlnz-r::zi. nlir • 


eizi". :-. ::::-:;;: s 


neairil. ifrtn :err:ilt .;-"--- 


either, ou; he hasn't any — . 3 


vimilt 




irem. :t""tr he :.'~:~'-:s re is 


:.:'■:! i ZLZ t 


dreaming, fl croit revex 


e.se, irirt ~ "" r. — rt 


iress. riiiiltr "tri: 5 riiiiltr 




faire sa toilette: she is well 


enrtr.r. empereur. w. 


dressed, elle es: bien mise 


enpljT. :nil:ytr 



33° 



VOCABULARY 



encourage, encourager 

end, fin,/.; bout, m.\ extremite,/. 

ending, terminaison, /. 

endure, durer; continuer; es- 

suyer 
enemy, ennemi, m. 
England, Angleterre, /.; in, to — , 

en Angleterre 
English, anglais; Englishman, 

Anglais 
engraving, gravure, /. 
enjoy, jouir de; — one's self, 

s'amuser, se divertir 
enough, assez; bread — , assez de 

pain 
enter, entrer; she enters the 

room, elle entre dans la cham- 

bre 
entitle, intituler, appeler 
entry, entree, /. 
errand-boy, commissionnaire, m.; 

(bakery business) mitron, m. 
error, erreur, /. 
escape, s'echapper; s'enfuir; se 

sauver 
escort, escorte, /. 
esteem, estimer 

etc., et cetera, et ainsi de suite 
Europe, Europe, /.; in, to — , en 

Europe 
eve, veille, /. 
even, meme; aussi bien; — now, 

a l'instant; — if (though), 

quand meme (+ the past fu- 
ture) 
evening, soir, m.\ soiree, /.; 

in the — , le soir, dans la soiree; 

last — , hier soir, hier au soir 
event, evenement, m.; at all 

events, en tout cas; review the 

events of, revoir en esprit 



ever, toujours; jamais; for — , 

pour toujours, pour jamais; 

have you — been there? y 

avez-vous jamais ete? 
every, tout, chaque; — day, tous 

les jours 
everybody, tout le monde, chacun 
everything, tout, m. 
examine, examiner 
example, exemple, m.; for — , par 

exemple 
exasperated, exaspere 
excellent, excellent 
except, excepte 
exclaim, s'ecrier 
exercise, exercice, m.; theme, m., 

devoir, m. 
exhaust, epuiser 
exit, sortie, /. 

expect, attendre; compter 
explain, expliquer 
expressive, expressif 
eye, ceil, m. (pi. yeux) 

F 

face, visage, m.\ face,/.; figure,/.; 
wash one's — , se laver la figure 

fact, fait, m. 

factory, usine, /. 

faithful, fidele 

fall, tomber; — asleep, s'endor- 
mir; — again, retomber 

fall, chute, /.; tombee, /.; au- 
tomne, m. 

familiar, familier, intime; (fa- 
miliarized) familiarise 

family, famille, /. 

famous, fameux 

far, loin; — away, loin; as — as, 
aussi loin que, jusqu'a; how — 
is it? combien y a-t-il? 



VOCABULARY 



33 1 



fast, ferme; {quick) vite, rapide- 

ment; {asleep) profondement; 

go — , {of clocks) avancer; 

that clock is ten minutes — , 

cette pendule avance de dix 

minutes 
fasten, fixer; attacher 
father, pere, m. 
fatigue, fatigue, /. 
fear, craindre; avoir peur (de) 
fear, peur,/., crainte,/.; for — of, 

de peur de, de crainte de 
February, fevrier, m. 
feed, nourrir 
feel, sentir; — heavy as lead, 

peser comme du plomb; — 

afraid (of), avoir peur (de); — 

a desire to, avoir envie de 
feeling, sentiment, m. 
fellow, garcon, m.\ my good — , 

mon ami 
feminine, feminin, m. 
fever, fievre, /.; of a — , de la 

fievre 
few, peu de; quelques; — people 

think thus, peu de gens pensent 

ainsi 
field, champ, m. 
fierce, feroce 
fifteen, quinze 
fifty, cinquante 
fight, se battre; combattre 
file, enfiler; — past, defiler 
fill, emplir, remplir; — with . . . , 

remplir de . . . 
finally, finalement, enfin, a. la fin 
find, trouver; — out, decouvrir 
fine, beau (bel), (/. belle); the 

weather is — , il fait beau 

(temps) 
finger, doigt, m. 



finish, finir 

fire, mettre le feu a.; {firearms) 

tirer; — off, tirer, decharger 
fire, feu, m. 
first, premier; unieme; head — , 

la tete la premiere; at — , 

d'abord 
fish, poisson, m. 

fit, convenir a; {of clothes) aller a 
five, cinq 
fix, fixer 
flake, flocon, m. 

flee, fuir; s'enfuir; prendre la fuite 
fleet, flotte, /. 
flower, fleur, /. 
fly, voler 
fold, plier 
follow, suivre 
fond, passionne; indulgent; be — 

of, aimer 
food, nourriture, /. 
foolish, fou, (/. folle) 
foot, pied, m.; on — , a pied 
for, pour; de; depuis; I am 

sorry — it, j'en suis fache; 

{conj.) car 
force, forcer 
foresee, prevoir 
forget, oublier 
fork, fourchette, /. 
former: the — , celui-la 
fort, fort, m.\ forteresse, /.; 

{redoubt) redoute, /. 
fortune, fortune,/. 
forty, quarante 
four, quatre 
fourteen, quatorze 
fourth, quatrieme; — part, la 

quatrieme partie, le quart; 

three-fourths dead, aux trois 

quarts mort 



332 



VOCABULARY 



franc, franc, m. 

France, France, /.; in, to — , en 

France 
frank, franc, (/. tranche) 
free, libre; degage; in a — and 

easy way, d'un air degage 
French, francais; Frenchman, 

Francais 
fresh, frais, (/. fraiche) 
Friday, vendredi, m. 
friend, ami, m.\ amie, /.; a — of 

mine, un de mes amis, un ami 

a, moi 
friendship, amitie, /. 
frightful, epouvantable, effroyable, 

affreux 
frockcoat, redingote, /. 
from, de; a partir de; drink — a 

glass, boire dans un verre 
front, front, m.; facade, /.; 

in — of, devant; well in — of 

us, bien en avant de nous 
frown, froncer les sourcils 
fruit, fruit, m. 
full, plein 
furious, furieux; — at, furieux 

contre 
furnish, fournir 
fusillade, fusillade, /. 



gam, gagner 

game, jeu, m.; partie, /. 

garden, jar din, m. 

Garonne (the), la Garonne 

gather, cueillir; ramasser; assem- 
bler, rassembler; — in (carry 
off), rafler 

gay, gai 

gender, genre, m. 

general, general, m. 



generally, generalement; en ge- 
neral 

generous, genereux, -se 

gentleman, monsieur, m. 

George, Georges 

German, allemand; a — , un 
Allemand 

Germany, Allemagne, /. 

get, avoir; prendre; devenir; 
arriver; — up, se lever; go 
and — , aller chercher, aller 
prendre; — married, se marier; 

— angry, se facher 
gigantic, gigantesque 
girl, fille, /.; jeune fille 

give, donner; — back, rendre; 

— away, donner 

glad, aise; I am very — to see 

you, je suis bien aise de vous 

voir 
glass, verre, m.; (mirror) miroir, 

m., glace, /. 
gleam, flamber; rayonner; briller 
gloomy, triste; sombre; lugubre 
glory, gloire, /. 
glove, gant, m. 
go, aller; — away, s'en aller, 

partir; — down, descendre; 

— up, monter; — in, entrer; 

— out, sortir; — home, ren- 
trer; — for a walk, (aller) se 
promener; — driving, aller en 
voiture; — with, accompagner; 

— about it, se prendre a 
goat, chevre, /. 

God, Dieu, m.; gods, dieux 
going and coming, va-et-vient, m. 
gold, or, m.) golden, d'or 
good, bon, (/. bonne); (behavior) 

sage; be so — as to, veuillez, 

ayez la bonte de 



VOCABULARY 



333 



goodbye, adieu! au re voir! say 

— , dire adieu 
goodness, bonte, /. 
gradually, par degres; graduelle- 

ment; insensiblement 
grammar, grammaire, /. 
granddaughter, petite-fille, /. 
grandson, petit-fils, m. 
great, grand; a — deal, beaucoup 
greatly, grandement, fort, beau- 
coup 
Greece, Grece,/.; in — , en Grece 
green, vert 
greet, saluer 
grenadier, grenadier, m. 
grind, moudre; broyer 
groping (ly), a. tatons 
ground, terre, /.; terrain, m. 
group, groupe, /. 
grow, croitre; devenir; se faire 
guard, (= guarding) garde, /.; 

(= guardsman) garde, m. 
guess, deviner 
gun, fusil, m. 

H 
hag, (vieille) sorciere, /. 
haggard, 'hagard 
hair, cheveu, m.\ {hair of the 

head) cheveux, m. pi.; cheve- 

lure, /. 
half, demi; — past four, quatre 

heures et demie; — destroyed, 

a. demi detruit 
half, moitie, /.; demi, m.\ — as 

much, la moitie autant 
hand, offrir; passer; donner; 

remettre 
hand, main, /.; in a hand-to-hand 

conflict, corps a. corps; shake 

hands with, serrer (donner) la 

main a 



handkerchief, mouchoir, in. 
handle, manche, m. 
handsome, beau (bel), (/. belle) 
happen, arriver; se passer; se 

trouver; he happened to be 

there, il s'y trouvait (par 

hasard) 
happy, heureux, -se 
harbor, port, m. 
hard, dur, ferme, solide; difficile; 

rude; it will be — to take, il 

en coutera bon pour l'avoir 
hardly, a. peine; — ever, presque 

jamais 
harm, mal, m.\ dommage, in. 
hat, chapeau, m. 
hatter, chapelier, m. 
have, avoir; — to, falloir, devoir; 

will you — , voulez-vous? — the 

thing cleaned, faire nettoyer la 

chose; I am having a house 

built, je fais batir une maison; 

— just, venir de 
he, il; lui; it is — , c'est lui; — 

who, celui qui 
head, tete, /. 
headache, mal de tete, m.; mal 

a. la tete, m. 
health, sante, /. 
hear, entendre; — tell, entendre 

dire 
heart, cceur, m.; have a heavy 

— , avoir le cceur gros 
heavy, lourd, pesant; triste; gros; 

get heavier (with), s'alourdir (de) 
help, aider 
Henrietta, Henriette 
Henry, Henri 
her, son, sa, ses 
her, la; to — , lui; a elle; — who, 

celle qui 



334 



VOCABULARY 



herd, troupeau, m. 

here, ici; — he is! le void! 

hero, 'heros, m. 

heroic, heroique 

hers, le sien, la sienne; a elle 

herself, se; elle-meme; she thinks 

only of — , elle ne pense qu'a 

soi 
hide, cacher 
high, 'haut 
highway, grand chemin, m.\ chaus- 

see, /. 
him, le; lui; — who, celui qui 
himself, se; lui-meme 
hinder, empecher 
his, son, sa, ses; (pron.) le sien, 

la sienne; a lui 
historical, historique 
history, histoire, /. 
hit, frapper 

hold, tenir; (shut in) enfermer 
holiday, jour de fete, m.; fete, /.; 

(schools) conge, m.\ holidays, 

vacances, /. pi. 
holy, saint 
home, chez soi; a la maison; 

come — , revenir chez soi, 

rentrer 
hope, esperer; I only hope that 

. . . , pourvu que . . . (followed 

by subj.) 
hop-scotch, marelle, /.; play a 

game of — , faire une partie 

de marelle 
horizon, horizon, m. 
horn, cor ne, /.; cornet, m. 
horse, cheval, m. 
horseback, a cheval 
hospital, hopital, m. 
hot, chaud, brulant; he is — , il 

a chaud; it is — , il fait chaud 



hour, heure, /.; half an — , une 
demi-heure 

house, maison, /. ; to, at, in my — , 
chez moi; to, at, in the cap- 
tain's, chez le capitaine 

how, comment; comme, que; 
combien; — old are you? quel 
age avez-vous? — long has he 
been here? depuis quand est-il 
ici? — long did he stay? com- 
bien de temps est-il reste? 

— pretty it is! comme il est 
gentil! qu'il est gen til! — many, 
(in interrogations) combien de 
. . . ; — many, (in exclamations) 
que de . . . ; — are you? com- 
ment allez-vous? comment vous 
portez-vous? 

however, cependant, pourtant; 

— rich he may be, quelque riche 
qu'il soit 

humiliation, humiliation, /. 
hundred, cent; two — , deux 

cent(s); a — , about a — , une 

centaine; a — horses, cent 

chevaux; by hundreds, par 

centaines 
hunger, faim,/. 

hungry, aflame; be — , avoir faim 
hunt, chasser 
hurrah, 'hourra, m.; — for the 

emperor! vive l'empereur! 
hurry, presser; — (up), se de- 

pecher, se hater 
hurry, 'hate, /.; be in a — , etre 

presse 
hurt, blesser; faire mal a; he — 

his hand, il s'est fait mal a la 

main 
husband, mari, m. 
hymn, cantique, m. 



VOCABULARY 



335 



I, je; moi; it is — , c'est moi 

ice, glace, /. 

idea, idee, /. 

if, si 

ignorant, ignorant 

ill, malade 

imagine, imaginer; s'imaginer; 
se figurer 

important, important 

imposing, imposant 

impossible, impossible 

in, dans, en; a; one — ten, un 
sur dix; — the country, a la 
campagne; — (at the end of) 
an hour, dans une heure; — 
(the space of) an hour, en une 
heure; the richest man — the 
city, Phomme le plus riche de 
la ville; — the west, a l'ouest 

increase, grossir 

incredible, incroyable 

indicate, indiquer 

industry, Industrie,/.; assiduite, /. 

influence, influence, /. 

initiation, initiation, /. ; debut, m. 

ink, encre, /. 

inquire, s'informer de 

inside, dedans, m., interieur, m.; 
— out, a Ten vers; turn — out, 
retourner 

insist, insister 

instead, a sa place; — of, au lieu de 

insult, insulter; — each other, 
one another, se dire des injures 

intelligent, intelligent 

intention, intention, /. 

interesting, interessant 

interrupt, interrompre 

into, dans 

intransitive, intransitif 



introduce, faire entrer; (persons 

to one another) presenter, faire 

connaitre 
invite, inviter 
iron, fer, m. 
irregular, irregulier 
issue, publier; — from the house, 

sortir de la maison; — forth, 

sortir 
it, il, m., elle, /.; le, m., la, /.; 

of — , en; at — , in — , to — , y 
Italian, italien; an — , un Italien 
Italy, Italie, /. 
itself, se; lui-meme, m.\ elle- 

meme, /. 

J 

January, Janvier, m. 

jewel, bijou, m 

John, Jean 

join, joindre; {overtake) rejoindre 

joke, plaisanterie, /. 

joking, plaisanterie, /. 

jostling, bousculade, /. 

journey, voyage, m. 

July, juillet, m. 

June, juin, m. 

just, juste, exacte; fidele; (adv.) 
juste, justement; he has — 
gone out, il vient de sortir; 

— now, tout a l'heure, en ce 
moment; — so, precisement; 

— let us see, voyons un peu; 

— look at yourself, regarde-toi 
done 

K 
keep, garder, tenir; a sign of the 
past descriptive tense; — one's 
balance, garder son equilibre; 

— one waiting, faire attendre 
kepi, kepi, m. 

kill, tuer; faire mourir 



33^ p 



VOCABULARY 



kind, bon; will you be so — as 

to ... ? voulez-vous bien . . . ? be 

so — as to ... , veuillez . . . 
kind, espece,. /.; genre, m.; 

sorte, /. ; what — of weather is 

it? quel temps fait-il? 
kindness, bonte, /.; have the — 

to, ayez la bonte de 
king, roi, m. ; — of Greece, roi de 

Grece 
kitchen, cuisine, /. 
knee, genou, m.\ on his knees, 

a ses genoux 
knife, couteau, m.; {penknife) 

canif, m. 
knit, tricoter 

knitting (knitted stuff), tricot, m. 
knock, frapper 
know, {by the mind) savoir; 

{by the senses) connaitre; — 

how to read, savoir lire; let 

me — , faites-le-moi savoir; — 

any one, connaitre quelqu'un; 

I do not — what to do, je ne 

sais que faire 
knowledge, savoir, m.\ science,/.; 

connaissances, /. pi.; without 

my — , a mon insu 



lace, dentelle, /. 

lad, garcon, m. 

lady, dame, /.; young — , de- 
moiselle, /. 

lake, lac, m. 

land, {native), patrie, /.; terre, /. 

language, langue, /.; {of flowers, 
etc.) langage, m. 

large, grand 

last, dernier, (/. derniere); at — , 
enfin; — night, cette nuit 



late, {at a late hour) tard; {behind 
time) en retard; at the latest, 
au plus tard; it is getting — , 
il se fait tard; of — , derniere- 
ment, recemment 

latter: the — , ce dernier; celui-ci 

laugh, rire; — at, se moquer de; 
rire de 

law, loi, /. 

lawyer, avocat, m. 

laziness, paresse, /. 

lazy, paresseux, -se 

lead, mener, conduire 

lead, plomb, m. 

leaf, feuille, /. 

leaning, appuye 

learn, apprendre; he is learning 
to swim, il apprend a nager 

least, moins, m.; at — , au moins, 
du moins; not in the — , point 
du tout, pas le moins du monde 

leave, laisser; quitter; partir de; 
sortir de; be left, rester; there 
is some coffee left, il reste du 
cafe 

left, gauche; on the — , a gauche 

leisure, loisir, m. 

lend, preter 

less, moindre, plus petit; {adv.) 
moins; — and — , de moins en 
moins 

lesson, lecon, /. 

lest, de peur que, de crainte que 

let, laisser, permettre; — know, 
faire savoir 

letter, lettre, /. 

library, bibliotheque, /. 

lick, lecher 

lie, etre couche; — back, 6tre 
renverse; — down, se coucher 

lieutenant, lieutenant, m. 



VOCABULARY 



337 



life, vie,/. 

lift, lever; s'elever 

light, lumiere, /.; lueur, /. 

like, aimer; vouloir bien; if you 
— , si vous voulez; as you — , 
comme vous voudrez; I should 
— to go there, je voudrais bien 
y aller; I — that man, cet 
homme me plait; — better, 
aimer mieux, preferer; — it in 
the country, se plaire a la cam- 
pagne 

like, pareil, -le; semblable; — 
this, comme ceci 

list, liste, /. 

listen, ecouter; — to, ecouter 

literature, litterature, /. 

little, petit; (adv.) a — , un peu 
(de); but — , ne . . . guere; — 
by — , petit a petit, peu a peu 

live, vivre; (reside) demeurer, 
habiter; — in New York, de- 
meurer a New- York, habiter 
(a) New- York; long — the 
emperor! vive l'empereur! 

load, charger 

lock, fermer a clef 

London, Londres 

long, long, (/. longue); as — as, 
tant que; I see it no longer, 
je ne le vois plus; (long while), 
longtemps; longer still, encore 
plus longtemps 

look, regarder; avoir l'air; — at, 
regarder; — for, chercher; — 
like, ressembler a; — out of 
the window, regarder par la 
fenetre; — out, prendre garde 

lose, perdre; — one's way, s'ega- 
rer, se perdre; — one's head, 
perdre la tete 



loss, perte, /. 

lot, sort, m.\ (quantity) quantite, 

/. ; what a — of ... , que de . . . 
loud, haut; fort 
Louis, Lewis, Louis 
Louise, Louise 
love, aimer 
love, amour, m., /.; affection, /.; 

be in — with, etre amoureux de 
low, bas, -se 

lower, baisser; abaisser; se baisser 
lump, morceau, m. 
lunch, faire son second dejeuner; 

gouter; luncher 
lunch, second dejeuner, m.\ gouter, 

m.\ lunch, m. 

M 

machine, machine, /. 

madam (ma'am), madame, (pi. 

mesdames) 
magi, mages, m. pi. 
magnificent, magnifique 
maid, bonne, /. ; — of all work, 

bonne a. tout faire 
main, principal, premier; the — 

thing, l'essentiel 
maintain, maintenir; soutenir 
make, faire; (render, pay) rendre; 

— use of, se servir de 
mamma, maman, /. ; mere,/. 
man, homme, m.; (servant) do- 

mestique, m.\ valet, m.; old 

— , vieillard, m.\ young men, 

jeunes gens 
manage, arranger; — it, faire son 

compte 
manner, maniere, /.; sorte, /.; 

facon, /.; his — changed, il 

changea de manieres 
manual, manuel, -le 



338 



VOCABULARY 



manufacture, fabriquer 

many, nombreux; beaucoup (de), 
bien (des) ; — people, beaucoup 
de gens, bien des gens; — 
times, bien des fois; — a time, 
mainte fois; so — , tant; 
as — , autant; too — , trop; 

— nations, de nombreuses 
nations; how — , {in interroga- 
tions) combien de . . . ; how — , 
{in exclamations) que de. . . 

map, carte, /. 

March, mars, m. 

march, marcher 

march, marche, /. ; begin one's — 
to, se mettre en marche pour 

marriage, manage, m. 

marry, {give in marriage, perform 
the ceremony) marier; {take 
as spouse) se marier avec, 
epouser; {be married) se marier 

Mary, Marie 

masculine, masculin, m. 

mass, messe, /. 

master, maitre, m. 

masterpiece, chef-d'ceuvre, m. 

matter, importer; what matters 
it? qu'importe? it matters little, 
peu importe; that didn't — to 
him, cela ne lui faisait rien; 
no — , it doesn't — , n'importe 

matter, affaire, /.; chose,/.; what 
is the — ? qu'y a-t-il? what's 
the — with you? qu'avez-vous? 

May, mai, m. 

may: she — go out, elle peut 
sortir; that — be, cela se peut; 

— you be happy! puissiez-vous 
etre heureux! 

me, me; moi; of, from — , de moi 
meal, repas, m. 



mean, signifier, vouloir dire; faire; 

what does this word — ? que 

veut dire ce mot? 
meat, viande, /. ; roast — , roti, m. 
medicine, medecine, /. 
meet, rencontrer; se rencontrer; 

se reunir 
meeting, rencontre, /.; {assembly) 

assemblee, /.; reunion, /. 
member, membre, m. 
memory, memoire, /. 
merchant, marchand, m. 
metal, metal, m. 
middle, milieu, m.; in the — of, 

au milieu de 
midnight, minuit, m. 
might: that — happen, cela 

pourrait arriver; you — be 

shot, il se pourrait que vous 

fussiez fusille 
mild, doux; the weather is — , 

il fait doux 
mile, mille, m. 
military, militaire; a — man, un 

militaire 
milk, lait, m. 
million, million, m.; a — soldiers, 

un million de soldats 
mind, esprit, m.; intelligence, /.; 

{memory) memoire, /. ; come to 

one's — , revenir a la memoire 
mine, le mien, la mienne; a moi; 

this is — , ceci est a moi, ceci 

m'appartient 
mineral, mineral, m. 
minute, minute, /. ; this very — , 

a 1'instant 
mirror, glace, /. 
miss, demoiselle, /.; {as noun of 

address) Mademoiselle (Mile), 

{pl. mesdemoiselles) 



VOCABULARY 



339 



mistake, meprise, /.; erreur, /.; 
faute,/.; make a — , se tromper 

mistake, se tromper de; prendre 
(pour); he mistook the door, 
il se trompait de porte; he 
mistook her for you, il la pre- 
nait pour vous; be mistaken, 
se tromper 

mistress, maitresse, /. 

modern, moderne 

moment, moment, m.; instant, 
m.\ at the — when, au mo- 
ment ou 

Monday, lundi, m. 

money, argent, m. 

money-box, coffre-fort, m. 

month, mois, m.\ what day of 
the — is it? quel est le quan- 
tieme du mois? 

moon, lune, /. 

moonlight, clair de lune, m. 

more, plus (de); encore; davan- 
tage; some — apples, encore 
des pommes; no — soap, plus 
de savon; — than twenty, plus 
de vingt; it is — , c'est davan- 
tage; — and — , de plus en 
plus 

morning, matin, m.\ matinee, /.; 
every — , tous les matins; all 
(the) — , toute la matinee 

most, le plus; la plupart de; 
at — , au plus; the — modest 
woman in the world, la femme 
du monde la plus modeste; 
— of the men, la plupart des 
hommes, la plus grande partie 
des hommes 

mother, mere, /. 

motionless, immobile 

motor-boat, canot automobile, m. 



moustache, moustache, /. 

mouth, bouche, /. 

move, mouvoir; (stir) remuer; 
(affect) emouvoir; — along, 
marcher; — off, s'ebranler; 
s'eloigner 

Mr., monsieur (M.), (pi. mes- 
sieurs) 

Mrs., madame (Mme), (pi. mes- 
dames) 

much, beaucoup, bien; — more, 
bien plus; — snow, beaucoup 
de neige; so — , tant; as — , 
autant; too — , trop, de trop; 
how — , combien; as — as 
possible, autant que possible 

music, musique, /. 

musketry, mousqueterie, /. 

must: he — go, il lui faut aller; 
they — have known, ils ont du 
savoir 

my, mon, ma, mes 

myself, me; moi-meme 

N 
name, nommer 
name, nom, m.\ what is the — of? 

comment s'appelle? 
napkin, serviette, /. 
narrate, raconter, narrer, conter 
narrative, recit, m. 
narrow, etroit; have a — escape, 

l'echapper belle 
nation, nation, /. 
national, national 
nature, nature,/, 
nay, meme 
near, pres de, aupres de; (adj.) 

proche; draw — , s'approcher 

de; he came — falling, il a 

failli tomber 



34Q 



VOCABULARY 



nearly, a peu pres; environ; 

presque 
necessary, n£cessaire 
necktie, cravate, /. 
need, besoin, m.\ need, be in — 

of, avoir besoin de; in case of 

— , au besoin 
neighbor, voisin, m. 
neighboring, voisin, -e 
neither, ni; non plus; ni Pun ni 

l'autre 
nephew, neveu, m. 
never, jamais; ne. . .jamais; I 

have — seen it, je ne Pai ja- 
mais vu 
nevertheless, neanmoins, cepen- 

dant, pourtant; quand meme 
new, nouveau; neuf; — hat, 

chapeau neuf; — book, (not 

used) livre neuf; (newly out) 

livre nouveau; (a different one) 

nouveau livre 
New Orleans, la Nouvelle- Orleans 
news, nouvelle,/.; what's the — ? 

qu'y a-t-il de nouveau? 
newspaper, journal, m. 
New- Year's Day, le jour de Pan 
next, prochain; the — day, le 

lendemain; — door, a cote; 

(adv.) apres, ensuite; what — ? 

apres? et apres? 
nicely, bien; joliment; gentiment 
niece, niece, /. 
night, nuit, /.; soir, m. 
nightfall, tombee de la nuit, /.; 

at — , au jour tombant 
nine, neuf 
nineteen, dix-neuf 
ninety, quatre-vingt-dix 
no, non; aucun, nul; pas de, 

point de; — one, personne; 



— matter, n'importe; he has 

— relatives, il n'a pas de pa- 
rents 

noble, noble 

nobody, personne, m.\ qui que 
ce soit 

noise, bruit, m. 

noisy, bruyant 

none, nul; aucun; I will have — , 
je n'en veux pas; I have — ■ 
left, il ne m'en reste plus 

noon, midi, m. 

nor, ni; — I either, ni moi non 
plus; she neither thinks — 
talks as you do, elle ne pense ni 
ne parle comme vous 

north, nord, m. 

North America, PAmerique du 
Nord, /. 

nose, nez, m. 

not, ne. . .pas; ne... point; non; 
pas; non pas; — at all, point, 
pas du tout; — (but) that, 
non pas que, non que; good or 
— , bon ou non 

note-book, cahier, m. 

nothing, rien; zero, m.\ — at all, 
rien du tout; — else, rien autre 

notice, remarquer; faire atten- 
tion a, 

noun, substantif, m. 

November, novembre, m. 

now, maintenant, a. present, ac- 
tuellement; till — , jusqu'ici; 
just — , tout a Pheure, a Pin- 
stant; — I'm ready, me voila 
pret 

number, nombre, m.; quantite, 
/.; (of things in succession) 
numero, m. 

numerous, nombreux, -se 






VOCABULARY 



341 



oat (oats), avoine, /. 

obey, obeir; he obeys his mother, 

il obeit a sa mere 
oblige, obliger 
occasion, occasion, /. 
occupy, occuper; — one's self 

with, s'occuper de 
o'clock: what — ■ is it? quelle 

heure est-il? it is four — , il est 

quatre heures; it is twelve — , 

(noon) il est midi, (midnight) 

il est minuib 
October, octobre, m. 
of, de 
off, (prep.) de; loin de; I am — , 

je file; hats — ! chapeaux bas! 
office, bureau, in. 
officer, officier, m. 
often, souvent 
old, vieux (vieil), (/. vieille); 

age; how — is he? quel age 

a-t-il? our — (ex-)postman, 

notre ancien facteur 
omen, augure, m. 
on, sur; a; — foot, a pied; 

— horseback, a cheval; — the 
right, a droite; — Sunday, 
dimanche 

once, une fois; autrefois; at — , 
sur le champ; tout de suite; 

— upon a time, une fois; all at 
— , tout d'un coup, tout a coup 

one, un, un seul; (pron.) on, 
l'on; celui; quelqu'un; a good 
pen and a bad — , une bonne 
plume et une mauvaise; some 
— , quelqu'un; no — , personne; 
any — , quelqu'un, personne, 
qui que ce soit; — another, 
les uns les autres 



ones, son, sa, ses 

one's self, se, soi 

only, seulement; ne...que; he 
owns — two houses, il ne 
possede que deux maisons; — 
two men went with me, seule- 
ment deux bommes m'accom- 
pagnaient; not — . . .but also, 
non seulement . . . mais aussi 

open (opened), ouvert; the door 
wide — , la porte grande 
ouverte; half — , entr 'ouvert; 
in the — , en pleine campagne; 
au bivac 

open, ouvrir; s'ouvrir; (of flowers) 
s'epanouir; — on, donner sur; 
— again, rouvrir 

opera, opera, m.; Opera (opera- 
house in Paris) 

opposite, vis-a-vis, en face 

oppressed: be — (with), se serrer 
(de) 

or, ou; without silver — gold, 
sans or ni argent 

orange, orange, /. 

orchard, verger, m. 

order, ordre, m.\ in — to, pour, 
arm de; in — that, arm que, 
pour que 

other, autre; every .— day, tous 
les deux jours; write to each — , 
s'ecrire 

otherwise, autrement; d'ailleurs; 
sans quoi 

ought: (of a general truth) you — 
to be good citizens, vous devez 
etre de bons citoyens; (of a 
personal truth) you — to do it, 
vous devriez le faire 

our, notre, (pi. nos) 

ours, le notre, la notre; a nous 



342 



VOCABULARY 






ourselves, nous; nous-memes 
out, {on the outside) dehors; 

{abroad) sorti; come (go) — , 

sortir; — of, de 
outline, esquisser; {stand out) se 

detacher 
outside, dehors, m.; {adv.) en 

dehors 
over, sur; au-dessus de; pardessus 
overcoat, pardessus, m. 
overpower, accabler; vaincre 
owe, devoir 

own, propre; of my — , a. moi 
own, avouer; {possess) posseder, 



pace, pas, m. 

page, page, m.; {of a book) page, /. 

pail, seau, m. 

painter, peintre, m. 

painting, peinture, /. ; tableau, m. 

pair, paire, /. 

palisade, palissade, /. 

paper, papier, m. 

paradise, paradis, m. 

parapet, parapet, m. 

pardon, pardonner; — him for 

them, pardonnez-les-lui 
parent, pere, m.; mere, /.; the 

parents, les pere et mere, les 

parents, m. 
Paris, Paris, m.; in (to) — , a 

Paris; within — , dans Paris 
Parisian, parisien; a — , un Pa- 

risien 
park, pare, m. 
part, partie, /.; {share) part, /.; 

take — in, prendre part a 
participle, participe, m.; present 

— , participe present; 

participe passe 



pass, passer; {go beyond) de- 
passer; — the house, passer 
devant la maison 

past, passe; dernier; half -past 
twelve, midi et demi; ten 
minutes — three, trois heures 
dix; she is — twenty, elle a 
plus de vingt ans; for the — 
five years, depuis cinq ans 

pastry-cook, patissier, m. 

patience, patience, /. 

patty, petit pate, m. 

pay, payer; {visits) rendre, faire; 
— for, payer 

pea, pois, m.; green peas, petits 
pois 

peace, paix, /. 

peaceful, paisible 

pear, poire, /. 

pen, plume, /. 

pencil, crayon, m. 

penetrate, penetrer 

penny, deux sous; {in the United 
States = cent), sou, m. 

people, peuple, m.\ {persons in 
general), monde, m.\ personnes, 
/. pi.; gens, m. pi.; what do — 
say about it? qu'est-ce qu'on en 
dit? 

perceive, apercevoir; {mentally) 
s'apercevoir de 

perhaps, peut-etre 

perish, perir 

permit, permettre; — any one to, 
permettre a quelqu'un de 

persevere, persevSrer 

person, personne, /. 

personage, personnage, m. 

Peter, Pierre; little — , Pierrot 

physician, medecin, m. 

physicist, physicien, m. 



VOCABULARY 



343 



physics, physique, /. 

piano, piano, m. 

pick, cueillir; {choose) choisir; 

— up, ramasser, relever 
picture, tableau, m.\ peinture, /. 
pie, pate, m. 
piece, morceau, m.; piece, /.; 

ten cents a — , dix sous la 

piece 
pile, tas, m. 
pity, pitie, /.; dommage, m.\ 

it is a — , c'est dommage; what 

a — ! quel dommage! 
place, placer; mettre 
place, place, /.; endroit, m.\ lieu, 

m.\ in — of, au lieu de; in the 

first — , d'abord; take — , avoir 

lieu; take the — of, remplacer; 

take one's — around, s'installer 

autour de 
plan, plan, m.\ dessein, m., 

projet, m. 
plate, assiette, /. 
play, jouer; — (on) the violin, 

jouer du violon; — cards, 

jouer aux cartes 
play, jeu, m.\ piece (de theatre) 
pleasant, agreable 
please, plaire (a); {at beginning of 

a sentence), veuillez; — give 

me that, veuillez me donner 

cela; if you — , s'il vous plait 
pleased, content, heureux; {with 

things only) satisfait de 
pleasure, plaisir, m. 
pluck, cueillir 
plural, pluriel, m. 
pocket, poche, /. 
poem, poeme, m. 
poet, poete, m. 
poetry, poesie, /. 



point, aiguiser; tailler; — out, 

montrer au doigt, indiquer 
point, point, m.\ {sharp end) 

pointe, /. 
pointed, pointu 
policeman, agent de police, m.; 

sergent de ville, m. 
politics, poHtique, /. 
poor, pauvre 
possible, possible 
post, poste, m.\ poteau, m.; 

{post-office), poste, /.; put in 

the — , mettre a la poste 
postman, facteur, m. 
potato, pomme de terre, /. 
pound, livre, /. 
pour, verser 
powerful, puissant 
praise, louer 
precious, precieux, -se 
prefer, preferer; aimer mieux 
preoccupied, preoccupe 
prepare, preparer 
present, presenter, offrir 
present, present; be — at, 

assister a; at — , actuellement 
presently, tout a. l'heure; bientot 
press, presser; serrer; — upon, 

appuyer sur; eagerly — , s'em- 

presser 
pretend, faire semblant de; — to 

be dead, faire le mort; — to be 

sceptical, faire l'esprit fort 
pretentious, pretentieux, -se 
pretty, joli 
prevent, empecher 
prisoner, prisonnier, m. 
prize, prix, m. 
probable, probable 
procession, convoi, m. 
professor, professeur, m. 



344 



VOCABULARY 



program, programme, m. 

promise, promettre 

pronounce, prononcer 

prose, prose, /. 

protect, proteger; abriter; etre 

a couvert de 
protest, protester 
proud, fier 
proudly, fierement 
provide, pourvoir 
prudent, prudent 
pull, tirer 
punish, punir 
pupil, eleve, m., f. 
purchase, achat, m.; emplette, /. 
push, pousser; — on ahead of us, 

pousser devant nous 
put, mettre; — to bed, coucher; 

— on, mettre 



quality, qualite, /. 

quantity, quantite, /. 

quarter, quart, m.; quartier, m. 

queen, reine, /. ; — of Roumania, 
reine de Roumanie 

question, question, /. 

quick, rapide; vif; (intelligent) 
intelligent; be — ! depechez- 
vous! — march, double — , pas 
de course, pas de charge 

quickly, vite, rapidement 

quiet, tranquille, calme; be — ! 
silence! taisez-vous! 

quite, tout a fait; completement 



railway, railroad, chemin de fer, m. 
rain, pleuvoir 
rain, pluie, /. 
raise, lever; elever 



rank, rang, m. 

rather, plutot; mieux; assez; un 

peu; — pretty, assez joli; I 

would — , j'aimerais mieux; — 

ill, un peu malade 
reach, atteindre; (hand) passer, 

donner; (attain) arriver a, 

parvenir a, atteindre 
read, lire 
reader, lecteur, m.\ (book) livre 

de lecture 
reading, lecture, /. 
really, reellement; en effet; I — 

cannot say, je ne saurais vous 

le dire 
reason, raison, /. 
recall, rappeler 
receive, revecoir; (welcome) ac- 

cueillir; (of money) toucher 
recent, recent 
recite, reciter 
recollection, souvenir, m. 
recruit, consent, m. 
red, rouge 
redoubt, redoute, /. 
refuse, refuser; sleep refused to 

come to me, le sommeil me tint 

rigueur 
regard, regarder 
regiment, regiment, m. 
regret, regretter 
regular, regulier; the regulars, la 

ligne 
reign, regner 
reign, regne, m. 

Francis I, sous Francois I er 
reject, rejeter 
relate, raconter 

relative, parent, m.\ parente, /. 
remain, rester, demeurer; there 

remains, there — , il reste 






in the — of 



VOCABULARY 



345 



remark, remarquer 

remember, se souvenir de; se 

rappeler; he remembers me, 

il se souvient de moi; — me 

kindly to him, rappelez-moi a 

son bon souvenir 
repast, repas, m. 

repeat, repeter; (by heart) reciter 
replace, remplacer; remettre 
represent, representer 
reproduce, reproduire 
republic, republique, /. 
resemble, ressembler a; — each 

other, se ressembler 
resolve, resoudre; se decider 
rest, se reposer 
restaurant, restaurant, m. 
restrain, restreindre; contenir 
retort, riposte, /.; repartie, /.; 

mot, m. 
return, revenir, rentrer; (go back) 

retourner; (give back) rendre; 

(send back) renvoyer 
reveal, reveler 

reveille, reveil, m.\ diane, /. 
review, re voir; passer en revue; 

— the events of, revoir en 

esprit 
revolution, revolution, /. 
Rhine (the), le Rhin 
rich, riche 
ride, promenade a cheval, /.; 

promenade en voiture, /. 
rifle, fusil, m. 
right, droit, m.; raison, /.; be — , 

avoir raison; on (to) the — , 

a droite; all — ! c'est bon! 

bien! — on the sidewalk, en 

plein trottoir 
ringj (for the finger) bague, /.; 

anneau, m.; (on a bell) coup 



de sonnette, m. ; there's a — at 

the door, on sonne 
ripe, mur 
ripen, murir 
rise, se lever; monter 
river, riviere, /.; fleuve, m. 
road, route, /.; chemin, m.\ 

chaussee, /. 
roast, roti, m. 
roll, rouler 

room, chambre, /. ; salle, /. 
rope, corde, /. 
rose, rose, /. 
roughly, rudement 
row, rang, m.; rangee, /.; in rows 

of five, par rangs de cinq 
royal, royal 
rule, regie, /. 
run, courir; — away, s'enfuir, se 

sauver 
run, course, /.; at a — , au pas de 

course, en courant 
rush, se jeter; s'elancer; se pre- 

cipiter; — forward, s'elancer 
Russia, Russie, /. 
Russian, russe; a — , un Russe 
rustling, froufrou, m. 



sad, triste 

safe, sauf; — and sound, sain et 

sauf; you are now — for the 

day, vous en voila quitte pour 

la journee 
sailor, marin, m.\ matelot, m. 
sale, vente, /.; for — , a vendre 
salute, saluer 
same, meme; it is all the — to me, 

cela m'est egal, cela m'est par- 

faitement egal 
sash, ceinture, /. 



346 



VOCABULARY 



Saturday, samedi, m. 

saucer, soucoupe, /. 

say, dire; (recite) reciter; I — 

not, je dis que non; it is said, 

on dit 
scarcely, a peine; — ever, presque 

jamais; she — ever blushes, 

elle ne rougit guere 
scare: get off with a — , en etre 

quitte pour la peur 
scatter, (se) disperser; (s')eparpil- 

ler 
sceptical, sceptique; pretend to be 

— , faire l'esprit fort 
scholar, savant, m.; (school-boy) 

ecolier, m. 
school, ecole, /.; at (to) — , a 

l'ecole 
scold, gronder 
scoundrel, scelerat, m. 
scratch, egratignure, /. 
scream, crier 
sea, mer, /. 
seam, couture, /. 
season, saison, /. 
seated, assis 

second, second; deuxieme 
see, voir 
seek, chercher 
seem, sembler 
Seine (the), la Seine 
sell, vendre; se vendre 
send, envoy er; expedier; — for 

anything, envoyer chercher 

quelque chose, faire venir quel- 

que chose 
sentence, phrase, /.; (judgment), 

sentence, /. 
separated, separe 
September, septembre, m. 
sergeant, sergent, m. 



seriously, serieusement 

servant, domestique, m., /.; 

bonne, /. 
serve, servir 
set, mettre; — the table, mettre 

le couvert; — out, partir 
settled, range 
seven, sept 
seventeen, dix-sept 
several, plusieurs 
sewing, couture, /. 
sewing-machine, machine a cou- 

dre, /. 
shade, ombre, /. 
shadow, ombre, /. 
shake, secouer; — hands with, 

serrer la main a 
shako, schako, schako, m. 
shall: I — go, j'irai; — I go? 

dois-je aller? 
shame, honte, /. 
shape, forme, /., figure, /.; in the 

— of, en (forme de) 
share, partager 

sharp, tranchant; (pointed) poin- 
tu; (acute of mind) vif, intelli- 
gent, fin; (biting) piquant; 

— at one o'clock, a une heure 
precise 

sharpen, aiguiser; tailler, rendre 

pointu 
shatter, briser 
she, elle; — who, celle qui 
shell, coque, /.; coquille, /.; 

(explosive) obus, m. 
shepherd, berger, m. 
shining, luisant 
ship, vaisseau, m.\ navire, m. 
shiver, trembler, tressaillir; (with 

cold) grelotter; (with fear) fris- 

sonner 



VOCABULARY 



347 



shock, choc, m. 

shoe, Soulier, m.; wooden — , 

sabot, m. 
shop, boutique,/.; magasin, m. 
shopkeeper, marchand, m. 
short, court; bref 
shortly, bientot 
shot, coup, m. 
should: I — go, j'irais; if I — 

meet him, si je le rencontre, si 

je le rencontrais; you — have 

seen it, vous auriez du le voir; 

it is right that she — read, il 

est juste qu'elle lise 
shoulder, epaule, /.; shrug one's 

shoulders, hausser les epaules 
shout, crier; pousser; pousser des 

cris 
shout, cri, m. 
show, montrer; faire voir; — any 

one in, faire entrer quelqu'un 
show-case, vitrine, /. 
shrug, hausser 
shut, fermer; — in, enfermer; 

shut up! taisez-vous! 
sick, malade 
side, cote, m.; on the other — , 

de l'autre cote 
sidewalk, trottoir, m. 
sight, vue, /.; spectacle, m.\ 

you are going to see some 

dreadful sights, vous allez en 

voir de grises 
sign, signe, m. 
silence, silence, m. 
silent, muet, -te; silencieux; 

{calm) calme, tranquille; be 

— , se taire; keep those children 

— , faire taire ces enfants 
silhouette, silhouette, /. 
silk, soie, /. 



silver, argent, m. 

silverware, argenterie, /. 

since, depuis; it is a year — I 

saw him, il y a un an que je ne 

l'ai vu 
sing, chanter 
singular, singulier, m. 
sink, enfoncer 

sir, monsieur, (pi. messieurs) 
sister, sceur, /. 
sister-in-law, belle-soeur, /. 
sit down, s'asseoir; — to dinner, 

se mettre a table 
sitting (= seated), assis 
six, six 
sixteen, seize 
sixty, soixante 
size, grandeur, /.; (gloves, boots) 

pointure, /. 
sky, ciel, m. 
slacken, diminuer 
sleep, dormir 
sleep, sommeil, m.\ go to — , 

s'endormir 
sleeping, see asleep 
sleepy, qui a sommeil, qui a 

en vie de dormir; be — , avoir 

sommeil 
sleeve, manche, /. 
slide, glissade,/.; take a — , faire 

une glissade 
slip, glisser; faire un faux pas; 

— about, jouer 
slippery, glissant; it is very — 

outdoors, il fait tres glissant 
slow, lent; go — , (of clocks) re- 
tar der; this watch is five 

minutes — , cette montre re- 

tarde de cinq minutes 
slowly, lentement 
small, petit 



348 



VOCABULARY 



smart, vif 

smell, sentir; — of smoke, sentir 
la fumee 

smile, sourire 

smile, sourire, m. 

smoke, fumee, /. 

snow, neiger 

snow, neige, /. 

so, ainsi; {to such a degree) si, 
tenement, tant; {in this way) 
ainsi, comme cela, comme ca; 
I think — , je le pense, je pense 
que oui; — many, — much, 
tant; — that, de sorte que; 
and — on, et ainsi de suite; 

— as to, afhi de, pour 
sofa, sofa, m., 

soft, mou, mol, (/. molle) 
soldier, soldat, m.\ militaire, m.; 
Communistic soldiers, des fede- 
res 
soldierly, militaire, martial 
some, du, de la, de 1', des; quel- 
que; en; quelques-uns; — 
meat, de la viande; — six or 
seven boys, quelque six ou sept 
garcons; — one, on, quelqu'un; 
we buy — , nous en achetons 
somehow, tant bien que mal; 

— or other, je ne sais comment, 
n'importe comment 

something, quelque chose, m.\ 

— good, quelque chose de 
bon 

sometimes, quelquefois; parfois 

son, fils, m. 

song, chanson, /.; {singing) 

chant, m. 
soon, bientot; too — , trop tot; 

as — as, des que, aussitot que; 

sooner, plus tot 



sore: have a — throat, avoir 
mal a la gorge 

sorrow, douleur, /.; chagrin, m. 

sorry, fache; I am — for it, j'en 
suis fache 

soul, ame, /. 

sound, sain; {health) bon, solide; 
{sleep) profond; {blows) fort, vig- 
oureux; safe and — , sain et sauf 

soup, soupe. /. 

south, sud, m.\ midi, m. 

South America, Amerique du 
Sud, /. 

Spain, Espagne, /. 

Spanish, espagnol; Spaniard, Es- 
pagnol, m. 

speak, parler; so to — , pour ainsi 
dire 

species, espece, /. 

spectacle, spectacle, m.; specta- 
cles, lunettes, /. pi.; gold- 
rimmed spectacles, lunettes 
d'or, /. pi. 

spell, epeler 

spend, depenser; {time) passer 

spent, {of bullets) morte 

spite, depit, m.\ in — of, en 
depit de, malgre 

splinter, eclat, m. 

spoil, gater, se gater 

spoon, cuillere (cuiller),/. 

sport, jeu, m.; make — of, se 
moquer de 

sprain, se fouler; I have sprained 
my wrist, je me suis foule le 
poignet 

sprawling, vautre 

spring, printemps, m.\ in — , au 
printemps 

spring, sauter, bondir; — to one's 
lips, venir sur les levres 



VOCABULARY 



349 



spy, espion, m.; {police spy) 

mouchard, m. 
stable, (for horses) ecurie, /.; 

(for cattle) etable, /. 
stand, etre debout; se tenir 

debout; rester debout; — on 

tiptoe, se tenir (se dresser) sur 

la pointe des pieds; — out 

black against, se detacher en 

noir sur 
standing, debout (adv.) 
star, etoile, /. 
start, tressaillement m.; (first 

motion) premier mouvement, 

m.; wake with a — , (se) 

reveiller en sursaut 
start, partir 
state, etat, m.\ the United States, 

les Etats-Unis 
station, placer; poster; — one's 

self, s'etablir 
station (railway), gare, /. 
statue, statue, /. 
stature, stature, /. ; taille, /. 
stay, rester 
steamer, bateau a. vapeur, m.\ 

vapeur, m.\ steamer, m. 
steeple, clocher, m. 
step, pas, m. 
stick, (pierce) percer; fixer; (put) 

mettre 
stick, baton, m. 
still, encore; toujours; — less, 

encore moins; he is — alive, 

il vit toujours; he — has some, 

il en a encore 
stillness, silence, m. 
stir, remuer, se remuer; bouger; 

do not — , ne bougez pas 
stocking, bas, m. 
stone, pierre, /. 



stool, escabeau, m. 

stop, s'arreter 

store, magasin, m. 

story, histoire, /. 

straight, droit; tout droit 

strange, etrange 

stranger, etranger, m. 

straw, paille, /. 

street, rue, /. 

street-cars, tramway, m. 

strength, force, /. 

stress, importance, /.; accent, 

m.] lay — on, appuyer sur 
strike, f rapper; (of clocks) sonner 
stroke, coup, m.\ on the — of 

six, sur (pour) le coup de six 

heures 
strong, fort 
student, etudiant, m.\ eleve, 

m., f. 
study, etudier 
stumble, trebucher; go stumbling 

on, aller en trebuchant 
succeed, succeder; (be prosperous) 

reussir; — some one, succeder 

a quelqu'un 
such, tel, (/. telle); certain; — a 

beautiful star, une si belle etoile 
suddenly, soudainement; tout a, 

coup; brusquement 
suffice, suffire; — it to say, qu'il 

suffise de dire 
sufficient, suffisant; assez 
sufficiently, suffisamment, assez 
sugar, sucre, m. 
suggest, suggerer 
sum, somme, /. 

summer, ete, m.\ in — , en ete 
sun, soleil, m. 

Simday, dimanche, m.\ on Sun- 
days, le dimanche 



35o 



VOCABULARY 



Sunday clothes, endimanchement, 

m. 
sunshine, clarte du soleil, /.; 

soleil, m. 
superstition, superstition, /. 
superstitious, superstitieux 
sure, sur 

surgeon, chirurgien, m. 
surprise, surprendre; etonner; be 

surprised at (by), etre surpris de 
surround (by), entourer (de) 
survive, survivre 
survivor, survivant, m. 
suspicious, soupconneux; {open 

to suspicion) suspect 
sweet, doux, (/. douce); sucre 
swim, nager 
sword, epee, /. 



table, table, /. 
tablecloth, nappe, /. 
table-napkin, serviette, /. 
take, prendre; {remove) oter; 
{carry) porter; {lead) mener; 

— up, prendre; — up again, 
reprendre; — on, prendre; 

— a walk, se promener; how 
old do you — him for? quel age 
lui donnez-vous? — part (in), 
assister (a), prendre part (a) 

taking, prise, /.; enlevement, m. 
tale, conte, m. 
talk, parler 
tall, grand; haut 
taper, cierge, m. 
tart-dish, tourtiere, /. 
taste, gout, m. 
tea, the, m. 

teach, enseigner; apprendre; — 
any one German, enseigner 



l'allemand a quelqu'un; — one 

how to, apprendre a quelqu'un a 
teacher, maitre, m.\ maitresse, 

/.; professeur, m. 
tear, dechirer 
tear, larme, /. 
tell, dire; {relate) raconter 
ten, dix 

tense, temps, m. 
textbook, manuel, m.\ livre de 

classe, m. 
than, que; que. . .ne; it is more 

— one mile from here to your 
house, il y a plus d'un mille 
d'ici chez vous; one mile is 
more — one kilometer, un 
miile est plus qu'un kilometre 

thank, remercier; I — you for 
that, je vous remercie de cela; 

— you, merci 

thanks, remerciments, m. pi.; 

many — , mille remerciments 
that, ce, cet, cette, ces; celui, 

celle; cela 
that, qui, que, lequel 
that, que; {in order — ) afm que, 

pour que; {because) de ce 

que, parce que; {so — ) de 

sorte que 
the, le, la, 1', les 
theatre, theatre, m. 
thee, te; toi 
their, leur, leurs 
theirs, le leur, la leur; a eux, m.\ 

a elles, /. 
them, les; {to them) leur, y; 

eux, elles 
themselves, se; eux-memes, m.\ 

elles-memes, /. 
then, alors; {afterward) ensuite, 

puis 






VOCABULARY 



351 



there, la, y; — he is! le voila! 
— is, — are, il y a; down — , 
la-bas; — exists, il existe 

therefore, aussi; {consequently) 
done, par consequent 

these, see this 

they, ils, m., elles, /.; eux, m., 
elles,/.; — say, on dit; — who, 
ceux qui, celles qui 

thine, le tien; a toi 

thing, chose, /.; affaire,/. 

think, penser; croire; I am think- 
ing of you, je pense a vous; 
I — so, je pense (crois) que oui; 
what do you — of that? que 
pensez-vous de cela? I — I 
know, je crois savoir; I shall 
tell him what I — of him, je 
lui dirai son fait 

third, troisieme, m.; tiers, m. 

thirst, soif , /. 

thirsty, qui a soif; be — , avoir 
soif 

thirteen, treize 

thirty, trente 

this, ce, cet, cette, ces; celui-ci; 
ceci; these are, ce sont la; 
voila 

thoroughfare, chaussee,/. 

those, see that 

thou, tu; toi 

though, bien que, quoique 

thought, pensee, /. 

thousand, mille; a — , un millier; 
a — men, mille hommes; in 
the year 1066, en l'an mil 
soixante-six 

thread, enfiler; — one's way, se 
faunler 

three, trois 

throat, gorge, /. 



through, par; (across) a travers 

throw, jeter; — back, rejeter 

Thursday, jeudi, m. 

thus, ainsi 

thy, ton, ta, tes 

time, temps, m.\ epoque, /.; 
moment, m.\ what — is it? 
quelle heure est-il? once, une 
fois; twice, deux fois; many 
times, bien des fois; how many 
times, combien de fois, que de 
fois; in — , avec le temps; 
on — , a temps; behind — , en 
retard; once upon a — , il y 
avait une fois; a long — , 
longtemps; at that — , alors; 
have a good — , s'amuser bien; 
never at any — , jamais de la 
vie 

tip, pourboire, m. 

tiptoe, pointe du pied, /. 

tire, fatiguer; (bore) ennuyer; 
get (be) tired (of being), 
s'ennuyer 

to, a; en; (as far as) jusqu'a; 
(in order to) pour, arm de; 
to count up — ten, compter 
jusqu'a dix; a quarter — six, 
six heures moins un quart; 
to go — Paris, aller a Paris; 
to go — France, aller en 
France 

to-day, aujourd'hui 

together, ensemble 

toil, fatiguer; — along, avancer 
peniblement; se trainer 

to-morrow, demain 

tone, ton, in.; in a — , d'un ton 

too, trop; (also) aussi; — much, 
— many, trop, trop de 

topboot, botte (a revers), /. 



352 



VOCABULARY 



touch, toucher; {meddle with) 

toucher a 
touch, toucher, m.; (feature) 

trait, m.\ give an artless — to, 

donner quelque chose de naif a 
Touraine, Touraine, /. 
towards, vers; du cote de; (with 

respect to) a l'egard de, envers 
town, villc, /.; in, (down) — , en 

ville; to — , a la ville 
tramp, pie Liner 
transitive, transitif 
translate, traduire 
travel, voyager 
tree, arbre, m. 
tremble, trembler 
trim, tailler 
troop, troupe, /. 
trot, trotter; — along, trotter 
trouble, deranger 
trouble, peine, /.; have — in, 

avoir peine a 
true, vrai 
truly, vraiment 

trust, se fier a; mettre sa con- 
fiance en 
truth, verite, /. 
try, essay er; tacher; — on, es- 

sayer 
tuck, trousser, relever; — in the 

bedclothes, border le lit 
Tuesday, mardi, m. 
tulip, tulipe, /. 
turn, tourner 
turn, tour, m.; tournant, m.\ 

make a — , tourner 
twelve, douze 
twenty, vingt; he is about — , il 

a une vingtaine d'annees 
twice, deux fois 
two, deux 



ugly, vilain; laid 

unable, incapable; be — to, ne 
pas pouvoir 

unceremonious, sans ceremonie; 
peu ceremonieux 

uncle, oncle, m. 

unconcerned, indifferent, insou- 
ciant 

under, sous; — the circum- 
stances, vu la circonstance 

understand, comprendre 

uneasy, inquiet, -ete 

unfortunately, malheureusement 

unhappy, malheureux, -se 

unheard (of), inoui 

uniform, uniforme, m. 

united, uni; the United States, 
les Etats-Unis 

university, universite,/. 

unless, a moins que; a moins de 
(with infinitives) 

unpleasant, desagreable; the 
weather is — , il fait mauvais 

unpunctual, inexact 

until, jusque, jusqu'a; — now, 
jusqu'a present, jusqu'ici; wait 
— , attendre que (-[-subjunctive) 

unusual, rare; inaccoutume; ex- 
traordinaire 

up, en haut; (out of bed) leve; 
get — , se lever; come — , 
monter 

upon, sur 

urchin, gamin, m.\ polisson, m. 

us, nous; for — Americans, pour 
nous autres Americains 

use, se servir de 

use, usage, m.; what's the — ? 
a quoi bon? make — of, se 
servir de, faire usage de; it is 



VOCABULARY 



353 



no — for me to write, j'ai beau 

ecrire 
used: frequently a sign of the 

past descriptive tense; — to, 

accoutume a, habitue a 
useful, utile 
useless, inutile; vain 
usual, ordinaire, commun; as — , 

comme d'ordinaire; comme 

d'habitude 
usually, ordinairement, d'ordi- 
naire 

V 
vain, vain; in — , en vain, vaine- 

ment; it is in — you try, vous 

avez beau faire 
valuables, objets de valeur, m. pi. 
vegetable, legume, m. 
verb, verbe, m. 
Versailles, Versailles; the — 

troops, les Versaillais 
very, tres, bien, fort; — well, 

tres bien; this — minute, a 

l'instant 
vessel, vaisseau, m. 
vest, gilet, m.; knitted — , gilet 

de tricot 
vice, vice, m. 
victory, victoire, /. 
view, vue, /. 
village, village, m. 
violin, violon, m. 
virgin, vierge, /. 
virtue, vertu, /. 
vision, vision, /. 
visit, visiter; faire visite; rendre 

visite 
visit, visite, /. 
visitor, visiteur, m.; interrupted 

by visitors, interrompu par des 

visites 



vocabulary, vocabulaire, m. 
voice, voix, /. 
volume, volume, m. 
volunteer, volontaire, m.; homme 
de bonne volonte, m. 

W 
wait, attendre; (at table) servir; 

keep waiting, faire attendre; 

— for, attendre 
wake(n), eveiller, reveiller; s'e- 

veiller, se reveiller 
walk, marcher; aller; — about, 

marcher 
walk, marche, /.; promenade, /.; 

take a — , go for a — , (aller) se 

promener, faire une promenade 
want, vouloir, avoir en vie de; 

(need) avoir besoin de; you 

are wanted, on vous demande 
war, guerre, /. 
ward, pupille, m.,f. 
warm, chaud; (of welcome) cha- 

leureux; be — , avoir chaud; 

(of the weather) faire chaud; 

get — , chauffer; (of the 

weather) commencer a faire 

chaud 
warmly, chaudement 
wash, laver 
watch, veiller; — over, veiller 

sur; — (for), guetter 
watch, montre, /.; five o'clock by 

my — , cinq heures a ma 

montre; this — is fast, cette 

montre avance; it is slow, elle 

retarde 
water, eau, /. 
way, chemin, m.\ route, /.; 

(manner) maniere, /., fa con, /.; 

air, m.\ on the — , en chemin, 



354 



VOCABULARY 



en route (pour); lose one's — , 
s'egarer, se perdre; over the 
— , across the — , vis-a-vis, en 
face; this — , par ici; that — , 
par la, which — ? par oii? in 
that — , de la sorte 

we, nous; (any one) on; — Cana- 
dians, nous autres Canadiens 

weak, faible 

weakness, faiblesse, /. 

wear, porter 

weather, temps, m.; it is fine — , 
il fait beau (temps) 

Wednesday, mercredi, m. 

week, semaine, /.; a — from 
to-day, d'aujourd'hui en huit; 

'a — ago to-day, il y a aujour- 
d'hui huit jours 

weep, pleurer 

weigh, peser 

welcome, accueillir 

welcome, (adj.) bienvenu; you are 
— , vous etes le (la) bienvenu(e) 

well, bien; be — , se porter bien, 
aller bien; — ! eh bien! 

west, ouest, m. 

western, occidental • 

what, quel, quelle; qu'est-ce qui, 
que, quoi; ce qui, ce que, ce a 
quoi, ce dont; qu'est-ce que, qu'- 
est-ce que c'est que; ce que c'est 
que; (whatever) quoi que ce soit; 
— does that matter to him? 
qu'est-ce que cela lui fait? — 
a lot of ... , que de . . . 

wheat, ble, m. 

when, quand, lorsque, au moment 
ou; the day — I saw him, le 
jour ou je l'ai vu; since — , 
depuis ce temps-la; (at what 
hour) a, quelle heure 



where, ou; (whence) d'oii 

whereupon, sur quoi 

whether, soit, soit que; si, que 

which, quel, quelle; lequel, la- 
quelle; qui, que; ce qui, ce 
que; of — , from — , dont; to 
— , auquel, ou; in — , dans le- 
quel, oii 

while, temps, m.; a little — ago, 
il y a peu de temps; a long — 
ago, il y a longtemps; it is 
worth — to, cela vaut la peine 
de; (conj.) pendant que, tandis 
que, tant que 

whisper, chuchoter; dire (parler) 
a l'oreille 

whistling, sifflement, m. 

white, blanc, -che 

who, qui; lequel, laquelle 

whole, tout, entier; the — morn- 
ing, toute la matinee 

whom, qui; que; lequel, laquelle; 
of — , from — , dont; de qui; 
duquel, de laquelle 

whose, a qui, de qui; dont, 
duquel; the lady — daughter I 
see, la dame dont je vois la 
fille; — house is this? a qui 
est cette maison? 

why, pourquoi; — ! tiens! 

wide, large; a table three feet — , 
une table large de trois pieds; 
eyes — open, les yeux grands 
ouverts 

wife, femme, /. 

will: I — not be there, je n'y 
serai pas; I — not do it, je ne 
veux pas le faire; do what she 
— , elle a beau faire, quoi 
qu'elle fasse 

will, volontS,/. 



VOCABULARY 



355 



William, Guillaume 

willing, de bonne volonte; be — , 

vouloir bien 
willingly, volontiers 
win, remporter, gagner 
wind, vent, m.\ it is windy, il 

fait du vent 
window, fenetre, /. 
wine, vin, m. 

winter, hiver, m.\ in — , en hiver 
wipe, essuyer 
wise, sage 

wish, desirer; vouloir; souhaiter 
with, avec; de; (to, at, in the 

house of) chez; the lady — blue 

eyes, la dame aux yeux bleus 
without, sans; do — , se passer 

de; (conj.) sans que 
woman, f emme, /. 
wonder, s'etonner; (doubt) etre 

curieux de savoir; — whether, 

se demander si 
wood, bois, m. 
word, mot, m.\ parole,/. 
work, travailler 
work, travail, m.; ouvrage, m.\ 

oeuvre,/.; the works of Dumas, 

les eeuvres de Dumas 
workman, ouvrier, m. 
world, monde, m. 
worse, (adj.) pire, plus mauvais; 

(adv.) pis, plus mal 
worst, le pire; le plus mauvais; 

(adv.) le pis; le plus mal 
worth: be — , valoir; be — while, 

valoir la peine 
worthy, digne, brave 
would : — you do it? yes, I — , le 

feriez-vous? oui, je le ferais; 



sometimes he — (used to) 
read, quelquefois il lisait; I 
warned him but he — do it, 
je l'ai averti, mais il a voulu le 
faire tout de meme 

wound, blesser 

wrap, rouler; — up, envelopper 

wrist, poignet, m. 

write, ecrire; — down, ecrire; 
mettre en ecrit 

writer, ecrivain m. 

wrong, mal, m.\ tort, m.\ be 
(in the) — , avoir tort 

wrongly, mal 

wry, de travers; — face, grimace, 
/.; make a — face, faire la 



yawn, bailler 

year, an, m.\ annee,/.; every — , 
chaque annee, tous les ans; 
she is twelve years old, elle a 
douze ans; by the — , par an, 
a, l'annee 

yes, oui; (answering a negative) si 

yesterday, hier 

yet, encore; deja; not (as) — , 
pas encore 

yield, ceder 

yonder, la, la-bas 

you, vous; tu; te, toi; —French- 
men, vous autres Francais 

young, jeune 

your, votre, vos; ton, ta, tes 

yours, le votre, la votre; a vous; 
le tien; a toi 

yourself, vous; vous-meme; your- 
selves, vous; vous-memes 

youth, jeunesse, /. 



J 




